Use these links to rapidly review the document
ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                to                

Commission File No. 0-26456

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  Not applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Wessex House, 45 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(441) 278-9250
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class   Name of each Exchange on which Registered
Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share
8.000% Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares, Series A, $0.01 par value per share
7.875% Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares, Series B, $0.01 par value per share
  NASDAQ Stock Market (Common Shares)
New York Stock Exchange

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý

         The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the closing price as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market as of the last business day of the Registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $3.64 billion.

         As of February 25, 2009, there were 60,554,456 of the registrant's common shares outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of Part III and Part IV incorporate by reference our definitive proxy statement for the 2009 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A before April 30, 2009.


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item
   
  Page
PART I

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

 

1
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS   41
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS   63
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES   63
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   64
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS   64

PART II

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

65
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   68
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.    70
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK   123
ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   123
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE   123
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES   123
ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION   124

PART III

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

125
ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   125
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   125
ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.    126
ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.    126

PART IV

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. 

 

127

i


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 ("PLSRA") provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements. This report or any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of us may include forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in or incorporated by reference in this report are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements, for purposes of the PLSRA or otherwise, can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe" or "continue" and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature or their negative or variations or similar terminology.

        Forward-looking statements involve our current assessment of risks and uncertainties. Actual events and results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements are discussed below, elsewhere in this report and in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and include:

ii


Table of Contents

        All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with other cautionary statements that are included herein or elsewhere. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

iii


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

         We refer you to Item 1A "Risk Factors" for a discussion of risk factors relating to our business.


OUR COMPANY

General

        Arch Capital Group Ltd. ("ACGL" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company," "we," or "us") is a Bermuda public limited liability company with over $3.8 billion in capital at December 31, 2008 and, through operations in Bermuda, the United States, Europe and Canada, writes insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. While we are positioned to provide a full range of property and casualty insurance and reinsurance lines, we focus on writing specialty lines of insurance and reinsurance.

        We launched an underwriting initiative in October 2001 to meet current and future demand in the global insurance and reinsurance markets. Since that time, we have attracted a proven management team with extensive industry experience and enhanced our existing global underwriting platform for our insurance and reinsurance businesses. It is our belief that our underwriting platform, our experienced management team and our strong capital base that is unencumbered by significant pre-2002 risks have enabled us to establish a strong presence in the insurance and reinsurance markets. For 2008, our seventh full year of operation, we wrote $2.8 billion of net premiums, reported net income available to common shareholders of $265.1 million and earned a return on average equity of 7.8%. Diluted book value per share was $51.36 at December 31, 2008, compared to $55.12 per share at December 31, 2007.

        ACGL's registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (telephone number: (441) 295-1422), and its principal executive offices are located at Wessex House, 45 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda (telephone number: (441) 278-9250). ACGL makes available free of charge through its website, located at http://www.archcapgroup.bm , its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials ACGL files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (such as ACGL) and the address of that site is http://www.sec.gov .

Our History

        ACGL was formed in September 2000 and became the sole shareholder of Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. ("Arch-U.S.") pursuant to an internal reorganization transaction completed in November 2000, as described below. Arch-U.S. is a Delaware company formed in March 1995 under the original name of "Risk Capital Holdings, Inc.," which commenced operations in September 1995 following the completion of an initial public offering. From that time until May 2000, Arch-U.S. provided reinsurance and other forms of capital for insurance companies through its wholly owned subsidiary, Arch Reinsurance Company ("Arch Re U.S."), a Nebraska corporation formed in 1995 under the original name of "Risk Capital Reinsurance Company."

        On May 5, 2000, Arch-U.S. sold the prior reinsurance operations of Arch Re U.S. to White Mountains Reinsurance Company of America ("WTM Re"), formerly known as Folksamerica Reinsurance Company, in an asset sale, but retained its surplus and U.S.-licensed reinsurance platform. The sale was precipitated by, among other things, losses on the reinsurance business of Arch Re U.S.

1


Table of Contents


and increasing competition, which had been adversely affecting the results of operations and financial condition of Arch Re U.S. The WTM Re transaction, which resulted from extensive arm's length negotiation, was structured as a transfer and assumption agreement (and not as reinsurance) and, accordingly, the loss reserves (and any related reinsurance recoverables) related to the transferred business are not included in the balance sheet of Arch Re U.S. However, in the event that WTM Re refuses or is unable to make payment of claims on the reinsurance business assumed by it in the May 2000 sale and the notice given to reinsureds is found not to be an effective release by such reinsureds, Arch Re U.S. would be liable for such claims. In addition, Arch Re U.S. retained all liabilities not assumed by WTM Re, including all liabilities not arising under reinsurance agreements transferred to WTM Re in the asset sale. On November 8, 2000, following the approval by Arch-U.S.'s shareholders, Arch-U.S. completed an internal reorganization that resulted in Arch-U.S. becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of ACGL.

        During the period from May 2000 through the announcement of our underwriting initiative in October 2001, we built and acquired insurance businesses that were intended to enable us to generate both fee-based revenue (e.g., commissions and advisory and management fees) and risk-based revenue (i.e., insurance premium). As part of this strategy, we built an underwriting platform that was intended to enable us to maximize risk-based revenue during periods in the underwriting cycle when we believed it was more favorable to assume underwriting risk. In October 2001, we concluded that underwriting conditions favored dedicating our attention exclusively to building our insurance and reinsurance businesses.

        The development of our underwriting platform included the following steps: (1) after the completion of the WTM Re asset sale, we retained our U.S.-licensed reinsurer, Arch Re U.S., and Arch Excess & Surplus Insurance Company ("Arch E&S"), currently an approved excess and surplus lines insurer in 47 states and the District of Columbia and an admitted insurer in one state; (2) in May 2001, we formed Arch Reinsurance Ltd. ("Arch Re Bermuda"), our Bermuda-based reinsurance and insurance subsidiary; (3) in June 2001, we acquired Arch Risk Transfer Services Ltd., which included Arch Insurance Company ("Arch Insurance"), currently an admitted insurer in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam with a branch office in Canada, and rent-a-captive and other facilities that provide insurance and alternative risk transfer services; (4) in February 2002, we acquired Arch Specialty Insurance Company ("Arch Specialty"), currently an approved excess and surplus lines insurer in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands and an admitted insurer in one state; (5) in June 2003, we acquired Arch Indemnity Insurance Company (formerly known as Western Diversified Casualty Insurance Company) ("Arch Indemnity"), an admitted insurer in 49 states and the District of Columbia; (6) in May 2004, our London-based subsidiary, Arch Insurance Company (Europe) Limited ("Arch Insurance Europe"), was approved by the Financial Services Authority in the U.K. to commence insurance underwriting activities and began writing a range of specialty commercial lines in Europe and the U.K. during the 2004 third quarter; (7) in January 2005, Arch Insurance received its federal license to commence underwriting in Canada and began writing business in the first quarter of 2005; and (8) in November 2006, Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Hamilton (Bermuda), European Branch Zurich ("Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch"), the Swiss branch of Arch Re Bermuda, was registered with the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich to commence reinsurance underwriting activities in Switzerland. All liabilities arising out of the business of Arch Specialty and Arch Indemnity prior to the closing of our acquisitions of such companies were reinsured and guaranteed by the respective sellers, Sentry Insurance a Mutual Company ("Sentry") and Protective Life Corporation and certain of its affiliates.

        In 2007, we (1) formed Arch Re Accident & Health ApS ("Arch Re Denmark"), a Danish underwriting agency which conducts accident and health underwriting as a branch office of Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited ("Arch Re Europe"), which was formed in 2008 and is described below; (2) acquired the assets of Wexford Underwriting Managers, Inc. ("Wexford"), a

2


Table of Contents


managing general agent, to write excess workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance, a new line of business for us at the time; and (3) launched our property facultative reinsurance underwriting operations which are headquartered in Farmington, Connecticut. On January 22, 2008, Arch Re Bermuda and Gulf Investment Corporation GSC ("GIC") entered into a joint venture agreement for the purpose of forming a reinsurance company in the Dubai International Financial Centre. GIC is owned equally by the six member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council ("GCC"), which include Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates. In May 2008, we provided $100.0 million of funding to Gulf Reinsurance Limited ("Gulf Re"), a newly formed reinsurer based in the Dubai International Financial Centre, pursuant to the joint venture agreement with GIC. Gulf Re provides property and casualty reinsurance primarily in those member states of the GCC.

        In 2008, we expanded our underwriting platform through the formation of Arch Re Europe, an Irish company based in Dublin which was authorized by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority in October 2008 to underwrite reinsurance. The operations of Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch were transferred to the newly formed Swiss branch of Arch Re Europe called Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited, Dublin (Ireland), Zurich Branch ("Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch"). Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch commenced underwriting from the date of transfer. Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch was de-registered as a branch in early 2009. In addition, in the first quarter of 2009, we received approval in principle from the Lloyd's Franchise Board and the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom to establish a managing agent and syndicate at Lloyd's. The newly formed Syndicate 2012 is expected to commence underwriting in the second quarter of 2009.

        The growth of our insurance and reinsurance platforms was supported through the net proceeds of: (1) an equity capital infusion of $763.2 million led by funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC ("Warburg Pincus funds") and Hellman & Friedman LLC ("Hellman & Friedman funds") in late 2001; (2) a public offering of 7,475,000 of our common shares with net proceeds of $179.2 million in April 2002; (3) the exercise of class A warrants by our principal shareholders and other investors in September 2002, which provided net proceeds of $74.3 million; (4) a March 2004 public offering of 4,688,750 of our common shares with net proceeds of $179.3 million; (5) a May 2004 public offering of $300.0 million principal amount of our 7.35% senior notes due May 2034 with net proceeds of $296.4 million, of which $200.0 million was used to repay all amounts outstanding under our existing credit facility; (6) a February 2006 public offering of $200.0 million of our 8.00% series A non-cumulative preferred shares with a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share with net proceeds of $193.5 million; and (7) a May 2006 public offering $125.0 million of our 7.875% series B non-cumulative preferred shares with a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share with net proceeds of $120.9 million.

        The board of directors of ACGL authorized the investment of up to $1.5 billion in ACGL's common shares through a share repurchase program. Such amount consisted of a $1.0 billion authorization in February 2007 and a $500.0 million authorization in May 2008. Repurchases under the program may be effected from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions through February 2010. Since the inception of the share repurchase program, ACGL has repurchased approximately 15.3 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.05 billion. The timing and amount of the repurchase transactions under this program will depend on a variety of factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory considerations. In connection with the repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under their shareholders agreement with ACGL for all repurchases of common shares by ACGL under the repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions. In May 2007, the Hellman & Friedman funds ceased to own shares of ACGL and their rights under the shareholders agreement with ACGL terminated.

3


Table of Contents

Operations

        We classify our businesses into two underwriting segments, insurance and reinsurance. For an analysis of our underwriting results by segment, see note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations."

    Our Insurance Operations

        Our insurance operations are conducted in Bermuda, the United States, Europe and Canada. Our insurance operations in Bermuda are conducted through Arch Insurance (Bermuda), a division of Arch Re Bermuda, which has an office in Hamilton, Bermuda. In the U.S., our insurance group's principal insurance subsidiaries are Arch Insurance, Arch E&S, Arch Specialty and Arch Indemnity. The headquarters for our insurance group's U.S. support operations (excluding underwriting units) relocated from New York City to Jersey City, New Jersey during the first quarter of 2009. The insurance group has additional offices throughout the U.S., including four regional offices located in: Alpharetta, Georgia; Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; and San Francisco, California. In addition, Arch Insurance has a branch office in Toronto, Canada. Our insurance group's European operations are conducted through Arch Insurance Europe, based in London, which also has branches in Germany, Italy, Spain, Denmark and Sweden. In the first quarter of 2009, we received approval in principle from the Lloyd's Franchise Board and the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom to establish a managing agent and syndicate at Lloyd's. The syndicate will enhance our underwriting platform by providing us with access to Lloyd's extensive distribution network and worldwide licenses. The newly formed Syndicate 2012 is expected to commence underwriting in the second quarter of 2009. Syndicate 2012 will be managed by its managing agent, Arch Underwriting Lloyd's Ltd, based in the London office of Arch Insurance Europe. As of February 15, 2009, our insurance group had approximately 990 employees.

        Strategy.     Our insurance group's strategy is to operate in lines of business in which underwriting expertise can make a meaningful difference in operating results. The insurance group focuses on talent-intensive rather than labor-intensive business and seeks to operate profitably (on both a gross and net basis) across all of its product lines. To achieve these objectives, our insurance group's operating principles are to:

    Capitalize on Profitable Underwriting Opportunities.   Our insurance group believes that its experienced management and underwriting teams are positioned to locate and identify business with attractive risk/reward characteristics. As profitable underwriting opportunities are identified, our insurance group will continue to seek to make additions to their product portfolio in order to take advantage of market trends. This may include adding underwriting and other professionals with specific expertise in specialty lines of insurance.

    Centralize Responsibility for Underwriting.   Our insurance group consists of a range of product lines. The underwriting executive in charge of each product line oversees all aspects of the underwriting product development process within such product line. Our insurance group believes that centralizing the control of such product line with the respective underwriting executive allows for close management of underwriting and creates clear accountability for results. Our U.S. insurance group has four regional offices, and the executive in charge of each region is primarily responsible for all aspects of the marketing and distribution of our insurance group's products, including the management of broker and other producer relationships in such executive's respective region. In our non-U.S. offices, a similar philosophy is observed, with responsibility for the management of each product line residing with the senior underwriting executive in charge of such product line.

4


Table of Contents

    Maintain a Disciplined Underwriting Philosophy.   Our insurance group's underwriting philosophy is to generate an underwriting profit through prudent risk selection and proper pricing. Our insurance group believes that the key to this approach is adherence to uniform underwriting standards across all types of business. Our insurance group's senior management closely monitors the underwriting process.

    Focus on Providing Superior Claims Management.   Our insurance group believes that claims handling is an integral component of credibility in the market for insurance products. Therefore, our insurance group believes that its ability to handle claims expeditiously and satisfactorily is a key to its success. Our insurance group employs experienced claims professionals and also utilizes experienced external claims managers (third party administrators) where appropriate.

    Utilize a Brokerage Distribution System.   Our insurance group believes that by utilizing a brokerage distribution system, consisting of select international, national and regional brokers, both wholesale and retail, it can efficiently access a broad customer base while maintaining underwriting control and discipline.

        Our insurance group writes business on both an admitted and non-admitted basis. Our insurance group focuses on the following areas:

    Casualty.   Our insurance group's casualty unit writes primary and excess casualty insurance coverages, including railroad and middle market energy business.

    Construction and National Accounts.   Our insurance group's construction unit provides primary and excess casualty coverages to middle and large accounts in the construction industry. The construction unit also provides coverage for environmental and design professionals, including policies for architectural and engineering firms and construction projects, pollution legal liability coverage for fixed sites, and alternative markets business, including captive insurance programs. Our insurance group's national accounts casualty unit provides a wide range of products for middle and large accounts and specializes in loss sensitive primary casualty insurance programs, including large deductible, self-insured retention and retrospectively rated programs.

    Executive Assurance.   Our insurance group's executive assurance unit focuses on directors' and officers' liability insurance coverages for corporate and financial institution clients. This unit also writes financial institution errors and omissions coverages, employment practices liability insurance, pension trust errors and omissions/fiduciary liability insurance and fidelity bonds.

    Healthcare.   Our insurance group's healthcare unit provides medical professional and general liability insurance coverages for the healthcare industry, including excess professional liability programs for large, integrated hospital systems, outpatient facilities, clinics and long-term care facilities.

    Professional Liability.   Our insurance group's professional liability unit has the following principal areas of focus: (i) large law firms and accounting firms and professional programs; and (ii) miscellaneous professional liability, including coverages for consultants, network security, securities broker-dealers, wholesalers, captive agents and managing general agents.

    Programs.   Our insurance group's programs unit targets program managers with unique expertise and niche products offering general liability, commercial automobile, inland marine and non-catastrophe-exposed property business. This unit offers primarily package policies, underwriting workers' compensation and umbrella liability business in support of desirable package programs.

    Property, Marine and Aviation (including Special Risks).   Our insurance group's property unit provides primary and excess general property insurance coverages, including catastrophe-exposed property coverage, for commercial clients. The special risks unit provides onshore and offshore

5


Table of Contents

      property insurance coverages for commercial clients primarily in the energy industry. The special risks unit also provides contractors all risk, erection all risk, aerospace (consisting of aviation and satellite risks) and stand alone terrorism insurance coverage for commercial clients.

    Surety.   Our insurance group's surety unit provides contract surety coverages, including contract bonds (payment and performance bonds) for mid-size and large contractors and specialty contract bonds for homebuilders and developers.

    Other.   Our insurance group also includes the following units: (i) excess workers compensation, which provides excess workers compensation and employers' liability insurance coverages for qualified self-insured groups, associations and trusts in a wide range of businesses; (ii) lender products, which provides collateral protection insurance coverages for financial institutions and specialty insurance coverage for automotive dealers; and (iii) travel and accident, which provides specialty travel and accident and related insurance products for individual and group travelers, as well as travel agents and suppliers.

        Underwriting Philosophy.     Our insurance group's underwriting philosophy is to generate an underwriting profit (on both a gross and net basis) through prudent risk selection and proper pricing across all types of business. One key to this philosophy is the adherence to uniform underwriting standards across each product line that focuses on the following:

    risk selection;

    desired attachment point;

    limits and retention management;

    due diligence, including financial condition, claims history, management, and product, class and territorial exposure;

    underwriting authority and appropriate approvals; and

    collaborative decision-making.

6


Table of Contents

        Premiums Written and Geographic Distribution.     Set forth below is summary information regarding net premiums written for our insurance group:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
 

Net premiums written

                                     

Property, marine and aviation

  $ 334,635     20.2   $ 328,967     19.2   $ 320,928     19.4  

Programs

    270,449     16.3     235,793     13.7     225,653     13.7  

Professional liability

    246,891     14.9     269,479     15.7     276,081     16.7  

Construction and national accounts

    240,458     14.5     227,936     13.3     193,265     11.7  

Executive assurance

    193,602     11.7     185,351     10.8     193,694     11.8  

Casualty

    116,096     7.0     183,267     10.7     220,244     13.3  

Surety

    50,376     3.0     56,061     3.3     81,195     4.9  

Healthcare

    44,596     2.7     63,757     3.7     68,026     4.1  

Other(1)

    160,500     9.7     166,937     9.6     72,970     4.4  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by client location

                                     

United States

  $ 1,242,906     75.0   $ 1,323,376     77.1   $ 1,340,792     81.2  

Europe

    244,849     14.8     250,824     14.6     182,815     11.0  

Other

    169,848     10.2     143,348     8.3     128,449     7.8  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by underwriting location

                                     

United States

  $ 1,236,712     74.6   $ 1,309,401     76.2   $ 1,297,974     78.6  

Europe

    342,021     20.6     330,746     19.3     269,128     16.3  

Other

    78,870     4.8     77,401     4.5     84,954     5.1  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

(1)
Includes excess workers' compensation and employers' liability business, lender products and travel and accident business.

        Marketing.     Our insurance group's products are marketed principally through a group of licensed independent retail and wholesale brokers. Clients (insureds) are referred to our insurance group through a large number of international, national and regional brokers and captive managers who receive from the insured or insurer a set fee or brokerage commission usually equal to a percentage of gross premiums. In the past, our insurance group also entered into contingent commission arrangements with some brokers that provide for the payment of additional commissions based on volume or profitability of business. In general, our insurance group has no implied or explicit commitments to accept business from any particular broker and, neither brokers nor any other third parties have the authority to bind our insurance group, except in the case where underwriting authority may be delegated contractually to selected program administrators. Such administrators are subject to a due diligence financial and operational review prior to any such delegation of authority and ongoing reviews and audits are carried out as deemed necessary by our insurance group to assure the continuing integrity of underwriting and related business operations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Company—We could be materially adversely affected to the extent that managing general agents, general agents and other producers in our program business exceed their underwriting authorities or

7


Table of Contents

otherwise breach obligations owed to us." For information on major brokers, see note 11, "Commitments and Contingencies—Concentrations of Credit Risk," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Risk Management and Reinsurance.     In the normal course of business, our insurance group may cede a portion of its premium through quota share, surplus share, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance agreements. Reinsurance arrangements do not relieve our insurance group from its obligations to insureds. Reinsurance recoverables are recorded as assets, predicated on the reinsurers' ability to meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements. If the reinsurers are unable to satisfy their obligations under the agreements, our insurance subsidiaries would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Our insurance subsidiaries, through their respective reinsurance security committees ("RSC"), are selective with regard to reinsurers, seeking to place reinsurance with only those reinsurers which meet and maintain specific standards of established criteria for financial strength. Each RSC evaluates the financial viability of its reinsurers through financial analysis, research and review of rating agencies' reports and also monitors reinsurance recoverables and letters of credit with unauthorized reinsurers. The financial analysis includes ongoing assessments of reinsurers, including a review of the financial stability, appropriate licensing, reputation, claims paying ability and underwriting philosophy of each reinsurer. Our insurance group will continue to evaluate its reinsurance requirements. See note 4, "Reinsurance," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        For catastrophe-exposed insurance business, our insurance group seeks to limit the amount of exposure to catastrophic losses it assumes through a combination of managing aggregate limits, underwriting guidelines and reinsurance. For a discussion of our risk management policies, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Ceded Reinsurance" and "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations."

        Claims Management.     Our insurance group's claims management function is performed by claims professionals, as well as experienced external claims managers (third party administrators), where appropriate. In addition to investigating, evaluating and resolving claims, members of our insurance group's claims departments work with underwriting professionals as functional teams in order to develop products and services desired by the group's customers.

    Our Reinsurance Operations

        Our reinsurance operations are conducted on a worldwide basis through our reinsurance subsidiaries, Arch Re Bermuda, Arch Re U.S. and Arch Re Europe. Arch Re Bermuda has offices in Bermuda. Arch Re Bermuda's branch office in Switzerland transferred its operations to Arch Re Europe in the fourth quarter of 2008. However, Arch Re Bermuda retained the reinsurance business written by Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch from its opening in 2006 until the time its operations were transferred to Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch. In the first quarter of 2009, Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch was formally de-registered from the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich. Our newly-formed reinsurance company, Arch Re Europe, is headquartered in Dublin with a branch office in Zurich. Arch Re Europe commenced underwriting in the fourth quarter of 2008 to complement the existing property and casualty treaty capabilities within our reinsurance group. Arch Re U.S. operates out of its office in Morristown, New Jersey. Our property facultative reinsurance operations are primarily conducted through Arch Re U.S. with certain executive functions conducted through Arch Re Facultative Underwriters Inc. located in Farmington, Connecticut. Arch Re Denmark is a subsidiary of Arch Re Bermuda which underwrote travel and accident reinsurance on behalf of Arch Insurance Europe until the end of 2008. Commencing January 1, 2009, Arch Re Denmark started underwriting travel and accident reinsurance on behalf of Arch Re Europe. As of February 15, 2009, our reinsurance group had approximately 160 employees.

8


Table of Contents

        Strategy.     Our reinsurance group's strategy is to capitalize on our financial capacity, experienced management and operational flexibility to offer multiple products through our operations. The reinsurance group's operating principles are to:

    Actively Select and Manage Risks.   Our reinsurance group only underwrites business that meets certain profitability criteria, and it emphasizes disciplined underwriting over premium growth. To this end, our reinsurance group maintains centralized control over reinsurance underwriting guidelines and authorities.

    Maintain Flexibility and Respond to Changing Market Conditions.   Our reinsurance group's organizational structure and philosophy allows it to take advantage of increases or changes in demand or favorable pricing trends. Our reinsurance group believes that its existing Bermuda-, U.S.- and European-based platform, broad underwriting expertise and substantial capital facilitates adjustments to its mix of business geographically and by line and type of coverage. Our reinsurance group believes that this flexibility allows it to participate in those market opportunities that provide the greatest potential for underwriting profitability.

    Maintain a Low Cost Structure.   Our reinsurance group believes that maintaining tight control over its staffing level and operating primarily as a broker market reinsurer permits it to maintain low operating costs relative to its capital and premiums.

        Our reinsurance group writes business on both a proportional and non-proportional basis and writes both treaty and facultative business. In a proportional reinsurance arrangement (also known as pro rata reinsurance, quota share reinsurance or participating reinsurance), the reinsurer shares a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the reinsured. The reinsurer pays the cedent a commission which is generally based on the cedent's cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (including commissions, premium taxes, assessments and miscellaneous administrative expenses) and may also include a profit factor. Non-proportional (or excess of loss) reinsurance indemnifies the reinsured against all or a specified portion of losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called a "retention." Non-proportional business is written in layers and a reinsurer or group of reinsurers accepts a band of coverage up to a specified amount. The total coverage purchased by the cedent is referred to as a "program." Any liability exceeding the upper limit of the program reverts to the cedent.

        Our reinsurance group generally seeks to write significant lines on less commoditized classes of coverage, such as specialty property and casualty reinsurance treaties. However, with respect to other classes of coverage, such as property catastrophe and casualty clash, our reinsurance group participates in a relatively large number of treaties and assumes smaller lines where it believes that it can underwrite and process the business efficiently.

        Our reinsurance group focuses on the following areas:

    Casualty.   Our reinsurance group reinsures third party liability and workers' compensation exposures from ceding company clients primarily on a treaty basis. The exposures that it reinsures include, among others, directors' and officers' liability, professional liability, automobile liability, workers' compensation and excess and umbrella liability. Our reinsurance group writes this business on a proportional and non-proportional basis. On proportional and non-proportional "working casualty business," which is treated separately from casualty clash business, our reinsurance group prefers to write treaties where there is a meaningful amount of actuarial data and where loss activity is more predictable.

    Property Excluding Property Catastrophe.   Our treaty reinsurance group reinsures individual property risks of a ceding company. Property per risk treaty and pro rata reinsurance contracts written by our treaty reinsurance group cover claims from individual insurance policies issued by reinsureds and include both personal lines and commercial property exposures (principally

9


Table of Contents

      covering buildings, structures, equipment and contents). The primary perils in this business include fire, explosion, collapse, riot, vandalism, wind, tornado, flood and earthquake.

      Through our property facultative reinsurance group, we also write reinsurance on a facultative basis whereby the reinsurer assumes part of the risk under a single insurance contract. Facultative reinsurance is typically purchased by ceding companies for individual risks not covered by their reinsurance treaties, for unusual risks or for amounts in excess of the limits on their reinsurance treaties. Our property facultative reinsurance group focuses on commercial property risks on an excess of loss basis.

    Other Specialty.   Our reinsurance group writes other specialty lines, including non-standard automobile, surety, accident and health, workers' compensation catastrophe, trade credit and political risk.

    Property Catastrophe.   Our reinsurance group reinsures catastrophic perils for our reinsureds on a treaty basis. Treaties in this type of business provide protection for most catastrophic losses that are covered in the underlying policies written by our reinsureds. The primary perils in our reinsurance group's portfolio include hurricane, earthquake, flood, tornado, hail and fire. Our reinsurance group may also provide coverage for other perils on a case-by-case basis. Property catastrophe reinsurance provides coverage on an excess of loss basis when aggregate losses and loss adjustment expense from a single occurrence of a covered peril exceed the retention specified in the contract. The multiple claimant nature of property catastrophe reinsurance requires careful monitoring and control of cumulative aggregate exposure.

    Marine and Aviation.   Our reinsurance group writes marine business, which includes coverages for hull, cargo, transit and offshore oil and gas operations, and aviation business, which includes coverages for airline and general aviation risks. Business written may also include space business, which includes coverages for satellite assembly, launch and operation for commercial space programs.

    Other.   Our reinsurance group also writes non-traditional business, which is intended to provide insurers with risk management solutions that complement traditional reinsurance.

        Underwriting Philosophy.     Our reinsurance group employs a disciplined, analytical approach to underwriting reinsurance risks that is designed to specify an adequate premium for a given exposure commensurate with the amount of capital it anticipates placing at risk. A number of our reinsurance group's underwriters are also actuaries. It is our reinsurance group's belief that employing actuaries on the front-end of the underwriting process gives it an advantage in evaluating risks and constructing a high quality book of business.

        As part of the underwriting process, our reinsurance group typically assesses a variety of factors, including:

    adequacy of underlying rates for a specific class of business and territory;

    the reputation of the proposed cedent and the likelihood of establishing a long-term relationship with the cedent, the geographic area in which the cedent does business, together with its catastrophe exposures, and our aggregate exposures in that area;

    historical loss data for the cedent and, where available, for the industry as a whole in the relevant regions, in order to compare the cedent's historical loss experience to industry averages;

    projections of future loss frequency and severity; and

    the perceived financial strength of the cedent.

10


Table of Contents

        Premiums Written and Geographic Distribution.     Set forth below is summary information regarding net premiums written for our reinsurance group:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
 

Net premiums written

                                     

Casualty(1)

  $ 347,198     30.2   $ 466,209     39.4   $ 591,219     43.3  

Property excluding property catastrophe(2)

    328,684     28.6     248,367     21.0     297,080     21.8  

Property catastrophe

    231,146     20.1     202,203     17.1     146,751     10.7  

Other specialty

    146,452     12.8     148,776     12.6     218,157     16.0  

Marine and aviation

    90,733     7.9     110,586     9.3     109,865     8.0  

Other

    3,910     0.4     8,247     0.6     2,290     0.2  
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by client location

                                     

United States

  $ 631,896     55.0   $ 688,841     58.2   $ 770,309     56.4  

Europe

    331,072     28.8     258,952     21.9     368,332     27.0  

Bermuda

    137,215     12.0     179,935     15.2     132,618     9.7  

Other

    47,940     4.2     56,660     4.7     94,103     6.9  
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by underwriting location

                                     

Bermuda

  $ 662,896     57.7   $ 691,782     58.4   $ 813,356     59.6  

United States

    419,805     36.6     471,551     39.8     552,006     40.4  

Other

    65,422     5.7     21,055     1.8          
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

(1)
Includes professional liability, executive assurance and healthcare business.

(2)
Includes facultative business.

        Marketing.     Our reinsurance group markets its reinsurance products through brokers, except our property facultative reinsurance group, which generally deals directly with the ceding companies. Brokers do not have the authority to bind our reinsurance group with respect to reinsurance agreements, nor does our reinsurance group commit in advance to accept any portion of the business that brokers submit to them. Our reinsurance group generally pays brokerage fees to brokers based on negotiated percentages of the premiums written through such brokers. For information on major brokers, see note 11, "Commitments and Contingencies—Concentrations of Credit Risk," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Risk Management and Retrocession.     Our reinsurance group currently purchases "common account" retrocessional arrangements for certain treaties. Such arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to all companies participating in such treaties, including the reinsurers. Our reinsurance group will continue to evaluate its retrocessional requirements. See note 4, "Reinsurance," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

11


Table of Contents

        For catastrophe exposed reinsurance business, our reinsurance group seeks to limit the amount of exposure it assumes from any one reinsured and the amount of the aggregate exposure to catastrophe losses from a single event in any one geographic zone. For a discussion of our risk management policies, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Ceded Reinsurance" and "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations."

        Claims Management.     Claims management includes the receipt of initial loss reports, creation of claim files, determination of whether further investigation is required, establishment and adjustment of case reserves and payment of claims. Additionally, audits are conducted for both specific claims and overall claims procedures at the offices of selected ceding companies. Our reinsurance group makes use of outside consultants for claims work from time to time.

Employees

        As of February 15, 2009, ACGL and its subsidiaries employed approximately 1,200 full-time employees.

Reserves

        Reserve estimates are derived after extensive consultation with individual underwriters, actuarial analysis of the loss reserve development and comparison with industry benchmarks. Our reserves are established and reviewed by highly professional internal actuaries. Generally, reserves are established without regard to whether we may subsequently contest the claim. We do not currently discount our loss reserves except for excess workers' compensation and employers' liability loss reserves produced by Wexford, a new line of business for us in 2007.

        Loss reserves represent estimates of what the insurer or reinsurer ultimately expects to pay on claims at a given time, based on facts and circumstances then known, and it is probable that the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than such estimates. Even actuarially sound methods can lead to subsequent adjustments to reserves that are both significant and irregular due to the nature of the risks written. Loss reserves are inherently subject to uncertainty. In establishing the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, we have made various assumptions relating to the pricing of our reinsurance contracts and insurance policies and have also considered available historical industry experience and current industry conditions. The timing and amounts of actual claim payments related to recorded reserves vary based on many factors including large individual losses, changes in the legal environment, as well as general market conditions. The ultimate amount of the claim payments could differ materially from our estimated amounts. Certain lines of business written by us, such as excess casualty, have loss experience characterized as low frequency and high severity. This may result in significant variability in loss payment patterns and, therefore, may impact the related asset/liability investment management process in order to be in a position, if necessary, to make these payments. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

        The following table represents the development of loss reserves as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for 1998 through 2008. This table does not present accident or policy year development data and, instead, presents an analysis of the claim development of gross and net balance sheet reserves existing at each calendar year-end in subsequent calendar years. The top line of the table shows the reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, at the balance sheet date for each of the indicated years. This represents the estimated

12


Table of Contents


amounts of net losses and loss adjustment expenses arising in all prior years that are unpaid at the balance sheet date, including incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves. The table also shows the re-estimated amount of the previously recorded reserves based on experience as of the end of each succeeding year. The estimate changes as more information becomes known about the frequency and severity of claims for individual years. The "cumulative redundancy (deficiency)" represents the aggregate change in the estimates over all prior years. The table also shows the cumulative amounts paid as of successive years with respect to that reserve liability. In addition, the table reflects the claim development of the gross balance sheet reserves for ending reserves at December 31, 1998 through December 31, 2007. With respect to the information in the table, it should be noted that each amount includes the effects of all changes in amounts for prior periods.

        Results for 1998 to 2000 relate to our prior reinsurance operations, which were sold on May 5, 2000 to WTM Re. With respect to 2000, no reserves are reported in the table below because all reserves for business written through May 5, 2000 were assumed by WTM Re in the May 5, 2000 asset sale, and we did not write or assume any business during 2000 subsequent to the asset sale. Activity subsequent to 2000 relates to acquisitions made by us and our underwriting initiatives that commenced in October 2001.

13


Table of Contents


Development of GAAP Reserves
Cumulative Redundancy (Deficiency)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in millions)
  1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables

  $ 186   $ 309       $ 21   $ 381   $ 1,543   $ 2,875   $ 4,063   $ 4,911   $ 5,483   $ 5,938  

Cumulative net paid losses as of:

                                                                   
 

One year later

    88     311         15     82     278     449     745     843     954        
 

Two years later

    216     311         19     141     437     811     1,332     1,486              
 

Three years later

    216     311         24     172     596     1,110     1,688                    
 

Four years later

    216     311         26     204     706     1,300                          
 

Five years later

    216     311         26     218     787                                
 

Six years later

    216     311         25     233                                      
 

Seven years later

    216     311         25                                            
 

Eight years later

    216     311                                                      
 

Nine years later

    216     311                                                        
 

Ten years later

    216                                                              

Net re-estimated reserve as of:

                                                                   
 

One year later

    216     311         25     340     1,444     2,756     3,986     4,726     5,173        
 

Two years later

    216     311         25     335     1,353     2,614     3,809     4,387              
 

Three years later

    216     311         27     335     1,259     2,487     3,541                    
 

Four years later

    216     311         27     312     1,237     2,353                          
 

Five years later

    216     311         28     315     1,187                                
 

Six years later

    216     311         26     302                                      
 

Seven years later

    216     311         25                                            
 

Eight years later

    216     311                                                      
 

Nine years later

    216     311                                                        
 

Ten years later

    216                                                              

Cumulative net redundancy (deficiency)

  $ (30 ) $ (2 )     $ (4 ) $ 79   $ 356   $ 522   $ 522   $ 524   $ 310        
                                                 

Cumulative net redundancy (deficiency) as a percentage of net reserves

    (16.1 )   (1.0 )       (18.7 )   20.7     23.1     18.1     12.8     10.7     5.7        

Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

  $ 216   $ 365       $ 111   $ 592   $ 1,912   $ 3,493   $ 5,453   $ 6,463   $ 7,092   $ 7,667  

Reinsurance recoverable

    (30 )   (56 )       (90 )   (211 )   (369 )   (618 )   (1,390 )   (1,552 )   (1,609 )   (1,729 )
                                               

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

    186     309         21     381     1,543     2,875     4,063   $ 4,911   $ 5,483   $ 5,938  
                                               

Gross re-estimated reserve

    246     367         182     548     1,509     2,903     4,955     5,824     6,775        

Re-estimated reinsurance recoverable

    (30 )   (56 )       (157 )   (246 )   (322 )   (550 )   (1,414 )   (1,437 )   (1,602 )      
                                                 

Net re-estimated reserve

    216     311         25     302     1,187     2,353     3,541     4,387     5,173        
                                                 

Gross re-estimated redundancy (deficiency)

  $ (30 ) $ (2 )     $ (71 ) $ 44   $ 403   $ 590   $ 498   $ 639   $ 317        
                                                 

14


Table of Contents

        The following table represents an analysis of losses and loss adjustment expenses and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses.

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year

  $ 7,092,452   $ 6,463,041   $ 5,452,826  

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,609,619     1,552,157     1,389,768  
               

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year

    5,482,833     4,910,884     4,063,058  

Increase (decrease) in net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred relating to losses occurring in:

                   
 

Current year

    2,158,914     1,829,534     1,867,344  
 

Prior years

    (310,170 )   (185,364 )   (76,795 )
               
   

Total net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,848,744     1,644,170     1,790,549  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

   
(133,881

)
 
45,192
   
47,711
 

Less net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid relating to losses occurring in:

                   
 

Current year

    305,513     274,102     245,856  
 

Prior years

    954,361     843,311     744,578  
               
   

Total net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,259,874     1,117,413     990,434  

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year

   
5,937,822
   
5,482,833
   
4,910,884
 

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,729,135     1,609,619     1,552,157  
               

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year

  $ 7,666,957   $ 7,092,452   $ 6,463,041  
               

        Our reserving method to date has to a large extent been the expected loss method, which is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists. We select the initial expected loss and loss adjustment expense ratios based on information derived by our underwriters and actuaries during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data where appropriate. These ratios consider, among other things, rate changes and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. Any estimates and assumptions made as part of the reserving process could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors, including the fact that relatively limited historical information has been reported to us through December 31, 2008. As actual loss information is reported to us and we develop our own loss experience, we will give more emphasis to other actuarial techniques.

        During 2008, on a gross basis, we recorded a redundancy on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $317.7 million while, on a net basis, we recorded a redundancy on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $310.2 million. The net favorable development consisted of $231.2 million from the reinsurance segment and $79.0 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $126.1 million came from short-tail lines, and $105.1 million came from casualty and marine and aviation business. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $11.1 million. In addition, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in 2004 or subsequent periods. Based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $2.7 million in 2008. Except as discussed above, the estimated favorable development in the reinsurance segment's prior year reserves did not reflect any significant changes in

15


Table of Contents


the key assumptions it made to estimate these reserves at December 31, 2007. As a result of applying a small amount of weight to its own experience, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now believes it has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net favorable development of $79.0 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $15.9 million, primarily due to sliding scale arrangements on certain policies.

        During 2007, on a gross basis, we recorded a redundancy on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $253.7 million while, on a net basis, we recorded a redundancy on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $185.4 million. The net favorable development consisted of $172.7 million from the reinsurance segment and $12.7 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $110.6 million came from short-tail lines, and $62.1 million came from casualty and marine and aviation business. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $18.5 million. In addition, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in 2004 or subsequent periods. Based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $10.6 million in 2007. Except as discussed above, the estimated favorable development in the reinsurance segment's prior year reserves did not reflect any significant changes in the key assumptions it made to estimate these reserves at December 31, 2006. As a result of applying a small amount of weight to its own experience, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now believes it has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net favorable development of $12.7 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes, partially offset by adverse development of $33.3 million from short-tail lines which primarily resulted from higher than expected claims development. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $9.5 million, primarily due to sliding scale arrangements on certain policies.

        During 2006, on a gross basis, we recorded a deficiency on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $28.3 million while, on a net basis, we recorded a redundancy on reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $76.8 million. The gross deficiency primarily resulted from adverse development on the 2005 catastrophic events while, on a net basis, a significant portion of the adverse development was covered by reinsurance. The net favorable development consisted of $68.5 million from the reinsurance segment and $8.3 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $37.1 million came from short-tail lines, and $31.4 million came from longer-tail lines. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence and was net of $38.1 million of adverse development on the 2005 catastrophic events, primarily in short-tail lines. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $7.8 million. As noted above, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors. Following reserve reviews, and based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $7.7 million in 2006. Except as discussed above, the estimated favorable development in the reinsurance segment's prior year reserves did not reflect any significant changes in the key assumptions it made to estimate these reserves at December 31, 2005. The insurance segment's net favorable development of $8.3 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in certain medium-tailed and

16


Table of Contents


long-tailed lines of business, in particular for those lines of business written on a claims-made basis and for which it now believes it has a reasonable level of credible data, partially offset by adverse development of $44.0 million from short-tail lines which included $30.8 million of adverse development on the 2005 catastrophic events.

        We are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurance and retrocessions because the ceding of risk to reinsurers and retrocessionaires does not relieve us of our liability to the clients or companies we insure or reinsure. Our failure to establish adequate reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our existing reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Although we monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers and retrocessionaires and attempt to place coverages only with substantial, financially sound carriers, we may not be successful in doing so. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Collection of Insurance-Related Balances and Provision for Doubtful Accounts."

Investments

        At December 31, 2008, consolidated cash and invested assets totaled approximately $10.0 billion, consisting of $832.9 million of cash and short-term investments, $8.75 billion of fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, $301.0 million of investment funds accounted for using the equity method and $109.6 million of other investments. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Condition—Investable Assets" and note 7, "Investment Information," of the notes accompanying our financial statements.

        The following table summarizes the market value of our cash and invested assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Estimated
Market Value
  % of
Total
  Estimated
Market Value
  % of
Total
 

Cash and short-term investments(1)

  $ 832,889     8.3   $ 939,170     9.3  
                   

Fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements(1):

                         
 

Corporate bonds

    2,019,373     20.2     2,452,527     24.2  
 

Mortgage backed securities

    1,581,736     15.8     1,234,596     12.2  
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    1,463,897     14.7     1,165,423     11.5  
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,219,737     12.2     1,315,680     13.0  
 

Asset backed securities

    970,041     9.7     1,008,030     9.9  
 

Municipal bonds

    965,966     9.7     990,325     9.8  
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    527,972     5.3     434,243     4.3  
                   
   

Sub-total

    8,748,722     87.6     8,600,824     84.9  
                   

Investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    301,027     3.0     235,975     2.3  

Other investments

    109,601     1.1     353,694     3.5  
                   
   

Total cash and invested assets(1)(2)

  $ 9,992,239     100.0   $ 10,129,663     100.0  
                   

(1)
In our securities lending transactions, we receive collateral in excess of the market value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, we have excluded $730.2 million and $1.5 billion, respectively, of collateral received which is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value" and included $728.1 million and $1.46 billion, respectively, of "fixed maturities and

17


Table of Contents

    short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value" at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

(2)
Includes certain securities transactions entered into but not settled at the balance sheet date. Net of such amounts, total cash and investments were approximately $9.97 billion at December 31, 2008 and $10.12 billion at December 31, 2007.

        Our current investment guidelines and approach stress preservation of capital, market liquidity and diversification of risk. Our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, as well as to risks inherent in particular securities. At December 31, 2008, approximately 97% of our fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements were rated investment grade by the major rating agencies, primarily Standard & Poor's Rating Services ("Standard & Poor's"), compared to 98% at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, our fixed maturities, fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements and short-term investments had an average credit quality rating of "AA+" and an average effective duration of approximately 3.62 years and 3.29 years, respectively.

        We participate in a securities lending program under which certain of our fixed income portfolio securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms, for short periods of time through a lending agent. Such securities have been reclassified as "Fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value." We maintain legal control over the securities we lend, retain the earnings and cash flows associated with the loaned securities and receive a fee from the borrower for the temporary use of the securities. Collateral received, primarily in the form of cash, is required at a rate of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities (or 105% of the market value of the loaned securities when the collateral and loaned securities are denominated in non-U.S. currencies) including accrued investment income and is monitored and maintained by the lending agent. Such collateral is reinvested and is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value." At December 31, 2008, the market value and amortized cost of fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements were $728.1 million and $717.2 million, respectively, while collateral received totaled $753.5 million at market value and amortized cost. The market value of the reinvested collateral totaled $730.2 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2007, the market value and amortized cost of fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements were $1.46 billion and $1.44 billion, respectively, while collateral received totaled $1.5 billion at market value and amortized cost.

        The credit quality distribution of our fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are shown below:

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007  
Rating(1)
  Estimated
Market Value
  % of
Total
  Estimated
Market Value
  % of
Total
 

AAA

  $ 6,756,503     77.2   $ 6,600,258     76.7  

AA

    815,512     9.3     882,262     10.3  

A

    750,947     8.6     677,047     7.9  

BBB

    195,319     2.2     243,610     2.8  

BB

    52,349     0.6     25,390     0.3  

B

    126,688     1.5     128,459     1.5  

Lower than B

    9,549     0.1     11,321     0.1  

Not rated

    41,855     0.5     32,477     0.4  
                   
 

Total

  $ 8,748,722     100.0   $ 8,600,824     100.0  
                   

(1)
Ratings as assigned by the major rating agencies.

18


Table of Contents

        For 2008 and 2007, set forth below is the pre-tax total return (before investment expenses) of our investment portfolio (including fixed maturities, short-term investments and fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements) compared to the benchmark return against which we measured our portfolio during the year. Our investment expenses were approximately 0.14% of average invested assets in 2008, compared to 0.15% in 2007.

 
  Arch
Portfolio
  Benchmark
Return(1)
 

Pre-tax total return (before investment expenses):

             
 

Year ended December 31, 2008

    (2.84 )%   (1.42 )%
 

Year ended December 31, 2007

    6.52 %   6.97 %

(1)
The benchmark return is a weighted average of the benchmarks assigned to each of our investment managers. The benchmarks used vary based on the nature of the portfolios under management. In all but a few instances, the benchmarks used are Lehman indices.

Ratings

        Our ability to underwrite business is dependent upon the quality of its claims paying ability and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent agencies. Such ratings from third party internationally recognized statistical rating organizations or agencies are instrumental in establishing the competitive positions of companies in our industry. We believe that the primary users of such ratings include commercial and investment banks, policyholders, brokers, ceding companies and investors. Insurance ratings are also used by insurance and reinsurance intermediaries as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers, and have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. These ratings are often an important factor in the decision by an insured or intermediary of whether to place business with a particular insurance or reinsurance provider. Periodically, rating agencies evaluate us to confirm that we continue to meet their criteria for the ratings assigned to us by them. A.M. Best Company ("A.M. Best") maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "A++" (Superior) to "F" (In Liquidation). Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's") maintains a letter scale rating from "Aaa" (Exceptional) to "NP" (Not Prime). Standard & Poor's maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "AAA" (Extremely Strong) to "R" (Under Regulatory Supervision). Our reinsurance subsidiaries, Arch Re U.S., Arch Re Bermuda and Arch Re Europe (Standard & Poor's rating only), and our principal insurance subsidiaries, Arch Insurance, Arch E&S, Arch Specialty, Arch Indemnity (A.M. Best and Standard & Poor's rating only), and Arch Insurance Europe, each currently has a financial strength rating of "A" (Excellent, the third highest out of fifteen rating levels) with a stable outlook from A.M. Best, "A2" (Good, the sixth highest out of 21 rating levels) with a stable outlook from Moody's and "A" (Strong, the sixth highest out of 21 rating levels) with a stable outlook from Standard & Poor's. Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") has assigned a financial strength rating of "A+" (Strong, the fifth highest out of 24 rating levels) with a stable outlook to Arch Re Bermuda.

        ACGL has received counterparty (issuer) credit ratings of "BBB+" (eighth highest out of 22 rating levels) with a positive outlook from Standard & Poor's, "Baa1" (eighth highest out of 21 rating levels) with a stable outlook from Moody's and "A" long term issuer rating (sixth highest out of 23 rating levels) with a stable outlook from Fitch. A counterparty credit rating provides an opinion on an issuer's overall capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they become due, but is not specific to a particular financial obligation. ACGL's senior debt was assigned a rating of "BBB+" from Standard & Poor's, "Baa1" from Moody's and "A-" from Fitch. ACGL's series A non-cumulative preferred shares and series B non-cumulative preferred shares were both assigned a "BBB-" rating by Standard & Poor's, a "Baa3" by Moody's and a "BBB+" rating by Fitch.

19


Table of Contents

        The financial strength ratings assigned by rating agencies to insurance and reinsurance companies represent independent opinions of financial strength and ability to meet policyholder obligations and are not directed toward the protection of investors, nor are they recommendations to buy, hold or sell any securities. We can offer no assurances that our ratings will remain at their current levels, or that our security will be accepted by brokers and our insureds and reinsureds. A ratings downgrade or the potential for such a downgrade, or failure to obtain a necessary rating, could adversely affect both our relationships with agents, brokers, wholesalers and other distributors of our existing products and services and new sales of our products and services. In addition, under certain of the reinsurance agreements assumed by our reinsurance operations, upon the occurrence of a ratings downgrade or other specified triggering event with respect to our reinsurance operations, such as a reduction in surplus by specified amounts during specified periods, our ceding company clients may be provided with certain rights, including, among other things, the right to terminate the subject reinsurance agreement and/or to require that our reinsurance operations post additional collateral. In the event of a ratings downgrade or other triggering event, the exercise of such contract rights by our clients could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ongoing business and operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Competition

        The worldwide reinsurance and insurance businesses are highly competitive. We compete, and will continue to compete, with major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers and reinsurers, some of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we have and have had longer-term relationships with insureds and brokers than us. We compete with other insurers and reinsurers primarily on the basis of overall financial strength, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, geographic scope of business, strength of client relationships, premiums charged, contract terms and conditions, products and services offered, speed of claims payment, reputation, employee experience, and qualifications and local presence. We also compete with new companies that continue to be formed to enter the insurance and reinsurance markets.

        In our insurance business, we compete with insurers that provide specialty property and casualty lines of insurance, including: ACE Limited, Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd., American International Group, Inc., AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Chubb Corporation, Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd., The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc., Lloyd's of London, The Travelers Companies, W.R. Berkley Corp., XL Capital Ltd. and Zurich Insurance Group. In our reinsurance business, we compete with reinsurers that provide property and casualty lines of reinsurance, including ACE Limited, AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd., Everest Re Group Ltd., Hannover Rückversicherung AG, Lloyd's of London, Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., Munich Re Group, PartnerRe Ltd., Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd., RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Swiss Reinsurance Company, Transatlantic Holdings, Inc. and XL Capital Ltd. We do not believe that we have a significant market share in any of our markets.

Regulation

    U.S. Insurance Regulation

        General.     In common with other insurers, our U.S.-based subsidiaries are subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision in the various states and jurisdictions in which they are domiciled and licensed and/or approved to conduct business. The laws and regulations of the state of domicile have the most significant impact on operations. This regulation and supervision is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors. Generally, regulatory authorities have broad regulatory

20


Table of Contents

powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, premium rates, policy forms, marketing practices, claims practices, investments, security deposits, methods of accounting, form and content of financial statements, reserves and provisions for unearned premiums, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. In addition, transactions among affiliates, including reinsurance agreements or arrangements, as well as certain third party transactions, require prior regulatory approval from, or prior notice to, the applicable regulator under certain circumstances. Certain insurance regulatory requirements are highlighted below. In addition, regulatory authorities conduct periodic financial, claims and market conduct examinations. Arch Insurance Europe is also subject to certain governmental regulation and supervision in the various states where it has been approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer.

        The New York Attorney General, various state insurance regulatory authorities and others continue to prosecute actions arising out of contingent commission payments to brokers (and the disclosures relating to such payments), "bid-rigging," "steering," and other practices in the insurance industry. Although certain brokers have announced new fee structures in response to the industry investigations and, as part of these new initiatives, have requested that our insurance subsidiaries enter into standardized payment arrangements, we have determined to negotiate payment arrangements with our brokers on a case by case basis. However, this has not affected certain agreements between our insurance subsidiaries and managing general agents providing for the payment to such agents of additional commissions based upon the profitability of the business produced by those agents. We cannot predict the effect that these prosecutions, any related investigations and/or resulting changes in insurance practices (including future legislation and/or regulations that may become applicable to our business) will have on the insurance industry, the regulatory framework or our business. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—Our reliance on brokers subjects us to their credit risk."

        Credit for Reinsurance.     Arch Re U.S. is subject to insurance regulation and supervision that is similar to the regulation of licensed primary insurers. However, except for certain mandated provisions that must be included in order for a ceding company to obtain credit for reinsurance ceded, the terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any governmental authority. This contrasts with admitted primary insurance policies and agreements, the rates and terms of which generally are regulated by state insurance regulators. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers.

        A primary insurer ordinarily will enter into a reinsurance agreement only if it can obtain credit for the reinsurance ceded on its U.S. statutory-basis financial statements. In general, credit for reinsurance is allowed in the following circumstances:

    if the reinsurer is licensed in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled or, in some instances, in certain states in which the primary insurer is licensed;

    if the reinsurer is an "accredited" or otherwise approved reinsurer in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled or, in some instances, in certain states in which the primary insurer is licensed;

    in some instances, if the reinsurer (a) is domiciled in a state that is deemed to have substantially similar credit for reinsurance standards as the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled and (b) meets certain financial requirements; or

    if none of the above apply, to the extent that the reinsurance obligations of the reinsurer are collateralized appropriately, typically through the posting of a letter of credit for the benefit of the primary insurer or the deposit of assets into a trust fund established for the benefit of the primary insurer.

21


Table of Contents

        As a result of the requirements relating to the provision of credit for reinsurance, Arch Re U.S. and Arch Re Bermuda are indirectly subject to certain regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions in which ceding companies are licensed.

        As of February 15, 2009: (1) Arch Re U.S. is licensed or is an accredited or otherwise approved reinsurer in 50 states and the District of Columbia; (2) Arch Insurance is licensed as an insurer in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam with a branch office in Canada; (3) Arch Specialty is licensed in one state and approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands; (4) Arch E&S is licensed in one state and approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer in 47 states and the District of Columbia; (5) Arch Indemnity is licensed as an insurer in 49 states and the District of Columbia; and (6) Arch Insurance Europe is approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer in 16 states and the District of Columbia. Neither Arch Re Bermuda nor Arch Re Europe expects to become licensed, accredited or so approved in any U.S. jurisdiction.

        Holding Company Acts.     All states have enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems. These regulations generally provide that each insurance company in the system is required to register with the insurance department of its state of domicile and furnish information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system which may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system. All transactions within a holding company system affecting insurers must be fair and reasonable. Notice to the insurance departments is required prior to the consummation of transactions affecting the ownership or control of an insurer and of certain material transactions between an insurer and any entity in its holding company system. In addition, certain of such transactions cannot be consummated without the applicable insurance department's prior approval.

        Regulation of Dividends and Other Payments from Insurance Subsidiaries.     The ability of an insurer to pay dividends or make other distributions is subject to insurance regulatory limitations of the insurance company's state of domicile. Generally, such laws limit the payment of dividends or other distributions above a specified level. Dividends or other distributions in excess of such thresholds are "extraordinary" and are subject to prior regulatory approval. Such dividends or distributions may be subject to applicable withholding or other taxes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and note 15, "Statutory Information," of the notes accompanying our financial statements.

        Insurance Regulatory Information System Ratios.     The National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") Insurance Regulatory Information System ("IRIS") was developed by a committee of state insurance regulators and is intended primarily to assist state insurance departments in executing their statutory mandates to oversee the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS identifies 13 industry ratios (referred to as "IRIS ratios") and specifies "usual values" for each ratio. Departure from the usual values of the IRIS ratios can lead to inquiries from individual state insurance commissioners as to certain aspects of an insurer's business. For 2008, certain of our U.S.-based subsidiaries generated IRIS ratios that were outside of the usual values. To date, none of these subsidiaries has received any notice of regulatory review but there is no assurance that we may not be notified in the future.

        Accreditation.     The NAIC has instituted its Financial Regulatory Accreditation Standards Program ("FRASP") in response to federal initiatives to regulate the business of insurance. FRASP provides a set of standards designed to establish effective state regulation of the financial condition of insurance companies. Under FRASP, a state must adopt certain laws and regulations, institute required regulatory practices and procedures, and have adequate personnel to enforce such items in order to become an "accredited" state. If a state is not accredited, other states may not accept certain financial examination

22


Table of Contents


reports of insurers prepared solely by the regulatory agency in such unaccredited state. The respective states in which Arch Re U.S., Arch Insurance, Arch E&S, Arch Specialty and Arch Indemnity are domiciled are accredited states.

        Risk-Based Capital Requirements.     In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, the NAIC adopted in December 1993 a formula and model law to implement risk-based capital requirements for property and casualty insurance companies. These risk-based capital requirements are designed to assess capital adequacy and to raise the level of protection that statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. The risk-based capital model for property and casualty insurance companies measures three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers:

    underwriting, which encompasses the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing;

    declines in asset values arising from credit risk; and

    declines in asset values arising from investment risks.

        An insurer will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending on how its statutory surplus compares to its risk-based capital calculation. Equity investments in common stock typically are valued at 85% of their market value under the risk-based capital guidelines. For equity investments in an insurance company affiliate, the risk-based capital requirements for the equity securities of such affiliate would generally be our U.S.-based subsidiaries' proportionate share of the affiliate's risk-based capital requirement.

        Under the approved formula, an insurer's total adjusted capital is compared to its authorized control level risk-based capital. If this ratio is above a minimum threshold, no company or regulatory action is necessary. Below this threshold are four distinct action levels at which a regulator can intervene with increasing degrees of authority over an insurer as the ratio of surplus to risk-based capital requirement decreases. The four action levels include:

    insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action;

    insurer is subject to examination, analysis and specific corrective action;

    regulators may place insurer under regulatory control; and

    regulators are required to place insurer under regulatory control.

        Each of our U.S. subsidiaries' surplus (as calculated for statutory purposes) is above the risk-based capital thresholds that would require either company or regulatory action.

        Guaranty Funds and Assigned Risk Plans.     Most states require all admitted insurance companies to participate in their respective guaranty funds which cover certain claims against insolvent insurers. Solvent insurers licensed in these states are required to cover the losses paid on behalf of insolvent insurers by the guaranty funds and are generally subject to annual assessments in the states by the guaranty funds to cover these losses. Participation in state-assigned risk plans may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds. The calculation of an insurer's participation in these plans is usually based on the amount of premium for that type of coverage that was written by the insurer on a voluntary basis in a prior year. Assigned risk pools tend to produce losses which result in assessments to insurers writing the same lines on a voluntary basis.

        Federal Regulation.     Although state regulation is the dominant form of regulation for insurance and reinsurance business, the federal government has shown increasing concern over the adequacy of state regulation. It is not possible to predict the future impact of any potential federal regulations or other possible laws or regulations on our U.S.-based subsidiaries' capital and operations, and such laws or regulations could materially adversely affect their business.

23


Table of Contents

        Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007.     On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, which was amended and extended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005 and amended and extended again by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 ("TRIPRA") through December 31, 2014. TRIPRA provides a federal backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from any act of terrorism on U.S. soil or against certain U.S. air carriers, vessels or foreign missions. Under TRIPRA, all U.S.-based property and casualty insurers are required to make terrorism insurance coverage available in specified commercial property and casualty insurance lines. Under TRIPRA, the federal government will pay 85% of covered losses after an insurer's losses exceed a deductible determined by a statutorily prescribed formula, up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. If an act (or acts) of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual limit, insurers with losses exceeding their deductibles will not be responsible for additional losses. The deductible for each year is based on the insurer's direct commercial earned premiums for property and casualty insurance, excluding certain lines of business such as commercial auto, surety, professional liability and earthquake lines of business, for the prior calendar year multiplied by 20%. The specified percentages for prior periods were 10% for 2004, 15% for 2005, 17.5% for 2006, 20% for 2007 and 20% for 2008, which extends through 2014.

        Our U.S.-based property and casualty insurers, Arch Insurance, Arch Specialty, Arch E&S and Arch Indemnity, are subject to TRIPRA. TRIPRA specifically excludes reinsurance business and, accordingly, does not apply to our reinsurance operations. Our U.S. insurance group's deductible for 2008 was approximately $261.7 million (i.e., 20.0% of earned premiums). Based on 2008 direct commercial earned premiums, our U.S. insurance group's deductible for 2009 is approximately $244.1 million (i.e., 20.0% of such earned premiums).

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.     The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("GLBA"), which implements fundamental changes in the regulation of the financial services industry in the United States, was enacted on November 12, 1999. The GLBA permits the transformation of the already converging banking, insurance and securities industries by permitting mergers that combine commercial banks, insurers and securities firms under one holding company, a "financial holding company." Bank holding companies and other entities that qualify and elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in activities, and acquire companies engaged in activities, that are "financial" in nature or "incidental" or "complementary" to such financial activities. Such financial activities include acting as principal, agent or broker in the underwriting and sale of life, property, casualty and other forms of insurance and annuities.

        Until the passage of the GLBA, the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 had limited the ability of banks to engage in securities-related businesses, and the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 had restricted banks from being affiliated with insurers. With the passage of the GLBA, among other things, bank holding companies may acquire insurers, and insurance holding companies may acquire banks. The ability of banks to affiliate with insurers may affect our U.S. subsidiaries' product lines by substantially increasing the number, size and financial strength of potential competitors.

        Legislative and Regulatory Proposals.     From time to time various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. Among the proposals that have in the past been or are at present being considered are the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers. In addition, there are a variety of proposals being considered by various state legislatures. In December 2008, the NAIC adopted its Reinsurance Regulatory Modernization Framework Proposal (the "Reinsurance Proposal"), which aims to eliminate the universal 100 percent collateral requirement presently imposed on foreign reinsurers, such as Arch Re Bermuda, and establishes instead a sliding scale percentage rating system for assessing collateral obligations. To this end, the Reinsurance Proposal creates two new classes of reinsurers in the United States: "national" reinsurers and "port of entry" ("POE") reinsurers. A national reinsurer is licensed and domiciled in a U.S. home state and approved by such state to

24


Table of Contents


transact reinsurance business across the U.S. while submitting solely to the regulatory authority of the home state supervisor. A POE reinsurer is defined as a non-U.S. assuming reinsurer that is certified in a port of entry state and approved by such state to provide creditable reinsurance to the U.S. market.

        The Reinsurance Proposal also creates a single regulatory body, the Reinsurance Supervision Review Department ("RSRD"), that will establish uniform standards for evaluating reinsurance regulations of the United States and foreign countries. Through the use of uniform standards, the RSRD will determine whether POE reinsurers qualify for reduced collateral requirements. New York has also initiated its own collateral reform proposals, which, if adopted, would create collateral standards that, like the Reinsurance Proposal, focus primarily on the financial strength of reinsurers without regard to jurisdictions of domicile. The Reinsurance Proposal, however, is not self-executing and does not become effective until Congress enacts legislation that preempts state laws that impose higher collateral requirements than the domestic or port of entry states require.

        We are unable to predict whether any of these proposed laws and regulations will be adopted, the form in which any such laws and regulations would be adopted, or the effect, if any, these developments would have on our operations and financial condition. See "—U.S. Insurance Regulation—General."

    Bermuda Insurance Regulation

        The Insurance Act 1978, as Amended, and Related Regulations of Bermuda (the "Insurance Act").     As a holding company, ACGL is not subject to Bermuda insurance regulations. The Insurance Act, which regulates the insurance business of Arch Re Bermuda, provides that no person shall carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA"), which is responsible for the day-to-day supervision of insurers. Under the Insurance Act, insurance business includes reinsurance business. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to its complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose from time to time.

        The Insurance Act imposes solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements on Bermuda insurance companies and grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.

        Classification of Insurers.     The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business and insurers carrying on general business. There are six classifications of insurers carrying on general business, with Class 4 insurers subject to the strictest regulation. Arch Re Bermuda is registered as both a long-term insurer and a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act.

        Cancellation of Insurer's Registration.     An insurer's registration may be canceled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act, including failure of the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if, in the opinion of the BMA, the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles. We believe we are in compliance with applicable regulations under the Insurance Act.

        Principal Representative.     An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. It is the duty of the principal representative upon reaching the view that there is a likelihood of the insurer for which the principal representative acts becoming insolvent or that a reportable "event" has, to the principal representative's knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred, to immediately notify the BMA and to make a report in writing to the BMA within 14 days setting out all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative.

25


Table of Contents

        Approved Independent Auditor.     A Class 4 insurer must appoint an independent auditor who annually audits and reports on the insurer's financial statements prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards ("GAAP financial statements") and statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return of the insurer, all of which, in the case of Arch Re Bermuda, are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The independent auditor must be approved by the BMA.

        Approved Actuary.     Arch Re Bermuda, as a registered long-term insurer, is required to submit an annual actuary's certificate when filing its statutory financial returns. The actuary, who is normally a qualified life actuary, must be approved by the BMA.

        Approved Loss Reserve Specialist.     As a registered Class 4 insurer, Arch Re Bermuda is required to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its loss and loss expense provisions. The loss reserve specialist, who will normally be a qualified casualty actuary, must be approved by the BMA.

        Annual Financial Statements.     Arch Re Bermuda is required to prepare and file a statutory financial return with the BMA. The statutory financial return for a Class 4 insurer includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of such insurer, solvency certificates, the statutory financial statements themselves, the opinion of the loss reserve specialist and a schedule of reinsurance ceded. Effective for 2008, Arch Re Bermuda is also required to file audited GAAP basis annual financial statements, which must be made available to the public, and a risk based capital model called the Bermuda Statutory Capital Requirement ("BSCR") model described below. All filings must be registered with the BMA within four months of the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended upon application to the BMA).

        Minimum Solvency Margin,Enhanced Capital Requirement and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions.     Under the Insurance Act, Arch Re Bermuda must ensure that the value of its general business assets exceeds the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin and enhanced capital requirement. As a Class 4 insurer, Arch Re Bermuda:

    is required, with respect to its general business, to maintain a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of (A) $100 million, (B) 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by Arch Re Bermuda but Arch Re Bermuda may not deduct more than 25% of gross premiums when computing net premiums written), and (C) 15% of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses and other insurance reserves;

    is required to maintain available statutory capital and surplus to an amount that is equal to or exceeds the target capital levels based on enhanced capital requirements calculated using the BSCR model. The BSCR model is a risk based capital model introduced by the BMA effective for 2008 that measures risk and determines enhanced capital requirements and a target capital level (defined as 120% of the enhanced capital requirement) based on Arch Re Bermuda's statutory financial statements. The BSCR model includes a schedule of fixed income investments by rating categories, a schedule of net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses by statutory line of business, a schedule of net premiums written by statutory line of business, risk management schedules and stress and scenario testing;

    is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its enhanced capital requirement, solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause such a breach (if it has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, Arch Re Bermuda will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year);

26


Table of Contents

    is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins;

    is prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins;

    is required, at any time it fails to meet its enhanced capital requirement or solvency margin, to file with the BMA a written report containing certain information;

    is required to establish and maintain a long-term business fund; and

    is required to obtain a certain certification from its approved actuary prior to declaring or paying any dividends and such certificate will not be given unless the value of its long-term business assets exceeds its long-term business liabilities, as certified by its approved actuary, by the amount of the dividend and at least $250,000. The amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of the excess referenced in the preceding sentence and other funds properly available for the payment of dividends, being funds arising out of its business, other than its long-term business.

        Minimum Liquidity Ratio.     The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers such as Arch Re Bermuda. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable. The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined).

        Long-Term Business Fund.     An insurer carrying on long-term business is required to keep its accounts in respect of its long-term business separate from any accounts kept in respect of any other business and all receipts of its long-term business form part of its long-term business fund. No payment may be made directly or indirectly from an insurer's long-term business fund for any purpose other than a purpose related to the insurer's long-term business, unless such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer's approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders. Arch Re Bermuda may not declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets in its long-term business fund, as certified by its approved actuary, exceeds the liabilities of the insurer's long-term business (as certified by the insurer's approved actuary) by the amount of the dividend and at least the $250,000 minimum solvency margin prescribed by the Insurance Act, and the amount of any such dividend may not exceed the aggregate of that excess (excluding the said $250,000) and any other funds properly available for payment of dividends, such as funds arising out of business of the insurer other than long-term business.

        Restrictions on Transfer of Business and Winding-Up.     Arch Re Bermuda, as a long-term insurer, is subject to the following provisions of the Insurance Act:

    all or any part of the long-term business, other than long-term business that is reinsurance business, may be transferred only with and in accordance with the sanction of the applicable Bermuda court; and

    an insurer or reinsurer carrying on long-term business may only be wound-up or liquidated by order of the applicable Bermuda court, and this may increase the length of time and costs incurred in the winding-up of Arch Re Bermuda when compared with a voluntary winding-up or liquidation.

27


Table of Contents

        Supervision, Investigation and Intervention.     The BMA may appoint an inspector with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of an insurer if the BMA believes that an investigation is required in the interest of the insurer's policyholders or persons who may become policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct an insurer to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with the insurer's business.

        If it appears to the BMA that there is a risk of the insurer becoming insolvent, or that it is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the BMA may, among other things, direct the insurer (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase the insurer's liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to realize certain investments, (5) to maintain in, or transfer to the custody of, a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments and/or (7) to limit its premium income.

        Shareholder Controllers.     Any person who, directly or indirectly, becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of the common shares of ACGL must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date such person has knowledge of having such a holding, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to such a person if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their holding of common shares in ACGL and direct, among other things, that voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.

        For so long as ACGL has as a subsidiary an insurer registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may at any time, by written notice, object to a person holding 10% or more of its common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not or is no longer fit and proper to be such a holder. In such a case, the BMA may require the shareholder to reduce its holding of common shares in ACGL and direct, among other things, that such shareholder's voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person who does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.

    Certain Bermuda Law Considerations

        ACGL and Arch Re Bermuda have been designated as non-resident for exchange control purposes by the BMA and are required to obtain the permission of the BMA for the issue and transfer of all of their shares. The BMA has given its consent for:

    the issue and transfer of ACGL's shares, up to the amount of its authorized capital from time to time, to and among persons that are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes; and

    the issue and transfer of up to 20% of ACGL's shares in issue from time to time to and among persons resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes.

        Transfers and issues of ACGL's common shares to any resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes may require specific prior approval under the Exchange Control Act 1972. Arch Re Bermuda's common shares cannot be issued or transferred without the consent of the BMA. Because we are designated as non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes, we are allowed to engage in transactions, and to pay dividends to Bermuda non-residents who are holders of our common shares, in currencies other than the Bermuda Dollar.

        In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are issued only in the names of corporations or individuals. In the case of an applicant acting in a special capacity (for example, as an executor or trustee), certificates may, at the request of the applicant, record the capacity in which the applicant is acting. Notwithstanding the recording of any such special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or incur any responsibility in respect of the proper administration of any such estate or trust. We will take

28


Table of Contents


no notice of any trust applicable to any of our common shares whether or not we have notice of such trust.

        ACGL and Arch Re Bermuda are incorporated in Bermuda as "exempted companies." As a result, they are exempt from Bermuda laws restricting the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians, but they may not participate in certain business transactions, including (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that required for their business and held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years) without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature, (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000 without the consent of the Minister of Finance, (3) the acquisition of any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, other than certain types of Bermuda government securities or (4) the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in furtherance of their business carried on outside Bermuda or under license granted by the Minister of Finance. While an insurer is permitted to reinsure risks undertaken by any company incorporated in Bermuda and permitted to engage in the insurance and reinsurance business, generally it is not permitted without a special license granted by the Minister of Finance to insure Bermuda domestic risks or risks of persons of, in or based in Bermuda.

        ACGL and Arch Re Bermuda also need to comply with the provisions of The Bermuda Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act") regulating the payment of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. A company shall not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of the company's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and note 15, "Statutory Information," of the notes accompanying our financial statements.

        Under Bermuda law, only persons who are Bermudians, spouses of Bermudians, holders of a permanent resident's certificate or holders of a working resident's certificate ("exempted persons") may engage in gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Our success may depend in part upon the continued services of key employees in Bermuda. Certain of our current key employees are not exempted persons and, as such, require specific approval to work for us in Bermuda. A work permit may be granted or extended upon showing that, after proper public advertisement, no exempted person is available who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer. The Bermuda government has a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to certain exemptions for key employees.

    United Kingdom Insurance Regulation

        General.     The Financial Services Authority (the "FSA") regulates insurance and reinsurance companies operating in the U.K. under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the "FSMA"), including Arch Insurance Europe, our U.K.-based subsidiary. In May 2004, Arch Insurance Europe was licensed and authorized by the FSA. It holds the relevant permissions for the classes of insurance business which it underwrites in the U.K. All U.K. companies are also subject to a range of statutory provisions, including the laws and regulations of the Companies Acts 1985 and 2006 (as amended) (the "Companies Acts").

        The primary statutory goals of the FSA are to maintain and promote confidence in the U.K. financial system, secure the appropriate degree of protection for consumers and reduce financial crime. The FSA regulatory regime imposes risk management, solvency and capital requirements on U.K. insurance companies. The FSA has broad authority to supervise and regulate insurance companies which extends to enforcement of the provisions of the FSMA and intervention in the operations of an

29


Table of Contents


insurance company. The FSA regime is based on principles from which all of its rules and guidance derive. Among these principles, the FSA increasingly emphasizes a "culture of compliance" in those firms it regulates. The FSA carries out regular Advanced Risk Responsive Operating Framework ("ARROW") assessments of regulated firms to ensure that compliance with its rules and guidance. The FSA conducted risk assessments of Arch Insurance Europe in 2006 and 2008, and will continue to do so again on a regular schedule. The assessment provided the FSA's views on Arch Insurance Europe's risk profile and its regulatory capital requirements. In some cases, the FSA may require remedial action or adjustments to a company's management, operations, capital requirements, claims management or business plan. The FSA has announced that greater focus will be placed on senior management arrangements, systems and controls, the fair treatment of clients and making further progress towards the development of enhanced risk-based minimum capital requirements for non life insurance companies, working together with the regulatory bodies of the Member States of the European Union ("EU") and the European Commission, which acts as the initiator of action and executive body of the EU.

        Financial Resources.     Arch Insurance Europe is required to demonstrate to the FSA that it has adequate financial assets to meet the financial resources requirement for its category. On an annual basis, Arch Insurance Europe is required to provide the FSA with its own risk-based assessment of its capital needs, taking into account comprehensive risk factors, including market, credit, operational, liquidity and group risks to generate a revised calculation of its expected liabilities which, in turn, enable the FSA to provide individual capital guidance to Arch Insurance Europe. Arch Insurance Europe's surplus is above the risk-based capital threshold allowed by the FSA's individual capital assessment of Arch Insurance Europe. The FSA requires that Arch Insurance Europe maintain a margin of solvency calculation based on the classes of business for which it is authorized and within its premium income projections applied to its worldwide general business.

        Reporting Requirements.     Like all U.K. companies, Arch Insurance Europe must file and submit its annual audited financial statements and related reports to the Registrar of Companies under the Companies Acts together with an annual return of certain core corporate information and changes from the prior year. This requirement is in addition to the regulatory returns required to be filed annually with the FSA.

        Restrictions on Payment of Dividends.     Under English law, all companies are restricted from declaring a dividend to their shareholders unless they have "profits available for distribution." The calculation as to whether a company has sufficient profits is based on its accumulated realized profits minus its accumulated realized losses. U.K. insurance regulatory laws do not prohibit the payment of dividends, but the FSA requires that insurance companies maintain certain solvency margins and may restrict the payment of a dividend by Arch Insurance Europe. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and note 15, "Statutory Information," of the notes accompanying our financial statements.

        European Union Considerations.     As a licensed insurance company in the U.K., a Member State of the EU, Arch Insurance Europe's authorization as an insurer is recognized throughout the European Economic Area ("EEA"), subject only to certain notification and application requirements. This authorization enables Arch Insurance Europe to establish a branch in any other Member State of the EU, where it will be subject to the insurance regulations of each such Member State with respect to the conduct of its business in such Member State, but remain subject only to the financial and operational supervision by the FSA. The framework for the establishment of branches in Member States of the EU other than the U.K. was generally set forth, and remains subject to, directives by the European Council, the legislative body of the EU, which directives are then implemented in each Member State. Arch Insurance Europe currently has branches in Germany, Italy, Spain, Denmark and Sweden, and may establish branches in other Member States of the EU in the future. Further, as an

30


Table of Contents


insurer in an EU Member State, Arch Insurance Europe has the freedom to provide insurance services anywhere in the EEA subject to compliance with certain rules governing such provision, including notification to the FSA.

        In addition, the European Commission, which acts as the initiator of action and executive body of the EU, has announced its intention to adopt a new directive on solvency requirements for insurers known as Solvency II. The directive has not yet formally been enacted. It is anticipated that Solvency II will not be implemented before 2013. Solvency II is a new regulatory regime which will impose economic risk-based solvency requirements across all EU Member States. Arch Insurance Europe, based in the U.K., will be required to comply with Solvency II requirements.

    Canada Insurance Regulation

        The Canadian branch office of Arch Insurance is subject to federal, as well as provincial and territorial, regulation in Canada. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions ("OSFI") is the federal regulatory body that, under the Insurance Companies Act (Canada), regulates federal Canadian and non-Canadian insurance companies operating in Canada. The primary goal of OSFI is to supervise the safety and soundness of insurance companies with the aim of securing the appropriate level of protection of insureds by imposing risk management, solvency and capital requirements on such companies. In addition, the Canadian branch is subject to regulation in the provinces and territories in which it underwrites insurance, and the primary goal of insurance regulation at the provincial and territorial levels is to govern the market conduct of insurance companies. The Canadian branch is licensed to carry on insurance business by OSFI and in each province and territory, except for Prince Edward Island.

    Switzerland Reinsurance Regulation

        In November 2006, Arch Re Bermuda opened a branch office in Zurich, Switzerland named Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Hamilton (Bermuda), European Branch Zurich. In December 2008, Arch Re Europe opened Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch as a branch office. Upon the opening of this branch in the fourth quarter of 2008, the operations of Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch were transferred to Arch Re Europe. Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch was formally de-registered from the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich in early 2009. As both Arch Re Europe and Arch Re Bermuda are domiciled outside of Switzerland and their activities were and are limited to reinsurance, their respective branches in Switzerland were and are not required to be licensed by the Swiss insurance regulatory authorities.

    Ireland Reinsurance Regulation

        General.     The Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority ("IFSRA") regulates insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in Ireland, including Arch Re Europe, our newly established Irish-based subsidiary. In October 2008, Arch Re Europe was licensed and authorized by IFSRA as a non-life reinsurer.

        Arch Re Europe must also comply with the European Communities (Reinsurance) Regulations, 2006 rules made thereunder and, insofar as relevant to reinsurance, the Irish Insurance Acts 1909 to 2000, regulations promulgated thereunder, regulations relating to reinsurance business promulgated under the European Communities Act 1972, the Irish Central Bank Acts 1942 to 1998 as amended, regulations promulgated thereunder and directions, guidelines and codes of conduct issued by IFSRA. Irish authorized reinsurers, such as Arch Re Europe, are also subject to the general body of Irish laws and regulations including the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963-2006.

        Financial Resources.     Arch Re Europe is required to maintain reserves, particularly in respect of underwriting liabilities and a solvency margin as provided for in the European Communities (Reinsurance) Regulations, 2006, related guidance and the European Communities Insurance Accounts Regulations, 1996. Assets constituting statutory reserves must comply with certain principles including obligations to secure sufficiency, liquidity, security, quality, profitability and currency matching of investments. Statutory reserves must be actuarially certified annually.

31


Table of Contents

        Reporting Requirements.     Like most Irish companies, Arch Re Europe must file and submit its annual audited financial statements and related reports to the Registrar of Companies ("Registrar") under the Companies Acts 1963-2006 together with an annual return of certain core corporate information. Changes to core corporate information during the year must also be notified to the Registrar. These requirements are in addition to the regulatory returns required to be filed annually with IFSRA.

        Restrictions on Payment of Dividends.     Under Irish company law, Arch Re Europe is permitted to make distributions only out of profits available for distribution. A company's profits available for distribution are its accumulated, realized profits, so far as not previously utilized by distribution or capitalization, less its accumulated, realized losses, so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital duly made. Further, IFSRA has powers to intervene if a dividend payment were to lead to a breach of regulatory capital requirements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and note 15, "Statutory Information," of the notes accompanying our financial statements.

        European Union Considerations.     As a reinsurance company authorized in Ireland, a Member State of the EU, Arch Re Europe's authorization is recognized throughout the EEA, subject only to any notification requirements imposed by other EU Member States. This authorization enables Arch Re Europe to conduct reinsurance services, or to establish a branch, in any other Member State of the EEA. Although, in doing so, it may be subject to the laws of such Member States with respect to the conduct of its business in such Member State, company law registrations and other matters, it will remain subject to financial and operational supervision by IFSRA only. Arch Re Europe has branches in Denmark and, outside the EEA, in Switzerland.

    European Union Insurance and Reinsurance Regulation

        The single system established in the EU for regulation and supervision of the general insurance sector and its single passport regime have until recently applied only to direct insurance, and there has been no common regulation of reinsurance in the EU. However, direct insurers established in a Member State of the EEA who were also authorized by their domestic regulatory authorities to transact reinsurance have freedom to establish branches in and provide insurance services to all EEA states and that freedom has in practice been extended to their reinsurance activities. On December 9, 2005, the EU published the Reinsurance Directive (the "Directive") as a first step in harmonization of reinsurance regulation in the single market. Member States of the EU and the EEA were required to implement the Directive by December 2007. Most Member States have implemented the Directive, but a few have yet to pass the necessary legislation. For the most part, pure reinsurers established in a Member State of the EU now have freedom to establish branches in and provide services to all EEA states similar to that enjoyed by direct insurers and they will be subject to similar rules in relation to licensing and financial supervision. At present, there are Member States in which this freedom does not fully apply.

        Arch Insurance Europe, being established in the U.K. and authorized by the FSA to write insurance and reinsurance, is able, subject to regulatory notifications and there being no objection from the FSA and the Member States concerned, to establish branches and provide insurance and reinsurance services in those EEA Member States which have implemented the Directive. Arch Re Europe, being established in Ireland and authorized by the IFSRA to write reinsurance, is able, subject to similar regulatory notifications and there being no objection from the IFSRA and the Member States concerned, to establish branches and provide reinsurance services in those EEA states which have implemented the Directive. The Directive itself does not prohibit EEA insurers from obtaining reinsurance from reinsurers licensed outside the EEA, such as Arch Re Bermuda. As such, Arch Re Bermuda may do business from Bermuda with EEA Member States, but it may not directly operate its

32


Table of Contents


reinsurance business within the EEA. Unless agreement is reached between the European Commission and Bermuda to accord Bermuda-based reinsurers with market access on the basis of the prudential nature of Bermuda regulation, each individual EEA Member State may impose conditions on reinsurance provided by Bermuda-based reinsurers which could restrict their future provision of reinsurance to the EEA Member State concerned. There are no indications as yet that any EEA Member State will take this course, but Hungary and the Slovak Republic have certain prohibitions on the purchase of insurance from reinsurers not authorized in the EEA. Also, a number of EEA Member States have introduced or are considering legislation that would limit the ability of Bermudian reinsurers to advertise or otherwise market their reinsurance services in those EEA Member States.


TAX MATTERS

        The following summary of the taxation of ACGL and the taxation of our shareholders is based upon current law and is for general information only. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect this summary.

        The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) of certain tax considerations (a) under "—Taxation of ACGL—Bermuda" and "—Taxation of Shareholders—Bermuda Taxation" is based upon the advice of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda and (b) under "—Taxation of ACGL—United States," "—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation," "—Taxation of Our U.S. Shareholders" and "—United States Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders" is based upon the advice of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York (the advice of such firms does not include accounting matters, determinations or conclusions relating to the business or activities of ACGL). The summary is based upon current law and is for general information only. The tax treatment of a holder of our shares (common shares, series A non-cumulative preferred shares or series B non-cumulative preferred shares), or of a person treated as a holder of our shares for U.S. federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder's particular tax situation. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to us or to holders of our shares.

Taxation of ACGL

    Bermuda

        Under current Bermuda law, ACGL is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. ACGL has obtained from the Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to ACGL or to any of our operations or our shares, debentures or other obligations until March 28, 2016. We could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance will be subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda (we are not so currently affected) or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any property leased to us or our insurance subsidiary. We pay annual Bermuda government fees, and our Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary pays annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

33


Table of Contents

    United States

        ACGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries intend to conduct their operations in a manner that will not cause them to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States and, therefore, will not be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes (other than U.S. excise taxes on insurance and reinsurance premium and withholding taxes on dividends and certain other U.S. source investment income). However, because definitive identification of activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. is not provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or regulations or court decisions, there can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that ACGL or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are or have been engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A foreign corporation deemed to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income, which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provisions of a tax treaty. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a domestic corporation, except that deductions and credits generally are not permitted unless the foreign corporation has timely filed a U.S. federal income tax return in accordance with applicable regulations. Penalties may be assessed for failure to file tax returns. The 30% branch profits tax is imposed on net income after subtracting the regular corporate tax and making certain other adjustments.

        Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Treaty"), ACGL's Bermuda insurance subsidiaries will be subject to U.S. income tax on any insurance premium income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business only if that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. No regulations interpreting the Treaty have been issued. While there can be no assurances, ACGL does not believe that any of its Bermuda insurance subsidiaries has a permanent establishment in the United States. Such subsidiaries would not be entitled to the benefits of the Treaty if (i) less than 50% of ACGL's shares were beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by Bermuda residents or U.S. citizens or residents, or (ii) any such subsidiary's income were used in substantial part to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities to, persons who are not Bermuda residents or U.S. citizens or residents. While there can be no assurances, ACGL believes that its Bermuda insurance subsidiaries are eligible for Treaty benefits.

        The Treaty clearly applies to premium income, but may be construed as not protecting investment income. If ACGL's Bermuda insurance subsidiaries were considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business and were entitled to the benefits of the Treaty in general, but the Treaty were not found to protect investment income, a portion of such subsidiaries' investment income could be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

        Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If any of ACGL's non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States, a significant portion of such company's investment income could be subject to U.S. income tax.

        Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the United States are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax on certain "fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income" derived from sources within the United States as enumerated in Section 881(a) of the Code (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties.

34


Table of Contents

        The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax, unless reduced by an applicable U.S. tax treaty, are 4% for non-life insurance premiums and 1% for life insurance and all reinsurance premiums.

        Personal Holding Company Rules.     A domestic corporation will not be classified as a personal holding company (a "PHC") in a given taxable year unless both (i) at some time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the corporation's shares by value, and (ii) at least 60% of the adjusted ordinary gross income of the corporation for such taxable year consists of PHC income (as defined in Section 543 of the Code). For purposes of the 50% share ownership test, all of our shares owned by an investment partnership will be attributed to each of its partners, if any, who are individuals. As a result of this attribution rule, we believe that currently five or fewer individuals may be treated as owning more than 50% of the value of our shares. Consequently, one or more of our domestic subsidiaries could be or become PHCs, depending on whether any of our subsidiaries satisfy the PHC gross income test.

        We will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of our domestic subsidiaries not to satisfy the gross income requirement set forth in Section 542(a) of the Code. If, however, any of our domestic subsidiaries is or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, such company would be subject to PHC tax (at a 15% rate for taxable years before January 1, 2011, and thereafter at the highest marginal rate on ordinary income applicable to individuals) on its "undistributed PHC income." PHC income generally would not include underwriting income. If any of our subsidiaries is or becomes a PHC, there can be no assurance that the amount of PHC income would be immaterial.

        Certain of our U.S. subsidiaries have been PHCs. Such subsidiaries did not have "undistributed personal holding company income" and do not expect to have "undistributed personal holding company income" in 2008.

        There can be no assurance that each of our domestic subsidiaries is not or will not become a PHC in the future because of factors including factual uncertainties regarding the application of the PHC rules, the makeup of our shareholder base and other circumstances that affect the application of the PHC rules to our domestic subsidiaries.

    United Kingdom

        Our U.K. subsidiaries, including Arch Insurance Europe, are companies incorporated in the U.K. and are therefore resident in the U.K. for corporation tax purposes and will be subject to U.K. corporate tax on their respective worldwide profits. The current rate of U.K. corporation tax is 28% on profits, reduced from 30% effective April 1, 2008.

    Canada

        In January 2005, Arch Insurance received its federal license to commence underwriting in Canada and began writing business in the first quarter of 2005 through its branch operation. The branch operation is taxed on net business income earned in Canada. The general federal corporate income tax rate in Canada is currently 19%. The general federal corporate income tax rate in Canada is legislated to be reduced to 18% in 2010, 16.5% in 2011 and, finally, 15% in 2012. Provincial and territorial corporate income tax rates are added to the general federal corporate income tax rate and generally vary between 10% and 16.0%. Canadian income taxes are also creditable to our U.S. operations.

35


Table of Contents

    Ireland

        In October 2008, our Irish subsidiary, Arch Re Europe, received regulatory approval and commenced writing business in the first quarter of 2009. Arch Re Europe is incorporated and resident in Ireland for corporation tax purposes and will be subject to Irish corporate tax on its worldwide profits, including profits of its Swiss branch operations. Any Swiss tax payable will be creditable against Arch Re Europe's Irish corporate tax liability. The current rate of Irish corporation tax is 12.5%.

    Switzerland

        Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch was established as a branch office of Arch Re Bermuda, but was de-registered from the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich in the first quarter of 2009. Its operations were transferred to Arch Re Europe's Swiss branch in the fourth quarter of 2008. Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch was, and Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch is, subject to Swiss corporation tax on the profit which is allocated to the branch. Under a mixed company ruling, the effective tax rate is expected to be between 11.4% and 12.6%. The annual capital tax on the equity which is allocated to Arch Re Bermuda Swiss Branch is approximately .035%. The same tax treatment will apply to Arch Re Europe Swiss Branch.

    Denmark

        Arch Re Denmark, established as a subsidiary of Arch Re Bermuda, is subject to Danish corporation taxes on its profits at a rate of 25%.

Taxation of Shareholders

        The following summary sets forth certain United States federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares and our series A non-cumulative preferred shares and our series B non-cumulative preferred shares (collectively referred to as the "preferred shares"). Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with shareholders ("U.S. Holders") that are United States Persons (as defined below) who hold their common shares and preferred shares as capital assets and as beneficial owners. The following discussion is only a general summary of the United States federal income tax matters described herein and does not purport to address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. In addition, the following summary does not describe the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of shareholders, such as banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers in securities or traders that adopt a mark-to-market method of tax accounting, tax exempt organizations, expatriates or persons who hold the common shares or preferred shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a straddle, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code. This discussion is based upon the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this annual report and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States, or of any foreign government, that may be applicable to our common shares or preferred shares or the shareholders. Persons considering making an investment in the common shares or preferred shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the United States federal tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction prior to making such investment.

36


Table of Contents

        If a partnership holds our common shares or preferred shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common shares or preferred shares, you should consult your tax advisor.

        For purposes of this discussion, the term "United States Person" means:

    a citizen or resident of the United States,

    a corporation or entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof,

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source,

    a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or

    any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

    Bermuda Taxation

        Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding tax on dividends paid by us.

    United States Taxation

        Taxation of Dividends.     The preferred shares should be properly classified as equity rather than debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC and PFIC rules, as defined below, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to our common shares or preferred shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as computed using U.S. tax principles). If a U.S. Holder of our common shares or our preferred shares is an individual or other non-corporate holder, dividends paid, if any, to that holder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable at the rate applicable for long-term capital gains (generally up to 15%), provided that such person meets a holding period requirement. Generally in order to meet the holding period requirement, the United States Person must hold the common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and must hold preferred shares for more than 90 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before the ex-dividend date. Dividends paid, if any, with respect to common shares or preferred shares generally will be qualified dividend income, provided the common shares or preferred shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. in the year in which the shareholder receives the dividend (which should be the case for shares that are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange) and ACGL is not considered to be a passive foreign investment company in either the year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. No assurance can be given that the preferred shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. See "—Taxation of Our U.S. Shareholders" below. After December 31, 2010, qualified dividend income will no longer be taxed at the rate applicable for long-term capital gains unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

        Distributions with respect to the common shares and the preferred shares will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code. To the extent distributions on our common shares and preferred shares exceed our earnings and profits, they will be

37


Table of Contents


treated first as a return of the U.S. Holder's basis in our common shares and our preferred shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

        Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC and PFIC rules, holders of common shares and preferred shares generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or disposition of common shares or preferred shares, as applicable.

        Redemption of Preferred Shares.     A redemption of the preferred shares will be treated under section 302 of the Code as a dividend if we have sufficient earnings and profits, unless the redemption satisfies one of the tests set forth in section 302(b) of the Code enabling the redemption to be treated as a sale or exchange, subject to the discussion herein relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules. Under the relevant Code section 302(b) tests, the redemption should be treated as a sale or exchange only if it (1) is substantially disproportionate, (2) constitutes a complete termination of the holder's stock interest in us or (3) is "not essentially equivalent to a dividend." In determining whether any of these tests are met, shares considered to be owned by the holder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in the Code, as well as shares actually owned, must generally be taken into account. It may be more difficult for a United States Person who owns, actually or constructively by operation of the attribution rules, any of our other shares to satisfy any of the above requirements. The determination as to whether any of the alternative tests of section 302(b) of the Code is satisfied with respect to a particular holder of the preference shares depends on the facts and circumstances as of the time the determination is made.

Taxation of Our U.S. Shareholders

    Controlled Foreign Corporation Rules

        Under our bye-laws, the 9.9% voting restriction applicable to the Controlled Shares of a U.S. Person (as defined in our bye-laws) generally does not apply to certain of our investors. As a result of certain attribution rules, we believe, therefore, that we and our foreign subsidiaries might be controlled foreign corporations ("CFCs"). That status as a CFC would not cause us or any of our subsidiaries to be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Such status also would have no adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for any U.S. Holder that is considered to own less than 10% of the total combined voting power of our shares or those of our foreign subsidiaries. Only U.S. Holders that are considered to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our shares or those of our foreign subsidiaries (taking into account shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder as well as shares attributed to such U.S. Holder under the Code or the regulations thereunder) (a "10% U.S. Voting Shareholder") would be affected by our status as a CFC. The preferred shares generally should not be considered voting stock for purposes of determining whether a United States Person would be a "10% U.S. Voting Shareholder." The shares may, however, become entitled to vote (as a class along with any other class of preferred shares of ACGL then outstanding) for the election of two additional members of the board of directors of ACGL if ACGL does not declare and pay dividends for the equivalent of six or more dividend periods. In such case, the preferred shares should be treated as voting stock for as long as such voting rights continue. Our bye-laws are intended to prevent any U.S. Holder from being considered a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder by limiting the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares (as defined in our bye-laws) of any U.S. Person to 9.9% of the total voting power of all our shares entitled to vote. However, because under our bye-laws certain funds associated with Warburg Pincus and Hellman & Friedman generally are entitled to vote their directly owned common shares in full, a U.S. Holder that is attributed (under the Code or the regulations thereunder) common shares owned by such funds may be considered a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder. If you are a direct or indirect investor in a fund associated with Warburg Pincus or Hellman & Friedman, additional common shares could be attributed to you for purposes of determining whether you are considered to be a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder. If we are a CFC, a U.S. Holder that is considered a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder would

38


Table of Contents

be subject to current U.S. federal income taxation (at ordinary income tax rates) to the extent of all or a portion of the undistributed earnings and profits of ACGL and our subsidiaries attributable to "subpart F income" (including certain insurance premium income and investment income) and may be taxable at ordinary income tax rates on any gain realized on a sale or other disposition (including by way of repurchase or liquidation) of our shares to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits attributable to such shares.

        While our bye-laws are intended to prevent any member from being considered a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder (except as described above), there can be no assurance that a U.S. Holder will not be treated as a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder, by attribution or otherwise, under the Code or any applicable regulations thereunder. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Taxation—U.S. persons who hold our common shares or preferred shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on our undistributed earnings and profits."

    Related Person Insurance Income Rules

        Generally, we do not expect the gross "related person insurance income" ("RPII") of any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future and do not expect the direct or indirect insureds (and related persons) of any such subsidiary to directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of our stock. Consequently, we do not expect any U.S. person owning common shares or preferred shares to be required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes RPII income, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

        Section 953(c)(7) of the Code generally provides that Section 1248 of the Code (which generally would require a U.S. Holder to treat certain gains attributable to the sale, exchange or disposition of common shares or preferred shares as a dividend) will apply to the sale or exchange by a U.S. shareholder of shares in a foreign corporation that is characterized as a CFC under the RPII rules if the foreign corporation would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation, regardless of whether the U.S. shareholder is a 10% U.S. Voting Shareholder or whether the corporation qualifies for either the RPII 20% ownership exception or the RPII 20% gross income exception. Although existing Treasury Department regulations do not address the question, proposed Treasury regulations issued in April 1991 create some ambiguity as to whether Section 1248 and the requirement to file Form 5471 would apply when the foreign corporation has a foreign insurance subsidiary that is a CFC for RPII purposes and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe that Section 1248 and the requirement to file Form 5471 will not apply to a less than 10% U.S. Shareholder because ACGL is not directly engaged in the insurance business. There can be no assurance, however, that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will interpret the proposed regulations in this manner or that the Treasury Department will not take the position that Section 1248 and the requirement to file Form 5471 will apply to dispositions of our common shares or our preferred shares.

        If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or U.S. Treasury Department were to make Section 1248 and the Form 5471 filing requirement applicable to the sale of our shares, we would notify shareholders that Section 1248 of the Code and the requirement to file Form 5471 will apply to dispositions of our shares. Thereafter, we would send a notice after the end of each calendar year to all persons who were shareholders during the year notifying them that Section 1248 and the requirement to file Form 5471 apply to dispositions of our shares by U.S. Holders. We would attach to this notice a copy of Form 5471 completed with all our information and instructions for completing the shareholder information.

39


Table of Contents

    Tax-Exempt Shareholders

        Tax-exempt entities may be required to treat certain Subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code.

    Passive Foreign Investment Companies

        Sections 1291 through 1298 of the Code contain special rules applicable with respect to foreign corporations that are "passive foreign investment companies" ("PFICs"). In general, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if 75% or more of its income constitutes "passive income" or 50% or more of its assets produce passive income. If we were to be characterized as a PFIC, U.S. Holders would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of their sale of (or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to) their common shares or preferred shares. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held the stock). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the shares was taxable in equal portions throughout the holder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. A U.S. shareholder may avoid some of the adverse tax consequences of owning shares in a PFIC by making a qualified electing fund ("QEF") election. A QEF election is revocable only with the consent of the IRS and has the following consequences to a shareholder:

    For any year in which ACGL is not a PFIC, no income tax consequences would result.

    For any year in which ACGL is a PFIC, the shareholder would include in its taxable income a proportionate share of the net ordinary income and net capital gains of ACGL and certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries.

        The PFIC statutory provisions contain an express exception for income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business..." This exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. The PFIC statutory provisions contain a look-through rule that states that, for purposes of determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, such foreign corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income" and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets" of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the stock. We believe that we are not a PFIC, and we will use reasonable best efforts to cause us and each of our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries not to constitute a PFIC.

        No regulations interpreting the substantive PFIC provisions have yet been issued. Each U.S. Holder should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these rules.

United States Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

    Taxation of Dividends

        Cash distributions, if any, made with respect to common shares or preferred shares held by shareholders who are not United States Persons ("Non-U.S. holders") generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax.

40


Table of Contents

    Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition

        Non-U.S. holders of common shares or preferred shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of such shares unless such gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. holder in the United States or such person is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year the gain is realized and certain other requirements are satisfied.

    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Non-U.S. holders of common shares or preferred shares will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding with respect to dispositions of common shares effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker, unless the broker has certain connections to the United States or is a United States person. No U.S. backup withholding will apply to payments of dividends, if any, on our common shares or our preferred shares.

    Other Tax Laws

        Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the applicability to them of the tax laws of other jurisdictions.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        Set forth below are risk factors relating to our business. You should also refer to the other information provided in this report, including our "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our accompanying consolidated financial statements, as well as the information under the heading "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Relating to Our Industry

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and we may not be able to compete successfully in our industry.

        The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers and reinsurers, many of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do, as well as other potential providers of capital willing to assume insurance and/or reinsurance risk. We also compete with new companies that continue to be formed to enter the insurance and reinsurance markets. In our insurance business, we compete with insurers that provide specialty property and casualty lines of insurance, including ACE Limited, Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd., American International Group, Inc., AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Chubb Corporation, Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd., The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc., Lloyd's of London, The Travelers Companies, W.R. Berkley Corp., XL Capital Ltd. and Zurich Insurance Group. In our reinsurance business, we compete with reinsurers that provide property and casualty lines of reinsurance, including ACE Limited, AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd., Everest Re Group Ltd., Hannover Rückversicherung AG, Lloyd's of London, Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., Munich Re Group, PartnerRe Ltd., Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd., RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Swiss Reinsurance Company, Transatlantic Holdings, Inc. and XL Capital Ltd. We do not believe that we have a significant market share in any of our markets.

        Financial institutions and other capital markets participants also offer alternative products and services similar to our own or alternative products that compete with insurance and reinsurance products. In addition, we may not be aware of other companies that may be planning to enter the segments of the insurance and reinsurance market in which we operate.

41


Table of Contents

        Our competitive position is based on many factors, including our perceived overall financial strength, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, geographic scope of business, client relationships, premiums charged, contract terms and conditions, products and services offered (including the ability to design customized programs), speed of claims payment, reputation, experience and qualifications of employees and local presence. We may not be successful in competing with others on any of these bases, and the intensity of competition in our industry may erode profitability and result in less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurance and reinsurance companies generally, including us.

The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly cyclical, and we expect to continue to experience periods characterized by excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates.

        Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, general economic conditions, changes in legislation, case law and prevailing concepts of liability and other factors. In particular, demand for reinsurance is influenced significantly by the underwriting results of primary insurers and prevailing general economic conditions. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is related to prevailing prices and levels of surplus capacity that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return being realized in the insurance and reinsurance industry. As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permitted favorable premium levels and changes in terms and conditions. The supply of insurance and reinsurance has increased over the past several years and may increase further, either as a result of capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing insurers or reinsurers. Continued increases in the supply of insurance and reinsurance may have consequences for us, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention, and less favorable policy terms and conditions.

We could face unanticipated losses from war, terrorism and political instability, and these or other unanticipated losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        We have substantial exposure to unexpected, large losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. These risks are inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty or estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. In certain instances, we specifically insure and reinsure risks resulting from acts of terrorism. Even in cases where we attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some coverages written by us, we may not be successful in doing so. Moreover, irrespective of the clarity and inclusiveness of policy language, there can be no assurance that a court or arbitration panel will not limit enforceability of policy language or otherwise issue a ruling adverse to us. Accordingly, while we believe our reinsurance programs, together with the coverage provided under TRIPRA, are sufficient to reasonably limit our net losses relating to potential future terrorist attacks, we can offer no assurance that our available capital will be adequate to cover losses when they materialize. To the extent that an act of terrorism is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, our U.S. insurance operations may be covered under TRIPRA for up to 85% of its losses for 2008 and future years, in each case subject to a mandatory deductible of 20% for 2008 through 2014. If an act (or acts) of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual limit, insurers with losses exceeding their deductibles will not be responsible for additional losses. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events, and to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

42


Table of Contents

The insurance and reinsurance industry is subject to regulatory and legislative initiatives or proposals from time to time which could adversely affect our business.

        From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. Among the proposals that have in the past been or are at present being considered are the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers.

        The extreme turmoil in the financial markets, combined with a new Congress and Presidential administration in the U.S. has increased the likelihood of changes in the way the financial services industry is regulated. It is possible that insurance regulation will be drawn into this process, and that federal regulatory initiatives in the insurance industry could emerge. The future impact of such initiatives, if any, on our results of operations or our financial condition cannot be determined at this time. There are also a variety of proposals being considered by various state legislatures. Finally, in addition, Solvency II, the EU new regulatory regime which will impose economic risk-based solvency requirements across all EU Member States, is expected to be implemented in 2013.

        We are unable to predict whether any of these laws and regulations will be adopted, the form in which any such laws and regulations would be adopted, or the effect, if any, these developments would have on our operations and financial condition.

Claims for catastrophic events could cause large losses and substantial volatility in our results of operations, and, as a result, the value of our securities, including our common shares and preferred shares, may fluctuate widely, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

        We have large aggregate exposures to natural disasters. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, tornados, explosions, severe winter weather, fires and other natural disasters. Catastrophes can also cause losses in non-property business such as workers' compensation or general liability. In addition to the nature of the property business, we believe that economic and geographic trends affecting insured property, including inflation, property value appreciation and geographic concentration tend to generally increase the size of losses from catastrophic events over time. Our actual losses from catastrophic events which may occur may vary materially from our current estimates due to the inherent uncertainties in making such determinations resulting from several factors, including the potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients, brokers and ceding companies, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, the contingent nature of business interruption exposures, the effects of any resultant demand surge on claims activity and attendant coverage issues.

        The weather-related catastrophic events that occurred in the second half of 2005 caused significant industry losses, resulted in a substantial improvement in market conditions in property and certain marine lines of business and slowed declines in premium rates in other lines. However, during 2006 and 2007, price erosion occurred in many lines of business as a result of competitive pressures in the insurance market. We increased our writings in property and certain marine lines of business and these lines represented a larger proportion of our overall book of business in 2006, 2007 and 2008 compared to prior periods. We expect that our writings in these lines of business will continue to represent a significant proportion of our overall book of business in future periods and may represent a larger proportion of our overall book of business in future periods, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.

        In addition, over the past several years, changing weather patterns and climatic conditions, such as global warming, have added to the unpredictability and frequency of natural disasters in certain parts of the world and created additional uncertainty as to future trends and exposures. Claims for catastrophic events could expose us to large losses and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations, which

43


Table of Contents


could cause the value of our securities, including our common shares and preferred shares, to fluctuate widely.

Underwriting claims and reserving for losses are based on probabilities and related modeling, which are subject to inherent uncertainties.

        Our success is dependent upon our ability to assess accurately the risks associated with the businesses that we insure and reinsure. We establish reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses which represent estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections, at a given point in time, of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of losses incurred. We utilize actuarial models as well as available historical insurance industry loss ratio experience and loss development patterns to assist in the establishment of loss reserves. Actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.

        If our loss reserves are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency becomes known. It is possible that claims in respect of events that have occurred could exceed our claim reserves and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, in a particular period, or our financial condition in general. As a compounding factor, although most insurance contracts have policy limits, the nature of property and casualty insurance and reinsurance is such that losses can exceed policy limits for a variety of reasons and could significantly exceed the premiums received on the underlying policies, thereby further adversely affecting our financial condition.

        As of December 31, 2008, our reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, were approximately $5.94 billion. Such reserves were established in accordance with applicable insurance laws and GAAP. Loss reserves are inherently subject to uncertainty. In establishing the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, we have made various assumptions relating to the pricing of our reinsurance contracts and insurance policies and have also considered available historical industry experience and current industry conditions. Any estimates and assumptions made as part of the reserving process could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors, including the fact that relatively limited historical information has been reported to us through December 31, 2008.

The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        We have large aggregate exposures to natural and man-made catastrophic events. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, explosions, severe winter weather and fires. Catastrophes can also cause losses in non-property business such as workers' compensation or general liability. In addition to the nature of property business, we believe that economic and geographic trends affecting insured property, including inflation, property value appreciation and geographic concentration, tend to generally increase the size of losses from catastrophic events over time.

        We have substantial exposure to unexpected, large losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. These risks are inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty or estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events and, to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Therefore, claims for natural and man-made catastrophic events could expose us to large losses and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations, which could cause the value of our common shares to fluctuate widely. In certain instances, we specifically insure and reinsure risks resulting from

44


Table of Contents


terrorism. Even in cases where we attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some coverages written by us, we may not be successful in doing so. Moreover, irrespective of the clarity and inclusiveness of policy language, there can be no assurance that a court or arbitration panel will limit enforceability of policy language or otherwise issue a ruling adverse to us.

        We seek to limit our loss exposure by writing a number of our reinsurance contracts on an excess of loss basis, adhering to maximum limitations on reinsurance written in defined geographical zones, limiting program size for each client and prudent underwriting of each program written. In the case of proportional treaties, we may seek per occurrence limitations or loss ratio caps to limit the impact of losses from any one or series of events. In our insurance operations, we seek to limit our exposure through the purchase of reinsurance. We cannot be certain that any of these loss limitation methods will be effective. We also seek to limit our loss exposure by geographic diversification. Geographic zone limitations involve significant underwriting judgments, including the determination of the area of the zones and the inclusion of a particular policy within a particular zone's limits. There can be no assurance that various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, will be enforceable in the manner we intend. Disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum may also arise. Underwriting is inherently a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations, possibly to the extent of eliminating our shareholders' equity.

        For our natural catastrophe exposed business, we seek to limit the amount of exposure we will assume from any one insured or reinsured and the amount of the exposure to catastrophe losses from a single event in any geographic zone. We monitor our exposure to catastrophic events, including earthquake and wind, and periodically reevaluate the estimated probable maximum pre-tax loss for such exposures. Our estimated probable maximum pre-tax loss is determined through the use of modeling techniques, but such estimate does not represent our total potential loss for such exposures. We seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to a specific level for severe catastrophic events. Currently, we generally seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to approximately 25% of total shareholders' equity for a severe catastrophic event in any geographic zone that could be expected to occur once in every 250 years, although we reserve the right to change this threshold at any time. There can be no assurances that we will not suffer pre-tax losses greater than 25% of our total shareholders' equity from one or more catastrophic events due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events and the margin of error in making such determinations resulting from potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of shareholders' equity exposed to a single catastrophic event. In addition, depending on business opportunities and the mix of business that may comprise our insurance and reinsurance portfolio, we may seek to adjust our self-imposed limitations on probable maximum pre-tax loss for catastrophe exposed business.

The risk associated with reinsurance underwriting could adversely affect us, and while reinsurance and retrocessional coverage will be used to limit our exposure to risks, the availability of such arrangements may be limited, and counterparty credit and other risks associated with our reinsurance arrangements may result in losses which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        Like other reinsurers, our reinsurance group does not separately evaluate each of the individual risks assumed under reinsurance treaties. Therefore, we are largely dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by ceding companies. We are subject to the risk that the ceding companies may not have adequately evaluated the risks to be reinsured and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume.

45


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of managing risk, we use reinsurance and also may use retrocessional arrangements. In the normal course of business, our insurance subsidiaries cede a substantial portion of their premiums through pro rata, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance agreements. Our reinsurance subsidiaries purchase a limited amount of retrocessional coverage as part of their aggregate risk management program. In addition, our reinsurance subsidiaries participate in "common account" retrocessional arrangements for certain pro rata treaties. Such arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to all companies participating on such treaties, including the reinsurers, such as our reinsurance subsidiaries, and the ceding company. For 2008, ceded premiums written represented approximately 23.5% of gross premiums written, compared to 29.9% and 29.5%, respectively, for 2007 and 2006.

        The availability and cost of reinsurance and retrocessional protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. As a result of such market conditions and other factors, we may not be able to successfully mitigate risk through reinsurance and retrocessional arrangements. Further, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurance and retrocessions because the ceding of risk to reinsurers and retrocessionaires does not relieve us of our liability to the clients or companies we insure or reinsure. Our losses for a given event or occurrence may increase if our reinsurers or retrocessionaires dispute or fail to meet their obligations to us or the reinsurance or retrocessional protections purchased by us are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable for any reason. Our failure to establish adequate reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our existing reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers and attempt to place coverages only with carriers we view as substantial and financially sound. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 88.5% of our reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) of $1.79 billion and $1.74 billion, respectively, were due from carriers which had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the largest reinsurance recoverables from any one carrier were less than 7.3% and 5.2%, respectively, of our total shareholders' equity. In connection with our acquisition of Arch Specialty in February 2002, the seller, Sentry, agreed to reinsure and guarantee all liabilities arising out of Arch Specialty's business prior to the closing of the acquisition. In addition to the guarantee provided by Sentry, substantially all of the $39.7 million recoverable from Sentry is still subject to the original reinsurance agreements inuring to Arch Specialty and, to the extent Sentry fails to comply with its payment obligations to us, we may obtain reimbursement from the third party reinsurers under such agreements.

Our reliance on brokers subjects us to their credit risk.

        In accordance with industry practice, we generally pay amounts owed on claims under our insurance and reinsurance contracts to brokers, and these brokers, in turn, pay these amounts to the clients that have purchased insurance or reinsurance from us. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such payment, we may remain liable to the insured or ceding insurer for the deficiency. Likewise, in certain jurisdictions, when the insured or ceding company pays the premiums for these contracts to brokers for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the insured or ceding company will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premiums from the broker. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with our brokers. To date, we have not experienced any losses related to this credit risk.

We cannot predict the effect that the investigation currently being conducted by the New York Attorney General and others will have on the industry or our business, and the effects of emerging claims and coverage issues and certain proposed legislation are uncertain.

        The New York Attorney General, various state insurance regulatory authorities and others continue to prosecute actions arising out of contingent commission payments to brokers (and the

46


Table of Contents


disclosures relating to such payments), "bid-rigging," "steering," and other practices in the insurance industry. We cannot predict the effect that these investigations, and any changes in insurance practice, including future legislation or regulations that may become applicable to us, will have on the insurance industry, the regulatory framework or our business.

        The effects of emerging claims and coverage issues are uncertain. The insurance industry is also affected by political, judicial and legal developments which have in the past resulted in new or expanded theories of liability. These or other changes could impose new financial obligations on us by extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or otherwise require us to make unplanned modifications to the products and services that we provide, or cause the delay or cancellation of products and services that we provide. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued. The effects of unforeseen developments or substantial government intervention could adversely impact our ability to achieve our goals.

Risks Relating to Our Company

Our success will depend on our ability to maintain and enhance effective operating procedures and internal controls.

        We continue to enhance our operating procedures and internal controls (including the timely and successful implementation of our information technology initiatives, which include the implementation of improved computerized systems and programs to replace and support manual systems, and including controls over financial reporting) to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting requirements. Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. As a result of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As a result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

A downgrade in our ratings or our inability to obtain a rating for our operating insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries may adversely affect our relationships with clients and brokers and negatively impact sales of our products.

        Our operating insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are rated by ratings agencies. Brokers negotiate contracts of reinsurance between a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer. Third-party rating agencies, such as A.M. Best, assess and rate the financial strength of insurers and reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies, which criteria are subject to change. Ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. Insurers and intermediaries use these ratings as one measure by which to assess

47


Table of Contents


the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers. These ratings are often an important factor in the decision by an insured or intermediary of whether to place business with a particular insurance or reinsurance provider. Our financial strength ratings are subject to periodic review as rating agencies evaluate us to confirm that we continue to meet their criteria for ratings assigned to us by them. Such ratings may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of such ratings agencies in response to a variety of factors, including a minimum capital adequacy ratio, management, earnings, capitalization and risk profile. We can offer no assurances that our ratings will remain at their current levels. A ratings downgrade or the potential for such a downgrade, or failure to obtain a necessary rating, could adversely affect both our relationships with agents, brokers, wholesalers and other distributors of our existing products and services and new sales of our products and services. In addition, under certain of the reinsurance agreements assumed by our reinsurance operations, upon the occurrence of a ratings downgrade or other specified triggering event with respect to our reinsurance operations, such as a reduction in surplus by specified amounts during specified periods, our ceding company clients may be provided with certain rights, including, among other things, the right to terminate the subject reinsurance agreement and/or to require that our reinsurance operations post additional collateral. Any ratings downgrade or failure to obtain a necessary rating could adversely affect our ability to compete in our markets, could cause our premiums and earnings to decrease and have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, a downgrade in ratings of certain of our operating subsidiaries would in certain cases constitute an event of default under our credit facilities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments—Letter of Credit and Revolving Credit Facilities" for a discussion of our credit facilities.

The loss of our key employees or our inability to retain them could negatively impact our business.

        Our success has been, and will continue to be, dependent on our ability to retain the services of our existing key executive officers and to attract and retain additional qualified personnel in the future. The pool of talent from which we actively recruit is limited. Although, to date, we have not experienced difficulties in attracting and retaining key personnel, the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel when available and the loss of services of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our underwriting staff is critical to our success in the production of business. While we do not consider any of our key executive officers or underwriters to be irreplaceable, the loss of the services of our key executive officers or underwriters or the inability to hire and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future could delay or prevent us from fully implementing our business strategy which could affect our financial performance. We are not aware of any intentions of any of our key personnel that would cause them no longer to provide their professional services to us in the near future.

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments, which are even more difficult than those made in a mature company since relatively limited historical information has been reported to us through December 31, 2008.

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience, where possible, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates and judgments for a relatively new insurance and reinsurance company, like our company, are even more difficult to make than those made in a mature company since relatively limited historical information has been reported to us through December 31, 2008. Instead, our current

48


Table of Contents


loss reserves are primarily based on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns to establish our initial loss reserves. Over time, other common reserving methodologies have begun to be employed. Actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.

The Warburg Pincus funds own approximately 6.6% of our voting shares, and they have the right to have a director on our board; their interests may materially differ from the interests of the holders of our other securities.

        The Warburg Pincus funds own approximately 6.6% of our outstanding voting shares as of December 31, 2008. These shareholders are not subject to the voting limitation contained in our bye-laws. We have agreed (until 2011) not to declare any dividend or make any other distribution on our common shares and not to repurchase any common shares until we have repurchased from the Warburg Pincus funds, pro rata, on the basis of the amount of their investment in us at the time of such repurchase, common shares (which were issued pursuant to the conversion of all of the outstanding preference shares in the 2005 fourth quarter) having an aggregate value of $250.0 million, at a per share price acceptable to them. No such shares have yet been repurchased from the Warburg Pincus funds. In connection with the share repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under its shareholders agreement with ACGL for all repurchases of common shares by ACGL under the share repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions.

        In addition, the Warburg Pincus funds are entitled (until 2011) to nominate a prescribed number of directors based on the respective retained percentages of their equity securities purchased in November 2001. As long as the Warburg Pincus funds retain at least 10% of their original investment, they will be entitled to nominate one director. By reason of their ownership and the shareholders agreement, the Warburg Pincus funds are able to strongly influence or effectively control certain actions to be taken by us or our shareholders. The interests of these shareholders may differ materially from the interests of the holders of our other securities, and these shareholders could take actions or make decisions that are not in the interests of the holders of our other securities generally.

The price of our common shares may be volatile.

        There has been significant volatility in the market for equity securities. During 2008 and 2007, the price of our common shares fluctuated from a low of $54.80 to a high of $80.47 and from a low of $63.25 to a high of $77.30, respectively. On February 17, 2009, our common shares closed at a price of $60.63. The price of our common shares may not remain at or exceed current levels. The following factors may have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock:

    actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations, including as a result of catastrophes or our investment performance;

    our share repurchase program;

    changes in market valuation of companies in the insurance and reinsurance industry;

    changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;

    fluctuations in stock market process and volumes;

    issuances or sales of common shares or other securities in the future;

    the addition or departure of key personnel; and

49


Table of Contents

    announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances.

        Stock markets in the United States are experiencing particularly volatile price and volume fluctuations. Such fluctuations, as well as general political conditions, the current poor economic conditions and recession or interest rate or currency rate fluctuations, could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

Continued adverse developments in the financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and our businesses, and may also limit our access to capital; our policyholders, reinsurers and retrocessionaires may also be affected by such developments, which could adversely affect their ability to meet their obligations to us.

        Continued adverse developments in the financial markets, such as disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets, may result in realized and unrealized capital losses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and our businesses, and may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. The recent severe disruptions in the public debt and equity markets, including among other things, widening of credit spreads, lack of liquidity and bankruptcies, have resulted in significant realized and unrealized losses in our investment portfolio during the third and fourth quarters of 2008. Depending on market conditions, we could incur additional realized and unrealized losses on our investment portfolio in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business. Current economic conditions could also have a material impact on the frequency and severity of claims and therefore could negatively impact our underwriting returns. In addition, our policyholders, reinsurers and retrocessionaires may be affected by such developments in the financial markets, which could adversely affect their ability to meet their obligations to us. The volatility in the financial markets could continue to significantly affect our investment returns, reported results and shareholders equity.

Our business is dependent upon insurance and reinsurance brokers, and the loss of important broker relationships could materially adversely affect our ability to market our products and services.

        We market our insurance and reinsurance products primarily through brokers. We derive a significant portion of our business from a limited number of brokers. During 2008, approximately 17.0% and 15.3% of our gross premiums written were generated from or placed by Marsh & McLennan Companies and its subsidiaries and AON Corporation and its subsidiaries, respectively. No other broker and no one insured or reinsured accounted for more than 10% of gross premiums written for 2008. Some of our competitors have had longer term relationships with the brokers we use than we have, and the brokers may promote products offered by companies that may offer a larger variety of products than we do. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by these brokers could have a material adverse effect on us.

We could be materially adversely affected to the extent that managing general agents, general agents and other producers in our program business exceed their underwriting authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to us.

        In program business conducted by our insurance group, following our underwriting, financial, claims and information technology due diligence reviews, we authorize managing general agents, general agents and other producers to write business on our behalf within underwriting authorities prescribed by us. Once a program incepts, we must rely on the underwriting controls of these agents to write business within the underwriting authorities provided by us. Although we monitor our programs on an ongoing basis, our monitoring efforts may not be adequate or our agents may exceed their underwriting authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to us. We have experienced breaches by certain of our agents, all of which have been resolved favorably for us. To the extent that our agents exceed their authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to us in the future, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

50


Table of Contents

Our investment performance may affect our financial results and ability to conduct business.

        Our operating results depend in part on the performance of our investment portfolio. A significant portion of our cash and invested assets consists of fixed maturities (87.6% as of December 31, 2008). Although our current investment guidelines and approach stress preservation of capital, market liquidity and diversification of risk, our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations. In addition, we are subject to risks inherent in particular securities or types of securities, as well as sector concentrations. We may not be able to realize our investment objectives, which could reduce our net income significantly. In the event that we are unsuccessful in correlating our investment portfolio with our expected insurance and reinsurance liabilities, we may be forced to liquidate our investments at times and prices that are not optimal, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and ability to conduct our business.

We may be adversely affected by changes in economic conditions, including interest rate changes, as well as legislative changes.

        Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Our investment portfolio contains fixed and floating rate securities and instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income and results of operations. For example, if interest rates increase, the value of our investment portfolio may decline. Although lower interest rates may increase the value of our portfolio, our investment income might suffer from the lower rates at which new cash could be deployed.

        In addition, our investment portfolio includes residential mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"). As of December 31, 2008, MBS constituted approximately 15.8% of our cash and invested assets. As with other fixed income investments, the market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to changes in the prepayment rate on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and MBS are prepaid more quickly, requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at the then current market rates. Conversely, in periods of rising rates, mortgage prepayments generally fall, preventing us from taking full advantage of the higher level of rates. However, current economic conditions may curtail prepayment activity as refinancing becomes more difficult, thus limiting prepayments on MBS.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including the fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. and other major economies, inflation, economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Although we attempt to take measures to manage the risks of investing in changing interest rate environments, we may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively. Despite our mitigation efforts, an increase in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our book value.

        In recent months, delinquencies and losses with respect to residential mortgage loans generally have increased and may continue to increase, particularly in the subprime sector. In addition, in recent months residential property values in many states have declined or remained stable, after extended periods during which those values appreciated. A continued decline or an extended flattening in those values may result in additional increases in delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans generally, especially with respect to second homes and investment properties, and with respect to any residential mortgage loans where the aggregate loan amounts (including any subordinate loans) are close to or greater than the related property values. These developments may have a significant adverse effect on the prices of loans and securities, including those in our investment portfolio. The situation continues to have wide ranging consequences, including downward pressure on economic growth and the potential for increased insurance and reinsurance exposures, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, business and operations.

51


Table of Contents

        There is currently proposed federal legislation being considered by the U.S. Congress which would provide legislative relief for homeowners, including an amendment of bankruptcy laws to permit the modification of mortgage loans in bankruptcy proceedings. These loan modification programs, as well as future legislative or regulatory actions, including amendments to the bankruptcy laws, that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans, may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, certain mortgage-backed securities we own.

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments is highly subjective and could materially impact our results of operations or financial position.

        The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments vary by investment type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate whether the market value of any of our investments are other-than-temporarily impaired. Our process for reviewing invested assets for impairments during any quarter includes the following: (i) identification and evaluation of investments that have possible indications of other-than-temporary impairment, which includes an analysis of investments with gross unrealized investment losses in excess of certain criteria (including the length of time and significance of the decline); (ii) an analysis of our intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value to recover; (iii) consideration of evidential matter, including an evaluation of the potential for the loss of principal; (iv) a review of the investee's current financial condition, liquidity, near-term recovery prospects and other factors; and (v) determination of the status of each analyzed investment as other-than-temporary or not.

        Where our analysis of the above factors results in the conclusion that declines in market values are other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the securities is written down to market value and the write-down is reflected as a realized loss. We recognize a realized loss when impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell an invested asset has not been made. We may, from time to time, sell invested assets subsequent to the balance sheet date that were considered temporarily impaired at the balance sheet date. Such sales are generally due to events occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date that result in a change in our intent or ability to hold an invested asset. The types of events that may result in a sale include significant changes in the economic facts and circumstances related to the invested asset, significant unforeseen changes in our liquidity needs, or changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment.

        There can be no assurance that our management has accurately assessed the level of impairments taken and allowances reflected in our financial statements. Furthermore, additional impairments may need to be taken or allowances provided for in the future. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or only available on unfavorable terms.

        We monitor our capital adequacy on a regular basis. The capital requirements of our business depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. Our ability to underwrite is largely dependent upon the quality of our claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to fund our future operating requirements and/or cover claim losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or limit our growth. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are unfavorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our shareholders could result, and, in any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our outstanding securities. Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our

52


Table of Contents


ability to access the capital necessary to develop our business and replace, in a timely manner, our letters of credit facilities upon maturity. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital or bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility. If we are not able to obtain adequate capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

We sold our prior reinsurance operations in May 2000 and may have liability to the purchaser and continuing liability from those reinsurance operations if the purchaser should fail to make payments on the reinsurance liabilities it assumed.

        On May 5, 2000, we sold our prior reinsurance operations to WTM Re. The WTM Re transaction was structured as a transfer and assumption agreement (and not reinsurance), and, accordingly, the loss reserves (and any related reinsurance recoverables) relating to the transferred business are not included as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet. In addition, in connection with that asset sale, we made extensive representations and warranties about us and our reinsurance operations, some of which survived the closing of the asset sale. Breach of these representations and warranties could result in liability for us. In the event that WTM Re refuses or is unable to make payment for reserved losses transferred to it by us in the May 2000 sale and the notice given to reinsureds is found not to be an effective release by such reinsureds, we would be liable for such claims. A.M. Best has assigned an "A-" (Excellent) financial strength rating to WTM Re. WTM Re reported policyholders' surplus of $927 million at December 31, 2007.

We sold our non-standard automobile insurance operations and merchant banking operations in 2004 and may have liability to the purchasers.

        In 2004, we sold our non-standard automobile insurance operations and merchant banking operations to third party purchasers. In connection with such sales, we made representations and warranties about us and our transferred businesses, some of which survived the closing of such sales. Breach of these representations and warranties could result in liability to us.

Any future acquisitions, growth of our operations through the addition of new lines of insurance or reinsurance business through our existing subsidiaries or through the formation of new subsidiaries, expansion into new geographic regions and/or joint ventures or partnerships may expose us to operational risks.

        We may in the future make strategic acquisitions either of other companies or selected blocks of business, expand our business lines or enter into joint ventures. Any future acquisitions may expose us to operational challenges and risks, including:

    integrating financial and operational reporting systems;

    establishing satisfactory budgetary and other financial controls;

    funding increased capital needs and overhead expenses;

    obtaining management personnel required for expanded operations;

    funding cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated sales and revenues are not realized or are delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions or unforeseen internal difficulties;

    the value of assets acquired may be lower than expected or may diminish due to credit defaults or changes in interest rates and liabilities assumed may be greater than expected;

53


Table of Contents

    the assets and liabilities we may acquire may be subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation; and

    financial exposures in the event that the sellers of the entities we acquire are unable or unwilling to meet their indemnification, reinsurance and other obligations to us.

        Our failure to manage successfully these operational challenges and risks may impact our results of operations.

Some of the provisions of our bye-laws and our shareholders agreement may have the effect of hindering, delaying or preventing third party takeovers or changes in management initiated by shareholders. These provisions may also prevent our shareholders from receiving premium prices for their shares in an unsolicited takeover.

        Some provisions of our bye-laws could have the effect of discouraging unsolicited takeover bids from third parties or changes in management initiated by shareholders. These provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors, since the board has the authority to overrule the operation of several of the limitations.

        Among other things, our bye-laws provide:

    for a classified board of directors, in which the directors of the class elected at each annual general meeting holds office for a term of three years, with the term of each class expiring at successive annual general meetings of shareholders;

    that the number of directors is determined by the board from time to time by a vote of the majority of our board;

    that directors may only be removed for cause, and cause removal shall be deemed to exist only if the director whose removal is proposed has been convicted of a felony or been found by a court to be liable for gross negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties;

    that our board has the right to fill vacancies, including vacancies created by an expansion of the board; and

    for limitations on shareholders' right to call special general meetings and to raise proposals or nominate directors at general meetings.

        Our bye-laws provide that certain provisions which may have anti-takeover effects may be repealed or altered only with prior board approval and upon the affirmative vote of holders of shares representing at least 65% of the total voting power of our shares entitled generally to vote at an election of directors.

        The bye-laws also contain a provision limiting the rights of any U.S. person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) that owns shares of ACGL, directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code), representing more than 9.9% of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. The votes conferred by such shares of such U.S. person will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the shares of such person will constitute 9.9% of the total voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. Notwithstanding this provision, the board may make such final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred by the shares of any U.S. person that the board considers fair and reasonable in all circumstances to ensure that such votes represent 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of the votes conferred by all shares of ACGL entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. ACGL will assume that all shareholders (other than the Warburg Pincus funds) are U.S. persons unless we receive assurance satisfactory to us that they are not U.S. persons.

54


Table of Contents

        Moreover, most states, including states in which our subsidiaries are domiciled, have laws and regulations that require regulatory approval of a change in control of an insurer or an insurer's holding company. Where such laws apply to us and our subsidiaries, there can be no effective change in our control unless the person seeking to acquire control has filed a statement with the regulators and has obtained prior approval for the proposed change from such regulators. The usual measure for a presumptive change in control pursuant to these laws is the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting power of the insurance company or its parent, although this presumption is rebuttable. Consequently, a person may not acquire 10% or more of our common shares without the prior approval of insurance regulators in the state in which our subsidiaries are domiciled.

        The bye-laws also provide that the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting power of our shares (excluding shares owned by any person (and such person's affiliates and associates) that is the owner of 15% of more (a "15% Holder") of our outstanding voting shares) shall be required (the "extraordinary vote") for various corporate actions, including:

    merger or consolidation of the Company into a 15% Holder;

    sale of any or all of our assets to a 15% Holder;

    the issuance of voting securities to a 15% Holder; or

    amendment of these provisions;

provided , however , the extraordinary vote will not apply to any transaction approved by the board.

        The provisions described above may have the effect of making more difficult or discouraging unsolicited takeover bids from third parties. To the extent that these effects occur, shareholders could be deprived of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares and the market price of their shares could be depressed. In addition, these provisions could also result in the entrenchment of incumbent management.

Our operating insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation in various jurisdictions, and material changes in the regulation of their operations could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which they are licensed or authorized to do business. Governmental agencies have broad administrative power to regulate many aspects of the insurance business, which may include trade and claim practices, accounting methods, premium rates, marketing practices, claims practices, advertising, policy forms, and capital adequacy. These agencies are concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders. Moreover, insurance laws and regulations, among other things:

    establish solvency requirements, including minimum reserves and capital and surplus requirements;

    limit the amount of dividends, tax distributions, intercompany loans and other payments our insurance subsidiaries can make without prior regulatory approval;

    impose restrictions on the amount and type of investments we may hold;

    require assessments through guaranty funds to pay claims of insolvent insurance companies; and

    require participation in state-assigned risk plans which may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds.

        The National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") continuously examines existing laws and regulations in the United States. We cannot predict the effect that any NAIC recommendations or proposed or future legislation or rule making in the United States or elsewhere may have on our financial condition or operations.

55


Table of Contents

        Our Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary, Arch Re Bermuda, conducts its business from its offices in Bermuda and is not licensed or admitted to do business in any jurisdiction except Bermuda. We do not believe that Arch Re Bermuda is subject to the insurance laws of any state in the United States; however, recent scrutiny of the insurance and reinsurance industry in the U.S. and other countries could subject Arch Re Bermuda to additional regulation. Our U.S. reinsurance subsidiary, Arch Re U.S., and our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, Arch Insurance, Arch Specialty, Arch E&S and Arch Indemnity, write reinsurance and insurance in the U.S. These subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation under state statutes which delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers to state insurance commissioners. Such regulation generally is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors. In addition, the Canadian branch of Arch Insurance writes insurance in Canada and is subject to federal, as well as provincial and territorial, regulation in Canada.

        Arch Insurance Europe, our European subsidiary conducts it business from its offices in London and branch offices in, Italy, Spain, Germany, Denmark and Sweden. It is subject to the insurance regulations of the U.K. Arch Re Europe, our reinsurance subsidiary in Ireland, conducts its business from its office in Ireland and branches in Switzerland and Denmark. It is subject to the reinsurance regulations of Ireland. Both Arch Insurance Europe and Arch Re Europe are also subject to the EU regulations and regulations of the respective Member States where they have established branches or in which they conduct business, but with respect to the conduct of their business in such Member State, but each company remains subject only to the financial and operational supervision by the FSA, in the case of Arch Insurance Europe, and IFSRA, in the case of Arch Re Europe. Arch Insurance Europe and Arch Re Europe have the freedom to provide their respective insurance and reinsurance services anywhere in the EEA subject to compliance with certain rules governing such provision, including notification to the FSA and IFSRA, respectively. Arch Insurance Europe is also approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer in 16 states in the U.S.

        Our U.S., Bermuda, U.K. and Ireland subsidiaries and the Canadian branch of Arch Insurance are required to maintain minimum capital and surplus as mandated by their respective jurisdictions of incorporation and, in some cases, by the jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries write business. Arch Insurance Europe is required to maintain minimum capital surplus as mandated by the NAIC and certain states where it is approved as an excess and surplus lines insurer. All of our subsidiaries are currently in compliance with these capital and surplus requirements.

        We periodically review our corporate structure so that we can optimally deploy our capital. Changes in that structure require regulatory approval. Delays or failure in obtaining any of these approvals could limit the amount of insurance that we can write in the U.S.

        If ACGL or any of our subsidiaries were to become subject to the laws of a new jurisdiction in which such entity is not presently admitted, ACGL or such subsidiary may not be in compliance with the laws of the new jurisdiction. Any failure to comply with applicable laws could result in the imposition of significant restrictions on our ability to do business, and could also result in fines and other sanctions, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our Bermuda operating subsidiary becomes subject to insurance statutes and regulations in jurisdictions other than Bermuda or if there is a change in Bermuda law or regulations or the application of Bermuda law or regulations, there could be a significant and negative impact on our business.

        Arch Re Bermuda, our Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary, is a registered Bermuda Class 4 insurer. As such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda. Bermuda insurance statutes and the regulations and policies of the BMA require Arch Re Bermuda to, among other things:

    maintain a minimum level of capital and surplus;

56


Table of Contents

    maintain an enhanced capital requirement, a solvency margin and a liquidity ratio;

    restrict dividends and distributions;

    obtain prior approval regarding the ownership and transfer of shares;

    maintain a principal office and appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda;

    file an annual statutory financial return and capital and solvency return; and

    allow for the performance of certain period examinations of Arch Re Bermuda and its financial condition.

        These statutes and regulations may restrict our ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, distribute funds and pursue our investment strategy.

        We do not presently intend for Arch Re Bermuda to be admitted to do business in the U.S., U.K. or any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. However, we cannot assure you that insurance regulators in the U.S., U.K. or elsewhere will not review the activities or Arch Re Bermuda or its subsidiaries or agents and claim that Arch Re Bermuda is subject to such jurisdiction's licensing requirements.

        Generally, Bermuda insurance statutes and regulations applicable to Arch Re Bermuda are less restrictive than those that would be applicable if they were governed by the laws of any states in the U.S. If in the future we become subject to any insurance laws of the U.S. or any state thereof or of any other jurisdiction, we cannot assure you that we would be in compliance with such laws or that complying with such laws would not have a significant and negative effect on our business.

        The process of obtaining licenses is very time consuming and costly and Arch Re Bermuda may not be able to become licensed in jurisdictions other than Bermuda should we choose to do so. The modification of the conduct of our business that would result if we were required or chose to become licensed in certain jurisdictions could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our inability to comply with insurance statutes and regulations could significantly and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations by limiting our ability to conduct business as well as subject us to penalties and fines.

        Because Arch Re Bermuda is a Bermuda company, it is subject to changes in Bermuda law and regulation that may have an adverse impact on our operations, including through the imposition of tax liability or increased regulatory supervision. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda will be exposed to any changes in the political environment in Bermuda, including, without limitation, changes as a result of the independence issues currently being discussed in Bermuda. The Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the U.K. While we cannot predict the future impact on our operations of changes in the laws and regulation to which we are or may become subject, any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ACGL is a holding company and is dependent on dividends and other payments from its operating subsidiaries, which are subject to dividend restrictions, to make payments, including the payment of debt service obligations and operating expenses we may incur and any payments of dividends, redemption amounts or liquidation amounts with respect to our preferred shares and common shares.

        ACGL is a holding company whose assets primarily consist of the shares in our subsidiaries. Generally, ACGL depends on its available cash resources, liquid investments and dividends or other distributions from subsidiaries to make payments, including the payment of debt service obligations and operating expenses it may incur and any payments of dividends, redemption amounts or liquidation amounts with respect to our preferred shares and common shares. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, ACGL received dividends of $527.1 million, $602.1 million and $22.1 million, respectively, from Arch Re

57


Table of Contents


Bermuda. Such amounts were used to fund the share repurchase program, pay interest on ACGL's senior notes and for other corporate expenses.

        The ability of our regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards. Under Bermuda law, Arch Re Bermuda is required to maintain an enhanced capital requirement and a solvency margin. Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is not in compliance with its enhanced capital requirement, solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files, at least seven days before payment of such dividends, with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited, without prior approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year's statutory financial statements. At December 31, 2008, as determined under Bermuda law, Arch Re Bermuda had statutory capital of $2.21 billion and statutory capital and surplus of $3.36 billion. Such amounts include interests in U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Accordingly, Arch Re Bermuda can pay approximately $834 million to ACGL during 2009 without providing an affidavit to the BMA, as discussed above.

        In addition, the ability of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to ACGL and to intermediate parent companies owned by ACGL could be constrained by our dependence on financial strength ratings from independent rating agencies. Our ratings from these agencies depend to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries.

        We believe that ACGL has sufficient cash resources and available dividend capacity to service its indebtedness and other current outstanding obligations.

If our Bermuda reinsurance subsidiary is unable to provide collateral to ceding companies, its ability to conduct business could be significantly and negatively affected.

        Arch Re Bermuda is a registered Bermuda insurance company and is not licensed or admitted as an insurer in any jurisdiction in the United States. Because insurance regulations in the United States do not permit insurance companies to take credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers on their statutory financial statements unless security is posted, Arch Re Bermuda's contracts generally require it to post a letter of credit or provide other security. Although, to date, Arch Re Bermuda has not experienced any difficulties in providing collateral when required, if we are unable to post security in the form of letters of credit or trust funds when required, the operations of Arch Re Bermuda could be significantly and negatively affected.

We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 28, 2016, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Furthermore, we have obtained from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of the tax will not be applicable to us or our operations until March 28, 2016. We could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance does not, however, prevent the imposition of taxes on any person ordinarily resident in Bermuda or any company in respect of its ownership of real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda.

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation may adversely affect our financial results.

        We write business on a worldwide basis, and our results of operations may be affected by fluctuations in the value of currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The primary foreign currencies in

58


Table of Contents


which we operate are the Euro, the British Pound Sterling and the Canadian Dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates can reduce our revenues and increase our liabilities and costs. We may therefore suffer losses solely as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. In order to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, we have invested and expect to continue to invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. In addition, we may replicate investment positions in foreign currencies using derivative financial instruments. Net foreign exchange gains, recorded in the statement of income, for 2008 were $96.6 million, compared to net foreign exchange losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 of $44.0 million. We hold investments in foreign currencies which are intended to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in our net insurance liabilities. However, changes in the value of such investments due to foreign currency rate movements are reflected as a direct increase or decrease to shareholders' equity and are not included in the statement of income. We have chosen not to hedge the currency risk on the capital contributed to Arch Insurance Europe in May 2004, which is held in British Pounds Sterling. However, we intend to match Arch Insurance Europe's projected liabilities in foreign currencies with investments in the same currencies. There can be no assurances that such arrangements will mitigate the negative impact of exchange rate fluctuations, and we may suffer losses solely as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. From inception through December 31, 2008, and based on currency spot rates at December 31, 2008, Arch Re Bermuda has recorded net premiums written of approximately $800 million from Euro-denominated contracts, $590 million from British Pound Sterling-denominated contracts and $210 million from Canadian Dollar-denominated contracts. In addition, Arch Insurance Europe writes business in British Pound Sterling and Euros, and the Canadian branch of Arch Insurance writes business in Canadian Dollars.

Certain employees of our Bermuda operations are required to obtain work permits before engaging in a gainful occupation in Bermuda. Required work permits may not be granted or may not remain in effect.

        Under Bermuda law, only persons who are Bermudians, spouses of Bermudians, holders of a permanent resident's certificate or holders of a working resident's certificate ("exempted persons") may engage in gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Our success may depend in part on the continued services of key employees in Bermuda. A work permit may be granted or renewed upon showing that, after proper public advertisement, no exempted person is available who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer. The Bermuda government's policy places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to certain exemptions for key employees. A work permit is issued with an expiry date (up to five years) and no assurances can be given that any work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term. We consider our key officers in Bermuda to be Constantine Iordanou, our President and Chief Executive Officer (work permit expires November 12, 2009), Marc Grandisson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Worldwide Reinsurance Group (work permit expires May 12, 2010), John D. Vollaro, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (work permit expires July 25, 2010) and Nicolas Papadopoulo, President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Re Bermuda (work permit expires March 31, 2010). We also have other key positions in Bermuda held by persons who hold work permits subject to renewal. If work permits are not obtained or renewed for our principal employees, we could lose their services, which could materially affect our business.

The enforcement of civil liabilities against us may be difficult.

        We are a Bermuda company and in the future some of our officers and directors may be residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon those persons or to enforce in United States courts judgments obtained against those persons.

59


Table of Contents

        We have appointed National Registered Agents, Inc., New York, New York, as our agent for service of process with respect to actions based on offers and sales of securities made in the United States. We have been advised by our Bermuda counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman, that the United States and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Bermuda. We also have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in a court in the United States under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the Supreme Court of Bermuda under the common law doctrine of obligation. Such an action should be successful upon proof that the sum of money is due and payable, and without having to prove the facts supporting the underlying judgment, as long as:

    the court which gave the judgment had proper jurisdiction over the parties to such judgment;

    such court did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda;

    such judgment was not obtained by fraud;

    the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda;

    no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda; and

    there is due compliance with the correct procedures under Bermuda law.

        A Bermuda court may impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda against us or such persons with respect to a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, provided that the facts surrounding such violation would constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.

Risk Relating to our Preferred Shares

General market conditions and unpredictable factors could adversely affect market prices for our outstanding preferred shares.

        There can be no assurance about the market prices for any series of our preferred shares. Several factors, many of which are beyond our control, will influence the market value of such series of preferred shares. Factors that might influence the market value of any series of our preferred shares include, but are not limited to:

    whether dividends have been declared and are likely to be declared on any series of our preferred shares from time to time;

    our creditworthiness, financial condition, performance and prospects;

    whether the ratings on any series of our preferred shares provided by any ratings agency have changed;

    the market for similar securities; and

    economic, financial, geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events that affect us and/or the insurance or financial markets generally.

60


Table of Contents

Dividends on our preferred shares are non-cumulative.

        Dividends on our preferred shares are non-cumulative and payable only out of lawfully available funds of ACGL under Bermuda law. Consequently, if ACGL's board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board) does not authorize and declare a dividend for any dividend period with respect to any series of our preferred shares, holders of such preferred shares would not be entitled to receive any such dividend, and such unpaid dividend will not accrue and will never be payable. ACGL will have no obligation to pay dividends for a dividend period on or after the dividend payment date for such period if its board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board) has not declared such dividend before the related dividend payment date; if dividends on any series of our preferred shares are authorized and declared with respect to any subsequent dividend period, ACGL will be free to pay dividends on any other series of preferred shares and/or our common shares. In the past, we have not paid dividends on our common shares.

Our preferred shares are equity and are subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness.

        Our preferred shares are equity interests and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, our preferred shares will rank junior to all of our indebtedness and other non-equity claims with respect to assets available to satisfy our claims, including in our liquidation. As of December 31, 2008, our total consolidated long-term debt was $400.0 million. We may incur additional debt in the future. Our existing and future indebtedness may restrict payments of dividends on our preferred shares. Additionally, unlike indebtedness, where principal and interest would customarily be payable on specified due dates, in the case of preferred shares like our preferred shares, (1) dividends are payable only if declared by the board of directors of ACGL (or a duly authorized committee of the board) and (2) as described above under "—Risks Relating to Our Company—ACGL is a holding company and is dependent on dividends and other payments from its operating subsidiaries, which are subject to dividend restrictions, to make payments, including the payment of debt service obligations and operating expenses we may incur and any payments of dividends, redemption amounts or liquidation amounts with respect to our preferred shares and common shares," we are subject to certain regulatory and other constraints affecting our ability to pay dividends and make other payments.

The voting rights of holders of our preferred shares are limited.

        Holders of our preferred shares have no voting rights with respect to matters that generally require the approval of voting shareholders. The limited voting rights of holders of our preferred shares include the right to vote as a class on certain fundamental matters that affect the preference or special rights of our preferred shares as set forth in the certificate of designations relating to each series of preferred shares. In addition, if dividends on any series of our preferred shares have not been declared or paid for the equivalent of six dividend payments, whether or not for consecutive dividend periods, holders of the outstanding preferred shares of any series will be entitled to vote for the election of two additional directors to our board of directors subject to the terms and to the limited extent as set forth in the certificate of designations relating to such series of preferred shares.

There is no limitation on our issuance of securities that rank equally with or senior to our preferred shares.

        We may issue additional securities that rank equally with or senior to our preferred shares without limitation. The issuance of securities ranking equally with or senior to our preferred shares may reduce the amount available for dividends and the amount recoverable by holders of such series in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ACGL.

A classification of any series of preferred shares by the NAIC may impact U.S. insurance companies that purchase such series.

        The NAIC, may from time to time, in its discretion, classify securities in insurers' portfolios as either debt, preferred equity or common equity instruments. The NAIC's written guidelines for

61


Table of Contents


classifying securities as debt, preferred equity or common equity include subjective factors that require the relevant NAIC examiner to exercise substantial judgment in making a classification. There is therefore a risk that any series of preferred shares may be classified by NAIC as common equity instead of preferred equity. The NAIC classification determines the amount of risk based capital ("RBC") charges incurred by insurance companies in connection with an investment in a security. Securities classified as common equity by the NAIC carry RBC charges that can be significantly higher than the RBC requirement for debt or preferred equity. Therefore, any classification of any series of preferred shares as common equity may adversely affect U.S. insurance companies that hold such series. In addition, a determination by the NAIC to classify such series as common equity may adversely impact the trading of such series in the secondary market.

Risks Relating to Taxation

We and our non-U.S. subsidiaries may become subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

        ACGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries intend to operate their business in a manner that will not cause them to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States and, thus, will not be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes (other than U.S. excise taxes on insurance and reinsurance premium and withholding taxes on certain U.S. source investment income) on their income. However, because there is uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the United States, there can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that ACGL or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If ACGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries were subject to U.S. income tax, our shareholders' equity and earnings could be adversely affected. Certain of our U.S. subsidiaries have been personal holding companies, but did not have "undistributed personal holding company income."

        Congress has been considering legislation intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of Bermuda and other non-U.S. insurance companies and U.S. insurance companies having Bermuda and other non-U.S. affiliates, including perceived tax benefits resulting principally from reinsurance between or among U.S. insurance companies and their Bermuda affiliates. Some U.S. insurance companies have also been lobbying Congress recently to pass such legislation. In this regard, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Jobs Act") permits the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") to re-allocate, re-characterize or adjust items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper source, character and amount for each item (in contrast to prior law, which only covered source and character). The Jobs Act also eliminated the tax benefits available to a U.S. company that, after March 4, 2003, changed its legal domicile to a non-U.S. jurisdiction, a transaction commonly known as an inversion. We changed our legal domicile from the U.S. to Bermuda, but were not affected by the anti-inversion rule because our change in domicile occurred in November 2000. The American Infrastructure Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 as passed by the Senate Finance Committee would make the Jobs Act anti-inversion rule applicable retroactively to inversions that occurred after March 20, 2002. Although this modification would not affect ACGL, no assurance can be given that the final bill will not make the Jobs Act anti-inversion rule applicable retroactively to inversions that occurred on an earlier date, in which case ACGL could be adversely affected. Another legislative proposal has been introduced that would treat certain "tax haven CFCs" as U.S. corporations for federal income tax purposes. The term "tax haven CFC" would include a Bermuda corporation that is a controlled foreign corporation, but would exclude corporations that engage in the active conduct of a trade or business in Bermuda. It is not clear how this bill would apply to ACGL, which conducts its insurance and reinsurance businesses through its subsidiaries. Further, it is not clear whether this bill was intended to apply to a publicly traded company such as ACGL. There is no assurance that this legislative proposal, if enacted, would not apply to ACGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, Congress has recently conducted hearings relating to the tax treatment of reinsurance between affiliates and is reported to be

62


Table of Contents


considering legislation that would adversely affect reinsurance between U.S. and non-U.S. affiliates. One such proposal would increase the excise tax rate on reinsurance premiums paid to affiliated non-U.S. reinsurers. A Senate Finance Committee staff discussion draft and other prior proposals would limit deductions for premiums ceded to affiliated non-U.S. reinsurers above certain levels. Enactment of some version of such legislation as well as other changes in U.S. tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof to address these issues could adversely affect us.

U.S. persons who hold our common shares or preferred shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on our undistributed earnings and profits.

        We believe that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries currently might be controlled foreign corporations ("CFCs"), although our bye-laws are designed to preclude a U.S. person (other than a U.S. person attributed shares owned by funds associated with the Warburg Pincus funds and Hellman & Friedman funds) from adverse tax consequences as a result of our CFC status. We do not believe that we are a passive foreign investment company. Since these determinations and beliefs are based upon legal and factual conclusions, no assurances can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or a court would concur with our conclusions. If they were not to so concur, U.S. persons who hold our common shares or preferred shares may suffer adverse tax consequences.

Reduced tax rate for qualified dividend income received by individuals and other non-corporate holders may not be available in the future.

        Dividends received by individuals and other non-corporate United States persons on our common shares or preferred shares in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 may constitute qualified dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate applicable for long-term capital gains, rather than the higher rates applicable to ordinary income, provided that certain holding period requirements and other conditions are met. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, qualified dividend income will no longer be taxed at the rate applicable for long-term capital gains unless legislation is enacted providing otherwise. In addition, there has been proposed legislation before both Houses of Congress that would exclude shareholders of certain foreign corporations from this advantageous tax treatment. If such legislation were to become law, non-corporate U.S. shareholders would no longer qualify for the capital gains tax rate on the dividends paid by us.

Our non-U.S. companies may be subject to U.K. tax that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        We intend to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, other than Arch Insurance Europe and our other subsidiaries that are incorporated in the U.K. ("U.K. Group"), should be resident in the U.K. for tax purposes or have a permanent establishment in the U.K. Accordingly, we do not expect that any companies other than U.K. Group should be subject to U.K. taxation. However, since applicable law and regulations do not conclusively define the activities that constitute conducting business in the U.K. through a permanent establishment, the U.K. Inland Revenue might contend successfully that one or more of our companies, in addition to the U.K. Group, is conducting business in the U.K. through a permanent establishment in the U.K. and, therefore, subject to U.K. tax, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        Our reinsurance group leases a total of approximately 9,100 square feet in Hamilton, Bermuda under a lease expiring in 2012, and approximately 19,200 square feet in Morristown, New Jersey under

63


Table of Contents


a lease expiring in 2011. Our property facultative reinsurance group leases approximately 14,450 square feet for its offices throughout the U.S. and in Toronto.

        Our insurance group leases approximately 8,750 square feet in Hamilton, Bermuda for our Bermuda insurance operations. The principal U.S. office of our insurance group support operations (excluding underwriting units) was recently moved from New York City to Jersey City, New Jersey where we lease approximately 106,800 square feet. Such lease expires in 2024. We continue to lease approximately 50,000 square feet in New York City for the headquarters of the U.S. insurance group's underwriting product lines and Northeast regional underwriting operations. Our insurance group also leases a total of approximately 197,000 square feet for its other primary U.S. offices and its office in Canada.

        Arch Insurance Europe leases approximately 15,770 square feet in London. Arch Re Denmark, a branch of Arch Insurance Europe and Arch Re Europe, leases approximately 3,650 square feet in Denmark, and Arch Re Europe leases less than 1,000 square feet in Dublin. ACGL leases approximately 1,500 square feet in Bermuda. In addition, Arch Capital Services Inc., a subsidiary of ACGL which provides certain financial, legal and other administrative support services for ACGL and its subsidiaries, leases approximately 16,730 square feet in White Plains, New York.

        For 2008, 2007 and 2006, our rental expense, net of income from subleases, was approximately $17.5 million, $14.8 million and $12.9 million, respectively. Our future minimum rental charges for the remaining terms of our existing leases, exclusive of escalation clauses and maintenance costs and net of rental income, will be approximately $119.8 million. We believe that the above described office space is adequate for our needs. However, as we continue to develop our business, we may open additional office locations during 2009.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        We, in common with the insurance industry in general, are subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of our business. As of December 31, 2008, we were not a party to any material litigation or arbitration other than as a part of the ordinary course of business in relation to claims and reinsurance recoverable matters, none of which is expected by management to have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        None.

64


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

        Our common shares are traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "ACGL." For the periods presented below, the high and low sales prices and closing prices for our common shares as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market were as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31, 2008   September 30, 2008   June 30, 2008   March 31, 2008  

High

  $ 75.31   $ 80.47   $ 73.22   $ 73.00  

Low

  $ 54.80   $ 63.74   $ 66.26   $ 65.00  

Close

  $ 70.10   $ 73.03   $ 66.32   $ 68.67  

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31, 2007   September 30, 2007   June 30, 2007   March 31, 2007  

High

  $ 77.30   $ 75.28   $ 74.24   $ 68.58  

Low

  $ 66.38   $ 63.25   $ 68.04   $ 63.58  

Close

  $ 70.35   $ 74.41   $ 72.54   $ 67.46  

        On February 17, 2009 the high and low sales prices and the closing price for our common shares as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market were $62.75, $59.77 and $60.63, respectively.


HOLDERS

        As of February 13, 2009, and based on information provided to us by our transfer agent and proxy solicitor, there were 413 holders of record of our common shares and approximately 37,600 beneficial holders of our common shares.


DIVIDENDS

        Any determination to pay dividends on ACGL's series A and series B non-cumulative preferred shares or common shares will be at the discretion of ACGL's board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board of directors) and will be dependent upon its results of operations, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by ACGL's board of directors. As a holding company, ACGL will depend on future dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries to pay dividends to its shareholders. ACGL's subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends, as well as its ability to pay dividends, is subject to regulatory, contractual, rating agency and other constraints. So long as any series A or series B non-cumulative preferred shares remain outstanding for any dividend period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all outstanding series A and series B non-cumulative preferred shares and parity shares have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside), (a) no dividend may be paid or declared on ACGL's common shares or any of its other securities ranking junior to the series A and series B non-cumulative preferred shares (other than a dividend payable solely in common shares or in such other junior securities) and (b) no common shares or other junior shares may be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by ACGL, directly or indirectly (other than (i) as a result of a reclassification of junior shares for or into other junior shares, or the exchange or conversion of one junior share for or into another junior share, (ii) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of junior shares and (iii) as permitted by the bye-laws of ACGL in effect on the date of issuance of the series A and series B non-cumulative preferred shares).

65


Table of Contents

        In addition, pursuant to a shareholders agreement, ACGL has agreed (until 2011) not to declare any dividend or make any other distribution on its common shares, and not to repurchase any common shares, until it has repurchased from the Warburg Pincus funds, pro rata, on the basis of the amount of their investment in us at the time of such repurchase, common shares (which were issued pursuant to the conversion of all outstanding preference shares in the 2005 fourth quarter) having an aggregate value of $250.0 million, at a per share price acceptable to them.


ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        The following table summarizes our purchases of our common shares for the 2008 fourth quarter:

 
  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    
 
Period
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
  Average Price
Paid per Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
  Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plan
or Programs(2)
 

10/1/2008–10/31/2008

    7   $ 72.25       $ 449,804  

11/1/2008–11/30/2008

    298   $ 67.03       $ 449,804  

12/1/2008–12/31/2008

    281   $ 66.56       $ 449,804  
                     

Total

    586   $ 66.87       $ 449,804  
                       

(1)
ACGL repurchases shares, from time to time, from employees in order to facilitate the payment of withholding taxes on restricted shares granted and the exercise of stock appreciation rights. We purchased these shares at their fair market value, as determined by reference to the closing price of our common shares on the day the restricted shares vested or the stock appreciation rights were exercised.

(2)
ACGL's board of directors authorized ACGL to invest up to $1.5 billion in ACGL's common shares through a share repurchase program. Such amount consisted of a $1.0 billion authorization in February 2007 and a $500.0 million authorization in May 2008. Repurchases under the program may be effected from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions through February 2010. Since the inception of the share repurchase program, ACGL has repurchased approximately 15.3 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.05 billion. The timing and amount of the repurchase transactions under this program will depend on a variety of factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory considerations. In connection with the repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under the shareholders agreement for all repurchases of common shares by ACGL under the repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions.

66


Table of Contents


PERFORMANCE GRAPH

        The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common shares for each of the last five years through December 31, 2008 to the cumulative total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, of (1) Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 500 Composite Stock Index ("S&P 500 Index") and (2) the S&P 500 Property & Casualty Insurance Index. The share price performance presented below is not necessarily indicative of future results.


CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN(1)(2)(3)

GRAPHIC


(1)
Stock price appreciation plus dividends.

(2)
The above graph assumes that the value of the investment was $100 on December 31, 2003. The closing price for our common shares on December 31, 2008 (i.e., the last trading day in 2008) was $70.10.

(3)
This graph is not "soliciting material," is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

67


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and operating data for the five-year period ended December 31, 2008 and should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes.

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands except share data)
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Statement of Income Data:

                               

Revenues:

                               
 

Net premiums written

  $ 2,805,726   $ 2,901,936   $ 3,017,418   $ 3,138,772   $ 2,980,032  
 

Net premiums earned

    2,845,454     2,944,650     3,081,665     2,977,716     2,915,882  
 

Net investment income

    468,080     463,070     377,534     232,902     143,705  
 

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    (178,608 )   (171 )   2,671          
 

Net realized gains (losses)

    (185,101 )   28,141     (19,437 )   (53,456 )   30,237  
 

Total revenues

    2,966,813     3,452,445     3,452,678     3,167,529     3,104,050  

Income before income taxes

    304,505     873,544     739,893     285,435     343,127  

Net income

    290,966     857,943     713,214     256,486     316,899  

Preferred dividends

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (20,655 )        
                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 265,122   $ 832,099   $ 692,559   $ 256,486   $ 316,899  
                       

Weighted average common shares and common share equivalents outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    62,101,203     70,995,672     73,212,432     35,342,650     31,560,737  
 

Diluted

    64,789,052     73,762,419     76,246,725     74,709,858     72,519,045  

Net income per common share data:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 4.27   $ 11.72   $ 9.46   $ 7.26   $ 10.04  
 

Diluted

  $ 4.09   $ 11.28   $ 9.08   $ 3.43   $ 4.37  

Cash dividends per share

                     

68


Table of Contents

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands except share data)
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Total investments and cash(1)

  $ 9,992,239   $ 10,129,663   $ 9,319,148   $ 7,119,450   $ 5,835,515  

Premiums receivable

    628,951     729,628     749,961     672,902     520,781  

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,729,135     1,609,619     1,552,157     1,389,768     617,607  

Total assets

    14,616,545     15,624,267     14,312,467     11,488,436     8,218,754  

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

                               
 

Before unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    7,666,957     7,092,452     6,463,041     5,452,826     3,492,759  
 

Net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    5,937,822     5,482,833     4,910,884     4,063,058     2,875,152  

Unearned premiums:

                               
 

Before prepaid reinsurance
premiums

    1,526,682     1,765,881     1,791,922     1,699,691     1,518,162  
 

Net of prepaid reinsurance
premiums

    1,222,975     1,285,419     1,321,784     1,377,256     1,219,795  

Senior notes

    300,000     300,000     300,000     300,000     300,000  

Revolving credit agreement borrowings

    100,000                  

Total liabilities

    11,183,580     11,588,456     10,721,848     9,007,909     5,976,848  

Common shareholders' equity

    3,107,965     3,710,811     3,265,619     2,480,527     2,241,906  

Preferred shareholders' equity

    325,000     325,000     325,000          

Total shareholders' equity

    3,432,965     4,035,811     3,590,619     2,480,527     2,241,906  

Book value:(2)(3)

                               
 

Per common share

  $ 51.36   $ 55.12   $ 43.97   $ 33.82   $ 41.76  
 

Diluted

  $ 51.36   $ 55.12   $ 43.97   $ 33.82   $ 31.03  

Shares outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    60,511,974     67,318,466     74,270,466     73,334,870     34,902,923  
 

Diluted

    60,511,974     67,318,466     74,270,466     73,334,870     72,251,073  

(1)
In our securities lending transactions, we receive collateral in excess of the market value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, we have excluded $730.2 million, $1.5 billion, $891.4 million and $893.4 million, respectively, of collateral received which is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value" and included $728.1 million, $1.46 billion, $860.8 million and $863.9 million, respectively, of "fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value" at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

(2)
Book value per share excludes the effects of stock options and restricted stock units and, at December 31, 2004, class B warrants.

(3)
Book value per common share at December 31, 2004 was determined by dividing (i) the difference between total shareholders' equity and the aggregate liquidation preference of the series A convertible preference shares of $784.3 million by (ii) the number of common shares outstanding. All outstanding series A convertible preference shares were converted to common shares in 2005.

69


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements which involve inherent risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our current assessment of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements and, therefore, undue reliance should not be placed on them. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements are discussed in this report, including the sections entitled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and "Risk Factors."

        This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented under Item 8.

GENERAL

Overview

        Arch Capital Group Ltd. ("ACGL" and, together with its subsidiaries, "we" or "us") is a Bermuda public limited liability company with over $3.8 billion in capital at December 31, 2008 and, through operations in Bermuda, the United States, Europe and Canada, writes insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. While we are positioned to provide a full range of property and casualty insurance and reinsurance lines, we focus on writing specialty lines of insurance and reinsurance. It is our belief that our underwriting platform, our experienced management team and our strong capital base that is unencumbered by significant pre-2002 risks have enabled us to establish a strong presence in the insurance and reinsurance markets.

        The worldwide insurance and reinsurance industry is highly competitive and has traditionally been subject to an underwriting cycle in which a hard market (high premium rates, restrictive underwriting standards, as well as terms and conditions, and underwriting gains) is eventually followed by a soft market (low premium rates, relaxed underwriting standards, as well as broader terms and conditions, and underwriting losses). Insurance market conditions may affect, among other things, the demand for our products, our ability to increase premium rates, the terms and conditions of the insurance policies we write, changes in the products offered by us or changes in our business strategy.

        The financial results of the insurance and reinsurance industry are influenced by factors such as the frequency and/or severity of claims and losses, including natural disasters or other catastrophic events, variations in interest rates and financial markets, changes in the legal, regulatory and judicial environments, inflationary pressures and general economic conditions. These factors influence, among other things, the demand for insurance or reinsurance, the supply of which is generally related to the total capital of competitors in the market.

        In general, market conditions improved during 2002 and 2003 in the insurance and reinsurance marketplace. This reflected improvement in pricing, terms and conditions following significant industry losses arising from the events of September 11, 2001, as well as the recognition that intense competition in the late 1990s led to inadequate pricing and overly broad terms, conditions and coverages. Such industry developments resulted in poor financial results and erosion of the industry's capital base. Consequently, many established insurers and reinsurers reduced their participation in, or exited from, certain markets and, as a result, premium rates escalated in many lines of business. These developments provided relatively new insurers and reinsurers, like us, with an opportunity to provide needed underwriting capacity. Beginning in late 2003 and continuing through 2005, additional capacity emerged in many classes of business and, consequently, premium rate increases decelerated significantly and, in many classes of business, premium rates decreased. The weather-related catastrophic events that occurred in the second half of 2005 caused significant industry losses and led to a strengthening of

70


Table of Contents


rating agency capital requirements for catastrophe-exposed business. The 2005 events also resulted in substantial improvements in market conditions in property and certain marine lines of business and slowed declines in premium rates in other lines. During 2006 and 2007, excellent industry results led to a significant increase in capacity and, accordingly, competition intensified in 2007 and prices, in general, declined in all lines of business, including property. We increased our writings in property and certain marine lines of business in 2006, 2007 and 2008 in order to take advantage of improved market conditions and these lines represented a larger proportion of our overall book of business in 2006, 2007 and 2008 than in prior periods.

Current Outlook

        During the second half of 2008, the financial markets have experienced significant adverse credit events and a loss of liquidity, which have reduced the amount and availability of capital in the insurance industry. In addition, certain of our competitors have experienced significant financial difficulties. We believe that the impacts of such events, along with the recent catastrophic activity, have begun to affect market conditions positively and may lead to rate strengthening in a number of specialty lines. However, the current economic conditions also could have a material impact on the frequency and severity of claims and therefore could negatively impact our underwriting returns. In addition, volatility in the financial markets could continue to significantly affect our investment returns, reported results and shareholders equity. We consider the potential impact of economic trends in the estimation process for establishing unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") and in determining our investment strategies.

        We continue to believe that the most attractive area from a pricing point of view remains U.S. catastrophe-related property business. We expect that our writings in property and marine lines of business will continue to represent a significant proportion of our overall book of business in future periods and may represent a larger proportion of our overall book of business in future periods, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations. We seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to a specific level for severe catastrophic events. Currently, we generally seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to approximately 25% of total shareholders' equity for a severe catastrophic event in any geographic zone that could be expected to occur once in every 250 years, although we reserve the right to change this threshold at any time. As of January 1, 2009, the probable maximum pre-tax loss for a catastrophic event in any geographic zone arising from a 1-in-250 year event was approximately $763 million, compared to $820 million as of October 1, 2008. There can be no assurances that we will not suffer pre-tax losses greater than 25% of our total shareholders' equity from one or more catastrophic events due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events and the margin of error in making such determinations resulting from potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of shareholders' equity exposed to a single catastrophic event. See "Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Industry" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Natural and Man-Made Catastrophic Events."

        In addition, in the 2009 first quarter, we received approval in principle from the Lloyd's Franchise Board and the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom to establish a managing agent and syndicate at Lloyd's. The newly formed Syndicate 2012 is expected to commence underwriting in the 2009 second quarter.

History

        We commenced operations in September 1995 following the completion of the initial public offering of our predecessor, Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. ("Arch-U.S."). Arch-U.S. is a Delaware company formed in March 1995 under the original name of "Risk Capital Holdings, Inc." From that

71


Table of Contents


time until May 2000, we provided reinsurance and other forms of capital to insurance companies. On May 5, 2000, we sold our prior reinsurance book of business to White Mountains Reinsurance Company of America ("WTM Re"), formerly known as Folksamerica Reinsurance Company, in an asset sale, but retained our surplus and our U.S.-licensed reinsurance platform. On November 8, 2000, following shareholder approval, we changed our legal domicile to Bermuda in order to benefit from Bermuda's favorable business, regulatory, tax and financing environment.

        During the period from May 2000 through the announcement of our underwriting initiative in October 2001, we built and acquired insurance businesses that were intended to enable us to generate both fee-based revenue (e.g., commissions and advisory and management fees) and risk-based revenue (i.e., insurance premium). As part of this strategy, we built an underwriting platform that was intended to enable us to maximize risk-based revenue during periods in the underwriting cycle when we believed it was more favorable to assume underwriting risk. In October 2001, we concluded that underwriting conditions favored dedicating our attention exclusively to building our insurance and reinsurance businesses.

        In October 2001, we launched an underwriting initiative to meet current and future demand in the global insurance and reinsurance markets that included the recruitment of new insurance and reinsurance management teams and an equity capital infusion of $763.2 million in the form of convertible preference shares. In April 2002, we completed an offering of common shares and received net proceeds of $179.2 million and, in September 2002, we received proceeds of $74.3 million from the exercise of class A warrants by our principal shareholders and certain other investors. In March 2004, we completed a public offering of common shares and received net proceeds of $179.3 million and, in May 2004, we completed a public offering of $300.0 million principal amount of 7.35% senior notes due May 1, 2034 and received net proceeds of $296.4 million, of which $200.0 million of the net proceeds was used to repay all amounts outstanding under our existing credit facility. In 2006, we issued $325.0 million of non-cumulative preferred shares in public offerings and received net proceeds of $314.4 million. The board of directors of ACGL has authorized the investment of up to $1.5 billion in ACGL's common shares through a share repurchase program. Such amount consisted of a $1.0 billion authorization in February 2007 and a $500.0 million authorization in May 2008. Repurchases under the program may be effected from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions through February 2010. Since the inception of the share repurchase program, ACGL has repurchased approximately 15.3 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.05 billion. The timing and amount of the repurchase transactions under this program will depend on a variety of factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory considerations.

Revenues

        We derive our revenues primarily from the issuance of insurance policies and reinsurance contracts. Insurance and reinsurance premiums are driven by the volume and classes of business of the policies and contracts that we write which, in turn, are related to prevailing market conditions. The premium we charge for the risks assumed is also based on many assumptions. We price these risks well before our ultimate costs are known, which may extend many years into the future. In addition, our revenues include fee income and income we generate from our investment portfolio. Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of fixed income investments that are classified as "available for sale." Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), these investments are carried at market value and unrealized gains and losses on the investments are not included in our statement of income. These unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of shareholders' equity in our balance sheet.

72


Table of Contents

Costs and Expenses

        Our costs and expenses primarily consist of losses and LAE, acquisition expenses and other operating expenses. Losses and LAE include management's best estimate of the ultimate cost of claims incurred during a reporting period. Such costs consist of three components: paid losses, changes in estimated amounts for known losses ("case reserves"), and changes in reserves for incurred but not reported ("IBNR") losses. See "—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses" for further discussion. Acquisition expenses, net of ceding commissions received from unaffiliated reinsurers, consist primarily of commissions, brokerage and taxes paid to obtain our business. A significant portion of such costs is paid based on a percentage of the premium written and will vary for each class or type of business that we underwrite. Other operating expenses consist primarily of certain company costs necessary to support our worldwide insurance and reinsurance operations. A large portion of such costs are compensation-related and include share-based compensation.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, allowance for doubtful accounts, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience, where possible, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates and judgments for a relatively new insurance and reinsurance company, like our company, are even more difficult to make than those made in a mature company since relatively limited historical information has been reported to us through December 31, 2008. Actual results will differ from these estimates and such differences may be material. We believe that the following critical accounting policies require our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        We are required by applicable insurance laws and regulations and GAAP to establish reserves for losses and LAE ("Loss Reserves") that arise from the business we underwrite. Loss Reserves for our insurance and reinsurance operations are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of future amounts required to pay losses and LAE for insured or reinsured events which have occurred at or before the balance sheet date. Loss Reserves do not reflect contingency reserve allowances to account for future loss occurrences. Losses arising from future events will be estimated and recognized at the time the losses are incurred and could be substantial.

73


Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, our Loss Reserves, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, by type and by operating segment were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Insurance:

             
 

Case reserves. 

  $ 1,043,168   $ 811,054  
 

IBNR reserves

    2,257,735     2,100,696  
           
   

Total net reserves

  $ 3,300,903   $ 2,911,750  
           

Reinsurance:

             
 

Case reserves. 

  $ 661,621   $ 623,419  
 

Additional case reserves

    87,820     80,438  
 

IBNR reserves

    1,887,478     1,867,226  
           
   

Total net reserves

  $ 2,636,919   $ 2,571,083  
           

Total:

             
 

Case reserves. 

  $ 1,704,789   $ 1,434,473  
 

Additional case reserves

    87,820     80,438  
 

IBNR reserves

    4,145,213     3,967,922  
           
   

Total net reserves

  $ 5,937,822   $ 5,482,833  
           

    Insurance Operations

        Loss Reserves for our insurance operations are comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported and (2) reserves for losses that have occurred but for which claims have not yet been reported, referred to as IBNR reserves. For our insurance operations, generally, claims personnel determine whether to establish a case reserve for the estimated amount of the ultimate settlement of individual claims. The estimate reflects the judgment of claims personnel based on general corporate reserving practices, the experience and knowledge of such personnel regarding the nature and value of the specific type of claim and, where appropriate, advice of counsel. Our insurance operations also contract with a number of outside third party administrators in the claims process who, in certain cases, have limited authority to establish case reserves. The work of such administrators is reviewed and monitored by our claims personnel. Loss Reserves are also established to provide for LAE and represent the estimated expense of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the general expenses of administering the claims adjustment process. Periodically, adjustments to the reported or case reserves may be made as additional information regarding the claims is reported or payments are made. IBNR reserves are established to provide for incurred claims which have not yet been reported to an insurer or reinsurer at the balance sheet date as well as to adjust for any projected variance in case reserving. IBNR reserves are derived by subtracting paid losses and LAE and case reserves from estimates of ultimate losses and LAE. Actuaries estimate ultimate losses and LAE using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain.

        Ultimate losses and LAE are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate losses and LAE with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, developed through both industry and company experience, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Uncertainties in estimating ultimate losses and LAE

74


Table of Contents


are magnified by the time lag between when a claim actually occurs and when it is reported and settled. This time lag is sometimes referred to as the "claim-tail". The claim-tail for most property coverages is typically short (usually several months up to a few years). The claim-tail for certain professional liability, executive assurance and healthcare coverages, which are generally written on a claims-made basis, is typically longer than property coverages but shorter than casualty lines. The claim-tail for liability/casualty coverages, such as general liability, products liability, multiple peril coverage, and workers' compensation, may be especially long as claims are often reported and ultimately paid or settled years, even decades, after the related loss events occur. During the long claims reporting and settlement period, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends, may become known and, as a result, our insurance operations may adjust their reserves. If management determines that an adjustment is appropriate, the adjustment is recorded in the accounting period in which such determination is made in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, should Loss Reserves need to be increased or decreased in the future from amounts currently established, future results of operations would be negatively or positively impacted, respectively.

        In determining ultimate losses and LAE, the cost to indemnify claimants, provide needed legal defense and other services for insureds and administer the investigation and adjustment of claims are considered. These claim costs are influenced by many factors that change over time, such as expanded coverage definitions as a result of new court decisions, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services and legislated changes in statutory benefits, as well as by the particular, unique facts that pertain to each claim. As a result, the rate at which claims arose in the past and the costs to settle them may not always be representative of what will occur in the future. The factors influencing changes in claim costs are often difficult to isolate or quantify and developments in paid and incurred losses from historical trends are frequently subject to multiple and conflicting interpretations. Changes in coverage terms or claims handling practices may also cause future experience and/or development patterns to vary from the past. A key objective of actuaries in developing estimates of ultimate losses and LAE, and resulting IBNR reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that the future can be projected reliably. Because of the factors previously discussed, this process requires the substantial use of informed judgment and is inherently uncertain.

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, Loss Reserves for our insurance operations by major line of business, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Casualty

  $ 673,513   $ 647,842  

Property, marine and aviation. 

    518,476     345,177  

Construction and national accounts

    514,467     431,309  

Professional liability

    460,891     412,527  

Executive assurance

    445,922     431,068  

Programs

    400,245     370,852  

Healthcare

    148,915     153,018  

Surety

    79,705     87,232  

Other

    58,769     32,725  
           
 

Total net reserves

  $ 3,300,903   $ 2,911,750  
           

        The reserving method for our insurance operations to date has been, to a large extent, the expected loss method, which is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists. Over time, other common reserving methodologies have begun to be employed. Any estimates and assumptions made as

75


Table of Contents


part of the reserving process could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors, including the fact that relatively limited historical information has been reported to our insurance operations through December 31, 2008 in some lines of business. See below for a discussion of the key assumptions in our insurance operations' reserving process.

        Although Loss Reserves are initially determined based on underwriting and pricing analysis, our insurance operations apply several generally accepted actuarial methods, as discussed below, on a quarterly basis to evaluate their Loss Reserves, in addition to the expected loss method, in particular for Loss Reserves from more mature accident years (the year in which a loss occurred). As noted below, beginning in 2005, our insurance operations began to give a relatively small amount of weight to their own experience following reviews of open claims on lines of business written on a claims-made basis for which they developed a reasonable level of credible data. Each quarter, as part of the reserving process, actuaries at our insurance operations reaffirm that the assumptions used in the reserving process continue to form a sound basis for the projection of liabilities. If actual loss activity differs substantially from expectations based on historical information, an adjustment to loss reserves may be supported. Estimated Loss Reserves for more mature accident years are now based more on historical loss activity and patterns than on the initial assumptions based on pricing indications. The more recent accident years continue to be mainly based on internal pricing assumptions. Our insurance operations place more or less reliance on a particular actuarial method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the estimates of Loss Reserves are made. These methods generally fall into one of the following categories or are hybrids of one or more of the following categories:

    Expected loss methods —these methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected loss and LAE ratios are typically developed based upon the information derived by underwriters and actuaries during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data available from organizations, such as statistical bureaus and consulting firms, where appropriate. These ratios consider, among other things, rate increases and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. Expected loss methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses and LAE in the early years of long-tailed lines of business, when little or no paid or incurred loss information is available, and is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists for a company.

    Historical incurred loss development methods —these methods assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant in the future. These methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical incurred loss development methods may be preferable to historical paid loss development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the claims adjusters' evaluations of the cost to settle all known claims. However, historical incurred loss development methods necessarily assume that case reserving practices are consistently applied over time. Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case reserves are established, using incurred loss data to project ultimate losses may be less reliable than other methods.

    Historical paid loss development methods —these methods, like historical incurred loss development methods, assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant. These methods use historical loss payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses and necessarily assume that factors that have affected paid losses in the past, such as inflation or the effects of litigation, will remain constant in the future. Because historical paid loss development methods do not use incurred losses to estimate ultimate losses, they may be more reliable than the other methods that use incurred losses in situations where there are significant changes in how incurred losses are established by a company's claims adjusters. However, historical paid loss development methods are more leveraged (meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate losses) than actuarial

76


Table of Contents

      methods that use incurred losses because cumulative loss payments take much longer to equal the expected ultimate losses than cumulative incurred amounts. In addition, and for similar reasons, historical paid loss development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses in the past.

    Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods —these methods take traditional historical paid and incurred loss development methods and adjust them for the estimated impact of changes from the past in factors such as inflation, the speed of claim payments or the adequacy of case reserves. Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods are often more reliable methods of predicting ultimate losses in periods of significant change, provided the actuaries can develop methods to reasonably quantify the impact of changes. As such, these methods utilize more judgment than historical paid and incurred loss development methods.

    Bornhuetter-Ferguson ("B-F") paid and incurred loss methods —these methods utilize actual paid and incurred losses and expected patterns of paid and incurred losses, taking the initial expected ultimate losses into account to determine an estimate of expected ultimate losses. The B-F paid and incurred loss methods are useful when there are few reported claims and a relatively less stable pattern of reported losses.

    Additional analyses other methodologies are often used in the reserving process for specific types of claims or events, such as catastrophic or other specific major events. These include vendor catastrophe models, which are typically used in the estimation of Loss Reserves at the early stage of known catastrophic events before information has been reported to an insurer or reinsurer, and analyses of specific industry events, such as large lawsuits or claims.

        In the initial reserving process for casualty business, primarily consisting of primary and excess exposures written on an occurrence basis, our insurance operations primarily rely on the expected loss method. The development of our insurance operations' casualty business may be unstable due to its long-tail nature and the occurrence of high severity events, as a portion of our insurance operations' casualty business is in high excess layers. As time passes, for a given accident year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. Our insurance operations make a number of key assumptions in reserving for casualty business, including that the pricing loss ratio is the best estimate of the ultimate loss ratio at the time the policy is entered into, that our insurance operations' loss development patterns, which are based on industry loss development patterns and adjusted to reflect differences in our insurance operations' mix of business, are reasonable and that our insurance operations' claims personnel and underwriters analyses of our exposure to major events are assumed to be our best estimate of our exposure to the known claims on those events. As noted earlier, due to the long claims reporting and settlement period for casualty business, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends may become known and, as a result, our insurance operations may be required to adjust their casualty reserves. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our insurance operations' casualty business for recent accident years have not varied significantly from earlier accident years due to the long-tail nature of the business written and the limited number of years of historical experience available for use in projecting loss experience using standard actuarial methods. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier accident years increases, the experience from these accident years will be given a greater weighting in the actuarial analysis to determine future accident year expected loss ratios, adjusted for changes in pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.

        In the initial reserving process for property, marine and aviation business, which are primarily short-tail exposures, our insurance operations rely on a combination of the reserving methods discussed above. For catastrophe-exposed business, our insurance operations' reserving process also includes the

77


Table of Contents


usage of catastrophe models for known events and a heavy reliance on analysis of individual catastrophic events and management judgment. The development of property losses can be unstable, especially for policies characterized by high severity, low frequency losses. As time passes, for a given accident year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. Our insurance operations make a number of key assumptions in their reserving process, including that historical paid and reported development patterns are stable, catastrophe models provide useful information about our exposure to catastrophic events that have occurred and our underwriters' judgment as to potential loss exposures can be relied on. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our insurance operations' property business have varied over time due to changes in pricing, reinsurance structure, estimates of catastrophe losses, policy changes (such as attachment points, class and limits) and geographical distribution. As losses in property lines are reported relatively quickly, expected loss ratios are selected for the current accident year based upon actual attritional loss ratios for earlier accident years, adjusted for rate changes, inflation, changes in reinsurance programs and expected attritional losses based on modeling. Due to the short-tail nature of property business, reported loss experience emerges quickly and ultimate losses are known in a reasonably short period of time.

        In addition to the assumptions and development characteristics noted above for casualty and property business, our insurance operations authorize managing general agents, general agents and other producers to write program business on their behalf within prescribed underwriting authorities. This adds additional complexity to the reserving process. To monitor adherence to the underwriting guidelines given to such parties, our insurance operations periodically perform claims due diligence reviews. In the initial reserving process for program business, consisting of property and liability exposures which are primarily written on an occurrence basis, our insurance operations primarily rely on the expected loss method. As time passes, for a given accident year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our insurance operations' program business have varied over time depending on the type of exposures written (casualty or property) and changes in pricing, loss trends, reinsurance structure and changes in the underlying business.

        In the initial reserving process for executive assurance, professional liability and healthcare business, primarily consisting of medium-tail exposures written on a claims-made basis, our insurance operations primarily rely on the expected loss method. As time passes, for a given accident year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. Beginning in 2005, our insurance operations began to give a relatively small amount of weight to their own experience following reviews of open claims, in particular for lines of business written on a claims-made basis for which they developed a reasonable level of credible data. Over the last few years, our insurance operations have increased their reliance on reviews of open claims. In general, the expected loss ratios established for executive assurance, professional liability and healthcare business for recent accident years vary, in some cases materially, from earlier accident years based on analysis of pricing, loss cost trends and changes in policy coverage. Since this business is primarily written on a claims-made basis and is subject to high severity, low frequency losses, a great deal of uncertainty exists in setting these initial reserves. In addition, only a limited number of years of historical experience is available for use in projecting loss experience using standard actuarial methods. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier accident years increases, the experience from these accident years will be given a greater weighting in the actuarial analysis to determine future accident year expected loss ratios, adjusted for the occurrence or lack of large losses, changes in pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.

        In the initial reserving process for construction and surety business, consisting of primary and excess casualty and contract surety coverages written on an occurrence and claims-made basis, our

78


Table of Contents


insurance operations primarily rely on a combination of the reserving methods discussed above. Such business is subject to the assumptions and development characteristics noted above for casualty business. As time passes, for a given accident year, additional weight has been given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. In general, the expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our insurance operations' construction and surety business for recent accident years vary, in some cases materially, from earlier accident years. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier accident years has increased, the experience from these accident years has been given a greater weighting in the actuarial analysis to determine future accident year expected loss ratios, adjusted for anticipated changes in the regulatory environment, pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.

        For the years ended December 31, 2006 to 2008, on average, our insurance segment reported approximately $33 million of estimated net favorable development in prior year Loss Reserves, or approximately 1.4% of average beginning Loss Reserves. Of such amount, approximately $36 million came from medium-tail lines, or 3.4% of beginning medium-tail Loss Reserves and $25 million from long-tail lines, or 2.7% of average beginning long-tail Loss Reserves, offset partially by adverse development of $28 million from short-tail lines, or 6.9% of average beginning short-tail Loss Reserves. For the year ended December 31, 2008, estimated net favorable development in prior year Loss Reserves was approximately $79 million, or 2.7% of beginning Loss Reserves. Such amount consisted of approximately $68 million from medium-tail lines, or 5.4% of beginning medium-tail Loss Reserves, and $17 million from long-tail lines, or 1.4% of beginning long-tail Loss Reserves, partially offset by adverse development of $6 million from short-tail lines, or 1.1% of beginning short-tail Loss Reserves. For informational purposes, based on historical results, applying the 1.4% average estimated net favorable development in average beginning Loss Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2006 to 2008 to our insurance segment's net Loss Reserves of $3.3 billion at December 31, 2008 would result in an increase in income before income taxes of approximately $46 million, or $0.71 per diluted share, and applying the 2.7% of estimated net favorable development in beginning Loss Reserves for the year ended December 31, 2008 to such Loss Reserves would result in an increase in income before income taxes of approximately $90 million, or $1.38 per diluted share. The amounts noted above are informational only and should not be considered projections of future events. Future favorable or adverse development in our insurance segment's Loss Reserves is subject to numerous factors, and no assurances can be given that we will experience favorable development in our Loss Reserves or that our ultimate losses will not be significantly different than the amounts shown above, and such differences could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined. Because of our insurance segment's limited operating history, the sensitivity analysis above is one way to gauge the impact of changes in the assumptions in our reserving process. For another estimate of potential variability in our insurance segment's Loss Reserves, see "—Simulation Results." Refer to "—Results of Operations" for a discussion on net favorable or adverse development of our insurance operations' prior year Loss Reserves.

    Reinsurance Operations

        Loss Reserves for our reinsurance operations are comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported, (2) additional case reserves ("ACRs") and (3) IBNR reserves. Our reinsurance operations receive reports of claims notices from ceding companies and record case reserves based upon the amount of reserves recommended by the ceding company. Case reserves on known events may be supplemented by ACRs, which are often estimated by our reinsurance operations' claims personnel ahead of official notification from the ceding company, or when our reinsurance operations' judgment regarding the size or severity of the known event differs from the ceding company. In certain instances, our reinsurance operations establish ACRs even when the ceding company does not report any liability on a known event. In addition, specific claim information reported by ceding companies or obtained

79


Table of Contents

through claim audits can alert our reinsurance operations to emerging trends such as changing legal interpretations of coverage and liability, claims from unexpected sources or classes of business, and significant changes in the frequency or severity of individual claims. Such information is often used in the process of estimating IBNR reserves.

        The estimation of Loss Reserves for our reinsurance operations is subject to the same risk factors as the estimation of Loss Reserves for our insurance operations. In addition, the inherent uncertainties of estimating such reserves are even greater for reinsurers, due primarily to the following factors: (1) the claim-tail for reinsurers is generally longer because claims are first reported to the ceding company and then to the reinsurer through one or more intermediaries, (2) the reliance on premium estimates, where reports have not been received from the ceding company, in the reserving process, (3) the potential for writing a number of reinsurance contracts with different ceding companies with the same exposure to a single loss event, (4) the diversity of loss development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties or facultative contracts, (5) the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and (6) the differing reserving practices among ceding companies.

        As with our insurance operations, the process of estimating Loss Reserves for our reinsurance operations involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain. As discussed above, such uncertainty is greater for reinsurers compared to insurers. As a result, our reinsurance operations obtain information from numerous sources to assist in the process. Pricing actuaries from our reinsurance operations devote considerable effort to understanding and analyzing a ceding company's operations and loss history during the underwriting of the business, using a combination of ceding company and industry statistics. Such statistics normally include historical premium and loss data by class of business, individual claim information for larger claims, distributions of insurance limits provided, loss reporting and payment patterns, and rate change history. This analysis is used to project expected loss ratios for each treaty during the upcoming contract period.

        As mentioned above, there can be a considerable time lag from the time a claim is reported to a ceding company to the time it is reported to the reinsurer. The lag can be several years in some cases and may be attributed to a number of reasons, including the time it takes to investigate a claim, delays associated with the litigation process, the deterioration in a claimant's physical condition many years after an accident occurs, the case reserving approach of the ceding company, etc. In the reserving process, our reinsurance operations assume that such lags are predictable, on average, over time and therefore the lags are contemplated in the loss reporting patterns used in their actuarial methods. This means that our reinsurance operations must rely on estimates for a longer period of time than does an insurance company.

        Backlogs in the recording of assumed reinsurance can also complicate the accuracy of loss reserve estimation. As of December 31, 2008, there were no significant backlogs related to the processing of assumed reinsurance information at our reinsurance operations.

        Our reinsurance operations rely heavily on information reported by ceding companies, as discussed above. In order to determine the accuracy and completeness of such information, underwriters, actuaries, and claims personnel at our reinsurance operations often perform audits of ceding companies and regularly review information received from ceding companies for unusual or unexpected results. Material findings are usually discussed with the ceding companies. Our reinsurance operations sometimes encounter situations where they determine that a claim presentation from a ceding company is not in accordance with contract terms. In these situations, our reinsurance operations attempt to resolve the dispute with the ceding company. Most situations are resolved amicably and without the need for litigation or arbitration. However, in the infrequent situations where a resolution is not possible, our reinsurance operations will vigorously defend their position in such disputes.

80


Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, Loss Reserves for our reinsurance operations by major line of business, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Casualty

  $ 1,739,394   $ 1,715,712  

Property excluding property catastrophe

    299,811     295,728  

Other specialty. 

    163,099     212,088  

Marine and aviation

    238,959     167,290  

Property catastrophe

    145,211     111,084  

Other

    50,445     69,181  
           
 

Total net reserves

  $ 2,636,919   $ 2,571,083  
           

        The reserving method for our reinsurance operations to date has been, to a large extent, the expected loss method, which is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists. Over time, other common reserving methodologies have begun to be employed. Any estimates and assumptions made as part of the reserving process could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors, including the fact that relatively limited historical information has been reported to our reinsurance operations through December 31, 2008 in some lines of business. See below for a discussion of the key assumptions in our reinsurance operations' reserving process.

        Although Loss Reserves are initially determined based on underwriting and pricing analysis, our reinsurance operations apply several generally accepted actuarial methods, as discussed above, on a quarterly basis to evaluate their Loss Reserves in addition to the expected loss method, in particular for Loss Reserves from more mature underwriting years (the year in which business is underwritten). Each quarter, as part of the reserving process, actuaries at our reinsurance operations reaffirm that the assumptions used in the reserving process continue to form a sound basis for projection of liabilities. If actual loss activity differs substantially from expectations based on historical information, an adjustment to loss reserves may be supported. Estimated Loss Reserves for more mature underwriting years are now based more on actual loss activity and historical patterns than on the initial assumptions based on pricing indications. The more recent underwriting years continue to be mainly based on internal pricing assumptions. Our reinsurance operations place more or less reliance on a particular actuarial method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the estimates of Loss Reserves are made.

        In the initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail lines, consisting of casualty, other specialty, marine and aviation and other exposures, our reinsurance operations primarily rely on the expected loss method. The development of medium-tail and long-tail business may be unstable, especially if there are high severity major events, with business written on an excess of loss basis typically having a longer tail than business written on a pro rata basis. As time passes, for a given underwriting year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. Our reinsurance operations make a number of key assumptions in reserving for medium-tail and long-tail lines, including that the pricing loss ratio is the best estimate of the ultimate loss ratio at the time the contract is entered into, historical paid and reported development patterns are stable and our reinsurance operations' claims personnel and underwriters analyses of our exposure to major events are assumed to be our best estimate of our exposure to the known claims on those events. The expected loss ratios used in our reinsurance operations' initial reserving process for medium-tail and long-tail contracts have varied over time due to changes in pricing, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure. As the credibility of historical experience for earlier underwriting years increases, the experience from these underwriting years will be used in the actuarial analysis to determine future underwriting year expected loss ratios, adjusted for changes in pricing, loss trends, terms and conditions and reinsurance structure.

81


Table of Contents

        The process of estimating Loss Reserves for our reinsurance operations involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain. The inherent uncertainties of estimating such reserves are even greater for reinsurers than for insurers due to the longer claim-tail for reinsurers, the reliance on premium estimates in the reserving process, the diversity and instability of loss development patterns, the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and the differing reserving practices among ceding companies. In addition, as a result of the start up nature of our reinsurance operations in 2002 and 2003, the assumptions used in the initial loss estimates were subject to greater uncertainty than for an established company, especially for casualty reinsurance exposures (which have a longer claim-tail and involve a higher degree of judgment by management than short-tail lines). In the reserving process in 2002 and 2003, our reinsurance operations recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to the factors discussed above related to the start up nature of their operations in both periods.

        In response to such factors, and their impact on the credibility of the initial loss estimates for casualty reinsurance exposures, a provision was included in establishing our reinsurance operations' net Loss Reserves in 2002 and 2003 on casualty losses occurring prior to each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2003, the provision, included in IBNR, was $49.0 million (or 5.0% of our reinsurance operations' net Loss Reserves). Due to the additional data our reinsurance operations had gained on its existing book of business by the end of 2003, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include a provision in the reserving process beginning in 2004. Based on the recommendation of an independent actuarial firm, our reinsurance operations adopted a methodology to evaluate the existing provision by comparing actual claims experience to a schedule of expected claims experience prepared by the independent actuarial firm. If the actual claims experience is in line with the expected claims experience, a reduction of the provision is made based on the schedule established in the review. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, following reviews of actual and expected claims experience, our reinsurance operations reduced the provision by $2.7 million, $10.6 million and $7.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the remaining provision included in our reinsurance operations' Loss Reserves was $8.6 million (or 0.3% of our reinsurance operations' net Loss Reserves), compared to $11.3 million (or 0.4% of our reinsurance operations' net Loss Reserves) at December 31, 2007.

        In the initial reserving process for short-tail lines, consisting of property excluding property catastrophe and property catastrophe exposures, our reinsurance operations rely on a combination of the reserving methods discussed above. For known catastrophic events, our reinsurance operations' reserving process also includes the usage of catastrophe models and a heavy reliance on analysis which includes ceding company inquiries and management judgment. The development of property losses may be unstable, especially where there is high catastrophic exposure, may be characterized by high severity, low frequency losses for excess and catastrophe-exposed business and may be highly correlated across contracts. As time passes, for a given underwriting year, additional weight is given to the paid and incurred B-F loss development methods and historical paid and incurred loss development methods in the reserving process. Our reinsurance operations make a number of key assumptions in reserving for short-tail lines, including that historical paid and reported development patterns are stable, catastrophe models provide useful information about our exposure to catastrophic events that have occurred and our underwriters' judgment and guidance received from ceding companies as to potential loss exposures may be relied on. The expected loss ratios used in the initial reserving process for our reinsurance operations' property exposures have varied over time due to changes in pricing, reinsurance structure, estimates of catastrophe losses, terms and conditions and geographical distribution. As losses in property lines are reported relatively quickly, expected loss ratios are selected for the current underwriting year incorporating the experience for earlier underwriting years, adjusted for rate changes, inflation, changes in reinsurance programs, expectations about present and future market conditions and expected attritional losses based on modeling. Due to the short-tail nature of property business,

82


Table of Contents


reported loss experience emerges quickly and ultimate losses are known in a reasonably short period of time.

        For the years ended December 31, 2006 to 2008, on average, our reinsurance segment reported approximately $157 million of estimated net favorable development in prior year Loss Reserves, or 6.5% of average beginning Loss Reserves. Of such amount, approximately $91 million came from short-tail lines, or 13.2% of average beginning short-tail Loss Reserves, $58 million came from long-tail lines, or 3.7% of average beginning long-tail Loss Reserves and $8 million came from medium-tail lines, or 4.4% of average beginning medium-tail Loss Reserves. For the year ended December 31, 2008, estimated net favorable development in prior year Loss Reserves was $231 million, or 9.0% of beginning Loss Reserves. Of such amount, approximately $126 million came from short-tail lines, or 19.4% of beginning short-tail Loss Reserves, $99 million came from long-tail lines, or 5.7% of beginning long-tail Loss Reserves and $6 million came from medium-tail lines, or 3.6% of average beginning medium-tail Loss Reserves. For informational purposes, based on our reinsurance segment's historical results, applying the 6.5% average estimated net favorable development in average beginning Loss Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2006 to 2008 to our reinsurance segment's net Loss Reserves of $2.64 billion at December 31, 2008 would result in an increase in income before income taxes of approximately $171 million, or $2.64 per diluted share, while using the 9.0% of estimated net favorable development in beginning Loss Reserves for the year ended December 31, 2008 to such Loss Reserves would result in an increase in income before income taxes of approximately $237 million, or $3.66 per diluted share. The amounts noted above are informational only and should not be considered projections of future events. Future favorable or adverse development in our reinsurance segment's Loss Reserves is subject to numerous factors, and no assurances can be given that we will experience favorable development in our Loss Reserves or that our ultimate losses will not be significantly different than the amounts shown above, and such differences could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined. Because of our reinsurance segment's limited operating history, the sensitivity analysis above is one way to gauge the impact of changes in the assumptions in our reserving process. For another estimate of potential variability in our reinsurance segment's Loss Reserves, see "—Simulation Results." Refer to "—Results of Operations" for additional discussion on net favorable or adverse development of our reinsurance operations' prior year Loss Reserves.

    Simulation Results

        Generally, due to the insufficient amount of historical loss data for our insurance and reinsurance operations in many lines of business, we do not produce a range of estimates in calculating reserves. As described above, we primarily use the expected loss method to calculate our initial Loss Reserves, and such amounts represent management's best estimate of our ultimate liabilities. As the loss data has developed, other actuarial methods have been given more weight in our reserving process for certain lines of business. In order to illustrate the potential volatility in our Loss Reserves, we used a Monte Carlo simulation approach to simulate a range of results based on various probabilities. Both the probabilities and related modeling are subject to inherent uncertainties. The simulation relies on a significant number of assumptions, such as the potential for multiple entities to react similarly to external events, and includes other statistical assumptions.

83


Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2008, our recorded Loss Reserves by operating segment, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable and the results of the simulation were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2008  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Insurance   Reinsurance   Total  

Total net reserves

  $ 3,300,903   $ 2,636,919   $ 5,937,822  
               

Simulation results:

                   
 

90th percentile(1)

  $ 3,939,308   $ 3,420,576   $ 7,096,546  
 

10th percentile(2)

  $ 2,712,372   $ 1,960,212   $ 4,876,363  

(1)
Simulation results indicate that a 90% probability exists that the net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses will not exceed the indicated amount.

(2)
Simulation results indicate that a 10% probability exists that the net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses will be at or below the indicated amount.

        The simulation results shown for each segment do not add to the total simulation results, as the individual segment simulation results do not reflect the diversification effects across our segments. For informational purposes, based on the total simulation results, a change in our Loss Reserves to the amount indicated at the 90 th  percentile would result in a decrease in income before income taxes of approximately $1.16 billion, or $17.88 per diluted share, while a change in our Loss Reserves to the amount indicated at the 10 th  percentile would result in an increase in income before income taxes of approximately $1.06 billion, or $16.38 per diluted share. The simulation results noted above are informational only, and no assurance can be given that our ultimate losses will not be significantly different than the simulation results shown above, and such differences could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined.

        We do not have significant exposure to pre-2002 liabilities, such as asbestos-related illnesses and other long-tail liabilities and, to date, we have experienced a relatively low level of reported claims activity in many lines of business, particularly in longer-tailed lines such as primary and excess casualty and executive assurance, which have longer time periods during which claims are reported and paid. Our limited history does not provide meaningful trend information for such lines of business.

Ceded Reinsurance

        In the normal course of business, our insurance operations cede a substantial portion of their premium through pro rata, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance agreements. Our reinsurance operations also obtain reinsurance whereby another reinsurer contractually agrees to indemnify it for all or a portion of the reinsurance risks underwritten by our reinsurance operations. Such arrangements, where one reinsurer provides reinsurance to another reinsurer, are usually referred to as "retrocessional reinsurance" arrangements. In addition, our reinsurance subsidiaries participate in "common account" retrocessional arrangements for certain pro rata treaties. Such arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to all companies participating on such treaties, including the reinsurers, such as our reinsurance operations, and the ceding company. Reinsurance recoverables are recorded as assets, predicated on the reinsurers' ability to meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements. If the reinsurers are unable to satisfy their obligations under the agreements, our insurance or reinsurance operations would be liable for such defaulted amounts.

        The availability and cost of reinsurance and retrocessional protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. Although we believe that our insurance and reinsurance operations have been successful in obtaining reinsurance and retrocessional protection, it is not certain that they will be able to continue to obtain adequate protection at cost effective levels. As a result of such market conditions and other factors, our insurance and reinsurance operations may not be able to successfully mitigate risk through reinsurance and retrocessional arrangements and may lead to increased volatility in our results of operations in future periods. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations."

84


Table of Contents

        Our insurance operations had in effect during 2008 a reinsurance program which provided coverage equal to a maximum of 70% of the first $275 million in excess of a $75 million retention per occurrence for certain property catastrophe-related losses occurring during 2008. During 2007, a reinsurance program was in effect which provided coverage equal to a maximum of 88% of the first $325 million in excess of a $75 million retention per occurrence for certain property catastrophe-related losses occurring during each period, compared to a maximum of 92% of the first $325 million in excess of a $75 million retention per occurrence during 2006. In the 2009 first quarter, our insurance operations renewed its reinsurance program which provides coverage for certain property-catastrophe related losses occurring during 2009 equal to a maximum of 80% of the first $275 million in excess of a $75 million retention per occurrence.

        On December 29, 2005, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. ("Arch Re Bermuda") entered into a quota share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron Re Ltd. ("Flatiron"), a Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Flatiron assumed a 45% quota share (the "Flatiron Treaty") of certain lines of property and marine business underwritten by Arch Re Bermuda for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years (January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2007). Effective June 28, 2006, the parties amended the Flatiron Treaty to increase the percentage ceded to Flatiron from 45% to 70% of all covered business bound by Arch Re Bermuda from (and including) June 28, 2006 until (and including) August 15, 2006, provided such business does not incept beyond September 30, 2006. The ceding percentage for all business bound outside of this period continued to be 45%.

        Arch Re Bermuda pays to Flatiron a reinsurance premium in the amount of the ceded percentage of the original gross written premium on the business reinsured with Flatiron less a ceding commission, which includes a reimbursement of direct acquisition expenses as well as a commission to Arch Re Bermuda for generating the business. The Flatiron Treaty also provides for a profit commission to Arch Re Bermuda based on the underwriting results for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years on a cumulative basis. Arch Re Bermuda records such profit commission based on underwriting experience recorded each quarter. As a result, the profit commission arrangement with Flatiron may increase the volatility of our reported results of operations on both a quarterly and annual basis. On December 31, 2007, the Flatiron Treaty expired by its terms. At December 31, 2008, $18.3 million of premiums ceded to Flatiron were unearned.

        During the period from May 2005 through April 2006, our reinsurance operations had in effect a catastrophe reinsurance program which provided up to $55 million of coverage in excess of certain deductibles for any one occurrence and $110 million in the aggregate annually, for certain catastrophe-related losses worldwide occurring during the period. The coverage was not renewed upon expiration. While our reinsurance operations may purchase industry loss warranty contracts and other reinsurance which is intended to limit their exposure, the non-renewal of the catastrophe reinsurance program and the Flatiron Treaty increases the risk retention of our reinsurance operations and, as a result, may increase the volatility in our results of operations in future periods.

Premium Revenues and Related Expenses

        Insurance premiums written are generally recorded at the policy inception and are primarily earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies for all products, usually 12 months. Premiums written include estimates in most of our insurance operations' lines of business. The amount of such insurance premium estimates included in premiums receivable and other assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $52.0 million and $50.1 million, respectively. Such premium estimates are derived from multiple sources which include the historical experience of the underlying business, similar business and available industry information. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that relates to the unexpired terms of in-force insurance policies.

        Reinsurance premiums written include amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies, supplemented by our own estimates of premiums where reports have not been received or in cases where the amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies are adjusted to reflect management's

85


Table of Contents


best judgments and expectations. Premium estimates are derived from multiple sources which include our underwriters, the historical experience of the underlying business, similar business and available industry information. Premiums written are recorded based on the type of contracts we write. Premiums on our excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance contracts are estimated when the business is underwritten. For excess of loss contracts, the minimum premium, as defined in the contract, is generally recorded as an estimate of premiums written as of the inception date of the treaty. Estimates of premiums written under pro rata contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks incept and are based on information provided by the brokers and the ceding companies. For multi-year reinsurance treaties which are payable in annual installments, generally, only the initial annual installment is included as premiums written at policy inception due to the ability of the reinsured to commute or cancel coverage during the term of the policy. The remaining annual installments are included as premiums written at each successive anniversary date within the multi-year term.

        Reinstatement premiums for our insurance and reinsurance operations are recognized at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the contract are reinstated under pre-defined contract terms. Reinstatement premiums, if obligatory, are fully earned when recognized. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on an estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses, which reflects management's judgment, as described above in "—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

        The amount of reinsurance premium estimates included in premiums receivable and the amount of related acquisition expenses by type of business were as follows at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Gross
Amount
  Acquisition
Expenses
  Net
Amount
  Gross
Amount
  Acquisition
Expenses
  Net
Amount
 

Casualty. 

  $ 110,458   $ (26,866 ) $ 83,592   $ 171,876   $ (47,127 ) $ 124,749  

Property excluding property catastrophe

    55,104     (14,056 )   41,048     94,892     (23,918 )   70,974  

Marine and aviation

    49,776     (13,200 )   36,576     81,672     (22,492 )   59,180  

Other specialty

    49,754     (14,648 )   35,106     47,161     (11,185 )   35,976  

Property catastrophe

    28,822     (4,947 )   23,875     25,677     (4,346 )   21,331  

Other

    1,110     (59 )   1,051     1,157     (57 )   1,100  
                           
 

Total

  $ 295,024   $ (73,776 ) $ 221,248   $ 422,435   $ (109,125 ) $ 313,310  
                           

        Premium estimates are reviewed by management at least quarterly. Such review includes a comparison of actual reported premiums to expected ultimate premiums along with a review of the aging and collection of premium estimates. Based on management's review, the appropriateness of the premium estimates is evaluated, and any adjustment to these estimates is recorded in the period in which it becomes known. Adjustments to premium estimates could be material and such adjustments could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined because the estimated premium may be fully or substantially earned.

        A significant portion of amounts included as premiums receivable, which represent estimated premiums written, net of commissions, are not currently due based on the terms of the underlying contracts. Based on currently available information, management believes that the premium estimates included in premiums receivable will be collectible and, therefore, no provision for doubtful accounts has been recorded on the premium estimates at December 31, 2008.

        Reinsurance premiums assumed, irrespective of the class of business, are generally earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a "losses occurring" basis cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months. Accordingly, the premium is earned evenly over the term.

86


Table of Contents


Contracts which are written on a "risks attaching" basis cover claims which attach to the underlying insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period.

        Certain of our reinsurance contracts include provisions that adjust premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the experience under the contracts. Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses, are recorded based upon the projected experience under such contracts.

        Retroactive reinsurance reimburses a ceding company for liabilities incurred as a result of past insurable events covered by the underlying policies reinsured. In certain instances, reinsurance contracts cover losses both on a prospective basis and on a retroactive basis and, accordingly, we bifurcate the prospective and retrospective elements of these reinsurance contracts and account for each element separately. Underwriting income generated in connection with retroactive reinsurance contracts is deferred and amortized into income over the settlement period while losses are charged to income immediately. Subsequent changes in estimated or actual cash flows under such retroactive reinsurance contracts are accounted for by adjusting the previously deferred amount to the balance that would have existed had the revised estimate been available at the inception of the reinsurance transaction, with a corresponding charge or credit to income.

        Acquisition expenses and other expenses that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of business in our underwriting operations are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Acquisition expenses, net of ceding commissions received from unaffiliated reinsurers, consist primarily of commissions, brokerage and taxes paid to obtain our business. Other operating expenses also include expenses that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of business. Deferred acquisition costs, which are based on the related unearned premiums, are carried at their estimated realizable value and take into account anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, based on historical and current experience, and anticipated investment income.

Collection of Insurance-Related Balances and Provision for Doubtful Accounts

        For purposes of managing risk, we reinsure a portion of our exposures, paying to reinsurers a part of the premiums received on the policies we write, and we may also use retrocessional protection. Ceded premiums written represented approximately 23.5% of gross premiums written for 2008, compared to 29.9% for 2007 and 29.5% for 2006.

        The availability and cost of reinsurance and retrocessional protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. Although we believe that our insurance subsidiaries have been successful in obtaining reinsurance protection, it is not certain that we will be able to obtain adequate protection at cost effective levels. As a result of such market conditions and other factors, we may not be able to successfully mitigate risk through reinsurance and retrocessional arrangements. Further, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers and retrocessionaires because the ceding of risk to reinsurers and retrocessionaires does not relieve us of our liability to the clients or companies we insure or reinsure. We are also subject to risks based upon the possibility that loss payments could occur earlier than the receipt of related reinsurance recoverables. Our failure to establish adequate reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our existing reinsurance or retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers and attempt to place coverages only with substantial, financially sound carriers. If the financial condition of our reinsurers or retrocessionaires deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, we will provide for probable losses resulting from our inability to collect amounts due from such parties, as appropriate. We evaluate the credit worthiness of all the reinsurers to which we cede business. If our analysis indicates that there is significant uncertainty regarding the collectability of amounts due from reinsurers, managing general agents, brokers and other clients, we will record a provision for doubtful accounts. See "Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Condition—Premiums Receivable and Reinsurance Recoverables" for further details.

87


Table of Contents

        We are also subject to credit risk from our alternative market products, such as rent-a-captive risk-sharing programs, which allow a client to retain a significant portion of its loss exposure without the administrative costs and capital commitment required to establish and operate its own captive. In certain of these programs, we participate in the operating results by providing excess reinsurance coverage and earn commissions and management fees. In addition, we write program business on a risk-sharing basis with managing general agents or brokers, which may be structured with commissions which are contingent on the underwriting results of the program. While we attempt to obtain collateral from such parties in an amount sufficient to guarantee their projected financial obligations to us, there is no guarantee that such collateral will be sufficient to secure their actual ultimate obligations.

Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that some or all of a deferred income tax asset may not be realized. We consider future taxable income and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we determine that we will not be able to realize all or part of our deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax assets would be charged to income in the period in which such determination is made. In addition, if we subsequently assess that the valuation allowance is no longer needed, a benefit would be recorded to income in the period in which such determination is made.

        We recognize a tax benefit where we conclude that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. If the recognition threshold is met, we recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is greater than 50% likely to be realized. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

Investments

        We currently classify all of our fixed maturity investments, short-term investments and other investments as "available for sale" and, accordingly, they are carried at estimated market value. The market value of fixed maturity securities is generally determined from quotations received from nationally recognized pricing services, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Short-term investments comprise securities due to mature within one year of the date of issue. Short-term investments include certain cash equivalents which are part of our investment portfolios under the management of external and internal investment managers. Other investments are carried at estimated market value. Market value is initially considered to be equal to the cost of such investment until the investment is revalued based on substantive events or other factors which could indicate a diminution or appreciation in value.

        Our investment portfolio includes certain funds that invest in fixed maturity securities which, due to their ownership structure, are accounted for by us using the equity method. In applying the equity method, these investments are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently adjusted based on our proportionate share of the net income or loss of the funds (which include changes in the market value of the underlying securities in the funds). Such investments are generally recorded on a one month lag with some investments reported for on a three month lag. Changes in the carrying value of such investments are recorded in net income as "Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method" while changes in the carrying value of our other fixed income investments are recorded as an unrealized gain or loss component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. As such, fluctuations in the carrying value of the investment funds accounted for using the equity method may increase the volatility of our reported results of operations.

88


Table of Contents

        In accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," FASB Staff Position Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments" and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 59, "Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," we review our investments each quarter to determine whether a decline in market value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. Our process for identifying declines in the market value of investments that are other-than-temporary involves consideration of several factors. These factors include (i) the time period in which there has been a significant decline in value, (ii) an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer, (iii) the significance of the decline and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value to recover. Where our analysis of the above factors results in the conclusion that declines in market values are other-than-temporary, the cost of the securities is written down to market value and is reflected as a realized loss. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment on fixed maturities, we account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment and the provision for other-than-temporary impairment (reflected as a discount or reduced premium based on the new cost basis) is amortized into net investment income over the remaining life of the fixed maturities, or until such securities are sold. See note 7, "Investment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), as amended on January 1, 2001, all derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivative instruments, are required to be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measured at market value. The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the market value of a derivative and the effect on the consolidated financial statements depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the market value of the asset or liability hedged.

        Our investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments. We utilize various derivative instruments such as futures contracts to enhance investment performance, replicate investment positions or manage market exposures and duration risk. Pursuant to SFAS No. 133, these instruments, which have no hedging designation, are recognized as assets and liabilities in our balance sheet at market value and changes in market value are included in net realized gains and losses in our results of operations. See note 7, "Investment Information—Investment-Related Derivatives," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for more information about our use of derivative instruments.

Share-Based Compensation

        On January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for share-based awards using the modified prospective method of transition as described in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS No. 123(R)"). Under the fair value method of accounting, compensation expense is estimated based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in net income over the requisite service period. Such compensation cost is reduced by assumed forfeitures and adjusted based on actual forfeitures until vesting. Under the fair value method of accounting pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), the fair value of restricted share and unit awards is measured by the grant date price of our shares. No value is attributed to awards that employees forfeit because they fail to satisfy vesting conditions. As such, the number of shares granted is reduced by assumed forfeitures and adjusted based on actual forfeitures until vesting. Such expense is amortized over the requisite service period of the related awards. For awards granted to retirement-eligible employees where no service is required for the employee to retain the award, the grant date fair value is immediately recognized as compensation cost at the grant date

89


Table of Contents


because the employee is able to retain the award without continuing to provide service. For employees near retirement eligibility, attribution of compensation cost is over the period from the grant date to the retirement eligibility date. The share-based compensation expense associated with awards that have graded vesting features and vest based on service conditions only (i) granted after the effective date of adoption is calculated on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the related awards and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested as of the date of adoption is calculated on a graded-vesting basis as prescribed under FASB Interpretation No. 28, "Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans—an interpretation of APB Opinions No. 15 and 25," over the remaining requisite service periods of the related awards.

        Under SFAS No. 123(R), we use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the share-based option awards as of the grant date. The Black-Scholes model, by its design, is highly complex, and requires judgment in determining key data inputs including estimating the risk free interest rate, expected life of the option and expected volatility rate. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the amount of share-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. The primary data inputs with the greatest degree of judgment are the estimated lives of the share-based awards and the estimated volatility of our stock price. The Black-Scholes model is highly sensitive to changes in these two data inputs. In our process for estimating the fair value of stock options granted, we believe that we have made a good faith fair value estimate in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) as well as guidance from the SEC as contained in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 in a way that is designed to take into account the assumptions that underlie the instrument's value that marketplace participants would reasonably make. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, share-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted.

        See note 2(l), "Significant Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation," and note 13, "Share Capital" of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for more information about share-based compensation.

Reclassifications

        We have reclassified the presentation of certain prior year information to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on our net income, shareholders' equity or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        See note 2(p), "Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

        The following table sets forth net income available to common shareholders and earnings per common share data:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
  2008   2007  

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 265,122   $ 832,099  
           

Diluted net income per common share

    4.09   $ 11.28  
           

Diluted weighted average common shares and common share equivalents outstanding

    64,789,052     73,762,419  
           

90


Table of Contents

        Net income available to common shareholders was $265.1 million for 2008, compared to $832.1 million for 2007. The lower level of net income was due in part to a decrease in underwriting income from our insurance and reinsurance operations, as discussed in "—Segment Information" below, and an increase in investment losses in the 2008 period, as discussed in "—Equity in Net Income (Loss) of Investment Funds Accounted for Using the Equity Method" and "—Net Realized Gains or Losses" below.

        During 2008, we recorded estimated after-tax net losses of $287.4 million, or $4.44 per share, related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike, after reinsurance recoveries and net of reinstatement premiums. Such estimates were based on currently available information derived from modeling techniques, industry assessments of exposure, preliminary claims information obtained from our clients and brokers and a review of our in-force contracts. Actual losses from these events may vary materially from our estimates due to the inherent uncertainties in making such determinations resulting from several factors, including the preliminary nature of the available information, the potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, the contingent nature of business interruption exposures, the effects of any resultant demand surge on claims activity and attendant coverage issues. In particular, the models used for offshore energy risks are relatively new and may be subject to even greater variability. In addition, actual losses may increase if our reinsurers fail to meet their obligations to us or the reinsurance protections purchased by us are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable.

        Our net income available to common shareholders for 2008 represented a 7.8% annualized return on average common equity, compared to 23.9% for 2007. The decrease in diluted average shares outstanding from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to the weighted impact of share repurchases, which reduced weighted average shares outstanding for 2008 by 12.9 million shares, compared to 3.3 million shares for 2007.

    Segment Information

        We determined our reportable operating segments using the management approach described in SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," as further detailed in note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements. Management measures segment performance based on underwriting income or loss, which includes the excess or deficiency of net premiums earned for each reporting period over the combined total of expenses and losses incurred during the same period.

91


Table of Contents

    Insurance Segment

        The following table sets forth our insurance segment's underwriting results:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Gross premiums written

  $ 2,490,919   $ 2,660,302  

Net premiums written

    1,657,603     1,717,548  

Net premiums earned

  $ 1,675,089   $ 1,702,343  

Fee income

    3,445     5,063  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (1,194,528 )   (1,077,769 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (224,539 )   (201,703 )

Other operating expenses

    (288,883 )   (276,388 )
           

Underwriting income (loss)

  $ (29,416 ) $ 151,546  
           

Underwriting Ratios

             

Loss ratio

    71.3 %   63.3 %

Acquisition expense ratio(1)

    13.2 %   11.7 %

Other operating expense ratio

    17.2 %   16.2 %
           

Combined ratio

    101.7 %   91.2 %
           

      (1)
      The acquisition expense ratio is adjusted to include certain fee income.

        The insurance segment recorded an underwriting loss of $29.4 million for 2008, compared to underwriting income of $151.5 million for 2007. The combined ratio for the insurance segment was 101.7% for 2008, compared to 91.2% for 2007. During 2008, the insurance segment incurred estimated pre-tax net losses, after reinsurance and net of reinstatement premiums, related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike of $98.1 million. Before reinsurance, such estimated losses were $214.3 million. The components of the insurance segment's underwriting results are discussed below.

        Premiums Written.     Gross premiums written by the insurance segment were $2.49 billion for 2008, compared to $2.66 billion for 2007, and ceded premiums written were 33.5% of gross premiums written for 2008, compared to 35.4% for 2007. Net premiums written by the insurance segment were $1.66 billion for 2008, compared to $1.72 billion for 2007. The insurance segment continued to maintain underwriting discipline in response to the current market environment with reductions across most specialty lines of business. For information regarding net premiums written by major line of business and geographic location, refer to note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Net Premiums Earned.     Net premiums earned for the insurance segment were $1.68 billion for 2008, compared to $1.7 billion for 2007, and generally reflect changes in net premiums written over the previous five quarters, including the mix and type of business written.

        Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.     Insurance segment losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for 2008 were $1.19 billion, or 71.3% of net premiums earned, compared to $1.08 billion, or 63.3% of net premiums earned, for 2007. The 2008 loss ratio reflected approximately 7.2 points related to catastrophic activity, primarily related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike, while the 2007 loss ratio did not include any significant losses from catastrophic events. The 2008 loss ratio also reflected a 4.7 point reduction related to estimated net favorable development in prior year loss reserves, compared to a 0.7 point reduction in 2007. The insurance segment's net favorable development in 2008 was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business which mainly resulted from better than expected claims emergence in older accident years.

92


Table of Contents

        For a discussion of the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, please refer to the section above entitled "Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

        Underwriting Expenses.     The underwriting expense ratio for the insurance segment was 30.4% in 2008, compared to 27.9% for 2007. The acquisition expense ratio was 13.2% for 2008, compared to 11.7% for 2007. The acquisition expense ratio is influenced by, among other things, (1) the amount of ceding commissions received from unaffiliated reinsurers, (2) the amount of business written on a surplus lines (non-admitted) basis and (3) mix of business. The acquisition expense ratio in 2008 reflects changes in the form of reinsurance ceded and the mix of business and also included 0.9 points related to favorable prior year loss development, compared to 0.5 points for 2007. The insurance segment's other operating expense ratio was 17.2% for 2008, compared to 16.2% for 2007, with the increase due in part to a lower level of net premiums earned in 2008. In addition, operating expenses in 2008 included approximately $12.3 million, or 0.7 points, related to workforce reductions and the relocation of certain of the insurance segment's U.S. operations. These actions were undertaken as part of an expense management plan, which includes office relocation and personnel and other expense saving initiatives.

    Reinsurance Segment

        The following table sets forth our reinsurance segment's underwriting results:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Gross premiums written

  $ 1,201,903   $ 1,517,645  

Net premiums written

    1,148,123     1,184,388  

Net premiums earned

  $ 1,170,365   $ 1,242,307  

Fee income

    1,261     2,473  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (654,216 )   (566,401 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (265,970 )   (278,828 )

Other operating expenses

    (78,421 )   (81,059 )
           

Underwriting income

  $ 173,019   $ 318,492  
           

Underwriting Ratios

             

Loss ratio

    55.9 %   45.6 %

Acquisition expense ratio

    22.7 %   22.4 %

Other operating expense ratio

    6.7 %   6.5 %
           

Combined ratio

    85.3 %   74.5 %
           

        The reinsurance segment's underwriting income was $173.0 million for 2008, compared to $318.5 million for 2007. The combined ratio for the reinsurance segment was 85.3% for 2008, compared to 74.5% for 2007. During 2008, the reinsurance segment incurred estimated pre-tax net losses, after reinsurance and net of reinstatement premiums, related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike of $197.4 million. Before reinsurance, such estimated losses were $221.5 million. The components of the reinsurance segment's underwriting results are discussed below.

        Premiums Written.     Gross premiums written by the reinsurance segment were $1.2 billion in 2008, compared to $1.52 billion for 2007. Commencing in 2006, Arch Re Bermuda ceded certain lines of property and marine premiums written under a quota share reinsurance treaty (the "Treaty") to Flatiron. Under the Treaty, Flatiron assumed a 45% quota share of certain lines of property and marine business underwritten by Arch Re Bermuda for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years (the percentage ceded was increased from 45% to 70% of covered business bound from June 28, 2006 until

93


Table of Contents


August 15, 2006 provided such business did not incept beyond September 30, 2006). On December 31, 2007, the Treaty expired by its terms. For its January 1, 2008 renewals, Arch Re Bermuda adjusted its book of business in light of the expiration of the Treaty and 2008 writings in certain property and marine lines were reduced accordingly. Other reductions in the reinsurance segment's book of business resulted from continued competition which led to non-renewals or lower shares written, partially offset by an increase in writings by the reinsurance segment's property facultative operation.

        Ceded premiums written by the reinsurance segment were 4.5% of gross premiums written for 2008, compared to 22.0% for 2007. In 2008, Arch Re Bermuda ceded $24.7 million of premiums written, or 2.1%, under the Treaty to Flatiron ($151.4 million on an earned basis), compared to $311.4 million, or 20.5%, in 2007 ($282.2 million on an earned basis), with the lower level due to the expiration of the Treaty. At December 31, 2008, $18.3 million of premiums ceded to Flatiron were unearned.

        Net premiums written by the reinsurance segment were $1.15 billion for 2008, compared to $1.18 billion for 2007. Net premiums written for 2008 reflects a lower level of casualty business, which more than offset growth in property lines, including the reinsurance segment's property facultative operation. In general, the reinsurance segment is retaining a higher portion of its property and marine business in 2008 than in prior periods. For information regarding net premiums written by major line and type of business and geographic location, refer to note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Net Premiums Earned.     Net premiums earned for our reinsurance segment were $1.17 billion for 2008, compared to $1.24 billion for 2007, and generally reflect changes in net premiums written over the previous five quarters, including the mix and type of business written.

        Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.     Reinsurance segment losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for 2008 were $654.2 million, or 55.9% of net premiums earned, compared to $566.4 million, or 45.6% of net premiums earned, for 2007. The 2008 loss ratio reflected approximately 19.6 points of catastrophic activity, primarily related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike, while the 2007 loss ratio reflected approximately 4.3 points of catastrophic activity. The 2008 loss ratio also reflected a 19.8 point reduction related to estimated net favorable development in prior year loss reserves, compared to a 13.9 point reduction in the 2007 period. The estimated net favorable development in 2008 was in short-tail and long-tail lines and resulted from better than anticipated claims emergence. The reinsurance segment's loss ratio in 2008 also reflected changes in the mix of business and an increase in expected loss ratios across a number of lines of business primarily due to rate changes.

        In its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in the reserving process in 2004. Following reserve reviews, and based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment has reduced the amount it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $2.7 million in 2008 and $10.6 million in 2007. Such amounts are reflected in the prior year development indicated above.

        The net favorable development on prior year loss reserves in both periods was partially offset by increased acquisition expenses which resulted in an increase to the acquisition expense ratio of approximately 0.9 points in 2008, compared to 1.5 points in 2007.

        For a discussion of the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, please refer to the section above entitled "Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

94


Table of Contents

        Underwriting Expenses.     The underwriting expense ratio for the reinsurance segment was 29.4% for 2008, compared to 28.9% for 2007. The acquisition expense ratio for 2008 was 22.7%, compared to 22.4% for 2007. The acquisition expense ratio is influenced by, among other things, the mix and type of business written and earned and the level of ceding commission income. The acquisition expense ratio for 2008 included 0.9 points related to favorable prior year loss development, compared to 1.5 points in 2007. In addition, the reinsurance segment's results included commission income (in excess of the reimbursement of direct acquisition expenses) on the quota-share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron, which reduced the acquisition expense ratio by 2.0 points in 2008, compared to 3.1 points in 2007. The reinsurance segment's other operating expense ratio was 6.7% for 2008, compared to 6.5% for 2007. The higher ratio in 2008 primarily resulted from a lower level of net premiums earned.

    Net Investment Income

        Net investment income was $468.1 million for 2008, compared to $463.2 million for 2007. The increase in net investment income in 2008 primarily resulted from a higher level of average invested assets primarily generated by cash flows from operations, partially offset by share repurchase activity during 2008 and a decrease in the pre-tax investment income yield to 4.73% for 2008 from 4.97% for 2007. These yields were calculated based on amortized cost. The decrease in the pre-tax investment yield primarily resulted from the prevailing interest rate environment. Yields on future investment income may vary based on financial market conditions, investment allocation decisions and other factors.

    Equity in Net Income (Loss) of Investment Funds Accounted for Using the Equity Method

        Equity in net loss of investment funds accounted for using the equity method was $178.6 million for 2008, compared to $0.2 million for 2007. We record such investments on a one month or three month lag. The 2008 amount primarily related to our investments in U.S. and Euro-denominated bank loan funds and resulted from the extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets during September to November 2008 as the market values of the secured loans underlying the holdings in such funds declined significantly.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

        Following is a summary of net realized gains (losses):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Fixed maturities

  $ (173,165 ) $ 38,611  

Other investments

    (35,829 )   847  

Other(1)

    23,893     (11,317 )
           

Total

  $ (185,101 ) $ 28,141  
           

      (1)
      Includes net realized gains or losses from derivatives, futures contracts and other items.

        Total return on our portfolio under management for 2008 was a negative 2.84%, compared to a positive 6.52% for 2007. Total return is calculated on a pre-tax basis and before investment expenses. The lower total return in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the widening credit spreads which occurred during the last half of 2008, along with the impact of foreign exchange rate changes. For 2008, net realized losses on our fixed maturities of $173.2 million included a provision of $155.4 million for declines in the market value of investments held in our available for sale portfolio which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews performed during 2008. Such amount included $22.8 million of write downs on our holdings in fixed income securities issued by

95


Table of Contents


Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. In addition, we recorded a provision of $25.8 million for declines in the market value of fixed income mutual funds included in 'other investments' which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews of the expected recovery value of the funds' underlying holdings performed during 2008. For 2007, net realized gains on our fixed maturities of $38.6 million included a provision of $28.1 million for declines in the market value of investments held in our available for sale portfolio which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews performed during 2007. In addition, we recorded a provision of $2.1 million for declines in the market value of fixed income mutual funds included in 'other investments' which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews performed during 2007. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment on fixed maturities, we account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than temporary impairment and the provision for the other-than-temporary impairment (reflected as a discount or reduced premium based on the new cost basis) is amortized into net investment income over the remaining life of the fixed maturities, or until such securities are sold. The declines in market value on such securities were primarily due to the prevailing interest rate, credit and foreign exchange environments. The balance of net realized gains on our fixed maturities in 2008 and 2007 resulted from the sale of securities. For the 2008 and 2007 periods, net realized gains or losses from the sale of fixed maturities primarily resulted from our decisions to reduce credit exposure, changes in duration targets, relative value determinations and sales related to rebalancing the portfolio.

    Other Expenses

        Other expenses, which are included in our other operating expenses and part of our corporate and other segment (non-underwriting), were $28.5 million for 2008, compared to $30.7 million for 2007. Such amounts primarily represent certain holding company costs necessary to support our worldwide insurance and reinsurance operations, share based compensation expense and costs associated with operating as a publicly traded company.

    Net Foreign Exchange Gains or Losses

        Net foreign exchange gains for 2008 of $96.6 million consisted of net unrealized gains of $97.4 million and net realized losses of $0.8 million, compared to net foreign exchange losses of $44.0 million for 2007, which consisted of net unrealized losses of $48.8 million and net realized gains of $4.8 million. For the 2008 and 2007 periods, the net unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses recorded were largely offset by changes in the value of our investments held in foreign currencies. Net unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses result from the effects of revaluing our net insurance liabilities required to be settled in foreign currencies at each balance sheet date. The net foreign exchange gains in 2008 primarily resulted from a strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the British Pound and Euro. We hold investments in foreign currencies which are intended to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in our net insurance liabilities. However, changes in the value of such investments due to foreign currency rate movements are reflected as a direct increase or decrease to shareholders' equity and are not included in the statement of income.

    Income Taxes

        ACGL changed its legal domicile from the United States to Bermuda in November 2000. Under current Bermuda law, we are not obligated to pay any taxes in Bermuda based upon income or capital gains. We have received a written undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966 that in the event legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing tax computed on profits, income, gain or appreciation on any capital asset, or tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not be applicable to us or our operations until March 28, 2016.

96


Table of Contents

        ACGL will be subject to U.S. federal income tax only to the extent that it derives U.S. source income that is subject to U.S. withholding tax or income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and is not exempt from U.S. tax under an applicable income tax treaty. ACGL will be subject to a withholding tax on dividends from U.S. investments and interest from certain U.S. taxpayers. ACGL does not consider itself to be engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. and, consequently, does not expect to be subject to direct U.S. income taxation. However, because there is uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, there can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that ACGL or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If ACGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries were subject to U.S. income tax, ACGL's shareholders' equity and earnings could be materially adversely affected. ACGL has subsidiaries and branches that operate in various jurisdictions around the world that are subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The significant jurisdictions in which ACGL's subsidiaries and branches are subject to tax are the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, Switzerland, Germany and Denmark. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Taxation" and "Business—Tax Matters."

        The income tax provision on income before income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 4.4% for 2008, compared to 1.8% for 2007. Our effective tax rate fluctuates from year to year consistent with the relative mix of income reported by jurisdiction due primarily to the varying tax rates in each jurisdiction. We currently estimate that our comparable income tax provision in 2009 will result in an effective tax rate of approximately 2.5% to 4.5%, although no assurances can be given to that effect. See note 9, "Income Taxes," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at the weighted average statutory tax rate for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

        The following table sets forth net income available to common shareholders and earnings per common share data:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
  2007   2006  

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 832,099   $ 692,559  
           

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 11.28   $ 9.08  
           

Diluted weighted average common shares and common share equivalents outstanding

    73,762,419     76,246,725  
           

        Net income available to common shareholders was $832.1 million for 2007, compared to $692.6 million for 2006. The improvement in our results of operations was primarily due to growth in investment income and a low level of catastrophic activity, as discussed in "—Segment Information" below. Our net income available to common shareholders for 2007 represented a 23.9% annualized return on average common equity, compared to 24.1% for 2006.

        The decrease in diluted average shares outstanding from 2006 to 2007 was primarily due to the weighted impact of share repurchases during 2007, partially offset by increases in the dilutive effects of stock options and nonvested restricted stock calculated using the treasury stock method and the exercise of stock options. Under the treasury stock method, the dilutive impact of options and nonvested stock on diluted weighted average shares outstanding increases as the market price of our common shares increases.

97


Table of Contents

    Segment Information

    Insurance Segment

        The following table sets forth our insurance segment's underwriting results:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2007   2006  

Gross premiums written

  $ 2,660,302   $ 2,624,757  

Net premiums written

    1,717,548     1,652,056  

Net premiums earned

  $ 1,702,343   $ 1,600,854  

Fee income

    5,063     5,085  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (1,077,769 )   (1,017,263 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (201,703 )   (175,740 )

Other operating expenses

    (276,388 )   (249,637 )
           

Underwriting income

  $ 151,546   $ 163,299  
           

Underwriting Ratios

             

Loss ratio

    63.3 %   63.5 %

Acquisition expense ratio(1)

    11.7 %   10.8 %

Other operating expense ratio

    16.2 %   15.6 %
           

Combined ratio

    91.2 %   89.9 %
           

      (1)
      The acquisition expense ratio is adjusted to include certain fee income.

        The insurance segment's underwriting income was $151.5 million for 2007, compared to $163.3 million for 2006. The combined ratio for the insurance segment was 91.2% for 2007, compared to 89.9% for 2006. The components of the insurance segment's underwriting income are discussed below.

        Premiums Written.     Gross premiums written by the insurance segment were $2.66 billion for 2007, compared to $2.62 billion for 2006, and ceded premiums written were 35.4% of gross premiums written for 2007, compared to 37.1% for 2006. Net premiums written by the insurance segment were $1.72 billion for 2007, compared to $1.65 billion for 2006. Contributing to the higher level of net premiums written in 2007 were increases in professional liability business, as a result of growth in policies written, a higher level of travel and accident business and a decrease in the usage of reinsurance, national accounts casualty business and excess workers' compensation and employers' liability business (included in 'other'). This growth was partially offset by a continued reduction in U.S. primary casualty business and surety business in response to increasing competition and market conditions. For information regarding net premiums written by major line of business and geographic location, refer to note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Net Premiums Earned.     Net premiums earned for the insurance segment were $1.7 billion for 2007, compared to $1.6 billion for 2006, and generally reflect changes in net premiums written over the previous five quarters, including the mix and type of business written.

        Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.     Insurance segment losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for 2007 were $1.08 billion, or 63.3% of net premiums earned, compared to $1.02 billion, or 63.5% of net premiums earned, for 2006. The 2007 loss ratio reflected a 0.7 point reduction related to estimated net favorable development in prior year loss reserves, compared to a 0.5 point reduction in 2006. Prior to 2005, the insurance segment's reserving method relied heavily on industry data. In 2005,

98


Table of Contents


the insurance segment began to give a relatively small amount of weight to its own experience. As a result, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now believes it has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net favorable development in 2007 and 2006 was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes, partially offset by adverse development of $33.3 million from short-tail lines which primarily resulted from higher than expected claims development. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $9.5 million, primarily due to sliding scale arrangements on certain policies.

        For a discussion of the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, please refer to the section above entitled "Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

        Underwriting Expenses.     The underwriting expense ratio for the insurance segment was 27.9% in 2007, compared to 26.4% for 2006. The acquisition expense ratio is influenced by, among other things, (1) the amount of ceding commissions received from unaffiliated reinsurers, (2) the amount of business written on a surplus lines (non-admitted) basis and (3) mix of business. The acquisition expense ratio was 11.7% for 2007, compared to 10.8% for 2006. The acquisition expense ratio in 2007 reflects changes in the form of reinsurance ceded and the mix of business and also included 0.5 points related to favorable prior year loss development, while the 2006 period included a decrease in surety profit commissions which increased the 2006 acquisition expense ratio by 0.5 points. The insurance segment's other operating expense ratio was 16.2% for 2007, compared to 15.6% for 2006. The higher operating expense ratio in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to growth in compensation-related expenses without an attendant growth in net premiums earned.

    Reinsurance Segment

        The following table sets forth our reinsurance segment's underwriting results:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2007   2006  

Gross premiums written

  $ 1,517,645   $ 1,703,796  

Net premiums written

    1,184,388     1,365,362  

Net premiums earned

  $ 1,242,307   $ 1,480,811  

Fee income

    2,473     4,729  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (566,401 )   (773,286 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (278,828 )   (368,171 )

Other operating expenses

    (81,059 )   (53,533 )
           

Underwriting income

  $ 318,492   $ 290,550  
           

Underwriting Ratios

             

Loss ratio

    45.6 %   52.2 %

Acquisition expense ratio

    22.4 %   24.9 %

Other operating expense ratio

    6.5 %   3.6 %
           

Combined ratio

    74.5 %   80.7 %
           

        The reinsurance segment's underwriting income was $318.5 million for 2007, compared to $290.6 million for 2006. The combined ratio for the reinsurance segment was 74.5% for 2007, compared to 80.7% for 2006. The components of the reinsurance segment's underwriting income are discussed below.

99


Table of Contents

        Premiums Written.     Gross premiums written by the reinsurance segment were $1.52 billion in 2007, compared to $1.7 billion for 2006. Gross premiums written for 2007 reflects a lower level of casualty, other specialty and non-catastrophe exposed property business which was in response to continued competition and resulted in either non-renewals or lower shares written by the reinsurance segment. Such reductions were partially offset by continued growth in international property and marine lines, due to higher rates and an increase in exposure.

        Ceded premiums written by the reinsurance segment were 22.0% of gross premiums written for 2007, compared to 19.9% for 2006. The higher ceded percentage in 2007 primarily resulted from the $311.4 million of premiums written ceded by Arch Re Bermuda to Flatiron ($282.2 million on an earned basis), compared to $273.2 million in 2006 ($157.4 million on an earned basis).

        Net premiums written by the reinsurance segment were $1.18 billion for 2007, compared to $1.37 billion for 2006. Net premiums written for 2007 reflects the lower level of international casualty business noted above, which more than offset growth in international property and marine lines, net of the amounts ceded to Flatiron For information regarding net premiums written by major line and type of business and geographic location, refer to note 3, "Segment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

        Net Premiums Earned.     Net premiums earned for our reinsurance segment were $1.24 billion for 2007, compared to $1.48 billion for 2006, and generally reflect changes in net premiums written over the previous five quarters, including the mix and type of business written.

        Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.     Reinsurance segment losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for 2007 were $566.4 million, or 45.6% of net premiums earned, compared to $773.3 million, or 52.2% of net premiums earned, for 2006. The 2007 loss ratio reflected a 13.9 point reduction related to estimated net favorable development in prior year loss reserves, compared to a 4.6 point reduction in 2006. Of the 2007 net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, a significant portion came from short-tail lines and resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence. In addition, the reinsurance segment's 2007 results included approximately 4.3 points related to 2007 catastrophe losses, while the 2006 results included 3.1 points related to 2006 catastrophe losses. The reinsurance segment's 2007 loss ratio also reflects an increase in expected loss ratios across a number of lines of business, primarily due to premium rate decreases and loss cost trends, and changes in the mix of business.

        In its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in the reserving process in 2004. Following reserve reviews, and based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment has reduced the amount it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $10.6 million in 2007 and $7.7 million in 2006. Such amounts are reflected in the prior year development indicated above.

        The net favorable development on prior year loss reserves in both periods was partially offset by increased acquisition expenses which resulted in an increase to the acquisition expense ratio of approximately 1.5 points in 2007, compared to 0.5 points in 2006. The remainder of the change in the loss ratio for 2007, compared to 2006, resulted from better results recorded in the reinsurance segment's property lines of business and changes in their mix of business.

        For a discussion of the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, please refer to the section above entitled "Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses."

100


Table of Contents

        Underwriting Expenses.     The underwriting expense ratio for the reinsurance segment was 28.9% for 2007, compared to 28.5% for 2006. The acquisition expense ratio for 2007 was 22.4%, compared to 24.9% for 2006. The acquisition expense ratio is influenced by, among other things, the mix and type of business written and earned and the level of ceding commission income. The acquisition expense ratio for 2007 included 1.5 points related to favorable prior year loss development, compared to 0.5 points in 2006. In addition, the reinsurance segment's results included commission income (in excess of the reimbursement of direct acquisition expenses) on the quota-share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron, which reduced the acquisition expense ratio by 3.1 points in 2007, compared to 1.6 points in 2006. The reinsurance segment's other operating expense ratio was 6.5% for 2007, compared to 3.6% for 2006. The higher ratio in 2007 primarily resulted from expenses related to the reinsurance segment's property facultative reinsurance operation, which commenced operations during the 2007 second quarter, and a lower level of net premiums earned.

    Net Investment Income

        Net investment income was $463.1 million for 2007, compared to $377.5 million for 2006. The increase in net investment income in 2007 resulted from a higher level of average invested assets primarily generated by cash flows from operations. In addition, an increase in the pre-tax investment income yield to 4.97% for 2007 from 4.69% for 2006 contributed to the growth in net investment income. These yields were calculated based on amortized cost. The increase in the pre-tax investment yield primarily resulted from higher interest rates embedded in the investment portfolio.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

        Following is a summary of net realized gains (losses):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2007   2006  

Fixed maturities

  $ 38,611   $ (27,379 )

Other investments

    847     4,186  

Other(1)

    (11,317 )   3,756  
           

Total

  $ 28,141   $ (19,437 )
           

      (1)
      Includes net realized gains or losses from derivatives, futures contracts and other items.

        Total return on our portfolio under management for 2007 was 6.52%, compared to 5.24% for 2006. Total return is calculated on a pre-tax basis and before investment expenses. The higher total return in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates during the periods. For 2007, net realized gains on our fixed maturities of $38.6 million included a provision of $28.1 million for declines in the market value of investments held in our available for sale portfolio which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews performed during 2007. For 2006, net realized losses on our fixed maturities of $27.4 million included a provision of $31.6 million for declines in the market value of investments held in our available for sale portfolio which were considered to be other-than-temporary, based on reviews performed during 2006. The declines in market value on such securities were primarily due to the prevailing interest rate, credit and foreign exchange environments. The balance of net realized gains on our fixed maturities in 2007 and 2006 resulted from the sale of securities. For the 2007 and 2006 periods, net realized gains or losses from the sale of fixed maturities primarily resulted from our decisions to reduce credit exposure, changes in duration targets, relative value determinations and sales related to rebalancing the portfolio.

101


Table of Contents

    Other Expenses

        Other expenses, which are included in our other operating expenses and part of our corporate and other segment (non-underwriting), were $30.7 million for 2007, compared to $29.1 million for 2006. Such amounts primarily represent certain holding company costs necessary to support our worldwide insurance and reinsurance operations, share based compensation expense and costs associated with operating as a publicly traded company.

    Net Foreign Exchange Gains or Losses

        Net foreign exchange losses for 2007 of $44.0 million consisted of net unrealized losses of $48.8 million and net realized gains of $4.8 million, compared to net foreign exchange losses of $23.9 million for 2006, which consisted of net unrealized losses of $27.3 million and net realized gains of $3.4 million. For the 2007 and 2006 periods, the net unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses recorded were largely offset by changes in the value of our investments held in foreign currencies. The net foreign exchange losses in 2007 and 2006 primarily resulted from a weakening of the U.S. Dollar. For the 2007 and 2006 periods, the net unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses recorded by us were largely offset by changes in the value of our investments held in foreign currencies.

    Income Taxes

        The income tax provision on income before income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 1.8% for 2007, compared to 3.6% for 2006. Our effective tax rate fluctuates from year to year consistent with the relative mix of income reported by jurisdiction due primarily to the varying tax rates in each jurisdiction.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Financial Condition

    Investable Assets

        The finance and investment committee of our board of directors establishes our investment policies and sets the parameters for creating guidelines for our investment managers. The finance and investment committee reviews the implementation of the investment strategy on a regular basis. Our current approach stresses preservation of capital, market liquidity and diversification of risk. While maintaining our emphasis on preservation of capital and liquidity, we expect our portfolio to become more diversified and, as a result, we may expand into areas which are not currently part of our investment strategy. Our Chief Investment Officer administers the investment portfolio, oversees our investment managers, formulates investment strategy in conjunction with our finance and investment committee and directly manages certain portions of our fixed income portfolio.

102


Table of Contents

        On a consolidated basis, our aggregate investable assets totaled $9.97 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to $10.12 billion at December 31, 2007, as detailed in the table below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  

Fixed maturities available for sale, at market value

  $ 8,122,221   $ 7,137,998  

Fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value(1)

    626,501     1,462,826  
           
 

Total fixed maturities

    8,748,722     8,600,824  

Short-term investments available for sale, at market value

    479,586     699,036  

Short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value(1)

    101,564     219  

Cash

    251,739     239,915  

Other investments:

             
 

Fixed income mutual funds

    39,858     194,090  
 

International equity index funds

        92,056  
 

Privately held securities and other

    69,743     67,548  

Investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    301,027     235,975  
           
 

Total cash and investments(1)

    9,992,239     10,129,663  

Securities transactions entered into but not settled at the balance sheet date

    (18,236 )   (5,796 )
           
 

Total investable assets

  $ 9,974,003   $ 10,123,867  
           

(1)
In our securities lending transactions, we receive collateral in excess of the market value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, we have excluded the investment of collateral received at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 of $730.2 million and $1.5 billion, respectively, which is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value" and included the $728.1 million and $1.46 billion, respectively, of "fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value."

        At December 31, 2008, our fixed income portfolio, which includes fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, had a "AA+" average credit quality rating, an average effective duration of 3.62 years, and an average yield to maturity (imbedded book yield), before investment expenses, of 4.55%. At December 31, 2007, our fixed income portfolio had a "AA+" average credit quality rating, an average effective duration of 3.29 years, and an average yield to maturity (imbedded book yield), before investment expenses, of 5.03%. At December 31, 2008, approximately $5.3 billion, or 52.2%, of total investable assets was internally managed, compared to $4.61 billion, or 45.5%, at December 31, 2007. Our fixed maturities at December 31, 2008 included exposures to certain corporate sectors, such as the financial sector (11% of total investable assets) and the industrial sector (6% of total investable assets).

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the weighted average contractual maturities of our total fixed maturity and short-term investments, based on market value, were 12.0 years and 12.0 years, respectively, while the weighted average expected maturities of our total fixed maturity and short-term investments, based on market value, were 4.2 years and 4.6 years, respectively. There were no investments in any entity in excess of 10% of our shareholders' equity at December 31, 2008 or 2007 other than investments issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies.

        As a result of recent financial market disruption, which has included a lack of liquidity in the credit markets and a widening of credit spreads on fixed maturities, the market value of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2008 was lower than in prior periods.

103


Table of Contents

        The distribution of our fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements by type is shown below:

 
  December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007  
 
  Estimated
Market Value
  Net
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
  Estimated
Market Value
  Net
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 2,019,373   $ (47,848 ) $ 2,452,527   $ 29,302  

Mortgage backed securities

    1,581,736     (102,453 )   1,234,596     10,124  

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,219,737     (52,084 )   1,315,680     16,781  

U.S. government and government agencies

    1,463,897     63,603     1,165,423     21,151  

Municipal bonds

    965,966     25,085     990,325     13,018  

Asset backed securities

    970,041     (69,641 )   1,008,030     5,478  

Non-U.S. government securities

    527,972     1,806     434,243     24,976  
                   
 

Total

  $ 8,748,722   $ (181,532 ) $ 8,600,824   $ 120,830  
                   

        At December 31, 2008, we had the ability and intent to hold fixed maturities which were in an unrealized loss position until recovery. During 2008, pre-tax net realized losses on our investment portfolio were $185.1 million, which reflected $181.2 million of other-than-temporary impairment charges, including $22.8 million of write downs on our holdings in fixed income securities issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. During the second half of 2008, credit spreads significantly widened, which led to significant unrealized losses on our investment portfolio. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Company—Our investment performance may affect our financial results and ability to conduct business."

        The credit quality distribution of our fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements is shown below. Approximately 97% of the fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements held by us were rated investment grade by the major rating agencies at December 31, 2008, compared to 98% at December 31, 2007.

 
  December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007  
Rating(1)
  Estimated
Market Value
  % of Total   Estimated
Market Value
  % of Total  

AAA

  $ 6,756,503     77.2   $ 6,600,258     76.7  

AA

    815,512     9.3     882,262     10.3  

A

    750,947     8.6     677,047     7.9  

BBB

    195,319     2.2     243,610     2.8  

BB

    52,349     0.6     25,390     0.3  

B

    126,688     1.5     128,459     1.5  

Lower than B

    9,549     0.1     11,321     0.1  

Not rated

    41,855     0.5     32,477     0.4  
                   
 

Total

  $ 8,748,722     100.0   $ 8,600,824     100.0  
                   

(1)
Ratings as assigned by the major rating agencies.

104


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our top ten exposures to fixed income corporate issuers at December 31, 2008, including amounts guaranteed by the U.S. government:

 
  Estimated Market Value  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  U.S.
Government
Guaranteed(1)
  Not
Guaranteed
  Total  

December 31, 2008:

                   
 

General Electric Capital Corp. 

  $ 31,163   $ 103,887   $ 135,050  
 

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 

    35,875     63,819     99,694  
 

Wells Fargo & Company

        99,031     99,031  
 

Citigroup Inc. 

    41,502     56,943     98,445  
 

Bank of America Corp. 

    31,895     61,793     93,688  
 

HSBC Holdings PLC

    26,104     23,139     49,243  
 

Verizon Communications Inc. 

        43,305     43,305  
 

Goldman Sachs Group Inc. 

    27,113     8,826     35,939  
 

Barclays Bank PLC

        27,323     27,323  
 

Morgan Stanley Corp. 

    15,134     11,448     26,582  

(1)
Securities issued which are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), a U.S. government agency, under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

        At December 31, 2008, we held insurance enhanced municipal bonds, net of prerefunded bonds that are escrowed in U.S. government obligations, in the amount of approximately $362.5 million, which represented approximately 4% of our total invested assets. These securities had an average rating of "Aa3" by Moody's and "AA" by Standard & Poor's. Giving no effect to the insurance enhancement, the overall credit quality of our insured municipal bond portfolio had an average underlying rating of "Aa3" by Moody's and "AA" by Standard & Poor's. Guarantors of our insurance enhanced municipal bonds, net of prerefunded bonds that are escrowed in U.S. government obligations, included MBIA Insurance Corporation ($147.8 million), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ($75.9 million), Ambac Financial Group, Inc. ($77.6 million), Financial Guaranty Insurance Company ($32.7 million) and the Texas Permanent School Fund ($28.5 million). We do not have a significant exposure to insurance enhanced asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. We do not have any significant investments in companies which guarantee securities at December 31, 2008.

        Our portfolio includes investments, such as mortgage-backed securities, which are subject to prepayment risk. At December 31, 2008, our investments in mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), excluding commercial mortgage-backed securities, amounted to approximately $1.58 billion, or 15.9% of total investable assets, compared to $1.23 billion, or 12.2%, at December 31, 2007. Such amounts are classified as "available for sale" and are not held for trading purposes. As with other fixed income investments, the market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to changes in the prepayment rate on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and MBS are prepaid more quickly, requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at the then current market rates. Conversely, in periods of rising rates, mortgage prepayments generally fall, preventing us from taking full advantage of the higher level of rates. However, current economic conditions may curtail prepayment activity as refinancing becomes more difficult, thus limiting prepayments on MBS.

        In recent months, delinquencies and losses with respect to residential mortgage loans generally have increased and may continue to increase, particularly in the subprime sector. In addition, in recent months residential property values in many states have declined or remained stable, after extended periods during which those values appreciated. A continued decline or an extended flattening in those

105


Table of Contents


values may result in additional increases in delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans generally, especially with respect to second homes and investment properties, and with respect to any residential mortgage loans where the aggregate loan amounts (including any subordinate loans) are close to or greater than the related property values. These developments may have a significant adverse effect on the prices of loans and securities, including those in our investment portfolio. The situation continues to have wide ranging consequences, including downward pressure on economic growth and the potential for increased insurance and reinsurance exposures, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, business and operations.

        The following table provides information on our mortgage backed securities ("MBS") and commercial mortgage backed securities ("CMBS") at December 31, 2008, excluding amounts guaranteed by the U.S. government:

 
   
   
   
  Estimated Market Value  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Issuance
Year
  Par Value   Average
Credit
Quality
  Total   % of Asset
Class
  % of
Investable
Assets
 

MBS:

                                   
 

Non-agency MBS

    2002   $ 5,666   AAA   $ 5,099     0.3     0.1  
 

    2003     9,360   AAA     8,350     0.5     0.1  
 

    2004     53,977   AAA     41,319     2.6     0.4  

    2005     115,506   AAA     67,423     4.3     0.7  

    2006     97,713   AAA     58,354     3.7     0.6  

    2007     135,125   AA-     82,989     5.2     0.8  

    2008     31,165   AAA     24,563     1.6     0.2  
                             
 

Total non-agency MBS

        $ 448,512   AA+   $ 288,097     18.2     2.9  
                             

CMBS:

                                   
 

Non-agency CMBS

    1998   $ 3,400   AAA   $ 3,236     0.3     0.0  

    1999     100,996   AAA     102,243     8.4     1.0  

    2000     132,168   AAA     128,633     10.5     1.3  

    2001     87,124   AAA     83,341     6.8     0.8  

    2002     71,486   AAA     65,252     5.3     0.7  

    2003     99,068   AAA     87,277     7.2     0.9  

    2004     77,414   AAA     67,754     5.6     0.7  

    2005     77,952   AAA     62,419     5.1     0.6  

    2006     82,252   AAA     65,064     5.3     0.7  

    2007     32,900   AAA     26,435     2.2     0.3  
                             
 

Total non-agency CMBS

        $ 764,760   AAA   $ 691,654     56.7     7.0  
                             

 

 
  Non-Agency
MBS
  Non-Agency
CMBS(1)
 

Additional Statistics:

             
 

Weighted average loan age (months)

    36     79  
 

Weighted average life (months)(2)

    78     37  
 

Weighted average loan-to-value %(3)

    68 %   57 %
 

Total delinquencies(4)

    7.8 %   1.2 %
 

Current credit support %(5)

    14.8 %   29.7 %

(1)
Loans defeased with government/agency obligations represented approximately 23% of the collateral underlying our CMBS holdings.

106


Table of Contents

(2)
The weighted average life for MBS is based on the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2008. The weighted average life for CMBS reflects the average life of the collateral underlying our CMBS holdings.

(3)
The range of loan-to-values on MBS is 35% to 91% while the range of loan-to-values on CMBS is 43% to 73%.

(4)
Total delinquencies includes 60 days and over.

(5)
Current credit support % represents the percentage for a collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO") or CMBS class/tranche from other subordinate classes in the same CMO or CMBS deal.

        The following table provides information on our asset backed securities ("ABS") at December 31, 2008:

 
   
   
   
  Estimated Market Value  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Par Value   Average
Credit
Quality
  Effective
Duration
  Total   % of Class   % of
Investable
Assets
 

Sector:

                                   
 

Autos(1)

  $ 281,200   AAA     1.29   $ 265,428     27.4     2.7  
 

Credit cards(2)

    502,280   AAA     1.68     462,172     47.6     4.6  
 

Rate reduction bonds(3)

    139,361   AAA     1.95     139,632     14.4     1.4  
 

Other

    85,124   AAA     0.66     78,414     8.1     0.8  
                             

  $ 1,007,965   AAA     1.52   $ 945,646     97.5     9.5  
 

Home equity(4)

 
$

26,422
 
AAA
   
0.01
 
$

18,055
   
1.9
   
0.2
 

    9,670   AA     0.01     4,377     0.4     0.0  

    1,852   A     0.01     936     0.1     0.0  

    343   BBB     0.01     189     0.0     0.0  

    5,993   B     0.01     208     0.0     0.0  

    10,900   CCC     0.01     544     0.1     0.0  

    700   D     0.07     86     0.0     0.0  
                             

  $ 55,880   A     0.01   $ 24,395     2.5     0.2  
                             
   

Total ABS

  $ 1,063,845   AAA     1.44   $ 970,041     100.0     9.7  
                             

(1)
The weighted average credit support % on Auto ABS holdings is 17.6%.

(2)
The average excess spread % on credit card ABS holdings is 6.3%.

(3)
The weighted average credit support % on rate reduction bonds is 1.4%.

(4)
The weighted average credit support % on home equity ABS holdings is 26.6%.

        At December 31, 2008, our fixed income portfolio included $65.1 million par value in sub-prime securities with an estimated market value of $30.4 million and an average credit quality of "A." Such amounts were primarily in the home equity sector with the balance in other ABS, MBS and CMBS sectors. We define sub-prime mortgage-backed securities as investments in which the underlying loans primarily exhibit one or more of the following characteristics: low FICO scores, above-prime interest rates, high loan-to-value ratios or high debt-to-income ratios. In addition, the portfolio of collateral backing our securities lending program contains approximately $56.1 million estimated market value of sub-prime securities with an average credit quality of "AA+."

        Certain of our investments, primarily those included in "other investments" and "investment funds accounted for using the equity method" on our balance sheet, may use leverage to achieve a higher

107


Table of Contents


rate of return. While leverage presents opportunities for increasing the total return of such investments, it may increase losses as well. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of the underlying securities held by such investments would be magnified to the extent leverage is used and our potential losses from such investments would be magnified. In addition, the structures used to generate leverage may lead to such investment funds being required to meet covenants based on market valuations and asset coverage. Market valuation declines in the funds could force the sale of investments into a depressed market, which may result in significant additional losses. Alternatively, the funds may attempt to deleverage by raising additional equity or potentially changing the terms of the established financing arrangements. We may choose to participate in the additional funding of such investments. Our investment commitments related to investment funds accounted for using the equity method totaled approximately $8.3 million at December 31, 2008.

        Our investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments. We utilize various derivative instruments such as futures contracts to enhance investment performance, replicate investment positions or manage market exposures and duration risk. See Note 7, "Investment Information—Investment-Related Derivatives," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial Statements for additional disclosures concerning derivatives.

        Other investments totaled $109.6 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $353.7 million at December 31, 2007. During 2008, we sold our positions in international equity index funds and reduced our ownership of one fixed income mutual fund. Investment funds accounted for using the equity method totaled $301.0 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $236.0 million at December 31, 2007. See Note 7, "Investment Information—Other Investments" and "Investment Information—Investment Funds Accounted for Using the Equity Method" of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for further details.

        Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted and implemented SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS No. 157"), which addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout GAAP. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly fashion between market participants at the measurement date.

        SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority).

        The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1:   Inputs to the valuation methodology are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2:

 

Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument

Level 3:

 

Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement

        Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for securities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such securities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

108


Table of Contents

        We use quoted values and other data provided by nationally recognized independent pricing sources as inputs into its process for determining fair values of its fixed maturity investments. To validate the techniques or models used by pricing sources, our review process includes, but is not limited to: (i) quantitative analysis (e.g., comparing the quarterly return for each managed portfolio to its target benchmark, with significant differences identified and investigated); (ii) a review of the average number of prices obtained in the pricing process and the range of resulting market values; (iii) initial and ongoing evaluation of methodologies used by outside parties to calculate fair value including a review of deep dive reports on selected securities which indicated the use of observable inputs in the pricing process; (iv) comparing the fair value estimates to its knowledge of the current market; and (v) back-testing, which includes randomly selecting purchased or sold securities and comparing the executed prices to the fair value estimates from the pricing service. Based on the above review, we will challenge any prices for a security or portfolio which are considered not to be representative of fair value.

        The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. Each source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of "matrix pricing" in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair market value. In addition, pricing vendors use model processes, such as an Option Adjusted Spread model, to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. The Option Adjusted Spread model is commonly used to estimate fair value for securities such as mortgage backed and asset backed securities. In certain circumstances, when fair market values are unavailable from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding markets. Such quotes are subject to the validation procedures noted above.

        We review our securities measured at fair value and discusses the proper classification of such investments with investment advisors and others. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 157 and at December 31, 2008, we determined that Level 1 securities included highly liquid, recent issue U.S. Treasuries and certain of its short-term investments held in highly liquid money market-type funds where it believes that quoted prices are available in an active market.

        Where we believe that quoted market prices are not available or that the market is not active, fair values are estimated by using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, pricing models or matrix pricing and are generally classified as Level 2 securities. We determined that Level 2 securities included corporate bonds, mortgage backed securities, municipal bonds, asset backed securities, certain U.S. government and government agencies, non-U.S. government securities, certain short-term securities and certain other investments.

        Following further review of the inputs used in the pricing process, we determined that three Euro-denominated corporate bonds which invest in underlying portfolios of fixed income securities for which there is a low level of transparency around inputs to the valuation process should be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In addition, we determined that two mutual funds, included in other investments, which invest in underlying portfolios of fixed income securities for which there is a low level of transparency around inputs to the valuation process should be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As such, we transferred $136.8 million of corporate bonds and $31.6 million of other investments in to Level 3 during the 2008 fourth quarter. In addition, Level 3 securities include a small number of premium-tax bonds.

109


Table of Contents

        See Note 7, "Investment Information—Fair Value" of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for a summary of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2008 by SFAS No. 157 hierarchy.

    Premiums Receivable and Reinsurance Recoverables

        At December 31, 2008, approximately 62.0% of premiums receivable of $629.0 million represented amounts not yet due, while amounts in excess of 90 days overdue were 4.1% of the total. At December 31, 2007, approximately 78.8% of premiums receivable of $729.6 million represented amounts not yet due, while amounts in excess of 90 days overdue were 2.9% of the total. Approximately 2.2% of the $63.3 million of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable were in excess of 90 days overdue at December 31, 2008, compared to 37.4% of the $132.3 million of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable at December 31, 2007 (a significant portion of such overdue amounts were collected in February 2008). At December 31, 2008 and 2007, our reserves for doubtful accounts were approximately $5.8 million and $10.5 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2008, approximately 88.5% of reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) of $1.79 billion were due from carriers which had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better and the largest reinsurance recoverable from any one carrier was less than 7.3% of our total shareholders' equity. At December 31, 2007, approximately 88.5% of our reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) of $1.74 billion were due from carriers which had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better, and the largest reinsurance recoverable from any one carrier was less than 5.2%, respectively, of our total shareholders' equity.

        The following table details our reinsurance recoverables at December 31, 2008:

 
  % of Total   A.M. Best Rating(1)

Everest Reinsurance Company

    13.8 % A+

Flatiron Re Ltd.(2)

    8.3 % NR

Munich Reinsurance America, Inc. 

    7.0 % A+

Allied World Assurance Company Ltd. 

    6.3 % A

Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation(3)

    5.6 % A

Munich Reinsurance Company

    4.7 % A+

Swiss Reinsurance America Corporation

    4.6 % A+

Lloyd's of London syndicates(4)

    4.5 % A

Transatlantic Reinsurance Company

    4.4 % A

ACE Property & Casualty Insurance Company

    3.5 % A+

Federal Insurance Company (part of the Chubb Group)

    2.8 % A++

Platinum Underwriters Reinsurance Inc. 

    2.6 % A

Berkley Insurance Company

    2.4 % A+

Sentry Insurance a Mutual Company(5)

    2.2 % A+

All other(6)

    27.3 %  
         
 

Total

    100.0 %  
         

(1)
The financial strength ratings are as of February 9, 2009 and were assigned by A.M. Best based on its opinion of the insurer's financial strength as of such date. An explanation of the ratings listed in the table follows: the ratings of "A++" and "A+" are designated "Superior"; and the "A" and "A-" ratings are designated "Excellent." Additionally, A.M. Best has five classifications within the "Not Rated" or "NR" category. Reasons for an "NR" rating being assigned by A.M. Best include insufficient data, size or operating experience, companies which are in run-off with no active business writings or are dormant, companies which disagree with their rating and request that a rating not be published or insurers that request not to be formally evaluated for the purposes of assigning a rating opinion.

110


Table of Contents

(2)
Flatiron is required to contribute funds into a trust for the benefit of Arch Re Bermuda. The recoverable from Flatiron was fully collateralized through such trust at December 31, 2008. See note 4, "Reinsurance," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements for further details on the Flatiron Treaty.

(3)
A significant portion of amounts due from Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation is collateralized through reinsurance trusts.

(4)
The A.M. Best group rating of "A" (Excellent) has been applied to all Lloyd's of London syndicates.

(5)
In connection with our acquisition of Arch Specialty in February 2002, the seller, Sentry, agreed to reinsure and guarantee all liabilities arising out of Arch Specialty's business prior to the closing of the acquisition. In addition to the guarantee provided by Sentry, substantially all of the recoverable from Sentry is still subject to the original reinsurance agreements inuring to Arch Specialty and, to the extent Sentry fails to comply with its payment obligations to us, we may seek reimbursement from the third party reinsurers under such agreements.

(6)
The following table provides a breakdown of the "All other" category by A.M. Best rating:

Companies rated "A-" or better

    24.0 %

Companies not rated(7)

    3.3 %
       

Total

    27.3 %
       
(7)
A substantial portion of such amount is collateralized through reinsurance trusts or letters of credit.

        See "—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Collection of Insurance-Related Balances and Provision for Doubtful Accounts" for further details.

    Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        We establish reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses ("Loss Reserves") which represent estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections, at a given point in time, of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of losses incurred. Estimating Loss Reserves is inherently difficult, which is exacerbated by the fact that we are a relatively new company with relatively limited historical experience upon which to base such estimates. We utilize actuarial models as well as available historical insurance industry loss ratio experience and loss development patterns to assist in the establishment of Loss Reserves. Actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the net Loss Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year

  $ 5,482,833   $ 4,910,884   $ 4,063,058  

Net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses related to:

                   
 

Current year

    2,158,914     1,829,534     1,867,344  
 

Prior years

    (310,170 )   (185,364 )   (76,795 )
               
   

Total net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,848,744     1,644,170     1,790,549  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

    (133,881 )   45,192     47,711  

Total net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,259,874     1,117,413     990,434  
               

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year

  $ 5,937,822   $ 5,482,833   $ 4,910,884  
               

111


Table of Contents

        See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses" and "Business—Reserves" for further details.

    Shareholders' Equity

        Our shareholders' equity was $3.43 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to $4.04 billion at December 31, 2007. The decrease of $602.8 million in 2008 was attributable to share repurchase activity and an after-tax decrease in the market value of our investment portfolio, partially offset by net income in the period.

    Book Value per Share

        The following table presents the calculation of book value per common share at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
  2008   2007  

Calculation of book value per common share:

             
 

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 3,432,965   $ 4,035,811  
 

Less preferred shareholders' equity

    (325,000 )   (325,000 )
           
 

Common shareholders' equity

    3,107,965     3,710,811  
 

Common shares outstanding(1)

    60,511,974     67,318,466  
           
 

Book value per common share

  $ 51.36   $ 55.12  
           

(1)
Excludes the effects of 5,131,135 and 5,486,033 stock options and 412,622 and 116,453 restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        ACGL is a holding company whose assets primarily consist of the shares in its subsidiaries. Generally, ACGL depends on its available cash resources, liquid investments and dividends or other distributions from its subsidiaries to make payments, including the payment of debt service obligations and operating expenses it may incur and any dividends or liquidation amounts with respect to the series A non-cumulative and series B non-cumulative preferred shares and common shares. ACGL's readily available cash, short-term investments and marketable securities, excluding amounts held by our regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, totaled $16.8 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $36.3 million at December 31, 2007. During 2008, ACGL received dividends of $527.1 million from Arch Re Bermuda which were used to fund the share repurchase program described below along with the payment of preferred dividends, interest expense and other corporate expenses.

        The ability of our regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions or other payments to us is dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards. Under Bermuda law, Arch Re Bermuda is required to maintain an enhanced capital requirement which must equal or exceed its minimum solvency margin (i.e., the amount by which the value of its general business assets must exceed its general business liabilities) equal to the greatest of (1) $100.0 million, (2) 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written by us less any premiums ceded by us, but we may not deduct more than 25% of gross premiums when computing net premiums written) and (3) 15% of loss and other insurance reserves. Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is not in compliance with its enhanced capital requirement, minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25%

112


Table of Contents


of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files, at least seven days before payment of such dividends, with the Bermuda Monetary Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited, without prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year's statutory financial statements. At December 31, 2008, as determined under Bermuda law, Arch Re Bermuda had statutory capital of $2.21 billion and statutory capital and surplus of $3.36 billion. Such amounts include ownership interests in U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Accordingly, Arch Re Bermuda can pay approximately $834 million to ACGL during 2009 without providing an affidavit to the Bermuda Monetary Authority, as discussed above. In addition to meeting applicable regulatory standards, the ability of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to intermediate parent companies owned by Arch Re Bermuda is also constrained by our dependence on the financial strength ratings of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries from independent rating agencies. The ratings from these agencies depend to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. We believe that ACGL has sufficient cash resources and available dividend capacity to service its indebtedness and other current outstanding obligations.

        Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are required to maintain assets on deposit, which primarily consist of fixed maturities, with various regulatory authorities to support their operations. The assets on deposit are available to settle insurance and reinsurance liabilities to third parties. Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries also have investments in segregated portfolios primarily to provide collateral or guarantees for letters of credit to third parties. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such amounts approximated $1.28 billion and $1.17 billion, respectively. In addition, certain of our operating subsidiaries maintain assets in trust accounts as collateral for insurance and reinsurance transactions with affiliated companies. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such amounts approximated $4.03 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.

        ACGL, through its subsidiaries, provides financial support to certain of its insurance subsidiaries and affiliates, through certain reinsurance arrangements essential to the ratings of such subsidiaries. Except as described in the preceding sentence, or where express reinsurance, guarantee or other financial support contractual arrangements are in place, each of ACGL's subsidiaries or affiliates is solely responsible for its own liabilities and commitments (and no other ACGL subsidiary or affiliate is so responsible). Any reinsurance arrangements, guarantees or other financial support contractual arrangements that are in place are solely for the benefit of the ACGL subsidiary or affiliate involved and third parties (creditors or insureds of such entity) are not express beneficiaries of such arrangements.

        Our insurance and reinsurance operations provide liquidity in that premiums are received in advance, sometimes substantially in advance, of the time losses are paid. The period of time from the occurrence of a claim through the settlement of the liability may extend many years into the future. Sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations, financing arrangements or routine sales of investments.

        As part of our investment strategy, we seek to establish a level of cash and highly liquid short-term and intermediate-term securities which, combined with expected cash flow, is believed by us to be adequate to meet our foreseeable payment obligations. However, due to the nature of our operations, cash flows are affected by claim payments that may comprise large payments on a limited number of claims and which can fluctuate from year to year. We believe that our liquid investments and cash flow will provide us with sufficient liquidity in order to meet our claim payment obligations. However, the timing and amounts of actual claim payments related to recorded Loss Reserves vary based on many factors, including large individual losses, changes in the legal environment, as well as general market conditions. The ultimate amount of the claim payments could differ materially from our estimated amounts. Certain lines of business written by us, such as excess casualty, have loss experience characterized as low frequency and high severity. The foregoing may result in significant variability in

113


Table of Contents


loss payment patterns. The impact of this variability can be exacerbated by the fact that the timing of the receipt of reinsurance recoverables owed to us may be slower than anticipated by us. Therefore, the irregular timing of claim payments can create significant variations in cash flows from operations between periods and may require us to utilize other sources of liquidity to make these payments, which may include the sale of investments or utilization of existing or new credit facilities or capital market transactions. If the source of liquidity is the sale of investments, we may be forced to sell such investments at a loss, which may be material.

        Consolidated net cash provided by operating activities was $1.14 billion for 2008, compared to $1.44 billion for 2007. The lower level of operating cash flows in 2008 primarily resulted from an increase in paid losses, as our insurance and reinsurance loss reserves have continued to mature, along with a lower level of premiums written and collected. Cash flow from operating activities are provided by premiums collected, fee income, investment income and collected reinsurance recoverables, offset by losses and loss adjustment expense payments, reinsurance premiums paid, operating costs and current taxes paid.

        On a consolidated basis, our aggregate cash and invested assets totaled $9.97 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to $10.12 billion at December 31, 2007. The primary goals of our asset liability management process are to satisfy the insurance liabilities, manage the interest rate risk embedded in those insurance liabilities and maintain sufficient liquidity to cover fluctuations in projected liability cash flows. Generally, the expected principal and interest payments produced by our fixed income portfolio adequately fund the estimated runoff of our insurance reserves. Although this is not an exact cash flow match in each period, the substantial degree by which the market value of the fixed income portfolio exceeds the expected present value of the net insurance liabilities, as well as the positive cash flow from newly sold policies and the large amount of high quality liquid bonds, provide assurance of our ability to fund the payment of claims without having to sell securities at distressed prices in an illiquid market or access credit facilities.

        We expect that our operational needs, including our anticipated insurance obligations and operating and capital expenditure needs, for the next twelve months, at a minimum, will be met by our balance of cash, short-term investments and our credit facilities, as well as by funds generated from underwriting activities and investment income and proceeds on the sale or maturity of our investments.

        We monitor our capital adequacy on a regular basis and will seek to adjust our capital base (up or down) according to the needs of our business. The future capital requirements of our business will depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. Our ability to underwrite is largely dependent upon the quality of our claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. In particular, we require (1) sufficient capital to maintain our financial strength ratings, as issued by several ratings agencies, at a level considered necessary by management to enable our key operating subsidiaries to compete; (2) sufficient capital to enable our underwriting subsidiaries to meet the capital adequacy tests performed by statutory agencies in the U.S. and other key markets; and (3) letters of credit and other forms of collateral that are necessary for our non-U.S. operating companies because they are "non-admitted" under U.S. state insurance regulations.

        As part of our capital management program, we may seek to raise additional capital or may seek to return capital to our shareholders through share repurchases, cash dividends or other methods (or a combination of such methods). Any such determination will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our profits, financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions, rating agency requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

        The board of directors of ACGL has authorized the investment of up to $1.5 billion in ACGL's common shares through a share repurchase program. Such amount consisted of a $1.0 billion

114


Table of Contents


authorization in February 2007 and a $500.0 million authorization in May 2008. Repurchases under the program may be effected from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions through February 2010. Since the inception of the share repurchase program through December 31, 2008, ACGL has repurchased approximately 15.3 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.05 billion. During 2008, ACGL repurchased approximately 7.5 million common shares under the share repurchase program for an aggregate purchase price of $513.1 million.

        At December 31, 2008, approximately $449.8 million of share repurchases were available under the program. The timing and amount of the repurchase transactions under this program will depend on a variety of factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory considerations. In light of current financial and insurance market conditions, we will likely not repurchase shares in the first half of 2009, although our plans may change depending on market conditions, our share price performance or other factors. In connection with the share repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under the shareholders agreement for all repurchases of common shares by ACGL under the share repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions.

        To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to fund our future operating requirements or maintain such ratings, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or limit our growth. Given the recent severe disruptions in the public debt and equity markets, including among other things, widening of credit spreads, lack of liquidity and bankruptcies, we can provide no assurance that, if needed, we would be able to obtain additional funds through financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Continued adverse developments in the financial markets, such as disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets, may result in realized and unrealized capital losses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and our businesses, and may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business.

        If we are not able to obtain adequate capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected, which could include, among other things, the following possible outcomes: (1) potential downgrades in the financial strength ratings assigned by ratings agencies to our operating subsidiaries, which could place those operating subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage compared to higher-rated competitors; (2) reductions in the amount of business that our operating subsidiaries are able to write in order to meet capital adequacy-based tests enforced by statutory agencies; and (3) any resultant ratings downgrades could, among other things, affect our ability to write business and increase the cost of bank credit and letters of credit. In addition, under certain of the reinsurance agreements assumed by our reinsurance operations, upon the occurrence of a ratings downgrade or other specified triggering event with respect to our reinsurance operations, such as a reduction in surplus by specified amounts during specified periods, our ceding company clients may be provided with certain rights, including, among other things, the right to terminate the subject reinsurance agreement and/or to require that our reinsurance operations post additional collateral.

        In addition to common share capital, we depend on external sources of finance to support our underwriting activities, which can be in the form (or any combination) of debt securities, preference shares, common equity and bank credit facilities providing loans and/or letters of credit. As noted above, equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are unfavorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our shareholders could result, and, in any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our outstanding securities.

        In June 2006, ACGL and Arch-U.S. filed a universal shelf registration statement with the SEC. This registration statement allows for the possible future offer and sale by us of various types of securities, including unsecured debt securities, preference shares, common shares, warrants, share purchase contracts and units and depositary shares. The shelf registration statement enables us to efficiently access the public debt and/or equity capital markets in order to meet our future capital needs. The shelf registration statement also allows selling shareholders to resell common shares that

115


Table of Contents


they own in one or more offerings from time to time. We will not receive any proceeds from any shares offered by the selling shareholders. This report is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.

        In August 2006, we entered into a five-year agreement for a $300.0 million unsecured revolving loan and letter of credit facility and a $1.0 billion secured letter of credit facility. The $300.0 million unsecured loan and letter of credit facility is also available for the issuance of unsecured letters of credit up to $100.0 million for our U.S.-based reinsurance operation. See "—Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments—Letters of Credit and Revolving Credit Facilities" for a discussion of our available facilities, applicable covenants on such facilities and available capacity. It is anticipated that the available facilities will be renewed (or replaced) on expiry, but such renewal (or replacement) will be subject to the availability of credit from banks which we utilize. Given the recent disruptions in the capital markets, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to renew the facilities in August 2011 on satisfactory terms and, if renewed, the costs of the facilities may be significantly higher than the costs of our existing facilities.

        During 2006, ACGL completed two public offerings of non-cumulative preferred shares. On February 1, 2006, $200.0 million principal amount of 8.0% series A non-cumulative preferred shares ("series A preferred shares") were issued with net proceeds of $193.5 million and, on May 24, 2006, $125.0 million principal amount of 7.875% series B non-cumulative preferred shares ("series B preferred shares" and together with the series A preferred shares, the "preferred shares") were issued with net proceeds of $120.9 million. The net proceeds of the offerings were used to support the underwriting activities of ACGL's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. ACGL has the right to redeem all or a portion of each series of preferred shares at a redemption price of $25.00 per share on or after (1) February 1, 2011 for the series A preferred shares and (2) May 15, 2011 for the series B preferred shares. Dividends on the preferred shares are non-cumulative. Consequently, in the event dividends are not declared on the preferred shares for any dividend period, holders of preferred shares will not be entitled to receive a dividend for such period, and such undeclared dividend will not accrue and will not be payable. Holders of preferred shares will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by ACGL's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of ACGL's board of directors. Any such dividends will be payable from the date of original issue on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly in arrears. To the extent declared, these dividends will accumulate, with respect to each dividend period, in an amount per share equal to 8.0% of the $25.00 liquidation preference per annum for the series A preferred shares and 7.875% of the $25.00 liquidation preference per annum for the series B preferred shares. During 2008 and 2007, we paid $25.8 million to holders of the preferred shares and, at December 31, 2008, had declared an aggregate of $3.3 million of dividends to be paid to holders of the preferred shares.

        At December 31, 2008, ACGL's capital of $3.83 billion consisted of $300.0 million of senior notes, representing 7.8% of the total, $100.0 million of revolving credit agreement borrowings due in August 2011, representing 2.6% of the total, $325.0 million of preferred shares, representing 8.5% of the total, and common shareholders' equity of $3.11 billion, representing the balance. At December 31, 2007, ACGL's capital of $4.34 billion consisted of $300.0 million of senior notes, representing 6.9% of the total, $325.0 million of preferred shares, representing 7.5% of the total, and common shareholders' equity of $3.71 billion, representing the balance. The decrease in capital during 2008 was primarily attributable to an after-tax decrease in the market value of our investment portfolio and share repurchase activity, partially offset by net income and borrowings during the period.

116


Table of Contents

NATURAL AND MAN-MADE CATASTROPHIC EVENTS

        We have large aggregate exposures to natural and man-made catastrophic events. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, explosions, severe winter weather and fires. Catastrophes can also cause losses in non-property business such as workers' compensation or general liability. In addition to the nature of property business, we believe that economic and geographic trends affecting insured property, including inflation, property value appreciation and geographic concentration, tend to generally increase the size of losses from catastrophic events over time.

        We have substantial exposure to unexpected, large losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. These risks are inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty or estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events and, to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Therefore, claims for natural and man-made catastrophic events could expose us to large losses and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations, which could cause the value of our common shares to fluctuate widely. In certain instances, we specifically insure and reinsure risks resulting from terrorism. Even in cases where we attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some coverages written by us, we may not be successful in doing so. Moreover, irrespective of the clarity and inclusiveness of policy language, there can be no assurance that a court or arbitration panel will limit enforceability of policy language or otherwise issue a ruling adverse to us.

        We seek to limit our loss exposure by writing a number of our reinsurance contracts on an excess of loss basis, adhering to maximum limitations on reinsurance written in defined geographical zones, limiting program size for each client and prudent underwriting of each program written. In the case of proportional treaties, we may seek per occurrence limitations or loss ratio caps to limit the impact of losses from any one or series of events. In our insurance operations, we seek to limit our exposure through the purchase of reinsurance. We cannot be certain that any of these loss limitation methods will be effective. We also seek to limit our loss exposure by geographic diversification. Geographic zone limitations involve significant underwriting judgments, including the determination of the area of the zones and the inclusion of a particular policy within a particular zone's limits. There can be no assurance that various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, will be enforceable in the manner we intend. Disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum may also arise. Underwriting is inherently a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations, possibly to the extent of eliminating our shareholders' equity.

        For our natural catastrophe exposed business, we seek to limit the amount of exposure we will assume from any one insured or reinsured and the amount of the exposure to catastrophe losses from a single event in any geographic zone. We monitor our exposure to catastrophic events, including earthquake and wind and periodically reevaluate the estimated probable maximum pre-tax loss for such exposures. Our estimated probable maximum pre-tax loss is determined through the use of modeling techniques, but such estimate does not represent our total potential loss for such exposures. We seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to a specific level for severe catastrophic events. Currently, we generally seek to limit the probable maximum pre-tax loss to approximately 25% of total shareholders' equity for a severe catastrophic event in any geographic zone that could be expected to occur once in every 250 years, although we reserve the right to change this threshold at any time. There can be no assurances that we will not suffer pre-tax losses greater than 25% of our total shareholders' equity from

117


Table of Contents


one or more catastrophic events due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events and the margin of error in making such determinations resulting from potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the modeling techniques and the application of such techniques or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of shareholders' equity exposed to a single catastrophic event. In addition, depending on business opportunities and the mix of business that may comprise our insurance and reinsurance portfolio, we may seek to adjust our self-imposed limitations on probable maximum pre-tax loss for catastrophe exposed business. See "—Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Ceded Reinsurance" for a discussion of our catastrophe reinsurance programs.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

Letter of Credit and Revolving Credit Facilities

        At December 31, 2008, we had access to a $300.0 million unsecured revolving loan and letter of credit facility and a $1.0 billion secured letter of credit facility (the "Credit Agreement"). The $300.0 million unsecured revolving loan is also available for the issuance of unsecured letters of credit up to $100.0 million for Arch Re U.S. Borrowings of revolving loans may be made by ACGL and Arch Re U.S. at a variable rate based on LIBOR or an alternative base rate at our option. Secured letters of credit are available for issuance on behalf of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Issuance of letters of credit and borrowings under the Credit Agreement are subject to our compliance with certain covenants and conditions, including absence of a material adverse change. These covenants require, among other things, that we maintain a debt to total capital ratio of not greater than 0.35 to 1 and shareholders' equity in excess of $1.95 billion plus 25% of future aggregate net income for each quarterly period (not including any future net losses) beginning after June 30, 2006 and 25% of future aggregate proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred equity and that our principal insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries maintain at least a "B++" rating from A.M. Best. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries which are party to the Credit Agreement are required to maintain minimum shareholders' equity levels. We were in compliance with all covenants contained in the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2008. The Credit Agreement expires on August 30, 2011.

        Including the secured letter of credit portion of the Credit Agreement and another letter of credit facility (together, the "LOC Facilities"), we have access to letter of credit facilities for up to a total of $1.45 billion. The principal purpose of the LOC Facilities is to issue, as required, evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which we have entered into reinsurance arrangements to ensure that such counterparties are permitted to take credit for reinsurance obtained from our reinsurance subsidiaries in United States jurisdictions where such subsidiaries are not licensed or otherwise admitted as an insurer, as required under insurance regulations in the United States, and to comply with requirements of Lloyd's of London in connection with qualifying quota share and other arrangements. The amount of letters of credit issued is driven by, among other things, the timing and payment of catastrophe losses, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the further expansion of our business and the loss experience of such business. When issued, certain letters of credit are secured by a portion of our investment portfolio. In addition, the LOC Facilities also require the maintenance of certain covenants, which we were in compliance with at December 31, 2008. At such date, we had approximately $599.9 million in outstanding letters of credit under the LOC Facilities, which were secured by investments totaling $697.6 million. In May 2008, we borrowed $100.0 million under the Credit Agreement at a variable interest rate that is based on 1 month, 3 month or 6 month reset option terms and their corresponding term LIBOR rates plus 27.5 basis points. The proceeds from such borrowings, which are repayable in August 2011, were contributed to Arch Re Bermuda and used to fund the investment in Gulf Re noted below.

118


Table of Contents

        It is anticipated that the LOC Facilities will be renewed (or replaced) on expiry, but such renewal (or replacement) will be subject to the availability of credit from banks which we utilize. In addition to letters of credit, we have established and may establish additional insurance trust accounts in the U.S. and Canada to secure our reinsurance amounts payable as required. See note 7, "Investment Information," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

Senior Notes

        On May 4, 2004, ACGL completed a public offering of $300.0 million principal amount of 7.35% senior notes ("Senior Notes") due May 1, 2034 and received net proceeds of $296.4 million. ACGL used $200.0 million of the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under a revolving credit agreement. The Senior Notes are ACGL's senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all of its existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. Interest payments on the Senior Notes are due on May 1st and November 1st of each year. ACGL may redeem the Senior Notes at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, at a "make-whole" redemption price. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, interest expense on the Senior Notes was approximately $22.1 million. The market value of the Senior Notes at December 31 2008 and 2007 was $246.1 million and $325.4 million, respectively.

Investment in Joint Venture

        In May 2008, Arch Re Bermuda provided $100.0 million of funding to Gulf Reinsurance Limited ("Gulf Re"), a newly formed reinsurer based in the Dubai International Financial Centre, pursuant to the joint venture agreement with GIC. Under the agreement, each of Arch Re Bermuda and GIC owns 50% of Gulf Re. The initial total capital of the joint venture consists of $200.0 million, plus an additional $200.0 million to be funded equally by us and GIC depending on the joint venture's business needs.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table provides an analysis of our contractual commitments at December 31, 2008:

 
   
  Payment due by period  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  4 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt obligations

  $ 400,000       $ 100,000       $ 300,000  

Interest expense on long-term debt obligations

    562,275     22,050     44,100     44,100     452,025  

Operating lease obligations

    119,836     15,356     28,646     24,172     51,662  

Purchase obligations

    28,529     13,468     11,274     3,575     212  

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross(1)

    7,666,957     2,248,781     2,532,935     1,177,584     1,707,657  

Deposit accounting liabilities(2)

    39,845     1,943     6,926     7,255     23,721  

Securities lending collateral(3)

    753,528     753,528              

Investment in joint venture(4)

    100,000                 100,000  

Unfunded investment commitments

    8,255     8,255              
                       

Total

  $ 9,679,225   $ 3,063,381   $ 2,723,881   $ 1,256,686   $ 2,635,277  
                       

(1)
The estimated expected contractual commitments related to the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are presented on a gross basis. It should be noted that until a claim has been

119


Table of Contents

    presented to us, determined to be valid, quantified and settled, there is no known obligation on an individual transaction basis, and while estimable in the aggregate, the timing and amount contain significant uncertainty. Approximately 70% of our net reserves were incurred but not reported at December 31, 2008.

(2)
The estimated expected contractual commitments related to deposit accounting liabilities have been estimated using projected cash flows from the underlying contracts. It should be noted that, due to the nature of such liabilities, the timing and amount contain significant uncertainty.

(3)
As part of our securities lending program, we loan certain fixed income securities to third parties and receive collateral, primarily in the form of cash. The collateral received is reinvested and is reflected as "short-term investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value." Such collateral is due back to the third parties at the close of the securities lending transaction.

(4)
We have committed an additional $100.0 million to our investment in Gulf Re depending on the joint venture's business needs. We do not anticipate that additional funding will be required in the next five years.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

        We are not party to any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with us is a party that management believes is reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors. We concluded that, under FASB Interpretation No. 46R, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," which was issued and became effective for us during the 2004 first quarter, we are required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations (if any) of a certain managing general agency in which one of our subsidiaries has an investment. Such agency ceased producing business in 1999 and is currently running-off its operations. Based on current information, there are no assets or liabilities of such agency required to be reflected on the face of our consolidated financial statements that are not, or have not been previously, otherwise reflected therein.

        On December 29, 2005, Arch Re Bermuda entered into a quota share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron pursuant to which Flatiron assumed a 45% quota share (the "Flatiron Treaty") of certain lines of property and marine business underwritten by Arch Re Bermuda for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years (January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2007). Effective June 28, 2006, the parties amended the Flatiron Treaty to increase the percentage ceded to Flatiron from 45% to 70% of all covered business bound by Arch Re Bermuda from (and including) June 28, 2006 until (and including) August 15, 2006 provided such business did not incept beyond September 30, 2006. The ceding percentage for all business bound outside of this period continued to be 45%. On December 31, 2007, the Flatiron Treaty expired by its terms. As a result of the terms of the Flatiron Treaty, we determined that Flatiron is a variable interest entity. However, Arch Re Bermuda is not the primary beneficiary of Flatiron and, as such, we are not required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Flatiron per FIN 46R.

MARKET SENSITIVE INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

        Our investment results are subject to a variety of risks, including risks related to changes in the business, financial condition or results of operations of the entities in which we invest, as well as changes in general economic conditions and overall market conditions. We are also exposed to potential loss from various market risks, including changes in equity prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

120


Table of Contents

        In accordance with the SEC's Financial Reporting Release No. 48, we performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures could have on the future earnings, market values or cash flows of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2008. Market risk represents the risk of changes in the market value of a financial instrument and consists of several components, including liquidity, basis and price risks.

        The sensitivity analysis performed as of December 31, 2008 presents hypothetical losses in cash flows, earnings and market values of market sensitive instruments which were held by us on December 31, 2008 and are sensitive to changes in interest rates and equity security prices. This risk management discussion and the estimated amounts generated from the following sensitivity analysis represent forward-looking statements of market risk assuming certain adverse market conditions occur. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these projected results due to actual developments in the global financial markets. The analysis methods used by us to assess and mitigate risk should not be considered projections of future events of losses.

        The focus of the SEC's market risk rules is on price risk. For purposes of specific risk analysis, we employ sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures could have on the future earnings, market values or cash flows of our financial instruments. The financial instruments included in the following sensitivity analysis consist of all of our investments and cash.

Investment Market Risk

        Fixed Income Securities.     We invest in interest rate sensitive securities, primarily debt securities. We consider the effect of interest rate movements on the market value of our fixed maturities, fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, short-term investments and certain of our other investments which invest in fixed income securities and the corresponding change in unrealized appreciation. As interest rates rise, the market value of our interest rate sensitive securities falls, and the converse is also true. The following table summarizes the effect that an immediate, parallel shift in the interest rate yield curve would have had on the portfolio at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Based on historical observations, there is a low probability that all interest rate yield curves would shift in the same direction at the same time. Furthermore, in recent months interest rate movements in many credit sectors have exhibited a much lower correlation to changes in U.S. Treasury yields. Accordingly, the actual effect of interest rate movements may differ materially from the amounts set forth below. For further discussion on investment activity, please refer to "—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Condition—Investable Assets"

 
  Interest Rate Shift in Basis Points  
(U.S. dollars in millions)
  -100   -50   0   50   100  

December 31, 2008:

                               

Total market value

  $ 10,018.4   $ 9,850.9   $ 9,659.9   $ 9,499.7   $ 9,330.2  

Market value change from base

    3.71 %   1.98 %       (1.66 )%   (3.41 )%

Change in unrealized value

  $ 358.5   $ 191.0       $ (160.2 ) $ (329.7 )

December 31, 2007:

                               

Total market value

  $ 10,048.9   $ 9,885.3   $ 9,725.0   $ 9,565.4   $ 9,409.6  

Market value change from base

    3.33 %   1.65 %       (1.64 )%   (3.24 )%

Change in unrealized value

  $ 323.9   $ 160.3       $ (159.6 ) $ (315.4 )

        In addition, we consider the effect of credit spread movements on the market value of our fixed maturities, fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, short-term investments and certain of our other investments and investment funds accounted for using the equity method which invest in fixed income securities and the corresponding change in unrealized appreciation. As credit spreads widen, the market value of our fixed income securities falls, and the converse is also true. The

121


Table of Contents


following table summarizes the effect that an immediate, parallel shift in credit spreads in a static interest rate environment would have had on the portfolio at December 31, 2008:

 
  Credit Spread Shift in Basis Points  
(U.S. dollars in millions)
  -100   -50   0   50   100  

December 31, 2008:

                               

Total market value

  $ 9,868.6   $ 9,764.2   $ 9,659.9   $ 9,555.6   $ 9,451.2  

Market value change from base

    2.16 %   1.08 %       (1.08 )%   (2.16 )%

Change in unrealized value

  $ 208.7   $ 104.3       $ (104.3 ) $ (208.7 )

        Another method that attempts to measure portfolio risk is Value-at-Risk ("VaR"). VaR attempts to take into account a broad cross-section of risks facing a portfolio by utilizing relevant securities volatility data skewed towards the most recent months and quarters. VaR measures the amount of a portfolio at risk for outcomes 1.65 standard deviations from the mean based on normal market conditions over a one year time horizon and is expressed as a percentage of the portfolio's initial value. In other words, 95% of the time, should the risks taken into account in the VaR model perform per their historical tendencies, the portfolio's loss in any one year period is expected to be less than or equal to the calculated VaR, stated as a percentage of the measured portfolio's initial value. As of December 31, 2008, our portfolio's VaR was estimated to be 8.49%, compared to an estimated 3.73% at December 31, 2007, and reflected the significant increase in volatility in 2008.

        Privately Held Securities and Equity Securities.     Our investment portfolio includes an allocation to privately held securities and equity securities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the market value of our investments privately held securities and equity securities (excluding our investment in Aeolus LP which is accounted for using the equity method) totaled $8.8 million and $105.3 million, respectively. These securities are exposed to price risk, which is the potential loss arising from decreases in market value. An immediate hypothetical 10% depreciation in the value of each position would reduce the market value of such investments by approximately $0.9 million and $10.5 million at December 31 2008 and 2007, respectively, and would have decreased book value per common share by approximately $0.01 and $0.16, respectively.

        Investment-Related Derivatives.     We began to invest in certain derivative instruments in 2006 to replicate investment positions and to manage market exposures and duration risk. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional value of the net long position for equity futures was nil and $91.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the notional value of the net long position for Treasury note futures was $556.3 million, compared to $61.7 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the notional value of the net long position for U.K. and German government futures was approximately $363.3 million (at December 31, 2008 foreign currency rates). A 10% depreciation of the underlying exposure to these derivative instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have resulted in a reduction in net income of approximately $92.0 million and $15.3 million, respectively, and would have decreased book value per common share by $1.52 and $0.23, respectively.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        Foreign currency rate risk is the potential change in value, income and cash flow arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. A 10% depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against other currencies under our outstanding contracts at December 31, 2008 and 2007, net of unrealized appreciation on our securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, would have resulted in unrealized gains of approximately $4.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, and would have increased book value per common share by approximately $0.08 and $0.19, respectively. A 10% appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against other currencies under our outstanding contracts at December 31, 2008 and 2007, net of unrealized depreciation on our securities denominated in

122


Table of Contents


currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, would have resulted in unrealized losses of approximately $4.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, and would have decreased book value per common share by approximately $0.08 and $0.19, respectively. Historical observations indicate a low probability that all foreign currency exchange rates would shift against the U.S. Dollar in the same direction and at the same time and, accordingly, the actual effect of foreign currency rate movements may differ materially from the amounts set forth above. For further discussion on foreign exchange activity, please refer to "—Results of Operations."

Effects of Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses and interest rates. The potential exists, after a catastrophe loss, for the development of inflationary pressures in a local economy. The anticipated effects of inflation on us are considered in our catastrophe loss models. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known until claims are ultimately settled.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Reference is made to the information appearing above under the subheading "Market Sensitive Instruments and Risk Management" under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        See our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and required financial statement schedules commencing on page F-1.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        In connection with the filing of this Form 10-K, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation, as of December 31, 2008, for the purposes set forth in the applicable rules under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

        We continue to enhance our operating procedures and internal controls (including the timely and successful implementation of our information technology initiatives, which include the implementation of improved computerized systems and programs to replace and support manual systems, and including controls over financial reporting) to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting requirements. Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. As a result of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include

123


Table of Contents


the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As a result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework .

        Based on our assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page F-2.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

        There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting that occurred in connection with our evaluation required pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

124


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information to be included in our definitive proxy statement ("Proxy Statement") for our annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2008, which we intend to file with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A. Copies of our code of ethics applicable to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller are available free of charge to investors upon written request addressed to the attention of ACGL's corporate secretary, Wessex House, 45 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda. In addition, our code of ethics and certain other basic corporate documents, including the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee are posted on our website. If any substantive amendments are made to the code of ethics or if there is a grant of a waiver, including any implicit waiver, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K, to the extent required by applicable law or the rules and regulations of any exchange applicable to us. Our website address is intended to be an inactive, textual reference only and none of the material on our website is incorporated by reference into this report.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information to be included in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC before April 30, 2009, which Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        Other than the information set forth below, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information to be included in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC before April 30, 2009, which Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.


SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

        In October 2001, we adopted the Long Term Incentive Plan for New Employees ("New Employee Plan") to provide incentives to attract and motivate new hires in connection with the launch of our underwriting initiative. A total of 3,634,170 of such share awards were granted under the New Employee Plan. The New Employee Plan was not approved by our shareholders and was subsequently terminated in 2002, although a total of 1,360,380 share awards remain outstanding under the New Employee Plan as of December 31, 2008. For information about our equity compensation plans, see note 13, "Share Capital," of the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements.

125


Table of Contents

        The following information is as of December 31, 2008:

Plan category
  Number of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options(1),
warrants and rights
(a)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options(1),
warrants and
rights
(b)
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column(a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    4,183,377   $ 36.44     2,803,663  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    1,360,380   $ 22.15      
               

Total

    5,543,757   $ 32.93     2,803,663  
                 

(1)
Includes all vested and unvested options outstanding of 5,131,135 and restricted stock units outstanding of 412,622.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information to be included in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC before April 30, 2009, which Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information to be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC before April 30, 2009, which Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

126


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        Financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index to our financial statements schedules on page F-1 are filed as part of this report, and are included in Item 8.


EXHIBITS

        The exhibits listed in the accompanying exhibit index on page E-1 are filed as part of this report.

127


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.
(Registrant)

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CONSTANTINE IORDANOU

Name: Constantine Iordanou
Title:
President & Chief Executive Officer

March 2, 2009

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ CONSTANTINE IORDANOU

Constantine Iordanou
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 2, 2009

/s/ JOHN D. VOLLARO

John D. Vollaro

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 2, 2009

*

Paul B. Ingrey

 

Chairman and Director

 

March 2, 2009

*

Wolfe "Bill" H. Bragin

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

*

John L. Bunce. Jr.

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

*

Sean D. Carney

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

*

Kewsong Lee

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

128


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

James J. Meenaghan
  Director   March 2, 2009

*

John M. Pasquesi

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

*

Robert F. Works

 

Director

 

March 2, 2009

*
By John D. Vollaro, as attorney-in-fact and agent, pursuant to a power of attorney, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 24 to this report.
/s/ JOHN D. VOLLARO

Name: John D. Vollaro
Attorney-in-Fact
       

129


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

 
   
  Pages

Arch Capital Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-2
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007

 
F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
F-6
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
F-7
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
F-8
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-9

Schedules

   
 

I.

 

Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties at December 31, 2008

 
S-1
 

II.

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 
S-2
 

III.

 

Supplementary Insurance Information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
S-5
 

IV.

 

Reinsurance for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 
S-6
 

VI.

 

Supplementary Information for Property and Casualty Underwriters

 
S-7

        Schedules other than those listed above are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable.

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Arch Capital Group Ltd.:

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Arch Capital Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 2, 2009

F-3


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  

Assets

             

Investments:

             

Fixed maturities available for sale, at market value (amortized cost: 2008, $8,314,615; 2007, $7,037,272)

  $ 8,122,221   $ 7,137,998  

Short-term investments available for sale, at market value (amortized cost: 2008, $478,088; 2007, $700,262)

    479,586     699,036  

Investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value (amortized cost: 2008, $750,330; 2007, $1,503,723)

    730,194     1,503,723  

Other investments (cost: 2008, $125,858; 2007, $323,950)

    109,601     353,694  

Investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    301,027     235,975  
           

Total investments

    9,742,629     9,930,426  

Cash

    251,739     239,915  

Accrued investment income

    78,052     73,862  

Investment in joint venture (cost: 2008, $100,000)

    98,341      

Fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value

    728,065     1,463,045  

Premiums receivable

    628,951     729,628  

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,729,135     1,609,619  

Paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    63,294     132,289  

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

    303,707     480,462  

Deferred income tax assets, net

    60,192     57,051  

Deferred acquisition costs, net

    295,192     290,059  

Receivable for securities sold

    105,073     17,359  

Other assets

    532,175     600,552  
           

Total Assets

  $ 14,616,545   $ 15,624,267  
           

Liabilities

             

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

  $ 7,666,957   $ 7,092,452  

Unearned premiums

    1,526,682     1,765,881  

Reinsurance balances payable

    138,509     301,309  

Senior notes

    300,000     300,000  

Revolving credit agreement borrowings

    100,000      

Securities lending payable

    753,528     1,503,723  

Payable for securities purchased

    123,309     23,155  

Other liabilities

    574,595     601,936  
           

Total Liabilities

    11,183,580     11,588,456  
           

Commitments and Contingencies

             

Shareholders' Equity

             

Non-cumulative preferred shares ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, issued: 13,000,000)

    130     130  

Common shares ($0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, issued: 2008, 60,511,974; 2007, 67,318,466)

    605     673  

Additional paid-in capital

    994,585     1,451,667  

Retained earnings

    2,693,239     2,428,117  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax

    (255,594 )   155,224  
           

Total Shareholders' Equity

    3,432,965     4,035,811  
           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

  $ 14,616,545   $ 15,624,267  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Revenues

                   

Net premiums written

  $ 2,805,726   $ 2,901,936   $ 3,017,418  

Decrease in unearned premiums

    39,728     42,714     64,247  
               

Net premiums earned

    2,845,454     2,944,650     3,081,665  

Net investment income

    468,080     463,241     377,534  

Net realized gains (losses)

    (185,101 )   28,141     (19,437 )

Fee income

    4,706     7,536     9,814  

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    (178,608 )   (171 )   2,671  

Other income

    12,282     9,048     431  
               

Total revenues

    2,966,813     3,452,445     3,452,678  
               

Expenses

                   

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,848,744     1,644,170     1,790,549  

Acquisition expenses

    490,509     480,531     543,911  

Other operating expenses

    395,802     388,138     332,302  

Interest expense

    23,838     22,093     22,090  

Net foreign exchange (gains) losses

    (96,585 )   43,969     23,933  
               

Total expenses

    2,662,308     2,578,901     2,712,785  
               

Income before income taxes

    304,505     873,544     739,893  

Income taxes:

                   

Current tax expense

    23,160     21,002     18,405  

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    (9,621 )   (5,401 )   8,274  
               

Income tax expense

    13,539     15,601     26,679  
               

Net income

    290,966     857,943     713,214  

Preferred dividends

    25,844     25,844     20,655  
               

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 265,122   $ 832,099   $ 692,559  
               

Net income per common share data

                   

Basic

  $ 4.27   $ 11.72   $ 9.46  

Diluted

  $ 4.09   $ 11.28   $ 9.08  

Weighted average common shares and common share equivalents outstanding

                   

Basic

    62,101,203     70,995,672     73,212,432  

Diluted

    64,789,052     73,762,419     76,246,725  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    130     130      

Series A preferred shares issued

            80  

Series B preferred shares issued

            50  
               

Balance at end of year

    130     130     130  
               

Common Shares

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    673     743     733  

Common shares issued, net

    6     8     10  

Purchases of common shares under share repurchase program

    (74 )   (78 )    
               

Balance at end of year

    605     673     743  
               

Additional Paid-in Capital

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    1,451,667     1,944,304     1,595,440  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for unearned stock grant compensation

            (9,646 )

Series A non-cumulative preferred shares issued

            193,377  

Series B non-cumulative preferred shares issued

            120,881  

Common shares issued

    4,507     2,577     379  

Exercise of stock options

    23,812     18,599     27,578  

Common shares retired

    (515,325 )   (539,384 )   (1,657 )

Amortization of share-based compensation

    30,277     24,605     17,259  

Other

    (353 )   966     693  
               

Balance at end of year

    994,585     1,451,667     1,944,304  
               

Deferred Compensation Under Share Award Plan

                   

Balance at beginning of year

            (9,646 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for unearned stock grant compensation

            9,646  
               

Balance at end of year

             
               

Retained Earnings

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    2,428,117     1,593,907     901,348  

Adjustment to adopt SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140"

        2,111      
               

Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted

    2,428,117     1,596,018     901,348  

Dividends declared on preferred shares

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (20,655 )

Net income

    290,966     857,943     713,214  
               

Balance at end of year

    2,693,239     2,428,117     1,593,907  
               

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    155,224     51,535     (7,348 )

Adjustment to adopt SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140"

        (2,111 )    
               

Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted

    155,224     49,424     (7,348 )

Change in unrealized appreciation (decline) in value of investments, net of deferred income tax

    (375,278 )   92,657     61,205  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred income tax

    (35,540 )   13,143     (2,322 )
               

Balance at end of year

    (255,594 )   155,224     51,535  
               

Total Shareholders' Equity

  $ 3,432,965   $ 4,035,811   $ 3,590,619  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                   

Net income

  $ 290,966   $ 857,943   $ 713,214  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax

                   
 

Unrealized appreciation (decline) in value of investments:

                   
   

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during year

    (582,243 )   134,783     39,690  
   

Reclassification of net realized (gains) losses, net of income taxes, included in net income

    206,965     (42,126 )   21,515  
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (35,540 )   13,143     (2,322 )
               
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (410,818 )   105,800     58,883  
               

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  $ (119,852 ) $ 963,743   $ 772,097  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Operating Activities

                   

Net income

  $ 290,966   $ 857,943   $ 713,214  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Net realized (gains) losses

    189,914     (27,912 )   21,056  
   

Equity in net (income) loss of investment funds accounted for using the equity method and other income

    166,610     (8,877 )   (3,102 )
   

Share-based compensation

    30,277     24,605     17,259  
   

Changes in:

                   
     

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    658,501     569,490     847,826  
     

Unearned premiums, net of prepaid reinsurance premiums

    (42,029 )   (36,775 )   (55,472 )
     

Premiums receivable

    8,031     24,414     (77,059 )
     

Deferred acquisition costs, net

    (9,626 )   997     26,358  
     

Reinsurance balances payable

    (153,882 )   (3,933 )   151,228  
     

Other liabilities

    (81,353 )   25,961     27,250  
     

Other items, net

    81,689     10,543     (59,602 )
               

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

    1,139,098     1,436,456     1,608,956  
               

Investing Activities

                   

Purchases of fixed maturity investments

    (17,707,833 )   (20,454,932 )   (15,728,141 )

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity investments

    16,471,366     18,919,430     13,860,575  

Proceeds from redemptions and maturities of fixed maturity investments

    582,346     644,047     513,982  

Purchases of other investments

    (480,417 )   (542,615 )   (241,703 )

Proceeds from sale of other investments

    460,178     204,026     15,192  

Investment in joint venture

    (100,000 )        

Net sales (purchases) of short-term investments

    92,053     285,310     (245,005 )

Change in investment of securities lending collateral

    750,195     (612,347 )   2,003  

Purchases of furniture, equipment and other assets

    (9,501 )   (27,996 )   (13,240 )
               

Net Cash Provided By (Used For) Investing Activities

    58,387     (1,585,077 )   (1,836,337 )
               

Financing Activities

                   

Purchases of common shares under share repurchase program

    (513,130 )   (537,066 )    

Proceeds from common shares issued, net

    21,881     13,498     19,683  

Revolving credit agreement borrowings

    100,000          

Proceeds from preferred shares issued, net of issuance costs

            314,388  

Change in securities lending collateral

    (750,195 )   612,347     (2,003 )

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    2,476     4,923     5,448  

Preferred dividends paid

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (17,353 )
               

Net Cash Provided By (Used For) Financing Activities

    (1,164,812 )   67,858     320,163  
               

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash

    (20,849 )   3,661     1,758  
               

Increase (decrease) in cash

    11,824     (77,102 )   94,540  

Cash beginning of year

    239,915     317,017     222,477  
               

Cash end of year

  $ 251,739   $ 239,915   $ 317,017  
               

Income taxes paid, net

  $ 11,363   $ 3,863   $ 43,967  
               

Interest paid

  $ 23,785   $ 22,050   $ 22,050  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization

        Arch Capital Group Ltd. ("ACGL") is a Bermuda public limited liability company which provides insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis through its wholly owned subsidiaries.

        ACGL was formed in September 2000 and became the sole shareholder of Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. ("Arch-U.S.") pursuant to an internal reorganization transaction completed in November 2000, as described below. Arch-U.S. is a Delaware company formed in March 1995 under the original name of "Risk Capital Holdings, Inc." Prior to May 5, 2000, Arch-U.S. provided reinsurance and other forms of capital for insurance companies through its wholly owned subsidiary, Arch Reinsurance Company ("Arch Re U.S."), a Nebraska corporation formed in 1995 under the original name of "Risk Capital Reinsurance Company."

        On May 5, 2000, Arch-U.S. sold the prior reinsurance operations of Arch Re U.S. to White Mountains Reinsurance Company of America ("WTM Re"), formerly known as Folksamerica Reinsurance Company, in an asset sale, but retained its surplus and U.S.-licensed reinsurance platform. The WTM Re transaction was structured as a transfer and assumption agreement (and not reinsurance) and, accordingly, the loss reserves (and any related reinsurance recoverables) related to the transferred business are not included in the Company's balance sheet. However, in the event that WTM Re refuses or is unable to make payment of claims on the reinsurance business assumed by it in the May 2000 sale and the notice given to reinsureds is found not to be an effective release by such reinsureds, Arch Re U.S. would be liable for such claims (see Note 11). On November 8, 2000, following the approval of Arch-U.S.'s shareholders, Arch-U.S. completed an internal reorganization that resulted in Arch-U.S. becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of ACGL.

        In October 2001, the Company launched an underwriting initiative to meet current and future demand in the global insurance and reinsurance markets that included the recruitment of new management teams and an equity capital infusion of $763.2 million.

        As used herein, the "Company" means ACGL and its subsidiaries, except when referring to periods prior to November 8, 2000, when it means Arch-U.S. and its subsidiaries. Similarly, "Common Shares" means the common shares, par value $0.01, of ACGL, except when referring to periods prior to November 8, 2000, when it means the common stock of Arch-U.S.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and include the accounts of ACGL, Arch Reinsurance Ltd. ("Arch Re Bermuda"), Arch Re U.S., Arch-U.S., Arch Insurance Company, Arch Specialty Insurance Company, Arch Excess & Surplus Insurance Company, Arch Indemnity Insurance Company (formerly known as Western Diversified Casualty Insurance Company), Arch Risk Transfer Services Ltd., Arch Insurance Company (Europe) Limited ("Arch Insurance Europe") and Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited ("Arch Re Europe"). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

F-9


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Insurance premiums written are generally recorded at the policy inception and are primarily earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies for all products, usually 12 months. Premiums written include estimates in the Company's programs, aviation, construction and surety and collateral protection business and for participation in involuntary pools. Such premium estimates are derived from multiple sources which include the historical experience of the underlying business, similar business and available industry information. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that relates to the unexpired terms of in-force insurance policies.

        Reinsurance premiums written include amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies, supplemented by the Company's own estimates of premiums where reports have not been received or in cases where the amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies are adjusted to reflect management's best judgments and expectations. Premium estimates are derived from multiple sources which include the Company's underwriters, the historical experience of the underlying business, similar business and available industry information. Premiums written are recorded based on the type of contracts the Company writes. Premiums on the Company's excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance contracts are estimated when the business is underwritten. For excess of loss contracts, the minimum premium, as defined in the contract, is generally recorded as an estimate of premiums written as of the inception date of the treaty. Estimates of premiums written under pro rata contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks are expected to incept and are based on information provided by the brokers and the ceding companies. For multi-year reinsurance treaties which are payable in annual installments, generally, only the initial annual installment is included as premiums written at policy inception due to the ability of the reinsured to commute or cancel coverage during the term of the policy. The remaining annual installments are included as premiums written at each successive anniversary date within the multi-year term.

        Reinstatement premiums for the Company's insurance and reinsurance operations are recognized at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the contract are reinstated under pre-defined contract terms. Reinstatement premiums, if obligatory, are fully earned when recognized. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on an estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses, which reflects management's judgment.

        Premium estimates are reviewed by management at least quarterly. Such review includes a comparison of actual reported premiums to expected ultimate premiums along with a review of the aging and collection of premium estimates. Based on management's review, the appropriateness of the premium estimates is evaluated, and any adjustment to these estimates is recorded in the period in which it becomes known. Adjustments to premium estimates could be material and such adjustments could directly and significantly impact earnings favorably or unfavorably in the period they are determined because the estimated premium may be fully or substantially earned. A significant portion of amounts included as premiums receivable, which represent estimated premiums written, net of commissions, are not currently due based on the terms of the underlying contracts.

        Reinsurance premiums assumed, irrespective of the class of business, are generally earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a "losses occurring" basis cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months. Accordingly, the premium is earned evenly over the term. Contracts which are written on a "risks attaching" basis cover claims which attach to the underlying

F-10


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period.

        Certain of the Company's reinsurance contracts include provisions that adjust premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the experience under the contracts. Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses, are recorded based upon the projected experience under such contracts.

        The Company also writes certain business that is intended to provide insurers with risk management solutions that complement traditional reinsurance. Under these contracts, the Company assumes a measured amount of insurance risk in exchange for an anticipated margin, which is typically lower than on traditional reinsurance contracts. The terms and conditions of these contracts may include additional or return premiums based on loss experience, loss corridors, sublimits and caps. Examples of such business include aggregate stop-loss coverages, financial quota share coverages and multi-year retrospectively rated excess of loss coverages. If these contracts are deemed to transfer risk, they are accounted for as reinsurance.

        Acquisition expenses and other expenses that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of business related to the Company's underwriting operations are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Acquisition expenses, net of ceding commissions received from unaffiliated reinsurers, consist principally of commissions, brokerage and taxes paid to obtain the Company's business. Other operating expenses also include expenses that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of business. Deferred acquisition costs, which are based on the related unearned premiums, are carried at their estimated realizable value and take into account anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, based on historical and current experience, and anticipated investment income. A premium deficiency occurs if the sum of anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, unamortized acquisition costs and maintenance costs and anticipated investment income exceed unearned premiums. A premium deficiency is recorded by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required in order to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency exceeds unamortized acquisition costs then a liability is accrued for the excess deficiency. No significant premium deficiency charges were recorded by the Company during 2008, 2007 or 2006.

        Certain assumed reinsurance contracts, which pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113 ("SFAS No. 113"), "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts," issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), are deemed not to transfer insurance risk, are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting as prescribed in Statement of Position 98-7 ("SOP 98-7"), "Deposit Accounting: Accounting for Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts That Do Not Transfer Insurance Risk." However, it is possible that the Company could incur financial losses on such contracts. Management exercises significant judgment in the assumptions used in determining whether assumed contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts under SFAS No. 113 or deposit insurance contracts under SOP 98-7. Under SOP 98-7, for those contracts that contain an element of underwriting risk, the estimated profit margin is deferred and amortized over the contract period and such amount is included in the Company's underwriting results. When the estimated profit margin is explicit, the margin is reflected as fee income and any

F-11


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

adverse financial results on such contracts are reflected as incurred losses. When the estimated profit margin is implicit, the margin is reflected as an offset to paid losses and any adverse financial results on such contracts are reflected as incurred losses. For those contracts that do not transfer an element of underwriting risk, the projected profit is reflected in earnings over the estimated settlement period using the interest method and such profit is included in investment income. Additional judgments are required when applying the accounting guidance set forth in SOP 98-7 with respect to the revenue recognition criteria for contracts deemed not to transfer insurance risk. Deposit accounting liabilities, which totaled $39.8 million and $43.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are included in "Other liabilities" on the Company's balance sheet.

        Retroactive reinsurance reimburses a ceding company for liabilities incurred as a result of past insurable events covered by the underlying policies reinsured. In certain instances, reinsurance contracts cover losses both on a prospective basis and on a retroactive basis and, accordingly, the Company bifurcates the prospective and retrospective elements of these reinsurance contracts and accounts for each element separately. Underwriting income generated in connection with retroactive reinsurance contracts is deferred and amortized into income over the settlement period while losses are charged to income immediately. Subsequent changes in estimated or actual cash flows under such retroactive reinsurance contracts are accounted for by adjusting the previously deferred amount to the balance that would have existed had the revised estimate been available at the inception of the reinsurance transaction, with a corresponding charge or credit to income.

        In the normal course of business, the Company purchases reinsurance to increase capacity and to limit the impact of individual losses and events on its underwriting results by reinsuring certain levels of risk with other insurance enterprises or reinsurers. The Company uses pro rata, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance ceding commissions are recognized as income on a pro rata basis over the period of risk. The portion of such commissions that will be earned in the future is deferred and reported as a reduction to acquisition costs. The accompanying consolidated statement of income reflects premiums and losses and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition costs, net of reinsurance ceded (see Note 4). Ceded unearned premiums are reported as prepaid reinsurance premiums and estimated amounts of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses are reported as unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable. Reinsurance premiums ceded and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable are estimated in a manner consistent with that of the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. To the extent that any reinsurer does not meet its obligations under reinsurance agreements, the Company must discharge the liability.

        Cash includes cash equivalents, which are investments with original maturities of three months or less that are not managed by external or internal investment advisors.

F-12


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company currently classifies all of its fixed maturity investments and short-term investments as "available for sale" and, accordingly, they are carried at estimated market value. The market value of fixed maturity securities is generally determined from quotations received from nationally recognized pricing services, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Short-term investments comprise securities due to mature within one year of the date of issue. Short-term investments include certain cash equivalents which are part of investment portfolios under the management of external and internal investment managers.

        The Company participates in a securities lending program as a mechanism for generating additional interest income on its fixed income portfolio. Under the security lending agreements, certain of its fixed income portfolio securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms, for short periods of time through a lending agent. Such securities have been reclassified as "Fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value." The Company maintains control over the securities it lends, retains the earnings and cash flows associated with the loaned securities and receives a fee from the borrower for the temporary use of the securities. Collateral received, primarily in the form of cash, is required at a rate of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities (or 105% of the market value of the loaned securities when the collateral and loaned securities are denominated in non-U.S. currencies) including accrued investment income and is monitored and maintained by the lending agent. Such collateral is reinvested and is reflected as "Investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value."

        The Company's investment portfolio includes certain funds that invest in fixed maturity securities which, due to their ownership structure, are accounted for by the Company using the equity method. In applying the equity method, these investments are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently adjusted based on the Company's proportionate share of the net income or loss of the funds (which include changes in the market value of the underlying securities in the funds). Such investments are generally recorded on a one month lag with some investments reported for on a three month lag. Changes in the carrying value of such investments are recorded in net income as "Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method" while changes in the carrying value of the Company's other fixed income investments are recorded as an unrealized gain or loss component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. As such, fluctuations in the carrying value of the investment funds accounted for using the equity method may increase the volatility of the Company's reported results of operations.

        Other investments include (i) mutual funds which invest in fixed maturity securities and (ii) privately held securities and other which include the Company's investment in Aeolus LP (see Note 10). Investments in equity securities are carried at estimated market value in accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS No. 115"). The estimated market value of investments in privately held securities, other than those carried under the equity method, are initially valued based upon transaction price and then adjusted upwards or downwards from the transaction price to reflect expected exit values.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 115, FASB Staff Position Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments" and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 59, "Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," the Company reviews its

F-13


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


investments each quarter to determine whether a decline in market value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. The Company's process for identifying declines in the market value of investments that are other-than-temporary involves consideration of several factors. These factors include (i) the length of the time and the extent to which the market value has been below amortized cost, (ii) an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer and (iii) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Where the Company's analysis of the above factors results in the conclusion that declines in market values are other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the securities is written down to market value and the write-down is reflected as a realized loss. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment on fixed maturities (other than credit-related impairments), the Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment. The discount or reduced premium recorded for the fixed maturities, based on the new cost basis, is accreted or amortized over the remaining life of the fixed maturities into net investment income, as discussed below.

        Under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), as amended on January 1, 2001, all derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivative instruments, are required to be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measured at market value. The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the market value of a derivative and the effect on the consolidated financial statements depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the market value of the asset or liability hedged. The Company's investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments. Derivative instruments may be used to enhance investment performance, replicate investment positions or manage market exposures and duration risk that would be allowed under the Company's investment guidelines if implemented in other ways. Pursuant to SFAS No. 133, these instruments, which have no hedging designation, are recognized as assets and liabilities in the Company's balance sheet at market value and changes in market value are included in net realized gains and losses in its results of operations.

        Net investment income includes interest and dividend income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts and is net of investment management and custody fees. Anticipated prepayments and expected maturities are used in applying the interest method for certain investments such as mortgage and other asset-backed securities. When actual prepayments differ significantly from anticipated prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments. The net investment in such securities is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the acquisition of the security. Such adjustments, if any, are included in net investment income when determined. Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method includes changes in the market value of certain alternative investments accounted for under the equity method.

        Investment gains or losses realized on the sale of investments are determined on a first-in, first-out basis and are reflected in net income. Unrealized appreciation or decline in the value of securities, which are carried at market value, is excluded from net income and recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income, net of applicable deferred income tax.

F-14


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses consists of estimates of unpaid reported losses and loss adjustment expenses and estimates for losses incurred but not reported. The reserve for unpaid reported losses and loss adjustment expenses, established by management based on reports from ceding companies and claims from insureds, excludes estimates of amounts due from insureds related to losses under high deductible policies, and represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to or specifically identified by the Company. Such reserves are supplemented by management's estimates of reserves for losses incurred for which reports or claims have not been received. Since the Company has limited historical experience upon which to base such estimates, the estimates are primarily determined based upon industry experience, information used in pricing contracts and policies and management's judgment. The Company's reserving method, to a large extent, has been the expected loss method, which is commonly applied when limited loss experience exists. The Company selects the initial expected loss and loss adjustment expense ratios based on information derived by its underwriters and actuaries during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data where appropriate. Such ratios consider, among other things, rate changes and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are reflected in income in the period in which they are determined. As actual loss information has been reported, the Company has developed its own loss experience and its reserving methods include other actuarial techniques. Over time, such techniques will be given more weight in its reserving process based on the continuing maturation of the Company's reserves. Inherent in the estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency and other factors which may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Losses and loss adjustment expenses are recorded on an undiscounted basis, except for excess workers' compensation and employers' liability business written by the Company's insurance operations.

        Assets and liabilities of foreign operations whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated at the prevailing exchange rates at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses of such foreign operations are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The net effect of the translation adjustments for foreign operations, net of applicable deferred income taxes, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Monetary assets and liabilities, such as premiums receivable and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, denominated in foreign currencies are revalued at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date with the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income. Accounts that are classified as non-monetary, such as deferred acquisition costs and the unearned premium reserves, are not revalued. In the case of foreign currency denominated fixed maturity securities which are classified as "available for sale," the change in exchange rates between the local currency and the Company's functional currency at each balance sheet date is included in unrealized appreciation or decline in value of securities, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

F-15


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Deferred income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that some or all of a deferred tax asset may not be realized. The Company considers future taxable income and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. In the event the Company determines that it will not be able to realize all or part of its deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax assets would be charged to income in the period in which such determination is made. In addition, if the Company subsequently assesses that the valuation allowance is no longer needed, a benefit would be recorded to income in the period in which such determination is made.

        The Company recognizes a tax benefit where it concludes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. If the recognition threshold is met, the Company recognizes a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in the Company's judgment, is greater than 50% likely to be realized. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

        The calculation of basic earnings per common share excludes dilutive securities and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of Common

F-16


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Shares, including vested restricted shares, outstanding for the periods. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
  2008   2007   2006  

Basic Earnings Per Common Share:

                   

Net income

  $ 290,966   $ 857,943   $ 713,214  

Preferred dividends

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (20,655 )
               

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 265,122   $ 832,099   $ 692,559  

Divided by:

                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    62,101,203     70,995,672     73,212,432  
               

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 4.27   $ 11.72   $ 9.46  
               

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share:

                   

Net income

  $ 290,966   $ 857,943   $ 713,214  

Preferred dividends

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (20,655 )
               

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 265,122   $ 832,099   $ 692,559  

Divided by:

                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    62,101,203     70,995,672     73,212,432  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   
 

Nonvested restricted shares

    263,806     180,143     483,703  
 

Stock options(1)

    2,424,043     2,586,604     2,550,590  
               

Total shares

    64,789,052     73,762,419     76,246,725  
               

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 4.09   $ 11.28   $ 9.08  
               

(1)
Certain stock options were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share where the exercise price of the stock options exceeded the average market price and would have been anti-dilutive or where, when applying the treasury stock method to in-the-money options, the sum of the proceeds, including unrecognized compensation, exceeded the average market price and would have been anti-dilutive. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the number of stock options excluded were 553,137, 258,946 and 888,172 respectively.

        Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS No. 123(R)"), using the modified prospective method of transition. Under the fair value method of accounting, compensation expense is estimated based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in net income over the requisite service period. Such compensation cost is reduced by assumed forfeitures and adjusted based on actual forfeitures until vesting. For awards granted to retirement-eligible employees where no service is required for the

F-17


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

employee to retain the award, the grant date fair value is immediately recognized as compensation cost at the grant date because the employee is able to retain the award without continuing to provide service. For employees near retirement eligibility, attribution of compensation cost is over the period from the grant date to the retirement eligibility date.

        Under the modified prospective approach, the fair value based method described in SFAS No. 123(R) is applied to new awards granted after January 1, 2006. Additionally, compensation expense for unvested stock options that are outstanding as of January 1, 2006 will be recognized in net income as the requisite service is rendered based on the grant date fair value of those options as previously calculated under pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"), as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure." Therefore, under the modified prospective method, compensation expense is recognized beginning with the effective date of adoption of SFAS No.123(R) for all stock option awards (i) granted after the effective date of adoption and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested on the date of adoption.

        The share-based compensation expense associated with stock options that have graded vesting features and vest based on service conditions only (i) granted after the effective date of adoption is calculated on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the related options and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested as of the date of adoption is calculated on a graded-vesting basis as prescribed under FASB Interpretation No. 28, "Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans—an interpretation of APB Opinions No. 15 and 25," over the remaining requisite service periods of the related options. These charges had no impact on the Company's cash flows or total shareholders' equity.

        As discussed above, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), which governs the accounting for share-based compensation. Under the fair value method of accounting pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), the fair value for restricted shares and units is measured by the grant-date price of the Company's shares. No value is attributed to awards that employees forfeit because they fail to satisfy vesting conditions. As such, the number of shares granted is reduced by assumed forfeitures and adjusted based on actual forfeitures until vesting. Such expense is amortized over the requisite service period of the related awards, which is generally the vesting period unless the employee is retirement-eligible.

        The share-based compensation expense associated with restricted share and unit awards that have graded vesting features and vest based on service conditions only (i) granted after the effective date of adoption is calculated on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the related awards and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested as of the date of adoption is calculated on a graded-vesting basis over the remaining requisite service periods of the related awards. These charges had no impact on the Company's cash flows or total shareholders' equity. See Note 13 for information relating to the Company's restricted share and unit awards.

F-18


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The goodwill and intangible assets of acquired businesses, which totaled $27.4 million and $28.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, is included in "Other assets" in the Company's balance sheet and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net tangible assets of the acquired businesses. The Company assesses whether goodwill and intangible assets are impaired by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill and intangible assets. The Company estimates the fair value of each reporting unit by using various methods, including a review of the estimated discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the reporting unit in the future. Such methods include a number of assumptions, including the uncertainty regarding future results and the discount rates used. If the reporting unit's fair value is greater than its carrying value, goodwill and intangible assets are not impaired. Impairment occurs when the implied fair value of a reporting unit's goodwill and intangible assets is less than its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill and intangible assets is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole. The Company conducts its impairment test annually. Additional impairment assessments may be performed on an interim basis if the Company encounters events or changes in circumstances indicating that more likely than not the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets has been impaired.

        Liabilities for guaranty fund and other related assessments in the Company's insurance and reinsurance operations are accrued when the Company receives notice that an amount is payable, or earlier if a reasonable estimate of the assessment can be made.

        The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior year information to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on the Company's net income, shareholders' equity or cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 141(R), "Business Combinations" ("SFAS No. 141R"). SFAS No. 141R replaces SFAS No. 141 and provides greater consistency in the accounting and financial reporting of business combinations. SFAS No. 141R requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction, establishes the acquisition date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed, establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired, and requires the acquirer to disclose the nature and financial effect of the business combination. Among other changes, SFAS No. 141R also requires that "negative goodwill" be recognized in earnings as a gain attributable to the acquisition, that acquisition-related costs are to be recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred and that any deferred tax benefits resulted in a business combination are recognized in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the

F-19


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—An amendment of ARB No. 51" ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, this statement requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest. This Statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations and financial position.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 161"). SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new standard also improves transparency about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in an entity's financial statements; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under Statement 133; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 161 will have a material impact on its disclosures.

        In January 2009, the FASB issued FSP 99-20-1, "Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20" ("FSP 99-20-1"). FSP 99-20-1 amends the impairment guidance in EITF Issue No.99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets," to achieve more consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. FSP 99-20-1 also retains and emphasizes the objective of an other than-temporary impairment assessment and the related disclosure requirements in FASB SFAS No. 115 and other related guidance. The FSP was effective for the Company for the 2008 fourth quarter. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

F-20


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information

        The Company classifies its businesses into two underwriting segments—insurance and reinsurance—and corporate and other (non-underwriting). The Company's insurance and reinsurance operating segments each have segment managers who are responsible for the overall profitability of their respective segments and who are directly accountable to the Company's chief operating decision makers, the President and Chief Executive Officer of ACGL and the Chief Financial Officer of ACGL. The chief operating decision makers do not assess performance, measure return on equity or make resource allocation decisions on a line of business basis. The Company determined its reportable operating segments using the management approach described in SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."

        Management measures segment performance based on underwriting income or loss. The Company does not manage its assets by segment and, accordingly, investment income is not allocated to each underwriting segment. In addition, other revenue and expense items are not evaluated by segment. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those used for the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements. Intersegment business is allocated to the segment accountable for the underwriting results.

        The insurance segment consists of the Company's insurance underwriting subsidiaries which primarily write on both an admitted and non-admitted basis. The insurance segment consists of nine product lines: casualty; construction and national accounts; executive assurance; healthcare; professional liability; programs; property, marine and aviation; surety; and other (consisting of collateral protection, excess workers' compensation and employers' liability business and travel and accident business).

        The reinsurance segment consists of the Company's reinsurance underwriting subsidiaries. The reinsurance segment generally seeks to write significant lines on specialty property and casualty reinsurance treaties. Classes of business include: casualty; marine and aviation; other specialty; property catastrophe; property excluding property catastrophe (losses on a single risk, both excess of loss and pro rata), including facultative business; and other (consisting of non-traditional and casualty clash business).

        Corporate and other (non-underwriting) includes net investment income, other fee income, net of related expenses, other income (loss), other expenses incurred by the Company, interest expense, net realized gains or losses, equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method, net foreign exchange gains or losses and income taxes. In addition, corporate and other results include dividends on the Company's non-cumulative preferred shares.

F-21


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information (Continued)

        The following tables set forth an analysis of the Company's underwriting results by segment, together with a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Insurance   Reinsurance   Total  

Gross premiums written(1)

  $ 2,490,919   $ 1,201,903   $ 3,669,076  

Net premiums written(1)

    1,657,603     1,148,123     2,805,726  

Net premiums earned(1)

  $ 1,675,089   $ 1,170,365   $ 2,845,454  

Fee income

    3,445     1,261     4,706  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (1,194,528 )   (654,216 )   (1,848,744 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (224,539 )   (265,970 )   (490,509 )

Other operating expenses

    (288,883 )   (78,421 )   (367,304 )
               

Underwriting income (loss)

  $ (29,416 ) $ 173,019     143,603  
                 

Net investment income

                468,080  

Net realized losses

                (185,101 )

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

                (178,608 )

Other income

                12,282  

Other expenses

                (28,498 )

Interest expense

                (23,838 )

Net foreign exchange gains

                96,585  
                   

Income before income taxes

                304,505  

Income tax expense

                (13,539 )
                   

Net income

               
290,966
 

Preferred dividends

                (25,844 )
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

              $ 265,122  
                   

Underwriting ratios

                   

Loss ratio

    71.3 %   55.9 %   65.0 %

Acquisition expense ratio(2)

    13.2 %   22.7 %   17.1 %

Other operating expense ratio

    17.2 %   6.7 %   12.9 %
               

Combined ratio

    101.7 %   85.3 %   95.0 %
               

(1)
Certain amounts included in the gross premiums written of each segment are related to intersegment transactions. Accordingly, the sum of gross premiums written for each segment does not agree to the total gross premiums written as shown in the table above due to the elimination of intersegment transactions in the total. The insurance segment and reinsurance segment results include $1.9 million and $21.8 million, respectively, of gross and net premiums written and $0.8 million and $29.9 million, respectively, of net premiums earned assumed through intersegment transactions.

(2)
The acquisition expense ratio is adjusted to include certain fee income.

F-22


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information (Continued)

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Insurance   Reinsurance   Total  

Gross premiums written(1)

  $ 2,660,302   $ 1,517,645   $ 4,140,143  

Net premiums written(1)

    1,717,548     1,184,388     2,901,936  

Net premiums earned(1)

  $ 1,702,343   $ 1,242,307   $ 2,944,650  

Fee income

    5,063     2,473     7,536  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (1,077,769 )   (566,401 )   (1,644,170 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (201,703 )   (278,828 )   (480,531 )

Other operating expenses

    (276,388 )   (81,059 )   (357,447 )
               

Underwriting income

  $ 151,546   $ 318,492     470,038  
                 

Net investment income

                463,241  

Net realized gains

                28,141  

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

                (171 )

Other income

                9,048  

Other expenses

                (30,691 )

Interest expense

                (22,093 )

Net foreign exchange losses

                (43,969 )
                   

Income before income taxes

                873,544  

Income tax expense

                (15,601 )
                   

Net income

               
857,943
 

Preferred dividends

                (25,844 )
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

              $ 832,099  
                   

Underwriting ratios

                   

Loss ratio

    63.3 %   45.6 %   55.8 %

Acquisition expense ratio(2)

    11.7 %   22.4 %   16.2 %

Other operating expense ratio

    16.2 %   6.5 %   12.1 %
               

Combined ratio

    91.2 %   74.5 %   84.1 %
               

(1)
Certain amounts included in the gross premiums written of each segment are related to intersegment transactions. Accordingly, the sum of gross premiums written for each segment does not agree to the total gross premiums written as shown in the table above due to the elimination of intersegment transactions in the total. The insurance segment and reinsurance segment results include $1.0 million and $36.8 million, respectively, of gross and net premiums written and $1.0 million and $40.3 million, respectively, of net premiums earned assumed through intersegment transactions.

(2)
The acquisition expense ratio is adjusted to include certain fee income.

F-23


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information (Continued)

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2006
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Insurance   Reinsurance   Total  

Gross premiums written(1)

  $ 2,624,757   $ 1,703,796   $ 4,282,449  

Net premiums written(1)

    1,652,056     1,365,362     3,017,418  

Net premiums earned(1)

  $ 1,600,854   $ 1,480,811   $ 3,081,665  

Fee income

    5,085     4,729     9,814  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (1,017,263 )   (773,286 )   (1,790,549 )

Acquisition expenses, net

    (175,740 )   (368,171 )   (543,911 )

Other operating expenses

    (249,637 )   (53,533 )   (303,170 )
               

Underwriting income

  $ 163,299   $ 290,550     453,849  
                 

Net investment income

                377,534  

Net realized losses

                (19,437 )

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

                2,671  

Other income

                431  

Other expenses

                (29,132 )

Interest expense

                (22,090 )

Net foreign exchange losses

                (23,933 )
                   

Income before income taxes

                739,893  

Income tax expense

                (26,679 )
                   

Net income

               
713,214
 

Preferred dividends

                (20,655 )
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

              $ 692,559  
                   

Underwriting ratios

                   

Loss ratio

    63.5 %   52.2 %   58.1 %

Acquisition expense ratio(2)

    10.8 %   24.9 %   17.5 %

Other operating expense ratio

    15.6 %   3.6 %   9.8 %
               

Combined ratio

    89.9 %   80.7 %   85.4 %
               

(1)
Certain amounts included in the gross premiums written of each segment are related to intersegment transactions. Accordingly, the sum of gross premiums written for each segment does not agree to the total gross premiums written as shown in the table above due to the elimination of intersegment transactions in the total. The insurance segment and reinsurance segment results include $1.0 million and $45.1 million, respectively, of gross and net premiums written and $1.9 million and $48.1 million, respectively, of net premiums earned assumed through intersegment transactions.

(2)
The acquisition expense ratio is adjusted to include certain fee income.

F-24


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information (Continued)

        The following tables set forth, for each of the Company's segments, net premiums written and earned by major line of business together with net premiums written by client and underwriting location:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
INSURANCE SEGMENT
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
 

Net premiums written(1)

                                     

Property, marine and aviation

  $ 334,635     20.2   $ 328,967     19.2   $ 320,928     19.4  

Programs

    270,449     16.3     235,793     13.7     225,653     13.7  

Professional liability

    246,891     14.9     269,479     15.7     276,081     16.7  

Construction and national accounts

    240,458     14.5     227,936     13.3     193,265     11.7  

Executive assurance

    193,602     11.7     185,351     10.8     193,694     11.8  

Casualty

    116,096     7.0     183,267     10.7     220,244     13.3  

Surety

    50,376     3.0     56,061     3.3     81,195     4.9  

Healthcare

    44,596     2.7     63,757     3.7     68,026     4.1  

Other(2)

    160,500     9.7     166,937     9.6     72,970     4.4  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

Net premiums earned(1)

                                     

Property, marine and aviation

  $ 333,777     19.9   $ 334,877     19.7   $ 291,119     18.2  

Programs

    257,110     15.3     231,012     13.6     224,841     14.0  

Professional liability

    256,192     15.3     268,225     15.8     253,109     15.8  

Construction and national accounts

    236,007     14.1     213,004     12.5     189,539     11.8  

Executive assurance

    181,333     10.8     184,154     10.8     193,295     12.1  

Casualty

    153,200     9.1     201,939     11.9     243,050     15.2  

Surety

    51,556     3.1     67,197     3.9     76,453     4.8  

Healthcare

    49,754     3.0     68,456     4.0     70,747     4.4  

Other(2)

    156,160     9.4     133,479     7.8     58,701     3.7  
                           

Total

  $ 1,675,089     100.0   $ 1,702,343     100.0   $ 1,600,854     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by client location(1)

                                     

United States

  $ 1,242,906     75.0   $ 1,323,376     77.1   $ 1,340,792     81.2  

Europe

    244,849     14.8     250,824     14.6     182,815     11.0  

Other

    169,848     10.2     143,348     8.3     128,449     7.8  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by underwriting location(1)

                                     

United States

  $ 1,236,712     74.6   $ 1,309,401     76.2   $ 1,297,974     78.6  

Europe

    342,021     20.6     330,746     19.3     269,128     16.3  

Other

    78,870     4.8     77,401     4.5     84,954     5.1  
                           

Total

  $ 1,657,603     100.0   $ 1,717,548     100.0   $ 1,652,056     100.0  
                           

(1)
Insurance segment results include net premiums written and earned of $1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, assumed through intersegment transactions for 2008, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for 2007 and $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for 2006. Insurance segment results exclude premiums written and earned of $21.8 million and $29.9 million, respectively, ceded through intersegment transactions for 2008, $36.8 million and $40.3 million, respectively, for 2007 and $45.1 million and $48.1 million, respectively, for 2006.

(2)
Includes excess workers' compensation, employers' liability business and travel and accident business.

F-25


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment Information (Continued)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
REINSURANCE SEGMENT
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
  Amount   % of
Total
 

Net premiums written(1)

                                     

Casualty(2)

  $ 347,198     30.2   $ 466,209     39.4   $ 591,219     43.3  

Property excluding property catastrophe(3)

    328,684     28.6     248,367     21.0     297,080     21.8  

Property catastrophe

    231,146     20.1     202,203     17.1     146,751     10.7  

Other specialty

    146,452     12.8     148,776     12.6     218,157     16.0  

Marine and aviation

    90,733     7.9     110,586     9.3     109,865     8.0  

Other

    3,910     0.4     8,247     0.6     2,290     0.2  
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

Net premiums earned(1)

                                     

Casualty(2)

  $ 415,983     35.5   $ 505,578     40.7   $ 668,086     45.1  

Property excluding property catastrophe(3)

    278,234     23.8     264,151     21.3     310,042     20.9  

Property catastrophe

    219,767     18.8     171,496     13.8     176,106     11.9  

Other specialty

    147,185     12.6     184,597     14.9     220,641     14.9  

Marine and aviation

    103,649     8.9     104,482     8.4     100,565     6.8  

Other

    5,547     0.4     12,003     0.9     5,371     0.4  
                           

Total

  $ 1,170,365     100.0   $ 1,242,307     100.0   $ 1,480,811     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written(1)

                                     

Pro rata

  $ 735,655     64.1   $ 803,352     67.8   $ 987,391     72.3  

Excess of loss

    412,468     35.9     381,036     32.2     377,971     27.7  
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

Net premiums earned(1)

                                     

Pro rata

  $ 763,128     65.2   $ 874,647     70.4   $ 1,121,329     75.7  

Excess of loss

    407,237     34.8     367,660     29.6     359,482     24.3  
                           

Total

  $ 1,170,365     100.0   $ 1,242,307     100.0   $ 1,480,811     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by client location(1)

                                     

United States

  $ 631,896     55.0   $ 688,841     58.2   $ 770,309     56.4  

Europe

    331,072     28.8     258,952     21.9     368,332     27.0  

Bermuda

    137,215     12.0     179,935     15.2     132,618     9.7  

Other

    47,940     4.2     56,660     4.7     94,103     6.9  
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

Net premiums written by underwriting location(1)

                                     

Bermuda

  $ 662,896     57.7   $ 691,782     58.4   $ 813,356     59.6  

United States

    419,805     36.6     471,551     39.8     552,006     40.4  

Other

    65,422     5.7     21,055     1.8          
                           

Total

  $ 1,148,123     100.0   $ 1,184,388     100.0   $ 1,365,362     100.0  
                           

(1)
Reinsurance segment results include net premiums written and earned of $21.8 million and $29.9 million, respectively, assumed through intersegment transactions for 2008, $36.8 million and $40.3 million, respectively, for 2007 and $45.1 million and $48.1 million, respectively, for 2006. Reinsurance segment results exclude premiums written and earned of $1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, ceded through intersegment transactions for 2008, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for 2007 and $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for 2006.

(2)
Includes professional liability, executive assurance and healthcare business.

(3)
Includes facultative business.

F-26


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Reinsurance

        In the normal course of business, the Company's insurance subsidiaries cede a substantial portion of their premium through pro rata, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance agreements. The Company's reinsurance subsidiaries participate in "common account" retrocessional arrangements for certain pro rata treaties. Such arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to all companies participating on such treaties, including the reinsurers, such as the Company's reinsurance subsidiaries, and the ceding company. In addition, the Company's reinsurance subsidiaries may purchase retrocessional coverage as part of their risk management program. Reinsurance recoverables are recorded as assets, predicated on the reinsurers' ability to meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements. If the reinsurers are unable to satisfy their obligations under the agreements, the Company's insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries would be liable for such defaulted amounts (see Note 11). The effects of reinsurance on the Company's written and earned premiums and losses and loss adjustment expenses with unaffiliated reinsurers were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  

Premiums Written

                   

Direct

  $ 2,385,807   $ 2,564,902   $ 2,572,936  

Assumed

    1,283,269     1,575,241     1,709,513  

Ceded

    (863,350 )   (1,238,207 )   (1,265,031 )
               

Net

  $ 2,805,726   $ 2,901,936   $ 3,017,418  
               

Premiums Earned

                   

Direct

  $ 2,479,271   $ 2,570,316   $ 2,480,885  

Assumed

    1,402,478     1,622,656     1,752,683  

Ceded

    (1,036,295 )   (1,248,322 )   (1,151,903 )
               

Net

  $ 2,845,454   $ 2,944,650   $ 3,081,665  
               

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

                   

Direct

  $ 1,717,158   $ 1,428,610   $ 1,595,006  

Assumed

    836,000     759,578     899,877  

Ceded

    (704,414 )   (544,018 )   (704,334 )
               

Net

  $ 1,848,744   $ 1,644,170   $ 1,790,549  
               

        The Company monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers and attempts to place coverages only with substantial, financially sound carriers. At December 31, 2008, approximately 88.5% of the Company's reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) of $1.79 billion were due from carriers which had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better and the largest reinsurance recoverables from any one carrier was less than 7.3% of the Company's total shareholders' equity. At December 31, 2007, approximately 88.5% of the Company's reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses (not including prepaid reinsurance premiums) of $1.74 billion were due from carriers which had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better, and the largest reinsurance recoverable from any one carrier was less than 5.2%, respectively, of the Company's total shareholders' equity.

F-27


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Reinsurance (Continued)

        On December 29, 2005, Arch Re Bermuda entered into a quota share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron Re Ltd. ("Flatiron"), a Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Flatiron assumed a 45% quota share (the "Treaty") of certain lines of property and marine business underwritten by Arch Re Bermuda for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years (January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2007). Effective June 28, 2006, the parties amended the Treaty to increase the percentage ceded to Flatiron from 45% to 70% of all covered business bound by Arch Re Bermuda from (and including) June 28, 2006 until (and including) August 15, 2006 provided such business did not incept beyond September 30, 2006. The ceding percentage for all business bound outside of this period continued to be 45%. On December 31, 2007, the Treaty expired by its terms. At December 31, 2008, $18.3 million of premiums ceded to Flatiron were unearned.

        Flatiron is required to contribute funds into a trust for the benefit of Arch Re Bermuda (the "Trust"). Effective June 28, 2006, the parties amended the Treaty to provide that, through the earning of all written premium, the amount required to be on deposit in the Trust, together with certain other amounts, will be an amount equal to a calculated amount estimated to cover ceded losses arising from in excess of two 1-in-250 year events for the applicable forward twelve-month period (the "Requisite Funded Amount"). If the actual amounts on deposit in the Trust, together with certain other amounts (the "Funded Amount"), do not at least equal the Requisite Funded Amount, Arch Re Bermuda will, among other things, recapture unearned premium reserves and reassume losses that would have been ceded in respect of such unearned premiums. No assurances can be given that actual losses will not exceed the Requisite Funded Amount or that Flatiron will make, or will have the ability to make, the required contributions into the Trust.

        Arch Re Bermuda pays to Flatiron a reinsurance premium in the amount of the ceded percentage of the original gross written premium on the business reinsured less a ceding commission, which includes a reimbursement of direct acquisition expenses as well as a commission to Arch Re Bermuda for generating the business. The Treaty also provides for a profit commission to Arch Re Bermuda based on the underwriting results for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years on a cumulative basis. For 2008, $24.7 million of premiums written, $151.4 million of premiums earned and $48.6 million of losses and loss adjustment expenses were ceded to Flatiron by Arch Re Bermuda, compared to $311.4 million of premiums written, $282.2 million of premiums earned and $100.4 million of losses and loss adjustment expenses for 2007 and $273.2 million of premiums written, $157.4 million of premiums earned and $52.2 million of losses and loss adjustment expenses for 2006. Reinsurance recoverables from Flatiron, which is not rated by A.M. Best, were $148.7 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $152.6 million at December 31, 2007. As noted above, Flatiron is required to contribute funds into a trust for the benefit of Arch Re Bermuda. The recoverable from Flatiron was fully collateralized through such trust at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

F-28


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        The following table represents an analysis of losses and loss adjustment expenses and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year

  $ 7,092,452   $ 6,463,041   $ 5,452,826  

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,609,619     1,552,157     1,389,768  
               

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at beginning of year

    5,482,833     4,910,884     4,063,058  

Increase (decrease) in net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred relating to losses occurring in:

                   
 

Current year

    2,158,914     1,829,534     1,867,344  
 

Prior years

    (310,170 )   (185,364 )   (76,795 )
               
   

Total net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,848,744     1,644,170     1,790,549  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

    (133,881 )   45,192     47,711  

Less net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid relating to losses occurring in:

                   
 

Current year

    305,513     274,102     245,856  
 

Prior years

    954,361     843,311     744,578  
               
   

Total net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,259,874     1,117,413     990,434  

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year

    5,937,822     5,482,833     4,910,884  

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

    1,729,135     1,609,619     1,552,157  
               

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of year

  $ 7,666,957   $ 7,092,452   $ 6,463,041  
               

        During 2008, the Company recorded a redundancy on net reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $310.2 million, which consisted of $231.2 million from the reinsurance segment and $79.0 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $126.1 million came from property and other short-tail lines, and $105.1 million came from casualty and other long-tail business. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $11.1 million primarily resulting from profit commissions related to such favorable development. In addition, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in 2004 or subsequent periods. Based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $2.7 million in 2008. Except as discussed above, the estimated favorable development in the reinsurance segment's prior year reserves did not reflect any significant changes in the key assumptions it made to estimate these reserves at December 31, 2007. As a result giving partial weighting to its own experience, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now believes it has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net

F-29


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (Continued)


favorable development of $79.0 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $15.9 million, primarily due to sliding scale arrangements on certain policies.

        During 2007, the Company recorded a redundancy on net reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $185.4 million, which consisted of $172.7 million from the reinsurance segment and $12.7 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $110.6 million came from short-tail lines, and $62.1 million came from longer-tail lines. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $18.5 million. As noted above, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Due to the availability of additional data, and based on reserve analyses, it was determined that it was no longer necessary to continue to include such factors in 2004 or subsequent periods. Following reserve reviews, and based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $10.6 million in 2007. As a result of giving partial weighting to its own experience, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net favorable development of $12.7 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes, partially offset by adverse development of $33.3 million from short-tail lines which primarily resulted from higher than expected claims development. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $9.5 million, primarily due to sliding scale arrangements on certain policies.

        During 2006, the Company recorded a redundancy on net reserves recorded in prior years of approximately $76.8 million, which consisted of $68.5 million from the reinsurance segment and $8.3 million from the insurance segment. Of the net favorable development in the reinsurance segment, $37.1 million came from short-tail lines, and $31.4 million came from longer-tail lines. The development resulted from better than anticipated loss emergence and was net of $38.1 million of adverse development on the 2005 catastrophic events, primarily in short-tail lines. The net favorable development was partially offset by an increase in acquisition expenses of $7.8 million. As noted above, in its reserving process in 2002 and 2003, the reinsurance segment recognized that there is a possibility that the assumptions made could prove to be inaccurate due to several factors primarily related to the start up nature of its operations. Following reserve reviews, and based on the level of claims activity reported to date, the reinsurance segment reduced the amount of reserves it had recorded in 2002 and 2003 by $7.7 million in 2006. As a result of giving partial weighting to its own experience, the insurance segment reduced loss selections for some lines, in particular those written on a claims-made basis and for which it now has a reasonable level of credible data. The insurance segment's net favorable development of $8.3 million was primarily due to reductions in reserves in medium-tailed and long-tailed lines of business resulting from such changes, partially offset by adverse development of $44.0 million from short-tail lines which included $30.8 million of adverse development on the 2005 catastrophic events.

F-30


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Investment in Joint Venture

        In May 2008, the Company provided $100.0 million of funding to Gulf Reinsurance Limited ("Gulf Re"), a newly formed reinsurer based in the Dubai International Financial Centre, pursuant to the joint venture agreement with Gulf Investment Corporation GSC ("GIC"). Under the agreement, each of Arch Re Bermuda and GIC owns 50% of Gulf Re, which has commenced underwriting activities. Gulf Re will initially target the six member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council, which include Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates. The joint venture will write a broad range of property and casualty reinsurance, including aviation, energy, commercial transportation, marine, engineered risks and property, on both a treaty and facultative basis.

        The initial total capital of the joint venture consists of $200.0 million, plus an additional $200.0 million to be funded equally by the Company and GIC depending on the joint venture's business needs. Gulf Re reported $204.3 million of total assets, $7.7 million of total liabilities and $196.7 million of shareholders' equity at September 30, 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, Gulf Re reported total revenues of $3.6 million and a net loss of $1.8 million. The Company accounts for its investment in Gulf Re, shown as "Investment in joint venture," using the equity method and records its equity in the operating results of Gulf Re in "Other income" on a quarter lag basis.

7. Investment Information

        The Company's invested assets were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Fixed maturities available for sale, at market value

  $ 8,122,221   $ 7,137,998  

Fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value(1)

    626,501     1,462,826  
           
 

Total fixed maturities

    8,748,722     8,600,824  

Short-term investments available for sale, at market value

    479,586     699,036  

Short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value(1)

    101,564     219  

Other investments

    109,601     353,694  

Investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    301,027     235,975  
           
 

Total investments

    9,740,500     9,889,748  

Securities transactions entered into but not settled at the balance sheet date

    (18,236 )   (5,796 )
           
 

Total investments, net of securities transactions

  $ 9,722,264   $ 9,883,952  
           

(1)
In securities lending transactions, the Company receives collateral in excess of the market value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, the Company has excluded the collateral received at December 31, 2008 and 2007 of $730.2 million and $1.5 billion, respectively, which is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value" and included the $728.1 million and $1.46 billion, respectively, of "fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value."

F-31


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

    Fixed Maturities and Fixed Maturities Pledged Under Securities Lending Agreements

        The following table summarizes the Company's fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements:

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Estimated Market Value   Gross Unrealized Gains   Gross Unrealized Losses   Amortized Cost  

December 31, 2008:

                         
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 2,019,373   $ 51,131   $ (98,979 ) $ 2,067,221  
 

Mortgage backed securities

    1,581,736     23,306     (125,759 )   1,684,189  
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    1,463,897     77,762     (14,159 )   1,400,294  
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,219,737     16,128     (68,212 )   1,271,821  
 

Asset backed securities

    970,041     1,121     (70,762 )   1,039,682  
 

Municipal bonds

    965,966     26,815     (1,730 )   940,881  
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    527,972     33,690     (31,884 )   526,166  
                   
   

Total

  $ 8,748,722   $ 229,953   $ (411,485 ) $ 8,930,254  
                   

December 31, 2007:

                         
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 2,452,527   $ 40,296   $ (10,994 ) $ 2,423,225  
 

Mortgage backed securities

    1,234,596     14,211     (4,087 )   1,224,472  
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    1,165,423     21,598     (447 )   1,144,272  
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,315,680     17,339     (558 )   1,298,899  
 

Asset backed securities

    1,008,030     9,508     (4,030 )   1,002,552  
 

Municipal bonds

    990,325     13,213     (195 )   977,307  
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    434,243     28,032     (3,056 )   409,267  
                   
   

Total

  $ 8,600,824   $ 144,197   $ (23,367 ) $ 8,479,994  
                   

        In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140" ("SFAS No. 155"). Upon adopting SFAS No. 155 on January 1, 2007, the Company applied the "fair value option" to certain hybrid securities which are included in the Company's fixed maturities and records changes in market value of such securities as realized gains or losses. The fair market values of such securities at December 31, 2008 were approximately $51.1 million and the Company recorded a realized loss of $5.4 million on such securities for 2008.

F-32


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The contractual maturities of the Company's fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements are shown below. Expected maturities, which are management's best estimates, will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007  
Maturity
  Estimated Market Value   Amortized Cost   Estimated Market Value   Amortized Cost  

Due in one year or less

  $ 173,168   $ 169,187   $ 149,908   $ 146,444  

Due after one year through five years

    2,451,062     2,452,344     2,366,408     2,330,206  

Due after five years through 10 years

    1,726,742     1,686,575     1,749,911     1,714,010  

Due after 10 years

    626,236     626,456     776,291     763,411  
                   

    4,977,208     4,934,562     5,042,518     4,954,071  

Mortgage backed securities

    1,581,736     1,684,189     1,234,596     1,224,472  

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,219,737     1,271,821     1,315,680     1,298,899  

Asset backed securities

    970,041     1,039,682     1,008,030     1,002,552  
                   
 

Total

  $ 8,748,722   $ 8,930,254   $ 8,600,824   $ 8,479,994  
                   

        The Company had gross unrealized losses on its fixed maturities of $411.5 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, on a lot level basis, approximately 2,360 security lots out of a total of approximately 3,900 security lots were in an unrealized loss position and the largest single unrealized loss from a single lot in the Company's fixed maturity portfolio was $6.1 million. The Company had gross unrealized losses on its fixed maturities of $23.4 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, on a lot level basis, approximately 1,380 security lots out of a total of approximately 3,900 security lots were in an unrealized loss position and the largest single unrealized loss from a single lot in the Company's fixed maturity portfolio was $0.5 million.

F-33


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The following table provides an analysis of the length of time each of those fixed maturities, fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements, equity securities and short-term investments with an unrealized loss has been in a continual unrealized loss position. The information below indicates the potential effect upon future income in the event management later concludes that such declines are considered other-than-temporary.

 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Estimated
Market Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Market Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Market Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2008:

                                     

Fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements:

                                     
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 870,093   $ (89,446 ) $ 30,608   $ (9,533 ) $ 900,701   $ (98,979 )
 

Mortgage backed securities

    417,373     (105,154 )   23,295     (20,605 )   440,668     (125,759 )
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    356,719     (14,159 )           356,719     (14,159 )
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    714,497     (68,210 )   52     (2 )   714,549     (68,212 )
 

Asset backed securities

    888,908     (63,845 )   26,185     (6,917 )   915,093     (70,762 )
 

Municipal bonds

    93,072     (1,730 )           93,072     (1,730 )
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    223,314     (31,882 )   142     (2 )   223,456     (31,884 )
                           

Total

    3,563,976     (374,426 )   80,282     (37,059 )   3,644,258     (411,485 )
 

Other investments

   
20,510
   
(3,649

)
 
13,715
   
(20,919

)
 
34,225
   
(24,568

)
 

Short-term investments

   
33,080
   
(2,535

)
 
   
   
33,080
   
(2,535

)
                           

Total

  $ 3,617,566   $ (380,610 ) $ 93,997   $ (57,978 ) $ 3,711,563   $ (438,588 )
                           

December 31, 2007:

                                     

Fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements:

                                     
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 357,771   $ (10,276 ) $ 26,455   $ (718 ) $ 384,226   $ (10,994 )
 

Mortgage backed securities

    185,118     (3,804 )   7,126     (283 )   192,244     (4,087 )
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    206,710     (447 )           206,710     (447 )
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    66,401     (381 )   33,827     (177 )   100,228     (558 )
 

Asset backed securities

    183,412     (3,845 )   11,221     (185 )   194,633     (4,030 )
 

Municipal bonds

    22,908     (171 )   10,988     (24 )   33,896     (195 )
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    154,261     (1,987 )   42,925     (1,069 )   197,186     (3,056 )
                           

Total

    1,176,581     (20,911 )   132,542     (2,456 )   1,309,123     (23,367 )

Other investments

   
200,484
   
(5,342

)
 
   
   
200,484
   
(5,342

)

Short-term investments

   
140,709
   
(2,955

)
 
   
   
140,709
   
(2,955

)
                           

Total

  $ 1,517,774   $ (29,208 ) $ 132,542   $ (2,456 ) $ 1,650,316   $ (31,664 )
                           

        Of the $411.5 million of gross unrealized losses on the Company's fixed maturities at December 31, 2008, $374.4 million, or 91% of the total gross unrealized losses, were on fixed maturities which were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. In addition, approximately two thirds

F-34


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)


of the gross unrealized losses were on fixed maturities where market value was less than 30% below amortized cost while over 93% were on fixed maturities where market value was less than 50% below cost. The Company believes that the gross unrealized losses on its fixed maturities at December 31, 2008 were primarily due to the widening of credit spreads and changes in the interest rate environment that occurred in the second half of 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company had the ability and intent to hold these fixed maturities until recovery.

        The Company reviews its investment portfolio each quarter to determine if declines in value are other-than-temporary. The Company's process for identifying declines in the market value of investments that are other-than-temporary involves consideration of several factors. These factors include (i) the time period in which there has been a significant decline in value, (ii) the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer, (iii) the significance of the decline and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value to recover. When the analysis of the above factors results in the Company's conclusion that declines in market values are other-than-temporary, the cost of the securities is written down to market value and the reduction in value is reflected as a realized loss. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment on fixed maturities, the Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment and the provision for other-than-temporary impairment (reflected as a discount or reduced premium based on the new cost basis) is amortized into net investment income over the remaining life of the fixed maturities, or until such securities are sold.

        During 2008, the Company identified approximately 598 fixed maturity securities with a market value of $422.5 million which were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The cost of such securities was written down to market value and the Company recognized a realized loss of $155.4 million. During 2007, the Company identified approximately 272 fixed maturity securities with a market value of $606.8 million which were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The cost of such securities was written down to market value and the Company recognized a realized loss of $28.1 million. During 2006, the Company identified approximately 423 fixed maturity securities with a market value of $1.44 billion which were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The cost of such securities was written down to market value and the Company recognized a realized loss of $31.6 million.

        During 2005, the Company began a securities lending program under which certain of its fixed income portfolio securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms, for short periods of time through a lending agent. Such securities have been reclassified as "Fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements." The Company maintains legal control over the securities it lends, retains the earnings and cash flows associated with the loaned securities and receives a fee from the borrower for the temporary use of the securities. Collateral received, primarily in the form of cash, is required at a rate of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities (or 105% of the market value of the loaned securities when the collateral and loaned securities are denominated in non-U.S. currencies) including accrued investment income and is monitored and maintained by the lending agent. Such collateral is reinvested and is reflected as "Investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value." At December 31, 2008, the market value and amortized cost of fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged

F-35


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

under securities lending agreements were $728.1 million and $717.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the market value and amortized cost of fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements were $1.46 billion and $1.44 billion, respectively.

        At December 31, 2008, the market value and amortized cost of the reinvested collateral, shown as "Investment of funds received under securities lending agreements," totaled $730.2 million and $753.5 million, respectively, compared to $1.50 billion at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the reinvested collateral included sub-prime securities with a market value of $56.1 million and an average credit quality of "AA+."

        The Company's investment strategy allows for the use of derivative securities. Derivative instruments may be used to enhance investment performance, replicate investment positions or manage market exposures and duration risk that would be allowed under the Company's investment guidelines if implemented in other ways. The market values of those derivatives are based on quoted market prices. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional value of the net long position for equity futures was nil and $91.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the notional value of the net long position for Treasury note futures was $556.3 million, compared to $61.7 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the notional value of the net long position for U.K. and German government futures was approximately $363.3 million (at December 31, 2008 foreign currency rates). For 2008, the Company recorded $20.1 million of net realized gains related to changes in the market value of all futures contracts, compared to $2.0 million of net realized losses for 2007 and $2.1 million of net realized gains for 2006.

    Other Investments

        The following table details the Company's other investments:

 
  December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Estimated
Market Value
  Cost   Estimated
Market Value
  Cost  

Fixed income mutual funds

  $ 39,858   $ 63,618   $ 194,090   $ 198,244  

International equity index funds

            92,056     68,270  

Privately held securities and other

    69,743     62,240     67,548     57,436  
                   
 

Total

  $ 109,601   $ 125,858   $ 353,694   $ 323,950  
                   

        Other investments include: (i) mutual funds which invest in fixed maturity securities and (ii) privately held securities and other which include the Company's investment in Aeolus LP (see Note 10). During 2008, the Company sold its investments in international equity index funds and reduced its ownership in one fixed income mutual fund. In addition, the Company identified two fixed income mutual funds with a market value of $27.9 million which were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The cost of such funds was written down to market value and the Company recognized a realized loss of $25.8 million. During 2007, the Company identified one fixed income mutual fund with a market value of $48.6 million which was considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The cost of such fund was written down to market value and the Company recognized a realized loss of $2.1 million.

F-36


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The Company's investment portfolio includes certain funds that invest in fixed maturity securities which, due to their ownership structure, are accounted for by the Company using the equity method. In applying the equity method, these investments are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently adjusted based on the Company's proportionate share of the net income or loss of the funds (which include changes in the market value of the underlying securities in the funds). Such investments are generally recorded on a one month lag with some investments reported for on a three month lag. Changes in the carrying value of such investments are recorded in net income as "Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method" while changes in the carrying value of the Company's other fixed income investments are recorded as an unrealized gain or loss component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. As such, fluctuations in the carrying value of the investment funds accounted for using the equity method may increase the volatility of the Company's reported results of operations. Investment funds accounted for using the equity method totaled $301.0 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $236.0 million at December 31, 2007. The Company's investment commitments relating to investment funds accounted for using the equity method totaled approximately $8.3 million at December 31, 2008.

        For 2008, the Company recorded $178.6 million of equity in net loss of investment funds accounted for using the equity method, compared to $0.2 million for 2007 and equity in net income of $2.7 million for 2006. As noted above, the Company records such investments on a one month or three month lag. The 2008 amount primarily related to the Company's investments in U.S. and Euro-denominated bank loan funds and resulted from the extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets during September to November 2008 as the market values of the secured loans underlying the holdings in such funds declined significantly.

        Three of the Company's investment funds accounted for using the equity method contributed $145.0 million of the total equity in net loss for 2008. A summary of financial information for these three funds in total as of September 30, 2008 and 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 
  September 30,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  
Invested assets   $ 2,206,408   $ 103,099  
Total assets     2,206,759     103,099  
Total liabilities     459      
           
Net assets   $ 2,206,300   $ 103,099  
           

 

 
  Nine Months Ended  
 
  September 30,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  
Total revenues   $ (284,448 ) $ (13,383 )
Total expenses     5,274     450  
           
Net income (loss)   $ (289,722 ) $ (13,833 )
           

F-37


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The Company's investments in the three funds totaled $229.7 million at September 30, 2008. During the 2008 fourth quarter, the Company made a subsequent investment of $54.0 million in one fund. The carrying value of the Company's investment in the three funds decreased to $177.5 million at December 31, 2008.

        The Company is required to maintain assets on deposit, which primarily consist of fixed maturities, with various regulatory authorities to support its insurance and reinsurance operations. The assets on deposit are available to settle insurance and reinsurance liabilities to third parties. The Company also has investments in segregated portfolios primarily to provide collateral or guarantees for letters of credit to third parties.

        The following table details the value of restricted assets:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  
 

Assets used for collateral or guarantees

  $ 804,934   $ 736,938  
 

Deposits with U.S. regulatory authorities

    264,988     251,586  
 

Trust funds

    153,182     133,238  
 

Deposits with non-U.S. regulatory authorities

    57,336     46,789  
           

Total restricted assets

  $ 1,280,440   $ 1,168,551  
           

        In addition, Arch Re Bermuda maintains assets in trust accounts as collateral for insurance and reinsurance transactions with affiliated companies. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such amounts approximated $4.03 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.

F-38


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

    Net Investment Income

        The components of net investment income were derived from the following sources:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 437,492   $ 407,977   $ 327,331  
 

Short-term investments

    21,006     41,690     45,144  
 

Other(1)

    23,473     27,675     16,996  
               

Gross investment income

    481,971     477,342     389,471  
 

Investment expenses

    (13,891 )   (14,101 )   (11,937 )
               

Net investment income

  $ 468,080   $ 463,241   $ 377,534  
               

(1)
Primarily consists of interest income on operating cash accounts, other investments and securities lending transactions.

    Net Realized Gains (Losses)

        Net realized gains (losses) were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  
 

Fixed maturities

  ($ 173,165 ) $ 38,611   ($ 27,379 )
 

Other investments

    (35,829 )   847     4,186  
 

Other(1)

    23,893     (11,317 )   3,756  
               

Net realized gains (losses)

  ($ 185,101 ) $ 28,141   ($ 19,437 )
               

(1)
Includes net realized gains or losses from derivatives, futures contracts and other items.

        Proceeds from the sales of fixed maturities during 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $16.47 billion, $18.92 billion and $13.86 billion, respectively. Gross gains of $250.2 million, $133.4 million and $77.3 million were realized on those transactions during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross losses of $423.3 million, $94.8 million and $104.7 million were realized during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The net realized losses on fixed maturities of $173.2 million in 2008, net realized gains of $38.6 million in 2007 and net realized losses on fixed maturities in 2006 of $27.4 million included provisions of $155.4 million, $28.1 million and $31.6 million, respectively, for declines in the market value of investments held in the Company's available for sale portfolio which were considered to be other-than-temporary, as described above. In addition, net realized losses on other investments in 2008 and 2007 included provisions of $25.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for declines in the market value of other investments which were considered to be other-than-temporary, as described above.

        Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted and implemented SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement

F-39


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

No. 115" ("SFAS No. 159"), which provides a fair value option to measure many financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis. The Company did not apply the fair value option on any financial assets or financial liabilities during 2008.

        In addition, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted and implemented SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS No. 157"), which addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout GAAP. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly fashion between market participants at the measurement date.

        In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3, "Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active" ("FSP FAS 157-3"), with an immediate effective date, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. FSP FAS 157-3 amends SFAS No. 157 to clarify the application of fair value in inactive markets and allows for the use of management's internal assumptions about future cash flows with appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates when relevant observable market data does not exist. The objective of SFAS No. 157 has not changed and continues to be the determination of the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-3 had no impact on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority).

        The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1:   Inputs to the valuation methodology are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2:

 

Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument

Level 3:

 

Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement

        Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for securities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such securities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

        The Company uses quoted values and other data provided by nationally recognized independent pricing sources as inputs into its process for determining fair values of its fixed maturity investments. To validate the techniques or models used by pricing sources, the Company's review process includes, but is not limited to: (i) quantitative analysis ( e.g. , comparing the quarterly return for each managed portfolio to its target benchmark, with significant differences identified and investigated); (ii) a review

F-40


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)


of the average number of prices obtained in the pricing process and the range of resulting market values; (iii) initial and ongoing evaluation of methodologies used by outside parties to calculate fair value including a review of deep dive reports on selected securities which indicated the use of observable inputs in the pricing process; (iv) comparing the fair value estimates to its knowledge of the current market; and (v) back-testing, which includes randomly selecting purchased or sold securities and comparing the executed prices to the fair value estimates from the pricing service. Based on the above review, the Company will challenge any prices for a security or portfolio which are considered not to be representative of fair value.

        The independent pricing sources obtain market quotations and actual transaction prices for securities that have quoted prices in active markets. Each source has its own proprietary method for determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded. In general, these methods involve the use of "matrix pricing" in which the independent pricing source uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmarking of like securities, broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine a reasonable fair market value. In addition, pricing vendors use model processes, such as an Option Adjusted Spread model, to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. The Option Adjusted Spread model is commonly used to estimate fair value for securities such as mortgage backed and asset backed securities. In certain circumstances, when fair market values are unavailable from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding markets. Such quotes are subject to the validation procedures noted above.

        The Company reviews its securities measured at fair value and discusses the proper classification of such investments with investment advisors and others. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 157 and at December 31, 2008, the Company determined that Level 1 securities included highly liquid, recent issue U.S. Treasuries and certain of its short-term investments held in highly liquid money market-type funds where it believes that quoted prices are available in an active market.

        Where the Company believes that quoted market prices are not available or that the market is not active, fair values are estimated by using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, pricing models or matrix pricing and are generally classified as Level 2 securities. The Company determined that Level 2 securities included corporate bonds, mortgage backed securities, municipal bonds, asset backed securities, certain U.S. government and government agencies, non-U.S. government securities, certain short-term securities and certain other investments.

        Following further review of the inputs used in the pricing process, the Company determined that three Euro-denominated corporate bonds which invest in underlying portfolios of fixed income securities for which there is a low level of transparency around inputs to the valuation process should be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In addition, the Company determined that two mutual funds, included in other investments, which invest in underlying portfolios of fixed income securities for which there is a low level of transparency around inputs to the valuation process should be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As such, the Company transferred $136.8 million of corporate bonds and $31.6 million of other investments in to Level 3 during the 2008 fourth quarter. In addition, Level 3 securities include a small number of premium-tax bonds.

F-41


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The following table presents the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by SFAS No. 157 hierarchy at December 31, 2008:

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement Using:  
 
  December 31,
2008
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Fixed maturities(1),(3)

  $ 8,748,722   $ 241,851   $ 8,364,300   $ 142,571  

Short-term investments(1)

    581,150     474,504     106,646      

Other investments(2)

    36,913         (3,426 )   40,339  
                   
 

Total

  $ 9,366,785   $ 716,355   $ 8,467,520   $ 182,910  
                   

(1)
In securities lending transactions, the Company receives collateral in excess of the fair value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, the Company has excluded the investment of collateral received of $730.2 million which is reflected as "investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at fair value" and included the $728.1 million of "fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at fair value."

(2)
Excludes the Company's investment in Aeolus LP, which is accounted for using the equity method.

(3)
Consists of (i) three corporate bonds which invest in underlying portfolios of fixed income securities for which there is a low level of transparency around inputs and (ii) a small number of premium-tax bonds.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for all investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for 2008:

 
  Fair Value Measurements Using:
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  Fixed
Maturities
  Other
Investments
  Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2008:

                   
 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2008

  $ 3,752   $ 11,504   $ 15,256  
   

Total gains or (losses) (realized/unrealized)

                   
     

Included in earnings(1)

    (780 )   757     (23 )
     

Included in other comprehensive income

        (2,660 )   (2,660 )
   

Purchases, issuances and settlements

    2,803     (829 )   1,974  
   

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

    136,796     31,567     168,363  
               
 

Ending balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 142,571   $ 40,339   $ 182,910  
               

(1)
Losses on fixed maturities were recorded as a component of net investment income while gains on other investments were recorded in net realized gains.

F-42


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Investment Information (Continued)

        The amount of total losses for 2008 included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2008 was de minimis.

8. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Following are the related tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive income (loss):

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  Before
Tax
Amount
  Tax
Expense
(Benefit)
  Net
of Tax
Amount
 

Year Ended December 31, 2008

                   

Unrealized appreciation (decline) in value of investments:

                   
 

Unrealized holding losses arising during year

  $ (568,422 ) $ 13,821   $ (582,243 )
 

Less reclassification of net realized losses included in net income

    (201,911 )   5,054     (206,965 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (38,079 )   (2,539 )   (35,540 )
               

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (404,590 ) $ 6,228   $ (410,818 )
               

Year Ended December 31, 2007

                   

Unrealized appreciation (decline) in value of investments:

                   
 

Unrealized holding gains arising during year

  $ 143,105   $ 8,322   $ 134,783  
 

Less reclassification of net realized gains included in net income

    40,182     (1,944 )   42,126  
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    14,920     1,777     13,143  
               

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 117,843   $ 12,043   $ 105,800  
               

Year Ended December 31, 2006

                   

Unrealized appreciation (decline) in value of investments:

                   
 

Unrealized holding gains arising during year

  $ 36,884   $ (2,806 ) $ 39,690  
 

Less reclassification of net realized losses included in net income

    (23,192 )   (1,677 )   (21,515 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (2,384 )   (62 )   (2,322 )
               

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 57,692   $ (1,191 ) $ 58,883  
               

9. Income Taxes

        ACGL is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and, under current Bermuda law, is not obligated to pay any taxes in Bermuda based upon income or capital gains. The Company has received a written undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits, income, gain or appreciation on any capital asset, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not be applicable to ACGL or any of its operations until March 28, 2016. This undertaking does not, however, prevent the imposition of taxes on any person ordinarily resident in Bermuda or any company in respect of its ownership of real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda.

        ACGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries will be subject to U.S. federal income tax only to the extent that they derive U.S. source income that is subject to U.S. withholding tax or income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and is not exempt from U.S. tax

F-43


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Income Taxes (Continued)


under an applicable income tax treaty with the U.S. ACGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries will be subject to a withholding tax on dividends from U.S. investments and interest from certain U.S. payors (subject to reduction by any applicable income tax treaty). ACGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries intend to conduct their operations in a manner that will not cause them to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States and, therefore, will not be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes (other than U.S. excise taxes on insurance and reinsurance premium and withholding taxes on dividends and certain other U.S. source investment income). However, because there is uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, there can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that ACGL or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If ACGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries were subject to U.S. income tax, ACGL's shareholders' equity and earnings could be materially adversely affected. ACGL has subsidiaries and branches that operate in various jurisdictions around the world that are subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The significant jurisdictions in which ACGL's subsidiaries and branches are subject to tax are the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, Switzerland, Germany and Denmark.

        The components of income taxes attributable to operations were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  

Current expense:

                   
 

U.S. Federal

  $ 16,704   $ 13,487   $ 13,430  
 

U.S. State

    825     629     1,235  
 

Non-U.S. 

    5,631     6,886     3,740  
               

    23,160     21,002     18,405  
               

Deferred expense (benefit):

                   
 

U.S. Federal

    (7,740 )   (2,382 )   7,210  
 

Non-U.S. 

    (1,881 )   (3,019 )   1,064  
               

    (9,621 )   (5,401 )   8,274  
               

Income tax expense

  $ 13,539   $ 15,601   $ 26,679  
               

        The expected tax provision computed on pre-tax income at the weighted average tax rate has been calculated as the sum of the pre-tax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by that jurisdiction's

F-44


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Income Taxes (Continued)


applicable statutory tax rate. A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at the weighted average tax rate follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007   2006  

Expected income tax expense computed on pre-tax income at weighted average income tax rate

  $ 19,854   $ 25,894   $ 36,272  

Addition (reduction) in income tax expense (benefit) resulting from:

                   
 

Valuation allowance

        (1,358 )    
 

Tax-exempt investment income

    (11,403 )   (9,703 )   (6,887 )
 

Meals and entertainment

    641     505     404  
 

State taxes, net of U.S. federal tax benefit

    536     409     803  
 

U.S. operations' foreign taxes, net of U.S. federal tax benefit

    2,133          
 

Reorganization of foreign branch

    589          
 

Prior year adjustment

    253     (512 )   523  
 

Other (1)

    936     366     (4,436 )
               

Income tax expense

  $ 13,539   $ 15,601   $ 26,679  
               

(1)
For 2006, amount includes a tax benefit relating to the reduction of a tax reserve related to transfer pricing in the amount of $2.6 million.

        The Company has net operating loss carryforwards in its U.S. operating subsidiaries totaling $7.4 million at December 31, 2008. Such net operating losses are currently available to offset future taxable income of the subsidiaries. Under applicable law, the U.S. net operating loss carryforwards expire between 2018 and 2020. The Company also has a foreign tax credit carryforward of $1.5 million which will expire December 31, 2017 and an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforward in the amount of $1.5 million which can be carried forward without expiration.

        On November 20, 2001, the Company underwent an ownership change for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the investment led by investment funds associated with Warburg Pincus LLC ("Warburg Pincus") and Hellman and Friedman LLC ("Hellman & Friedman"). As a result of this ownership change, limitations have been imposed upon the utilization by the Company's U.S. operating subsidiaries of existing net operating losses. Utilization by such subsidiaries of the net operating losses and certain of the AMT credit carryforward is limited to approximately $5.1 million per year in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the "Code").

        The Company's Swiss branch has a net operating loss carryforward of $11.5 million which is available to offset income of the Swiss branch until it expires between 2013 and 2015. The Company's Danish subsidiary has a net operating loss carryforward of $2.1 million which can be carried forward without expiration.

F-45


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences based on enacted tax rates between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
  2008   2007  

Deferred income tax assets:

             
 

Net operating loss

  $ 4,495   $ 5,058  
 

Deferred ceding commission

    9,969     9,534  
 

AMT credit carryforward

    1,549     967  
 

Discounting of net loss reserves

    33,607     28,553  
 

Net unearned premium reserve

    13,742     13,805  
 

Compensation liabilities

    20,676     18,132  
 

Capital loss carryforward

        283  
 

Other than temporary impairment on securities

    899     2,523  
 

Foreign tax credit carryforward

    1,494      
 

Net unrealized foreign exchange losses

    561      
 

Other, net

    3,417      
           

Total deferred tax assets

    90,409     78,855  
           

Deferred income tax liabilities:

             
 

Depreciation and amortization

    (2,178 )   (1,901 )
 

Deferred acquisition costs, net

    (3,142 )   (3,104 )
 

Deposit accounting liability

    (5,315 )   (5,008 )
 

Foreign transaction exchange gains

    (419 )   (1,299 )
 

Net unrealized foreign exchange gains

        (1,977 )
 

Net unrealized appreciation of investments

    (16,662 )   (7,744 )
 

Other, net

    (2,501 )   (771 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (30,217 )   (21,804 )
           

Net deferred income tax asset

  $ 60,192   $ 57,051  
           

        In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN No. 48"), "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes," an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." FIN No. 48 prescribes a "more likely than not" threshold for the financial statement recognition of a tax position taken or expected to taken in a tax return, assuming the relevant tax authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. The amount recognized represents the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being ultimately realized. A liability is recognized for any benefit claimed, or expected to be claimed, in a tax return in excess of the benefit recorded in the financial statements, along with any interest and penalty (if applicable) on the excess. The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

        The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007. As prescribed, the cumulative effects of applying FIN 48 is reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. As a result of the adoption on January 1, 2007, the Company's retained earnings remained

F-46


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Income Taxes (Continued)


unchanged. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company's total unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were zero.

        The Company or its subsidiaries or branches files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local, or non-U.S. income tax examination for years before 2005. During 2008, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service closed its examination of the Company's U.S. income tax returns for the 2004 tax year with no change.

        In addition to unrecognized tax benefits, the Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce certain deferred tax assets to an amount which management expects to more likely than not be realized. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company's valuation allowance was zero.

        The Company paid income taxes totaling $11.4 million and $3.9 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Company's current income tax recoverable (included in "Other assets") was $0.2 million.

        The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax, unless reduced by an applicable U.S. tax treaty, are four percent for non-life insurance premiums and one percent for life insurance and all reinsurance premiums. The Company incurs federal excise taxes on certain of its reinsurance transactions, including amounts ceded through intercompany transactions. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid approximately $13.1 million, $14.5 million and $16.4 million, respectively, of federal excise taxes. Such amounts are reflected as acquisition expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of income.

10. Transactions with Related Parties

        During 2006, the Company invested $50.0 million in Aeolus LP ("Aeolus"), which operates as an unrated reinsurance platform that provides property catastrophe protection to insurers and reinsurers on both an ultimate net loss and industry loss warranty basis. In return for its investment, included in "Other investments" on the Company's balance sheet, the Company received an approximately 4.9% preferred interest in Aeolus and a pro rata share of certain founders' interests. The Company made its investment in Aeolus on the same economic terms as a fund affiliated with Warburg Pincus, which has invested $350 million in Aeolus. Funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus owned 6.6% of the Company's outstanding voting shares as of December 31, 2008. In addition, one of the founders of Aeolus is Peter Appel, former President and CEO and a former director of the Company.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

        The creditworthiness of a counterparty is evaluated by the Company, taking into account credit ratings assigned by independent agencies. The credit approval process involves an assessment of factors, including, among others, the counterparty, country and industry credit exposure limits. Collateral may be required, at the discretion of the Company, on certain transactions based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

F-47


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The areas where significant concentrations of credit risk may exist include unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses recoverable net of reinsurance balances payable (collectively "reinsurance recoverables"), investments and cash and cash equivalent balances. The Company's reinsurance recoverables at December 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $1.96 billion and $1.92 billion, respectively, and primarily resulted from reinsurance arrangements entered into in the course of its operations. A credit exposure exists with respect to reinsurance recoverables as they may become uncollectible. The Company manages its credit risk in its reinsurance relationships by transacting with reinsurers that it considers financially sound and, if necessary, the Company may hold collateral in the form of funds, trust accounts and/or irrevocable letters of credit. This collateral can be drawn on for amounts that remain unpaid beyond specified time periods on an individual reinsurer basis.

        In addition, the Company underwrites a significant amount of its business through brokers and a credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of insurance and reinsurance balances owed to the Company. During 2008, approximately 17.0% and 15.3% of the Company's consolidated gross written premiums were generated from or placed by Marsh & McLennan Companies and its subsidiaries and AON Corporation and its subsidiaries, respectively, compared to approximately 19.6% and 16.4% for 2007, respectively, and 18.8% and 15.4% for 2006, respectively. No other broker and no one insured or reinsured accounted for more than 10% of gross premiums written for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

        The Company's available for sale investment portfolio is managed in accordance with guidelines that have been tailored to meet specific investment strategies, including standards of diversification, which limit the allowable holdings of any single issue. There were no investments in any entity in excess of 10% of the Company's shareholders' equity at December 31, 2008 other than investments issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies. The Company's unfunded investment commitments relating to investment funds accounted for using the equity method totaled approximately $8.3 million at December 31, 2008.

        The Company concluded that, under FASB Interpretation No. 46R ("FIN 46R"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," that it is required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations (if any) of a certain managing general agency in which one of its subsidiaries has an investment. Such agency ceased producing business in 1999 and is currently running-off its operations. Based on current information, there are no assets or liabilities of such agency required to be reflected on the face of the Company's consolidated financial statements that are not, or have not been previously, otherwise reflected therein.

        On December 29, 2005, Arch Re Bermuda entered into a quota share reinsurance treaty with Flatiron, a Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Flatiron is assuming a 45% quota share (the "Treaty") of certain lines of property and marine business underwritten by Arch Re Bermuda for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years (January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2007). On December 31, 2007, the Treaty expired by its terms. As a result of the terms of the Treaty, the Company has determined that Flatiron is a variable interest entity. However, Arch Re Bermuda is not the primary beneficiary of Flatiron and, as such, the Company is not required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Flatiron per FIN 46R. See Note 4.

F-48


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company had a $300 million unsecured revolving loan and letter of credit facility and a $1.0 billion secured letter of credit facility (the "Credit Agreement"). The $300 million unsecured revolving loan is also available for the issuance of unsecured letters of credit up to $100 million for Arch Re U.S. Borrowings of revolving loans may be made by ACGL and Arch Re U.S. at a variable rate based on LIBOR or an alternative base rate at the option of the Company. Secured letters of credit are available for issuance on behalf of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Issuance of letters of credit and borrowings under the Credit Agreement are subject to the Company's compliance with certain covenants and conditions, including absence of a material adverse change. These covenants require, among other things, that the Company maintain a debt to total capital ratio of not greater than 0.35 to 1 and shareholders' equity in excess of $1.95 billion plus 25% of future aggregate net income for each quarterly period (not including any future net losses) beginning after June 30, 2006 and 25% of future aggregate proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred equity and that the Company's principal insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries maintain at least a "B++" rating from A.M. Best. In addition, certain of the Company's subsidiaries which are party to the Credit Agreement are required to maintain minimum shareholders' equity levels. The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2008. The Credit Agreement expires on August 30, 2011.

        Including the secured letter of credit portion of the Credit Agreement and another letter of credit facility (together, the "LOC Facilities"), the Company has access to letter of credit facilities for up to a total of $1.45 billion. The principal purpose of the LOC Facilities is to issue, as required, evergreen standby letters of credit in favor of primary insurance or reinsurance counterparties with which the Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to ensure that such counterparties are permitted to take credit for reinsurance obtained from the Company's reinsurance subsidiaries in United States jurisdictions where such subsidiaries are not licensed or otherwise admitted as an insurer, as required under insurance regulations in the United States, and to comply with requirements of Lloyd's of London in connection with qualifying quota share and other arrangements. The amount of letters of credit issued is driven by, among other things, the timing and payment of catastrophe losses, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the further expansion of the Company's business and the loss experience of such business. When issued, certain letters of credit are secured by a portion of the Company's investment portfolio. In addition, the LOC Facilities also require the maintenance of certain covenants, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2008. At such date, the Company had approximately $599.9 million in outstanding letters of credit under the LOC Facilities, which were secured by investments totaling $697.6 million. In May 2008, the Company borrowed $100.0 million under the Credit Agreement at a Company-selected variable interest rate that is based on 1 month, 3 month or 6 month reset option terms and their corresponding term LIBOR rates plus 27.5 basis points. The proceeds from such borrowings, which are repayable in August 2011, were contributed to Arch Re Bermuda and used to fund the investment in Gulf Re (see Note 6).

F-49


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Leases and Purchase Obligations

        At December 31, 2008, the future minimum rental commitments, exclusive of escalation clauses and maintenance costs and net of rental income, for all of the Company's operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as follows:

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

       

2009

  $ 15,356  

2010

    14,506  

2011

    14,140  

2012

    12,425  

2013

    11,747  

Thereafter

    51,662  
       
 

Total

  $ 119,836  
       

        All of these leases are for the rental of office space, with expiration terms that range from 2010 to 2024. Rental expense, net of income from subleases, was approximately $17.5 million, $14.8 million and $12.9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

        The Company has also entered into certain agreements which commit the Company to purchase goods or services, primarily related to software and computerized systems. Such purchase obligations were approximately $28.5 million and $22.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company has entered into employment agreements with certain of its executive officers for periods extending up to November 2012. Such employment arrangements provide for compensation in the form of base salary, annual bonus, share-based awards, participation in the Company's employee benefit programs and the reimbursements of expenses.

        On May 5, 2000, the Company sold the prior reinsurance operations of Arch Re U.S. pursuant to an agreement entered into as of January 10, 2000 with White Mountains Reinsurance Company of America, formerly known as Folksamerica Reinsurance Company, and a related holding company (collectively, "WTM Re"). WTM Re assumed Arch Re U.S.'s liabilities under the reinsurance agreements transferred in the asset sale and Arch Re U.S. transferred to WTM Re assets estimated in an aggregate amount equal in book value to the book value of the liabilities assumed. The WTM Re transaction was structured as a transfer and assumption agreement (and not reinsurance) and, accordingly, the loss reserves (and any related reinsurance recoverables) relating to the transferred business are not included as assets or liabilities on the Company's balance sheet. WTM Re assumed Arch Re U.S.'s rights and obligations under the reinsurance agreements transferred in the asset sale. The reinsureds under such agreements were notified that WTM Re had assumed Arch Re U.S.'s obligations and that, unless the reinsureds object to the assumption, Arch Re U.S. will be released from its obligations to those reinsured. None of such reinsureds objected to the assumption. However, Arch Re U.S. will continue to be liable under those reinsurance agreements if the notice is found not to be an effective release by the reinsureds. WTM Re has agreed to indemnify the Company for any losses

F-50


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

arising out of the reinsurance agreements transferred to WTM Re in the asset sale. However, in the event that WTM Re refuses or is unable to perform its obligations to the Company, Arch Re U.S. may incur losses relating to the reinsurance agreements transferred in the asset sale. WTM Re's A.M. Best rating was "A-" (Excellent) at December 31, 2008.

        Under the terms of the agreement, in 2000, the Company had also purchased reinsurance protection covering the Company's transferred aviation business to reduce the net financial loss to WTM Re on any large commercial airline catastrophe to $5.4 million, net of reinstatement premiums. Although the Company believes that any such net financial loss will not exceed $5.4 million, the Company has agreed to reimburse WTM Re if a loss is incurred that exceeds $5.4 million for aviation losses under certain circumstances prior to May 5, 2003. The Company also made representations and warranties to WTM Re about the Company and the business transferred to WTM Re for which the Company retains exposure for certain periods, and made certain other agreements. In addition, the Company retained its tax and employee benefit liabilities and other liabilities not assumed by WTM Re, including all liabilities not arising under reinsurance agreements transferred to WTM Re in the asset sale and all liabilities (other than liabilities arising under reinsurance agreements) arising out of or relating to a certain managing underwriting agency. Although WTM Re has not asserted that any amount is currently due under any of the indemnities provided by the Company under the asset purchase agreement, WTM Re has previously indicated a potential indemnity claim under the agreement in the event of the occurrence of certain future events. Based on all available information, the Company has denied the validity of any such potential claim.

12. Senior Notes

        On May 4, 2004, ACGL completed a public offering of $300 million principal amount of 7.35% senior notes ("Senior Notes") due May 1, 2034 and received net proceeds of $296.4 million. ACGL used $200 million of the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under a revolving credit agreement. The Senior Notes are ACGL's senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all of its existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. Interest payments on the Senior Notes are due on May 1st and November 1st of each year. ACGL may redeem the Senior Notes at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, at a "make-whole" redemption price. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, interest expense on the Senior Notes was $22.1 million. The market value of the Senior Notes at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $246.1 million and $325.4 million, respectively.

F-51


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital

        The authorized share capital of the Company consists of 200,000,000 Common Shares, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 Preferred Shares, par value of $0.01 per share.

    Common Shares

        Changes in the Company's outstanding Common Shares are reflected in the table below:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Common Shares:

                   
 

Balance, beginning of year

    67,318,466     74,270,466     73,334,870  
 

Shares issued(1)

    695,769     523,723     823,682  
 

Restricted shares issued, net of cancellations

    17,345     329,057     139,166  
 

Shares repurchased and retired(2)

    (7,519,606 )   (7,804,780 )   (27,252 )
               
 

Balance, end of year

    60,511,974     67,318,466     74,270,466  
               

        The board of directors of ACGL has authorized the investment of up to $1.5 billion in ACGL's common shares through a share repurchase program. Such amount consisted of a $1.0 billion authorization in February 2007 and a $500 million authorization in May 2008. Repurchases under the program may be effected from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions through February 2010. Since the inception of the share repurchase program, ACGL has repurchased approximately 15.3 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.05 billion. During 2008, ACGL repurchased approximately 7.5 million common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $513.1 million, compared to 7.8 million shares repurchased for an aggregate purchase price of $537.1 million during 2007. As a result of share repurchase transactions, book value per common share was reduced by $3.52 per share at December 31, 2008. Weighted average shares outstanding for 2008 were reduced by 12.9 million shares, compared to 3.3 million shares for 2007.

        At December 31, 2008, approximately $449.8 million of share repurchases were available under the program. The timing and amount of the repurchase transactions under this program will depend on a variety of factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory considerations. In connection with the share repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under its shareholders agreement with ACGL for all repurchases of common shares by ACGL under the share repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions.

F-52


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)

        On May 11, 2007, following shareholder approval, the Company adopted the 2007 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"). The purpose of the ESPP is to give employees of ACGL and its subsidiaries an opportunity to purchase common shares through payroll deductions, thereby encouraging employees to share in the economic growth and success of ACGL and its subsidiaries. The ESPP is designed to qualify as an "employee share purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code. A total of 750,000 common shares are reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The ESPP provides for consecutive six-month offering periods (or other periods of not more than 27 months as determined by the compensation committee) under which participating employees can elect to have up to 20% of their total compensation withheld and applied to the purchase of common shares of the Company at the end of the period. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee before an offering period commences, (1) the purchase price will be 85% of the fair market value of the common shares at the beginning of the offering period; and (2) the maximum number of common shares that may be purchased by an employee in any offering period is 3,000 shares. In addition, applicable Code limitations specify, in general, that a participant's right to purchase stock under the ESPP cannot accumulate at a rate in excess of $25,000 (based on the value at the beginning of the applicable offering periods) per calendar year.

        On May 11, 2007, following shareholder approval, the Company adopted the 2007 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the "2007 Plan"). The 2007 Plan is intended to provide for competitive compensation opportunities, to encourage long-term service, to recognize individual contributions and reward achievement of performance goals and to promote the creation of long-term value for shareholders by aligning the interests of such persons with those of shareholders. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant to eligible employees and directors stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units payable in common shares or cash, share awards in lieu of cash awards, dividend equivalents and other share-based awards. The 2007 Plan also provides the Company's non-employee directors with the opportunity to receive the annual retainer fee for Board service in common shares.

        Following shareholder approval on May 11, 2007, the 2005 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the "2005 Plan"), whose terms are substantially similar to the 2007 Plan, was merged into the 2007 Plan. As of the effective date, the 1,533,527 remaining shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan were transferred into the 2007 Plan. No additional grants will be made thereafter under the 2005 Plan.

        Grants which were outstanding at May 11, 2007 under the 2005 Plan will continue in accordance with their original terms (subject to such amendments as the compensation committee determines appropriate, consistent with the terms of the 2005 Plan), and the shares with respect to such outstanding grants will be issued or transferred under the 2007 Plan. The number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Plan, subject to anti-dilution adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Company's capital structure, is equal to the sum of (i) 2,500,000 and (ii) the number of common shares subject to outstanding grants under the 2005 Plan as of the effective date as well as common shares remaining available for issuance under the 2005 Plan but not subject to previously exercised or vested grants as of the effective date, except that no more than 2,000,000 common shares may be issued as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code. At December 31, 2008, approximately 2,785,079 shares are available for grant under the 2007 Plan.

F-53


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)

        In June 2002, following shareholder approval, the Company adopted the 2002 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the "2002 Plan"). An aggregate of 3,165,830 Common Shares has been reserved for issuance under the 2002 Plan. The 2002 Plan provides for the grant to eligible employees and directors of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units payable in Common Shares or cash, share awards in lieu of cash awards, dividend equivalents and other share-based awards. The 2002 Plan provides the Company's non-employee directors with the opportunity to receive their annual retainer fee for service as a director in Common Shares. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 18,584 shares are available for grant under the 2002 Plan.

        With respect to certain subsidiaries, the Company may withhold, or require a participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding tax requirements associated with awards under the Company's share award plans. This includes the authority to withhold or receive shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof.

        The Company generally issues stock options to officers, with exercise prices equal to the fair market values of the Company's Common Shares on the grant dates. Such grants generally vest over a three year period with one-third vesting on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. Option awards have a 10 year contractual life. Refer to Note 2(l) for details related to the Company's accounting for stock options.

        As required by the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recorded after-tax share-based compensation expense of $7.2 million related to stock option awards for 2008, net of a tax benefit of $2.1 million, compared to $7.2 million related to stock option awards for 2007, net of a tax benefit of $1.8 million, and $7.7 million related to stock option awards for 2006, net of a tax benefit of $1.5 million. As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $7.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. Such cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.

        For purposes of disclosure in the foregoing table and for purposes of determining estimated market value under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company has computed the estimated market values of share-based compensation related to stock options using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and has applied the assumptions set forth in the following table. As described above, stock options generally vest over a three year period with one-third vesting on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. For options granted during 2006 and 2007, the expected life assumption was based on the vesting period, the ten year contractual term of the option awards, the historical share option exercise experience, peer data and guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission as contained in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 permitting the initial application of a "simplified" method for options granted, which is based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. For options granted during 2008, the expected life assumption was based on an expected term analysis which incorporated the Company's historical share option exercise experience. The Company based its estimate of expected volatility for options granted during 2008 on daily historical trading data of its common shares from September 20, 2002, the date marking the completion of the Company's transition as a worldwide insurance and reinsurance company. For options granted during 2007 and 2006, the

F-54


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)


Company based its volatility estimate under the same method used for 2008, using the period from September 20, 2002 through the last day of the applicable period.

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    20.4 %   19.6 %   21.3 %

Risk free interest rate

    3.4 %   5.0 %   4.6 %

Expected option life

    5.7 years     6.0 years     6.0 years  

        The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. In addition, management will continue to assess the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate estimated fair value of share-based compensation. Circumstances may change and additional data may become available over time, which result in changes to these assumptions and methodologies, and which could materially impact the Company's fair value determination.

        A summary of option activity under the Company's Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plans during 2008 is presented below:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

    5,486,033   $ 33.45  

Granted

    334,175     69.31  

Exercised

    (633,598 )   32.41  

Forfeited or expired

    (55,475 )   64.43  
           

Outstanding, end of period

    5,131,135     35.58  
           

Exercisable, end of period

    4,311,226     30.01  

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $19.07, $22.48 and $18.21, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $22.6 million, $20.0 million, and $27.4 million, respectively and represents the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing market price of the Company's common shares on the exercise dates.

        The aggregate intrinsic value of the Company's outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2008 was $177.3 million and $172.9 million, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the Company's outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2008 was 4.7 years and 4.0 years, respectively. During 2008, the Company received proceeds of $20.0 million from the exercise of stock options and recognized a tax benefit of $4.5 million from the exercise of such options.

F-55


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)

    Restricted Common Shares and Restricted Units

        The Company also issues restricted share and unit awards to officers, for which the fair value is equal to the fair market values of the Company's Common Shares on the grant dates. Compensation equal to the fair value of the shares at the measurement date is amortized and charged to income over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period unless the employee is retirement eligible. Restricted share and unit awards generally vest over a three year period with one-third vesting on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. Refer to Note 2(l) for details related to the Company's accounting for restricted share and unit awards.

        The Company recorded $16.0 million of share-based compensation expense, net of a tax benefit of $4.1 million, related to restricted share and unit awards for 2008 as required by the provisions of SFAS No.123(R), compared to $12.9 million, net of a tax benefit of $2.3 million, for 2007 and $7.0 million, net of a tax benefit of $1.1 million, for 2006. As of December 31, 2008, there were $8.4 million and $14.1 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted share and unit awards which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years and 2.2 years, respectively.

        A summary of restricted share and unit activity under the Company's Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plans for 2008 is presented below:

 
  Restricted
Common
Shares
  Restricted
Unit
Awards
 

Non-Vested Shares:

             

Unvested balance, beginning of year

    451,513     116,453  

Granted

    16,064     332,275  

Vested

    (209,189 )   (10,357 )

Forfeited

    (9,076 )   (25,749 )
           

Unvested balance, end of year

    249,312     412,622  
           

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value:

             

Unvested balance, beginning of year

  $ 64.13      

Granted

  $ 68.95      

Vested

  $ 62.60      

Forfeited

  $ 68.18      

Unvested balance, end of year

  $ 65.58      

        During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company granted an aggregate of 348,339, 361,482 and 141,516 restricted share and restricted unit awards, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair values of $69.25, $69.94 and $56.94, respectively. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the aggregate fair value of restricted shares and units that vested was $15.3 million, $14.3 million and $31.0 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted units outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008 was $28.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The issuance of restricted shares and units and amortization thereon has no effect on the Company's consolidated shareholders' equity.

F-56


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)

    Preferred Shares

        During 2006, ACGL completed two public offerings of non-cumulative preferred shares ("Preferred Shares"). On February 1, 2006, $200.0 million principal amount of 8.0% series A non-cumulative preferred shares ("Series A Preferred Shares") were issued with net proceeds of $193.5 million and, on May 24, 2006, $125.0 million principal amount of 7.875% series B non-cumulative preferred shares ("Series B Preferred Shares") were issued with net proceeds of $120.9 million. The net proceeds of the offerings were used to support the underwriting activities of ACGL's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. ACGL has the right to redeem all or a portion of each series of Preferred Shares at a redemption price of $25.00 per share on or after (1) February 1, 2011 for the Series A Preferred Shares and (2) May 15, 2011 for the Series B Preferred Shares. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are non-cumulative. Consequently, in the event dividends are not declared on the Preferred Shares for any dividend period, holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to receive a dividend for such period, and such undeclared dividend will not accrue and will not be payable. Holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by ACGL's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board of directors. Any such dividends will be payable from the date of original issue on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly in arrears. To the extent declared, these dividends will accumulate, with respect to each dividend period, in an amount per share equal to 8.0% of the $25.00 liquidation preference per annum for the Series A Preferred Shares and 7.875% of the $25.00 liquidation preference per annum for the Series B Preferred Shares. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid $25.8 million, $25.8 million and $17.4 million, respectively, to holders of the Preferred Shares. At December 31, 2008, the Company had declared an aggregate of $3.3 million of dividends to be paid to holders of the Preferred Shares.

    Series A Convertible Preference Shares

        On November 20, 2001, the Company issued 35,687,735 Preference Shares and 3,776,025 Class A Warrants in exchange for $763.2 million in cash and entered into subscription agreements with investors led by Warburg Pincus and Hellman & Friedman and certain members of management (the "Subscription Agreement"). During the 2005 fourth quarter, all outstanding Preference Shares were converted into Common Shares. Prior to such conversion, the Preference Shares voted, together with the Common Shares, on an as-converted basis. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, the Company agreed to restrictions on the composition of its Board of Directors. Pursuant to this agreement, Warburg Pincus is entitled (until 2011) to nominate a prescribed number of directors based on the respective retained percentages of their Preference Shares purchased in November 2001. As long as Warburg Pincus retains at least 10% of their original investment, they will be entitled to nominate one director.

        In addition, the Company agreed (until 2011) not to declare any dividend or make any other distribution on its Common Shares, and not to repurchase any Common Shares, until it has repurchased from funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus, pro rata, on the basis of the amount of their investment in the Company at the time of such repurchase, Common Shares (which were issued pursuant to the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares in the 2005 fourth quarter) having an aggregate value of $250 million, at a per share price acceptable to them. No such shares have yet been repurchased. In connection with the share repurchase program, the Warburg Pincus funds waived their rights relating to share repurchases under its shareholders agreement with ACGL for all repurchases of

F-57


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Share Capital (Continued)


common shares by ACGL under the share repurchase program in open market transactions and certain privately negotiated transactions.

    Voting Rights Limitation

        At December 31, 2003, the bye-laws of the Company contain a provision limiting the rights of any U.S. person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), that owns shares of the Company, directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code), representing more than 9.9% of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. The votes conferred by such shares or such U.S. person will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the shares of such person will constitute 9.9% of the total voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. Notwithstanding this provision, the Board of Directors may make such final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred by the shares of any U.S. person that the Board of Directors considers fair and reasonable in all circumstances to ensure that such votes represent 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of the votes conferred by all shares of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. The Company will assume that all shareholders (other than Warburg Pincus) are U.S. persons unless they otherwise receive assurance satisfactory to them that they are not U.S. persons.

14. Retirement Plans

        For purposes of providing employees with retirement benefits, the Company maintains defined contribution retirement plans. Contributions are based on the participants' eligible compensation. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company expensed approximately $19.6 million, $15.4 million and $13.8 million, respectively, related to these retirement plans.

15. Statutory Information

    Bermuda

        Under The Insurance Act 1978, as Amended, and Related Regulations of Bermuda (the "Insurance Act"), Arch Re Bermuda, the Company's Bermuda reinsurance and insurance subsidiary, is registered as a Class 4 insurer and is required to annually prepare and file statutory financial statements and a statutory financial return with the Bermuda Monetary Authority ("BMA"). The Insurance Act also requires Arch Re Bermuda to maintain minimum share capital of $1.0 million, to meet minimum liquidity ratios and a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of (A) $100 million, (B) 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by Arch Re Bermuda but Arch Re Bermuda may not deduct more than 25% of gross premiums when computing net premiums written), and (C) 15% of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses and other insurance reserves. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such requirements were met.

        Effective for 2008, Arch Re Bermuda is also required to file a new risk based capital model called the Bermuda Statutory Capital Requirement ("BSCR") model that measures risks and determines enhanced capital requirements and a target capital level (defined as 120% of the enhanced capital requirements). In addition, all Class 4 Bermuda insurers must prepare and file with the BMA audited GAAP basis annual financial statements, which must be made publicly available. Declarations of dividends from retained earnings and distributions from additional paid-in-capital are subject to these requirements being met. For all applicable periods presented herein, Arch Re Bermuda satisfied these requirements.

F-58


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Statutory Information (Continued)

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, as determined under Bermuda law, Arch Re Bermuda had statutory capital of $2.21 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, and statutory capital and surplus of $3.36 billion and $3.73 billion, respectively. Such amounts include interests in U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Arch Re Bermuda recorded statutory net income of $349.8 million, $909.1 million and $774.3 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The primary difference between net income and capital and surplus presented under Bermuda statutory accounting principles and net income and shareholder's equity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP relates to deferred acquisition costs.

        The Bermuda Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act") limits Arch Re Bermuda's ability to pay dividends and distributions to shareholders if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) Arch Re Bermuda is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of Arch Re Bermuda's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. Under the Insurance Act, Arch Re Bermuda is restricted with respect to the payment of dividends. Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files, at least seven days before payment of such dividends, with the Bermuda Monetary Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. In addition, Arch Re Bermuda is prohibited, without prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year's statutory financial statements. Accordingly, Arch Re Bermuda can pay approximately $834 million to ACGL during 2009 without providing an affidavit to the Bermuda Monetary Authority, as discussed above.

    Ireland

        The Company's Ireland subsidiary, Arch Re Europe, was licensed and authorized by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority ("IFSRA") as a non-life reinsurer in October 2008. Irish authorized reinsurers, such as Arch Re Europe, are also subject to the general body of Irish laws and regulations including the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963-2006. Arch Re Europe must file and submit its annual audited financial statements and related reports to the Registrar of Companies ("Registrar") under the Companies Acts 1963-2006 together with an annual return of certain core corporate information. Changes to core corporate information during the year must also be notified to the Registrar. These requirements are in addition to the regulatory returns required to be filed annually with IFSRA. Arch Re Europe is required to maintain reserves, particularly in respect of underwriting liabilities and a solvency margin as provided for in the European Communities (Reinsurance) Regulations, 2006, related guidance and the European Communities Insurance Accounts Regulations, 1996. Assets constituting statutory reserves must comply with certain principles including obligations to secure sufficiency, liquidity, security, quality, profitability and currency matching of investments. Statutory reserves must be actuarially certified annually.

        Under Irish company law, Arch Re Europe is permitted to make distributions only out of profits available for distribution. A company's profits available for distribution are its accumulated, realized profits, so far as not previously utilized by distribution or capitalization, less its accumulated, realized losses, so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital duly made. Further, IFSRA has powers to intervene if a dividend payment were to lead to a breach of regulatory capital requirements.

F-59


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Statutory Information (Continued)

    United States

        The Company's U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries file financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by insurance regulators. Statutory net income and statutory surplus, as reported to the insurance regulatory authorities, differ in certain respects from the amounts prepared in accordance with GAAP. The main differences between statutory net income and GAAP net income relate to deferred acquisition costs and deferred income taxes. In addition to deferred acquisition costs and deferred income tax assets, other differences between statutory surplus and GAAP shareholder's equity are unrealized appreciation or decline in value of investments and non-admitted assets.

        Combined statutory surplus of the Company's U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries was $766.0 million and $719.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company's U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries had combined statutory net income of $46.2 million, $42.2 million and $55.1 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

        The Company's U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The ability of the Company's regulated insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions is dependent on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards. These regulations include restrictions that limit the amount of dividends or other distributions, such as loans or cash advances, available to shareholders without prior approval of the insurance regulatory authorities. Dividends or distributions, if any, made by the Company's U.S. regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to non-insurance affiliates would result in an increase in available capital at Arch-U.S., the Company's U.S. holding company, which is owned by Arch Re Europe and a related holding company, which are subsidiaries of Arch Re Bermuda.

    United Kingdom

        The Company's U.K. subsidiary, Arch Insurance Europe, was licensed and authorized by the Financial Services Authority ("FSA") to underwrite all classes of general insurance in the U.K. in May 2004. Arch Insurance Europe must file annual audited financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.K. GAAP") with Companies House under the Companies Act 1985 (as amended). In addition, Arch Europe is required to file regulatory returns with the FSA, which regulates insurance and reinsurance companies operating from the U.K. The financial statements required to be submitted to Companies House form the basis for the regulatory return required to be submitted to the FSA. The FSA's capital adequacy and solvency regulations require a margin of capital to be determined by the Company's own individual capital assessment ("ICA") to value capital adequacy. The model the company uses to determine the capital requirement is reviewed and approved by the FSA who then issue an individual capital guidance ("ICG"). For Arch Insurance Europe, the ICG is the same as its own ICA.

        Under U.K. law, all U.K. companies are restricted from declaring a dividend to their shareholders unless they have "profits available for distribution." The calculation as to whether a company has sufficient profits is based on its accumulated realized profits minus its accumulated realized losses. U.K. insurance regulatory laws do not prohibit the payment of dividends, but the FSA requires that insurance companies maintain certain solvency margins and may restrict the payment of a dividend by Arch Insurance Europe. Dividends or distributions, if any, made by Arch Insurance Europe would result in an increase in available capital at Arch Re Europe, a subsidiary of Arch Re Bermuda. Shareholder's equity of Arch Insurance Europe under U.K. GAAP at December 31, 2008 was

F-60


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Statutory Information (Continued)

£58.2 million, or approximately $83.7 million, compared to £58.6 million, or approximately $117.1 million, at December 31, 2007. Arch Insurance Europe had U.K. GAAP net income of £0.5 million, or approximately $0.7 million, for 2008, compared to £2.8 million, or approximately $5.6 million, for 2007 and £0.8 million, or approximately $1.5 million, for 2006.

16. Legal Proceedings

        The Company, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was not a party to any material litigation or arbitration other than as a part of the ordinary course of business in relation to claims and reinsurance recoverable matters, none of which is expected by management to have a significant adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.

F-61


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

        Following is a summary of quarterly financial data:

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 

2008 Income Statement Data:

                         

Net premiums written

  $ 615,574   $ 692,692   $ 686,118   $ 811,342  
                   

Net premiums earned

  $ 698,514   $ 733,031   $ 705,675   $ 708,234  

Fee income

    1,456     944     1,238     1,068  

Other income

    211     3,067     4,968     4,036  

Net investment income

    111,745     117,022     117,120     122,193  

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    (174,147 )   (1,731 )   19,583     (22,313 )

Net realized gains (losses)

    (102,873 )   (105,534 )   (12,669 )   35,975  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (490,816 )   (548,886 )   (404,625 )   (404,417 )

Acquisition expenses

    (123,231 )   (133,413 )   (119,226 )   (114,639 )

Other operating expenses

    (100,385 )   (95,652 )   (102,578 )   (97,187 )

Interest expense

    (6,285 )   (6,241 )   (5,788 )   (5,524 )

Net foreign exchange gains (losses)

    51,479     68,395     298     (23,587 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (2,179 )   1,849     (5,253 )   (7,956 )
                   

Net income (loss)

    (136,511 )   32,851     198,743     195,883  

Preferred dividends

    (6,461 )   (6,461 )   (6,461 )   (6,461 )
                   

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ (142,972 ) $ 26,390   $ 192,282   $ 189,422  
                   

Net income (loss) per common share data

                         
 

Basic

  $ (2.38 ) $ 0.44   $ 3.05   $ 2.90  
 

Diluted

  $ (2.38 ) $ 0.42   $ 2.92   $ 2.78  

2007 Income Statement Data:

                         

Net premiums written

  $ 577,666   $ 694,630   $ 757,895   $ 871,745  
                   

Net premiums earned

  $ 712,216   $ 735,529   $ 751,412   $ 745,493  

Fee income

    1,866     1,610     2,091     1,969  

Other income

    5,483     2,696     265     604  

Net investment income

    120,807     118,464     113,923     110,047  

Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method

    (906 )   (5,283 )   3,376     2,642  

Net realized gains (losses)

    18,732     14,147     (3,757 )   (981 )

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (395,751 )   (402,695 )   (425,663 )   (420,061 )

Acquisition expenses

    (111,702 )   (131,424 )   (117,277 )   (120,128 )

Other operating expenses

    (101,275 )   (95,545 )   (100,505 )   (90,813 )

Interest expense

    (5,523 )   (5,524 )   (5,523 )   (5,523 )

Net foreign exchange losses

    (4,121 )   (23,656 )   (6,450 )   (9,742 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    1,044     (2,113 )   (6,037 )   (8,495 )
                   

Net income

    240,870     206,206     205,855     205,012  

Preferred dividends

    (6,461 )   (6,461 )   (6,461 )   (6,461 )
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 234,409   $ 199,745   $ 199,394   $ 198,551  
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

                         

Net income per common share data

                         
 

Basic

  $ 3.44   $ 2.87   $ 2.75   $ 2.69  
 

Diluted

  $ 3.31   $ 2.76   $ 2.65   $ 2.59  

F-62


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE I


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS

OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31, 2008  
 
  Cost or
Amortized
Cost(1)
  Market
Value
  Amount
at Which
Shown in
the Balance
Sheet
 

Fixed maturities and fixed maturities pledged under securities lending agreements(2):

                   
 

Corporate bonds

  $ 2,067,221   $ 2,019,373   $ 2,019,373  
 

Mortgage backed securities

    1,684,189     1,581,736     1,581,736  
 

U.S. government and government agencies

    1,400,294     1,463,897     1,463,897  
 

Commercial mortgage backed securities

    1,271,821     1,219,737     1,219,737  
 

Asset backed securities

    1,039,682     970,041     970,041  
 

Municipal bonds

    940,881     965,966     965,966  
 

Non-U.S. government securities

    526,166     527,972     527,972  
               
   

Total

  $ 8,930,254   $ 8,748,722   $ 8,748,722  

Other investments(3)

    53,181     36,924     36,924  

Short-term investments and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements(2)

    579,652     581,150     581,150  
               
   

Total investments(3),(4)

  $ 9,563,087   $ 9,366,796   $ 9,366,796  
               

(1)
Investments in fixed maturities and short-term investments are shown at amortized cost.

(2)
In securities lending transactions, the Company receives collateral in excess of the market value of the fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements. For purposes of this table, the Company has excluded the $730.2 million of collateral received which is reflected as "Investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value" and included the $728.1 million of "fixed maturities and short-term investments pledged under securities lending agreements, at market value."

(3)
Excludes the Company's investment in Aeolus LP, which is accounted for using the equity method.

(4)
Includes certain securities transactions entered into but not settled at the balance sheet date. Net of such amounts, total investments at market value were approximately $9.62 billion. Excludes $301.0 million of investment funds accounted for using the equity method. In applying the equity method, these investments are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently adjusted based on the Company's proportionate share of the net income or loss of the funds (which include changes in the market value of the underlying securities in the funds). Changes in the carrying value of such investments are recorded as 'Equity in net income (loss) of investment funds accounted for using the equity method' rather than as an unrealized gain or loss component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity as are changes in the carrying value of the Company's other fixed income investments.

S-1


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE II


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

Balance Sheet
(Parent Company Only)
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  

Assets

             

Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries

  $ 3,825,396   $ 4,309,166  

Short-term investments available for sale, at market value

    8,960     28,688  

Cash

    7,874     7,631  

Other assets

    4,394     4,750  
           

Total Assets

  $ 3,846,624   $ 4,350,235  
           

Liabilities

             

Senior notes

  $ 300,000   $ 300,000  

Revolving credit agreement borrowings

    100,000      

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    13,659     14,424  
           

Total Liabilities

    413,659     314,424  
           

Shareholders' Equity

             

Non-cumulative preferred shares ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized)

             
 

—Series A (issued: 2008 and 2007, 8,000,000)

    80     80  
 

—Series B (issued: 2008 and 2007, 5,000,000)

    50     50  

Common shares ($0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, issued: 2008, 60,511,974; 2007, 67,318,466)

    605     673  

Additional paid-in capital

    994,585     1,451,667  

Retained earnings

    2,693,239     2,428,117  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax

    (255,594 )   155,224  
           

Total Shareholders' Equity

    3,432,965     4,035,811  
           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

  $ 3,846,624   $ 4,350,235  
           

S-2


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued)

Statement of Income
(Parent Company Only)
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Revenues

                   

Net investment income

  $ 506   $ 1,185   $ 801  

Net realized gains (losses)

    1,084     206     (27 )
               

Total revenues

    1,590     1,391     774  
               

Expenses

                   

Operating expenses

    29,249     31,560     28,537  

Interest expense

    23,838     22,093     22,090  
               

Total expenses

    53,087     53,653     50,627  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (51,497 )   (52,262 )   (49,853 )

Income tax benefit

             
               

Loss before equity in net income of wholly owned subsidiaries

   
(51,497

)
 
(52,262

)
 
(49,853

)

Equity in net income of wholly owned subsidiaries

   
342,463
   
910,205
   
763,067
 

Net income

   
290,966
   
857,943
   
713,214
 

Preferred dividends

   
(25,844

)
 
(25,844

)
 
(20,655

)
               

Net income available to common shareholders

 
$

265,122
 
$

832,099
 
$

692,559
 
               

S-3


Table of Contents


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued)

Statement of Cash Flows
(Parent Company Only)
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Operating Activities

                   

Net income

  $ 290,966   $ 857,943   $ 713,214  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

                   
 

Equity in net income of wholly owned subsidiaries

    (342,463 )   (910,205 )   (763,067 )
 

Net realized (gains) losses

    (1,084 )   (206 )   27  
 

Share-based compensation

    7,587     9,063     7,639  
 

Dividends received from subsidiary

    537,050     602,050     22,050  
 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

    (145 )   12,645     11,042  
               

Net Cash Provided By (Used For) Operating Activities

  $ 491,911     571,290     (9,095 )

Investing Activities:

                   
 

Purchases of fixed maturity investments

             
 

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity investments

            628  
 

Net (purchases) sales of short-term investments

    20,909     (22,540 )   6,847  
 

Change in investment of funds received under securities lending agreements, at market value

            691  
 

Capital contributed to subsidiaries

    (100,000 )       (314,350 )
 

Purchase of furniture, equipment and other

        (30 )    
               

Net Cash Used For Investing Activities

    (79,091 )   (22,570 )   (306,184 )

Financing Activities:

                   
 

Purchases of common shares under share repurchase program

    (513,130 )   (537,066 )    
 

Proceeds from common shares issued, net

    21,881     13,498     19,683  
 

Proceeds from preferred shares issued, net of issuance costs

            314,388  
 

Revolving credit agreement borrowings

    100,000          
 

Change in securities lending collateral

            (691 )
 

Proceeds from subsidiaries for share-based compensation

    4,516          
 

Preferred dividends paid

    (25,844 )   (25,844 )   (17,353 )
               

Net Cash (Used For) Provided By Financing Activities

    (412,577 )   (549,412 )   316,027  

Increase (decrease) in cash

   
243
   
(692

)
 
748
 

Cash beginning of year

    7,631     8,323     7,575  
               

Cash end of year

    7,874   $ 7,631   $ 8,323  
               

S-4


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE III


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Deferred Acquisition Costs,
Net
  Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses   Unearned Premiums   Net Premiums Earned   Net Investment Income(1)   Net
Losses
and Loss Adjustment Expenses Incurred
  Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs   Other Operating Expenses(2)   Net Premiums Written  

December 31, 2008

                                                     

Insurance

  $ 147,134   $ 4,818,219   $ 946,461   $ 1,675,089   NM   $ 1,194,528   $ 224,539   $ 288,883   $ 1,657,603  

Reinsurance

    148,058     2,848,738     580,221     1,170,365   NM     654,216     265,970     78,421     1,148,123  
                                       
 

Total

  $ 295,192   $ 7,666,957   $ 1,526,682   $ 2,845,454   NM   $ 1,848,744   $ 490,509   $ 367,304   $ 2,805,726  
                                       

December 31, 2007

                                                     

Insurance

  $ 146,455   $ 4,301,647   $ 1,028,785   $ 1,702,343   NM   $ 1,077,769   $ 201,703   $ 276,388   $ 1,717,548  

Reinsurance

    143,604     2,790,805     737,096     1,242,307   NM     566,401     278,828     81,059     1,184,388  
                                       
 

Total

  $ 290,059   $ 7,092,452   $ 1,765,881   $ 2,944,650   NM   $ 1,644,170   $ 480,531   $ 357,447   $ 2,901,936  
                                       

December 31, 2006

                                                     

Insurance

  $ 125,001   $ 3,806,618   $ 1,011,490   $ 1,600,854   NM   $ 1,017,263   $ 175,740   $ 249,637   $ 1,652,056  

Reinsurance

    165,998     2,656,422     780,432     1,480,811   NM     773,286     368,171     53,533     1,365,362  
                                       
 

Total

  $ 290,999   $ 6,463,040   $ 1,791,922   $ 3,081,665   NM   $ 1,790,549   $ 543,911   $ 303,170   $ 3,017,418  
                                       

(1)
The Company does not manage its assets by segment and, accordingly, net investment income is not allocated to each underwriting segment. See Note 3.

(2)
Certain other operating expenses relate to the Company's corporate and other segment (non-underwriting). Such amounts are not reflected in the table above. See Note 3.

S-5


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE IV


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
REINSURANCE
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 
  Gross
Amount
  Ceded to Other
Companies(1)
  Assumed
From Other
Companies(1)
  Net Amount   Percentage of Amount Assumed to
Net
 

Year Ended December 31, 2008

                               

Premiums Written:

                               
 

Insurance

  $ 2,385,790   $ (833,316 ) $ 105,129   $ 1,657,603     6.3 %
 

Reinsurance

    17     (53,780 )   1,201,886     1,148,123     104.7 %
                       
   

Total

  $ 2,385,807   $ (863,350 ) $ 1,283,269   $ 2,805,726     45.7 %
                       

Year Ended December 31, 2007

                               

Premiums Written:

                               
 

Insurance

  $ 2,563,011   $ (942,754 ) $ 97,291   $ 1,717,548     5.7 %
 

Reinsurance

    1,891     (333,257 )   1,515,754     1,184,388     128.0 %
                       
   

Total

  $ 2,564,902   $ (1,238,207 ) $ 1,575,241   $ 2,901,936     54.3 %
                       

Year Ended December 31, 2006

                               

Premiums Written:

                               
 

Insurance

  $ 2,572,775   $ (972,701 ) $ 51,982   $ 1,652,056     3.1 %
 

Reinsurance

    161     (338,434 )   1,703,635     1,365,362     124.8 %
                       
   

Total

  $ 2,572,936   $ (1,265,031 ) $ 1,709,513   $ 3,017,418     56.7 %
                       

(1)
Certain amounts included in the gross premiums written of each segment are related to intersegment transactions and are included in the gross premiums written of each segment. Accordingly, the sum of gross premiums written for each segment does not agree to the total gross premiums written as shown in the table above due to the elimination of intersegment transactions in the total. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the insurance segment results include $1.9 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of gross premiums written and assumed through intersegment transactions. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the reinsurance segment results include $21.8 million, $36.8 million and $45.1 million, respectively, of gross premiums written and assumed through intersegment transactions. See Note 3.

S-6


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE VI


ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E   Column F   Column G   Column H   Column I   Column J   Column K  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Net Losses and Loss
Adjustment Expenses
Incurred Related to
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Reserves
for Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
  Discount,
if any,
deducted
in
Column C
   
   
   
   
  Net Paid
Losses and
Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Amortization
of Deferred
Acquisition
Costs
   
 
Affiliation
with
Registrant
  Deferred
Acquisition
Costs, Net
  Unearned
Premiums
  Net
Premiums
Earned
  Net
Investment
Income(1)
  (a) Current
Year
  (b) Prior
Years
  Net
Premiums
Written
 

Insurance

                                                                 

2008

  $ 147,134   $ 4,818,219   $ 4,904   $ 946,461   $ 1,675,089   NM   $ 1,273,482   $ (78,954 ) $ 224,539   $ 739,976   $ 1,657,603  

2007

    146,455     4,301,647     2,081     1,028,785     1,702,343   NM     1,090,423     (12,654 )   201,703     603,156     1,717,548  

2006

    125,001     3,806,618         1,011,490     1,600,854   NM     1,025,564     (8,301 )   175,740     518,662     1,652,056  

Reinsurance

                                                                 

2008

  $ 148,058   $ 2,848,738   $   $ 580,221   $ 1,170,365   NM   $ 885,432   $ (231,216 ) $ 265,970   $ 519,898   $ 1,148,123  

2007

    143,604     2,790,805         737,096     1,242,307   NM     739,108     (172,707 )   278,828     514,257     1,184,388  

2006

    165,998     2,656,422         780,432     1,480,811   NM     841,780     (68,494 )   368,171     471,772     1,365,362  

(1)
The Company does not manage its assets by segment and, accordingly, net investment income is not allocated to each underwriting segment. See Note 3.

S-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  3.1   Memorandum of Association of Arch Capital Group Ltd. ("ACGL")(l)
  3.2   Bye-Laws of ACGL(l)
  3.3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Bye-law 45 and Bye-law 75(p)
  3.3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bye-law 20(r)
  4.1.1   Certificate of Designations of Series A Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares(jj)
  4.1.2   Certificate of Designations of Series B Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares(nn)
  4.2.1   Specimen Common Share Certificate(n)
  4.2.2   Specimen Series A Non-Cumulative Preferred Share Certificate(jj)
  4.2.3   Specimen Series B Non-Cumulative Preferred Share Certificate(nn)
  4.3   Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2001, by and among ACGL and the shareholders party thereto, conformed to reflect amendments dated as of January 3, 2002, March 15, 2002 and September 16, 2002(u)
  4.4   Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, by and among ACGL and the purchasers party thereto, conformed to reflect amendments dated as of November 20, 2001, January 3, 2002, March 15, 2002 and January 20, 2003 ("Subscription Agreement")(u)
  4.5   Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2004, by and among ACGL and the parties thereto, relating to the Subscription Agreement(w)
  4.6   Indenture and First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 4, 2004, between ACGL and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly JPMorgan Chase Bank) ("JPMCB")(x)
  10.1.1   Lease Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2002, between Arch Insurance Company ("Arch Insurance") and BFP One Liberty Plaza Co. LLC ("BFP") ("Lease")(u)
  10.1.2   First Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2003, to the Lease(v)
  10.1.3   Second Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2003, to the Lease(v)
  10.1.4   Third Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2004, to the Lease(w)
  10.1.5   Fourth Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, to the Lease(gg)
  10.1.6   Fifth Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2005, to the Lease(kk)
  10.1.7   Sixth Lease Modification Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007, to the Lease(tt)
  10.1.8   Sublease Agreement relating to the Lease between Arch Insurance and BFP, dated as of July 21, 2008 (filed herewith)
  10.2   Lease Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2008, between M-C Plaza II & II L.L.C. and Arch Insurance (filed herewith)
  10.3.1   ACGL 1995 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan ("1995 Stock Plan")(b)†
  10.3.2   First Amendment to the 1995 Stock Plan(c)†
  10.4   ACGL 1999 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan(g)†
  10.5.1   ACGL Long Term Incentive Plan for New Employees ("2001 Plan")(q)†
  10.5.2   First Amendment to the 2001 Plan (filed herewith)†
  10.6.1   ACGL 2002 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan ("2002 Plan")(t)†
  10.6.2   First Amendment to the 2002 Plan(v)†
  10.6.3   Second Amendment to the 2002 Plan (filed herewith)†
  10.7   Second Amended and Restated ACGL Incentive Compensation Plan (filed herewith)†
  10.8   ACGL 2007 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan(pp)†
  10.9.1   ACGL 2007 Employee Share Purchase Plan ("2007 ESPP")(pp)†
  10.9.2   Amendment to ACGL 2007 ESPP, dated as of November 7, 2007(tt)†
  10.10.1   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL—Executive Officers of ACGL—September 19, 1995 grants(d)†
  10.10.2   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL—Marc Grandisson—October 23, 2001 grant(o), February 26, 2004 grant(bb), September 22, 2004 grant(y) and November 15, 2005 grant(kk) †

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.10.3   Restricted Share Agreement with ACGL—W. Preston Hutchings—July 1, 2005(kk)†
  10.10.4   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL—Louis T. Petrillo—January 30, 2001 grant(o), February 20, 2003 grant(w) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)†
  10.10.5   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL—Constantine Iordanou—January 1, 2002 grants(p), February 26, 2004 grant(bb) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)†
  10.10.6   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL—John D. Vollaro—January 18, 2002 grant ("January Restricted Share Agreement")(s), February 20, 2003 grant(w), Amendment No. 1 to January Restricted Share Agreement(u) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)†
  10.10.7   Restricted Share Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro and Marc Grandisson—May 11, 2007 grant(tt)†
  10.10.8   Restricted Share Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by W. Preston Hutchings and Louis T. Petrillo—May 11, 2007 grant(tt)†
  10.10.9   Restricted Share Unit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2003, between ACGL and Constantine Iordanou(w) and Amendment to same, dated December 9, 2008 (filed herewith)†
  10.10.10   Restricted Share Unit Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by each of Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro, Marc Grandisson, W. Preston Hutchings, Mark D. Lyons and Louis T. Petrillo(xx)†
  10.10.11   Restricted Share Unit Agreement with ACGL—Mark D. Lyons—May 9, 2008(xx)†
  10.10.12   Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2003, between ACGL and John D. Vollaro(w)†
  10.10.13   Restricted Share Agreements with ACGL substantially in the form signed by the Non-Employee Directors of ACGL—2003 annual grants(aa), 2004 annual grants(z), 2005 annual grants(tt) and 2008 annual grants (filed herewith)†
  10.10.14   Restricted Share Agreements with Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro and Marc Grandisson—February 23, 2006(oo)†
  10.10.15   Restricted Share Agreements with W. Preston Hutchings and Louis T. Petrillo—February 23, 2006(oo)†
  10.11.1   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Executive Officers of ACGL—1995 and 1996 grants(d), 1997 and 1998 grants(f) and 2000 grants(m)†
  10.11.2   Amendments to Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Executive Officers and Directors of ACGL (dated May 5, 2000)(n)†
  10.11.3   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Non-Employee Directors of ACGL—initial grants(f)(i), 1996 and 1997 annual grants(c), 1998 annual grants(e), 1999 annual grants(f), 2000 annual grants(i) and 2001 annual grants(n)†
  10.11.4   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Louis T. Petrillo—January 30, 2001 grant(o), October 23, 2001 grant(o) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)(ee)†
  10.11.5   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Marc Grandisson—October 23, 2001 grant(o), September 22, 2004 grant(y)(ee) and November 15, 2005(kk)†
  10.11.6   Stock Option Agreement, dated July 1, 2005, between ACGL and W. Preston Hutchings(kk)†
  10.11.7   Amended and Restated Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2001, between ACGL and Paul Ingrey(u)†
  10.11.8   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—John M. Pasquesi—October 23, 2001 grants(p)†
  10.11.9   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—Constantine Iordanou—January 1, 2002 grant(p) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)(ff)†
  10.11.10   Stock Option Agreements with ACGL—John D. Vollaro—January 18, 2002 grant(s) and September 22, 2004 grant(y)(ff)†
  10.11.11   Stock Option Agreements with Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro and Marc Grandisson—February 23, 2006(oo)†
  10.11.12   Stock Option Agreements with W. Preston Hutchings and Louis T. Petrillo(oo)†

E-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.12.1   Share Appreciation Right Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by Louis T. Petrillo and W. Preston Hutchings—May 11, 2007 grant(tt)†
  10.12.2   Share Appreciation Right Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro and Marc Grandisson—May 11, 2007 grant(tt)†
  10.12.3   Share Appreciation Right Agreement with ACGL substantially in the form signed by each of Constantine Iordanou, John D. Vollaro, Marc Grandisson, W. Preston Hutchings, Mark D. Lyons and Louis T. Petrillo—May 9, 2008 grant(xx)
  10.13   Employment and Change in Control Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2000, between ACGL and Louis T. Petrillo(k) and Amendment to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008 (filed herewith) †
  10.14   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2001, among ACGL, Arch Re Bermuda and Marc Grandisson(p), First Amendment to same, dated as of November 16, 2005(kk) and Second Amendment to same, dated as of November 24, 2008 (filed herewith)†
  10.15   Employment Letter Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2005, between ACGL and W. Preston Hutchings(hh) and Amendment to same, dated as of May 21, 2008(vv)†
  10.16   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2007 between ACGL and Constantine Iordanou(rr) and Amendment to same, dated as of December 31, 2008 (filed herewith)†
  10.17   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2008, between ACGL and John D. Vollaro(ww)†
  10.18   Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2005, between ACGL and Robert Clements(ii)
  10.19   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2008, between ACGL and Paul Ingrey (filed herewith)†
  10.20   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2008, between ACGL and John C.R. Hele(ww)†
  10.21   Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2006, between Arch Insurance Group Inc. and Mark D. Lyons (filed herewith) and Amendment to same, dated as of November 24, 2008 (filed herewith)†
  10.22   Assumption of Change in Control Agreements(n)†
  10.23   ACGL 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan(a)†
  10.24   Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. ("Arch U.S.") Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (filed herewith)†
  10.25   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2000, by and among Arch U.S., Folksamerica Holding Company, Inc. ("FHC") and Folksamerica(h)
  10.26   Transfer and Assumption Agreement, dated May 5, 2000, between Arch Reinsurance Company (formerly Risk Capital Reinsurance Company) ("Arch Re U.S.") and Folksamerica(j)
  10.27   Escrow Agreement, dated December 28, 2000, by and among ACGL, FHC, Folksamerica and the Escrow Agent(n)
  10.28   Agreement, dated May 5, 2000, by and among Arch U.S., Arch Re U.S., FHC and Folksamerica regarding Aviation Business(l)
  10.29   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 25, 2000, by and among Arch U.S., ACGL, The Arch Purpose Trust and Arch Merger Corp.(l)
  10.30   Agreement, dated November 20, 2001, by and among ACGL, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., Warburg Pincus International Partners, L.P., Warburg Pincus Netherlands International Partners I, C.V., Warburg Pincus Netherlands International II, C.V. and HFCP IV (Bermuda), L.P. (collectively, the "Original Signatories") and Orbital Holdings, Ltd.(p)
  10.31   Agreement, dated November 20, 2001, by and among ACGL, the Original Signatories and Insurance Private Equity Investors, L.L.C.(p)

E-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.32   Agreement, dated November 20, 2001, by and among ACGL, the Original Signatories and Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners II, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. and RR Capital Partners, L.P.(p)
  10.33   Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2001, by and among ACGL, the Original Signatories, Trident, Trident II, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Risk Capital Holdings, Ltd., Marsh & McLennan Capital Professionals Fund, L.P. and Marsh & McLennan Employees' Securities Company, L.P.(o)
  10.34   Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2001, between ACGL and certain members of management(o)
  10.35.1   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2006 ("Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement"), by and among ACGL, Arch U.S., Arch Reinsurance Ltd. ("Arch Re Bermuda"), Arch Reinsurance Company, Arch Insurance Company, Arch Specialty Insurance Company, Arch Excess & Surplus Insurance Company, Western Diversified Casualty Insurance Company and Arch Insurance Company (Europe) Limited, with Barclays Bank Plc, The Bank of New York, Calyon, New York Branch, Citibank, N.A., ING Bank N.V., London Branch, Lloyd's TSB Bank plc, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as documentation agents, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, JPMCB, as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein(mm)
  10.35.2   First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007(qq)
  10.36   Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2007, Arch Re Bermuda, Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as agent ("Lloyds TSB"), Lloyds TSB, ING Bank N.V., London Branch, and Barclays Bank plc, as original lenders, and Lloyds TSB as mandated lead arranger(ss)
  10.37.1   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among Protective Underwriting Services, Inc. ("Protective"), Arch Capital Holdings Ltd. ("Arch Capital Holdings") and ACGL, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 9, 2004, Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 13, 2004, Amendment No. 3, dated as of July 16, 2004 and Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 28, 2004(bb)
  10.37.2   Waiver Letter Agreement related to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2004, signed by Arch Capital Holdings, ACGL and Protective(cc)
  10.38   Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2008, between Gulf Investment Corporation GSC and Arch Reinsurance Ltd. relating to Gulf Holdings Limited(uu)(yy)
  12   Statement regarding computation of ratios (filed herewith)
  21   Subsidiaries of Registrant (filed herewith)
  23   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith)
  24   Power of Attorney (filed herewith)
  25   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee(dd)
  31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
  31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
  32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
  32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)

(a)
Filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-99974), as filed with the SEC on December 4, 1995, and incorporated by reference.

E-4


Table of Contents

(b)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, as filed with the SEC on March 29, 1996, and incorporated by reference.

(c)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, as filed with the SEC on March 31, 1997, and incorporated by reference.

(d)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1997, as filed with the SEC on August 14, 1997, and incorporated by reference.

(e)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, as filed with the SEC on March 27, 1998, and incorporated by reference.

(f)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, as filed with the SEC on March 30, 1999, and incorporated by reference.

(g)
Filed as an exhibit to our Definitive Proxy Statement, as filed with the SEC on April 14, 1999, and incorporated by reference.

(h)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on January 18, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(i)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, as filed with the SEC on March 30, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(j)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 19, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(k)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 8, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(l)
Filed as an annex to our Definitive Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in our Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-45418), as filed with the SEC on September 26, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(m)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2000, as filed with the SEC on November 14, 2000, and incorporated by reference.

(n)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, as filed with the SEC on April 2, 2001, and incorporated by reference.

(o)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2001, as filed with the SEC on November 14, 2001, and incorporated by reference.

(p)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on January 4, 2002, and incorporated by reference.

(q)
Filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-72182), as filed with the SEC on January 8, 2002, and incorporated by reference.

(r)
Filed as an annex to our Definitive Proxy Statement, as filed with the SEC on June 3, 2002, and incorporated by reference.

(s)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, as filed with the SEC on March 18, 2002, and incorporated by reference.

(t)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002, as filed with the SEC on August 14, 2002, and incorporated by reference.

(u)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, as filed with the SEC on March 31, 2003, and incorporated by reference.

E-5


Table of Contents

(v)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2003, as filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003, and incorporated by reference.

(w)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, as filed with the SEC on March 10, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(x)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(y)
Form of agreement filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 28, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(z)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on October 6, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(aa)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2004, as filed with the SEC on May 10, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(bb)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004, as filed with the SEC on August 9, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(cc)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on October 8, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(dd)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 3, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(ee)
Revised form of agreement originally filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 28, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(ff)
Revised form of agreement originally filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 28, 2004, and incorporated by reference.

(gg)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the SEC on March 15, 2005, and incorporated by reference.

(hh)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on June 9, 2005, and incorporated by reference.

(ii)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 9, 2005, and incorporated by reference.

(jj)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 2, 2006, and incorporated by reference.

(kk)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the SEC on March 13, 2006, and incorporated by reference.

(ll)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006, as filed with the SEC on May 8, 2006, and incorporated by reference.

(mm)
 Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on August 31, 2006, and incorporated by reference.

(nn)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 24, 2006, and incorporated by reference.

(oo)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2006, as filed with the SEC on November 9, 2006.

E-6


Table of Contents

(pp)
Filed as an appendix to our Definitive Proxy Statement, as filed with the SEC on April 3, 2007, and incorporated by reference.

(qq)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on October 2, 2007, and incorporated by reference.

(rr)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on December 3, 2007, and incorporated by reference.

(ss)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on December 14, 2007, and incorporated by reference.

(tt)
Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the SEC on February 29, 2008, and incorporated by reference.

(uu)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2008, as filed with the SEC on May 8, 2008.

(vv)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2008, as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008.

(ww)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on October 28, 2008, and incorporated by reference.

(xx)
Filed as an exhibit to our Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2008, as filed with the SEC on November 10, 2008.

(yy)
Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24 b-2, confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

E-7




Exhibit 10.1.8

 

Conformed Copy

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY, AS SUBLANDLORD
AND
BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC, AS SUBTENANT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Sublease ”) is made as of the 21 st  day of July, 2008, by and between ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY, a Missouri corporation, having an office at One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, New York 10006 (“ Sublandlord ”), and BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office c/o Brookfield Financial Properties, L.P., Three World Financial Center, 200 Vesey Street, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10281-1021 (“ Subtenant ”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                                    By lease dated September 26, 2002 (the “ Original Overlease ”), as amended by that certain First Lease Modification Agreement (the “ First Modification ”) dated as of May 7, 2003, that certain Second Lease Modification Agreement (the “ Second Modification ”) dated as of July 31, 2003, that certain Third Lease Modification Agreement (the “ Third Modification ”) dated as of February 18, 2004, that certain Fourth Lease Modification Agreement (the “ Fourth Modification ”) dated as of May 13, 2004, that certain Substitution of Storage Space Agreement (the “ Storage Substitution Agreement ”) dated as of September 30, 2004, that certain Fifth Lease Modification Agreement dated as of December 15, 2005 (the “ Fifth Modification ”) and that certain Sixth Lease Modification Agreement dated as of March 29, 2007 (the “ Sixth Modification ”) and as the same is concurrently herewith being amended pursuant to the Consent and Seventh Modification (as such term is defined in paragraph C below; such lease, as the same

 



 

has been, is being and may hereafter be further amended, being hereinafter called the “ Overlease ”), Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC, formerly known as BFP One Liberty Plaza Co. LLC (“ Overlandlord ”) leased to Sublandlord certain space consisting of the entire rentable area of each of the sixteenth (16th), seventeenth (17th) and fifty-third (53rd) floors and certain storage space located on the concourse level (collectively, the “ Leased Space ”) in the building known as One Liberty Plaza, New York, New York (the “ Building ”) in accordance with the terms of the Overlease.  A complete copy of the Overlease has been delivered to each of Sublandlord and Subtenant, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by each of Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

B.                                      Sublandlord and Subtenant desire to consummate a subleasing of a portion of the Leased Space on the terms and conditions contained in this agreement (this “ Sublease ”).

 

C.                                      Overlandlord and Sublandlord (as Tenant under the Overlease) are concurrently herewith entering into that certain Consent to Sublease, Non-Disturbance Agreement and Seventh Lease Modification Agreement (the “ Consent and Seventh Modification ”), providing for, inter alia, Overlandlord’s consent to this Sublease, Overlandlord’s recognition of Subtenant and certain modifications of the Overlease in connection herewith.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.                                        Term; Rent .

 

1.1                                  Sublandlord hereby leases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby hires from Sublandlord the entire rentable area of each of the sixteenth (16th) and seventeenth (17th) floors of the Building (comprising a portion of the Leased Space and which Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree for purposes of this Sublease shall be deemed to contain 44,514 rentable square feet each or 89,028 rentable square feet in the aggregate), approximately as shown on the applicable

 

2



 

floor plans annexed to the Second Modification, the Third Modification, the Fifth Modification and the Sixth Modification (collectively, the “ Premises ”), for a term (the “ Sublease Term ”) commencing at 12:01 A.M. EST on the Sublease Commencement Date (as such term is hereinafter defined) and ending at 11:00 P.M. EST on January 31, 2014 or on such earlier date upon which the Sublease Term shall terminate pursuant to any conditions or covenants of this Sublease or pursuant to law (the “ Sublease Expiration Date ”), at an annual fixed rent (“ fixed rent ”) at the rate of Four Million Ninety-Five Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Eight and 00/100 ($4,095,288.00) Dollars per annum, to be paid in equal monthly installments of Three Hundred Forty-One Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-Four and 00/100 ($341,274.00) Dollars each in advance, on the first day of each month during the Sublease Term, without any set-off, offset, abatement or reduction whatsoever, except as otherwise provided herein or in any provision of the Overlease, as incorporated herein.  As used herein, the term “ Sublease Commencement Date ” shall mean March 17, 2009 (the “ Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date ,” which date shall be subject to extension in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2(d) hereof) or such earlier date (the “ Accelerated Sublease Commencement Date ”) as Sublandlord may elect by written notice (the “ Sublease Commencement Date Acceleration Notice ”) given to Subtenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to such Accelerated Sublease Commencement Date, provided, however, that the Accelerated Sublease Commencement Date shall not occur earlier than January 1, 2009.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if for any reason whatsoever, Sublandlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Subtenant on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date or any Accelerated Sublease Commencement Date (as the case may be), subject to Subtenant’s remedies with respect to such late delivery as expressly set forth in this Sublease, the term of the Sublease shall commence on,

 

3



 

and the Sublease Commencement Date shall be, the date on which Sublandlord actually delivers possession of the Premises to Subtenant in accordance with the terms of this Sublease.  The date upon which Sublandlord actually delivers possession of the entire Premises to Subtenant in accordance with the terms of this Sublease is hereinafter called the “ Actual Sublease Commencement Date ”.  Sublandlord and Subtenant shall, at the request of either party, execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto (a “ Sublease Commencement Date Agreement ”) confirming the Actual Sublease Commencement Date; provided, however, that the failure of either party to request or to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instrument shall have no effect whatsoever on the occurrence of the Actual Sublease Commencement Date.

 

1.2                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.1 above, the fixed rent payable by Subtenant hereunder shall be abated during six (6) month period commencing on the Sublease Commencement Date.

 

2.                                        Assignment and Subletting .

 

2.1                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Overlease, Subtenant shall have the unqualified and unrestricted right, without Sublandlord’s consent or approval and without the application of Sections 7.07 through 7.15 of the Overlease, to (a) assign or transfer this Sublease or any interest therein, (b) permit this Sublease to be assigned by operation of law or otherwise, (c) further lease all or any part of the Premises, (d) permit the Premises or any desk space therein to be occupied by persons other than Subtenant, or (e) pledge or encumber this Sublease, the term and estate hereby granted or the rentals hereunder.  Any assignment or further leasing and the use of the Premises by Subtenant or by any assignee or further tenant of Subtenant, or by anyone else claiming by, through or under Subtenant, may be for any purpose or purposes that Subtenant, in Subtenant’s sole discretion, shall deem suitable or

 

4



 

appropriate and shall be on such terms and at such rental rates as Subtenant, in Subtenant’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate (it being acknowledged and agreed by Sublandlord that Subtenant shall have the right to further lease the Premises to a third party for a term that extends beyond the Sublease Expiration Date and, in such event, any continued occupancy of the Premises by such third party beyond 11:00 P.M. EST on the Sublease Expiration Date shall not be deemed a holdover or other default under this Sublease, and Sublandlord hereby consents to such continued occupancy without any charge to such third party).  In no event shall Sublandlord be entitled to any consideration or payment from Subtenant (or from any assignee or further tenant of Subtenant) in connection with any assignment of this Sublease or further leasing of the Premises, including, without the limitation, payment of any portion of any profits realized by Subtenant or by any assignee or further tenant of the Premises in connection therewith.

 

2.2                                  In the event that Subtenant shall enter into a further lease with a tenant covering the Premises or a portion thereof, upon Subtenant’s request, Sublandlord shall enter into a non-disturbance agreement (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) with such tenant in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C, agreeing to recognize such tenant under the provisions set forth in such Non-Disturbance Agreement (provided however that, except in connection with the Non-Disturbance Agreement to be entered into with Cleary (as hereinafter defined), (x) such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall be modified as appropriate to replace the references to Cleary with references to such tenant and (y) the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 and Exhibit A of such form of Non-Disturbance Agreement shall be deleted or modified if not applicable).  Sublandlord shall execute any such Non-Disturbance Agreement and deliver same to Subtenant and such tenant concurrently with the execution of such lease by Subtenant and such tenant.  Sublandlord shall make such modifications to any such Non-Disturbance Agreement as such tenant may

 

5



 

reasonably request, provided that such modifications do not materially decrease any rights or benefits or materially increase any obligations of Sublandlord hereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sublandlord hereby acknowledges that Subtenant is concurrently herewith entering into an agreement with Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP (“ Cleary ”) pursuant to which Subtenant shall lease the Premises to Cleary for a term commencing on or immediately following the Sublease Commencement Date (such agreement being hereinafter called the “ Cleary Agreement ”), and Sublandlord agrees to execute a Non-Disturbance Agreement and deliver same to Subtenant and Cleary concurrently with the execution of the Cleary Agreement by Subtenant and Cleary (such Non-Disturbance Agreement being hereinafter called the “ Cleary Non-Disturbance Agreement ”).

 

3.                                        Incorporation of Overlease .

 

3.1                                  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided and except for the obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Charges under the Overlease, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions in the Overlease are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Sublease, and such rights and obligations as are contained in the Overlease are hereby imposed upon the respective parties hereto; the Sublandlord herein being substituted for the Landlord named in the Overlease; the Subtenant herein being substituted for the Tenant named in the Overlease; the Premises herein being substituted for the Premises in the Overlease; and references to the “Sublease” being substituted for references to the “Lease” in the Overlease (except where such reference in the Overlease is by its terms (unless modified by this Sublease) to any other section of the Overlease, in which event such reference shall be deemed to refer to the particular section of the Overlease); provided, however, that the Sublandlord herein shall not be liable for any defaults by Overlandlord.

 

6


 

3.2                                  For purposes of this Sublease, Articles 3, 4, 16, 34, 36, 38 and 40, Section 1.04 and Exhibit H of the Original Overlease, the entire First Modification, paragraphs 4(a), 4(b), 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the Second Modification, paragraphs 3(a), 3(b), 4, 5(a) and 6 of the Third Modification, the entire Fourth Modification, the entire Storage Substitution Agreement, paragraphs 4(a)(i), 4(a)(ii), 4(b), 5, 6 and 7 of the Fifth Modification and paragraphs 4(a)(i), 4(a)(ii), 4(b), 5 and 7 of the Sixth Modification, and all references in the Overlease to the foregoing shall not be deemed incorporated in or made a part hereof.

 

4.                                        Condition of Premises; Delays in the Sublease Commencement Date.

 

4.1                                  Subtenant has examined the Premises, is aware of the physical condition thereof, and agrees to take the same “as is,” in its condition and state of repair existing as of the date of this Sublease, with the understanding that there shall be no obligation on the part of Sublandlord to perform any work, supply any materials or incur any expense whatsoever in connection with the preparation of the Premises for Subtenant’s occupancy thereof, except that Sublandlord shall deliver the Premises to Subtenant vacant, broom clean and free of all occupancies and Tenant’s Property at 12:01 A.M. EST on the Sublease Commencement Date.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations pursuant to the preceding sentence to the extent that there shall be remaining in the Premises on the Sublease Commencement Date all or any portion of the Arch Furniture, as such term is defined in Paragraph 5 of the Cleary Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

4.2                                  (a)                                   In the event that the Sublease Commencement Date shall not have occurred on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date (time being of the essence), such failure shall constitute a default by Sublandlord under this Sublease (for which Subtenant shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in this Sublease or otherwise available to it at law or in equity) and a default by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Overlease

 

7



 

(for which Overlandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Overlease or otherwise available to it at law or in equity). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Sublease Commencement Date shall not have occurred on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date (time being of the essence):

 

(i)                                      Sublandlord shall, by not later than the date occurring five (5) Business Days after the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date (such date being hereinafter called the “ Late Delivery Fee Payment Date ”), make a payment to Subtenant in the amount of Two Million and 00/100 ($2,000,000.00) Dollars (the “ Late Delivery Fee ”), which Late Delivery Fee shall, at Subtenant’s option, be paid (x) by certified check drawn on a New York City bank which is a member of the New York Clearing House Association or a successor thereto or (y) by wire transfer to Subtenant of immediately available “Federal Reserve Funds” in accordance with instructions to be provided by Subtenant by not later than the date immediately preceding the Late Delivery Fee Payment Date.  As used herein, the term “ Federal Reserve Funds ” shall mean the receipt by a bank or banks in the continental United States designated by Subtenant of United States dollars in form that does not require further clearance, and may be applied at the direction of Subtenant by such recipient bank or banks on the day of receipt of advice that such funds have been wire transferred; and

 

(ii)                                   For each month or portion of a month occurring during the period commencing on the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date and ending on the date immediately preceding the Actual Sublease Commencement Date (or, in the event of a termination of this Sublease pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, ending on the Termination Date), Sublandlord shall pay to Subtenant an amount (the “ Monthly Late Delivery Charge ”) equal to the excess of (A) the higher of (x) an amount equal to one and one-half (1 ½) times one-twelfth

 

8



 

(1/12) of the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges payable by Sublandlord (as Tenant under the Overlease) with respect to the Premises under the Overlease during the twelve (12) calendar month period ending on the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date occurs (i.e., the period commencing on March 1, 2008 and ending on February 28, 2009 if the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date shall be March 17, 2009) or (y) an amount equal to the then market rental value of the Premises (as shall be established by Subtenant giving notice to Sublandlord of Subtenant’s good faith estimate of such market rental value) over (B) the Fixed Rent payable by Sublandlord (as Tenant under the Overlease) with respect to the Premises under the Overlease for the same period.  Sublandlord shall have the right to dispute such market rental value for the Premises as estimated by Subtenant in the same manner as set forth in Section 34.01 of the Original Overlease.  The Monthly Late Delivery Charges for each calendar month occurring during the Late Delivery Period shall be due and payable on the first day of such calendar month, except that the Late Delivery Charge for the month in which the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date occurs shall be due and payable on the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date.

 

(b)                                  The Late Delivery Fee and the Monthly Late Delivery Charges shall constitute Additional Charges payable by Sublandlord (as Tenant under the Overlease) under the Overlease.  In the event that Sublandlord fails to pay the Late Delivery Fee on or before the Late Delivery Fee Payment Date or in the event that Sublandlord fails to pay any Monthly Late Delivery Charge on or before the date set forth Section 4.2(a)(ii) hereof, such failure shall constitute a default by Sublandlord under this Sublease and shall also constitute a failure to pay Additional Charges in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 of the Original

 

9



 

Overlease, for which Overlandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Overlease or otherwise available to it at law or in equity.

 

(c)                                   Sublandlord acknowledges that Subtenant has informed it that if the Sublease Commencement Date has not occurred on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date, Subtenant will solely be contractually obligated to pay Cleary, pursuant to the terms of the Cleary Agreement, (i) the amount of the Late Delivery Fee and (ii) the amount of the Monthly Late Delivery Charges (less the amount of any costs incurred by Subtenant in obtaining or attempting to obtain possession of the Premises from Sublandlord or in collecting or attempting to collect any Monthly Late Delivery Charges from Sublandlord).  In view of the foregoing and the potential for additional damages as a result of Sublandlord’s failure to cause the Sublease Commencement Date to occur on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Late Delivery Fee and the Monthly Late Delivery Charges shall be deemed to be liquidated damages and not a penalty, it being acknowledged and agreed that Subtenant’s actual damages by reason of Sublandlord’s failure to cause the Sublease Commencement Date to occur on or before the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date would be difficult (if not impossible) to ascertain, and that the Late Delivery Fee and the Monthly Late Delivery Charges constitute a reasonable estimate of Subtenant’s actual damages.

 

(d)                                  Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has informed it that Sublandlord is in negotiations with Mack-Cali Realty Corporation with respect to a lease of certain premises located at Harborside Financial Center in Jersey City, New Jersey (such building being hereinafter called the “ Jersey City Building ” and such premises being hereinafter called the “ Jersey City Premises ”) for a term commencing prior to the Anticipated Sublease

 

10



 

Commencement Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the provisions of Section 4.3(b) hereof, the Anticipated Sublease Commencement Date shall be extended by one day for each day that Sublandlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Premises to Subtenant by reason of the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event affecting the Building or the Jersey City Building, but any such extension by reason of a Force Majeure Event shall not exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate.  For purposes of the foregoing, the term “ Force Majeure Event ” shall mean one or more of the following events: (i) casualty, (ii) condemnation, (iii) labor strike or similar dispute, (iv) act of terrorism or (v) war.

 

4.3                                  (a)                                   Sublandlord acknowledges that Subtenant has informed it that, pursuant to the terms of the Cleary Agreement, Cleary will have the right to terminate the Cleary Agreement if Subtenant does not deliver possession of the entire Premises to Cleary on or before August 1, 2009 (the “ Rescission Date ”; such termination right being hereinafter called the “ Cleary Termination Right ”).  In the event that (i) the Sublease Commencement Date shall not have occurred on or before the Rescission Date and (ii) Cleary exercises the Cleary Termination Right in accordance with the terms of the Cleary Agreement, Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by written notice (the “ Rescission Notice ”) given to Sublandlord at any time after the Rescission Date, and such termination shall be effective upon the giving of the Rescission Notice (the “ Termination Date ”).  If Subtenant exercises such option to terminate this Sublease, then upon such termination, neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall have any further obligations to the other hereunder except that (i) Subtenant shall, within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, return to Sublandlord the Sublease Inducement Payment (as such term is hereinafter defined), after deducting therefrom the aggregate amount of any attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Subtenant in connection with this Sublease, the Consent and Seventh

 

11



 

Modification, the Cleary Agreement and the Cleary Non-Disturbance Agreement, and (ii) the provisions of Section 10 of this Sublease shall survive such termination.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the that (i) a casualty or condemnation shall occur at the Jersey City Building and (ii) Sublandlord and Cleary shall agree, acting reasonably and in good faith, that such casualty or condemnation is so material that Sublandlord cannot reasonably be expected to take occupancy of the Jersey City Premises on or before June 17, 2009, Sublandlord and Cleary shall have the right to give a joint notice (a “ Joint Termination Notice ”) to Subtenant of the foregoing, which notice shall set forth Cleary’s exercise of the Cleary Termination Right in accordance with the provisions of the Cleary Agreement.  If Cleary exercises the Cleary Termination Right as set forth in the preceding sentence and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Cleary Agreement, (i) Subtenant shall be deemed to have given a Rescission Notice to Sublandlord concurrently with the giving of the Joint Termination Notice by Sublandlord and Cleary and this Sublease shall terminate as set forth in Section 4.3(a)  hereof upon the giving of the Joint Termination Notice and (ii) Sublandlord shall deliver the Late Delivery Fee to Subtenant within five (5) Business Days after the giving of the Joint Termination Notice.

 

4.4                                  In the event of the termination of this Sublease pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall, at the request of either party, execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and Subtenant confirming such termination of this Sublease; provided, however, that the failure of either party to request or to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instrument shall have no effect whatsoever on such termination of this Sublease.

 

12



 

5.                                        Use .

 

5.1                                  Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that the Premises may be used and occupied (whether by Subtenant or by anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, including, without limitation, any assignee of this Sublease or any further tenant of Subtenant) for any purpose.

 

6.                                        Consents .

 

6.1                                  Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that Overlandlord’s consent to this Sublease is set forth in the Consent and Seventh Modification.

 

6.2                                  Sublandlord acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Overlease to the contrary, Sublandlord’s consent or approval shall not be required with respect to any actions to be taken by Subtenant, or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, in connection with this Sublease or otherwise in or with respect to the Premises.

 

7.                                        Defaults .

 

7.1                                  Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that (a) all services, repairs, restorations, equipment and access to and for the Premises and any insurance coverage of the Building will in fact be provided by Overlandlord, (b) Sublandlord shall have no obligation during the term of this Sublease to provide any such services, repairs, restorations, equipment, access or insurance coverage, (c) Subtenant agrees to look solely to Overlandlord for the furnishing of such services, repairs, restorations, equipment, access and insurance coverage, and (d) Sublandlord shall in no event be liable to Subtenant nor shall the obligations of Subtenant hereunder be impaired or the performance thereof excused because of any failure or delay on Overlandlord’s part in furnishing such services, repairs, restorations, equipment, access or insurance coverage.

 

13



 

7.2                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no act or omission of Subtenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant (including, without limitation, any assignee of this Sublease or any further tenant of Subtenant) shall be deemed a default under this Sublease unless such act or omission gives rise to a default by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Overlease and Overlandlord delivers a notice of default to Sublandlord in respect thereof.

 

8.                                        Sublandlord’s Representations .

 

8.1                                  Sublandlord represents that (a) the Overlease is in full force and effect, (b) Sublandlord is the holder of the interest of the tenant under the Overlease and has and will have the right to enter into this Sublease, (c) nothing has been or will be done or suffered whereby the Overlease, or the term or estate thereby granted or the Premises, or any part thereof, or any alterations, decorations, installations, additions or improvements in and to the Premises, have been or will be encumbered in any way whatsoever, and (d) no one other than Sublandlord has acquired through or under Sublandlord (or, except for Subtenant or anyone claiming through or under Subtenant, will acquire through or under Sublandlord) any right, title or interest in or to the Overlease as it relates to the Premises or the term or estate thereby granted or in or to the Premises, or any part thereof, or in or to said alterations, decorations, installations, additions and/or improvements or any part thereof.

 

8.2                                  Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that, as of the date of this Sublease, any equipment or systems that are located in or serve the Premises and that were either installed or modified by Sublandlord or that Sublandlord is obligated under the Overlease to repair and maintain are in good working order.

 

14



 

9.                                        Subordination .

 

9.1                                  Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of the Consent and Seventh Modification, this Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Overlease and to any matters to which the Overlease is or shall be subordinate, including all ground or underlying leases (if any) and all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the Premises are a part and all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of any of the foregoing.  This Section 9.2 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required.

 

10.                                  Broker .

 

10.1                            Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant covenants, represents and warrants to the other party that it has had no dealings or communications with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this Sublease and the Consent and Seventh Modification other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (“ CBRE ”), who is representing Sublandlord. Sublandlord covenants and agrees to pay, hold harmless and indemnify Subtenant from and against any and all cost, expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent, including CBRE, and arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Sublandlord with such broker or agent with respect to this Sublease or the negotiation thereof.  Subtenant covenants and agrees to pay, hold harmless and indemnify Sublandlord from and against any and all cost, expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent, other than CBRE, and arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Subtenant with such broker or agent with respect to this Sublease or the negotiation thereof.  Sublandlord shall pay a brokerage commission to CBRE in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement between Sublandlord and CBRE.

 

15



 

11.                                  Additional Escalation Rent .

 

11.1                            Throughout the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as additional rent under this Sublease, all Operating Payments and Tax Payments attributable to the Premises pursuant to Article 3 of the Overlease; provided, however, that for purposes of the foregoing, (a) the “Base Operating Amount” shall mean the Operating Expenses incurred for the Operating Year commencing January 1, 2009; (b) the “Base Tax Amount” shall mean the Taxes for the Tax Year commencing on July 1, 2009; and (c) “Tenant’s Share” shall mean 3.9685%.  The items of additional rent to be paid by Subtenant pursuant to the preceding sentence are hereinafter respectively called “ Additional Operating Expense Rent ” and “ Additional Tax Rent ” and are hereinafter collectively called “ Additional Escalation Rent ”.

 

11.2                                 Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge that, pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 5(a) of the Consent and Seventh Modification, Overlandlord has agreed to provide a statement of any Additional Escalation Rent payable by Subtenant hereunder (an “ Additional Escalation Rent Statement ”) along with the corresponding Landlord’s Statement or the corresponding bill setting forth any Additional Charges payable by Sublandlord on account of increases in Operating Expenses or Taxes under Article 3 of the Overlease (respectively, the “ Article 3 Operating Expense Payments ” and “ Article 3 Tax Payments ” and, collectively, the “ Article 3 Escalation Payments ”).  Subtenant shall pay any such Additional Escalation Rent to Sublandlord, as set forth in such Additional Escalation Rent Statement, on or before the date on which the corresponding Article 3 Escalation Payments are required to be paid by Sublandlord to Overlandlord pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Overlease, and Sublandlord shall not be obligated to provide any additional statement to Subtenant with respect to any such Additional Escalation Rent.

 

16


 

11.3                            Any Additional Escalation Rent payable by Subtenant pursuant to this Article 11 shall be based on the corresponding Article 3 Escalation Payments payable by Sublandlord to Overlandlord pursuant to the terms of the Overlease, as finally determined (i.e., the Article 3 Escalation Payments determined to be payable by Sublandlord following the rendering of any final statements by Overlandlord with respect thereto and any challenges raised by Sublandlord with respect to such amounts).  For example, if, pursuant to the Overlease, Sublandlord is required to pay Article 3 Operating Expense Payments to Overlandlord on an estimated basis, subject to adjustment when Overlandlord’s operating expenses are reconciled following the end of each calendar year, Subtenant will be obligated to pay Additional Operating Expense Rent to Sublandlord as and when billed by Sublandlord during such calendar year and, following such adjustment with respect to such Article 3 Operating Expense Payments, such Additional Operating Expense Rent will be subject to a corresponding adjustment.

 

12.                                  Notices .

 

12.1                            Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to this Sublease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority (collectively, “ notices ”) shall be given in the same manner as set forth in Article 28 of the Original Overlease, as the same has been and may hereafter be further amended, as though the references in said Article 28 to “Landlord” and “Tenant,” respectively, were replaced with references to Subtenant and Sublandlord, respectively, except that after the Sublease Commencement Date, all notices addressed to Sublandlord shall be sent to the following address: Arch Insurance Company, Harborside Financial Center, Plaza III, 3rd floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311, Attention: Vice President,

 

17



 

Corporate Administrative Services, with a copy to the same address as above, Attention: General Counsel.

 

13.                                  Electricity .

 

13.1                            Subtenant shall pay all charges for electricity consumed in the Premises pursuant to Article 14 of the Overlease (as the same has been amended and as the same is incorporated herein), provided, however, that Subtenant shall pay the amount of any such charges directly to Overlandlord and shall be under no obligation to pay same to Sublandlord.

 

14.                                  Alterations; Condition of Premises on Sublease Expiration Date .

 

14.1                            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Overlease, Subtenant and, at Subtenant’s election, any party claiming by, through or under Subtenant (including, without limitation, any assignee of this Sublease or any further tenant of Subtenant) shall have the unqualified and unrestricted right, without Sublandlord’s permission or approval, to make any and all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, installations and decorations in, to or about the Premises or any portion thereof as Subtenant or such other party, in its sole discretion, deems suitable or appropriate.

 

14.2                            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Overlease, Subtenant and, at Subtenant’s election, any party claiming by, through or under Subtenant (including, without limitation, any assignee of this Sublease or any further tenant of Subtenant) shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its option and in its sole discretion, to remove, in whole or in part, any changes, alterations, additions, improvements, installations or decorations made in or to the Premises prior to or upon the Sublease Expiration Date (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing made prior to the Sublease Commencement Date), and Subtenant shall have no obligation on the Sublease Expiration Date to restore any pre-existing conditions in the Premises.

 

18



 

15.                                  Sublease Inducement Payment .

 

15.1                            In consideration of Subtenant’s entering into this Sublease, Sublandlord shall pay to Subtenant the sum of Two Million Nine Hundred Twenty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-Seven and 00/100 ($2,926,267.00) Dollars (the “ Sublease Inducement Payment ”) upon the execution of this Sublease by Sublandlord, which amount shall be paid (x) by certified check drawn on a New York City bank which is a member of the New York Clearing House Association or a successor thereto or (y) by wire transfer to Subtenant of immediately available Federal Reserve Funds.  Subtenant shall have the right to use the Sublease Inducement Payment in such manner as Subtenant shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

16.                                  Limitation of Liability .

 

16.1                            Sublandlord agrees to look solely to Subtenant’s estate and interest in the Building for the satisfaction of any right or remedy of Sublandlord, for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Subtenant, in the event of any liability by Subtenant, and no other property or assets of Subtenant shall be subject to levy, execution, attachment, or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Sublandlord’s remedies under or with respect to this Sublease, the relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant hereunder, or Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, or any other liability of Subtenant to Sublandlord.

 

17.                                  Quiet Enjoyment .

 

17.1                            So long as Subtenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Sublandlord shall not disturb or terminate Subtenant’s leasehold estate hereunder, subject, however, to the terms, provisions and obligations of this Sublease.

 

19



 

18.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

18.1                            All capitalized terms contained in this Sublease and not otherwise defined herein shall, for purposes hereof, have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Overlease.

 

18.2                            This Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, termination, modification or discharge is sought.

 

18.3                            This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and all representations and understandings have been merged herein.

 

18.4                            This Sublease shall inure to the benefit of all of the parties hereto, their successors and (subject to the provisions hereof) their assigns.

 

18.5                            Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby expressly negate any intention on their part, or on the part of Subtenant as Overlandlord under the Overlease, that the estate of Subtenant in and to the Premises created by this Sublease be merged with the estate of Subtenant as Overlandlord under the Overlease or with any other estate held by either of Sublandlord or Subtenant.

 

18.6                            This Sublease shall not be effective and binding upon Sublandlord or Subtenant unless and until Sublandlord and Subtenant have duly and unconditionally executed and delivered this Sublease.

 

18.7                            This Sublease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of law principles thereof.  Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Southern District of New York and of any state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York, County of New York, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to this Sublease.

 

20



 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY, Sublandlord

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dennis R. Brand

 

Name: Dennis R. Brans

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief
Administration Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC, Subtenant

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sara B. Queen

 

Name: Sara B. Queen

 

Title: Senior Asset Manager

 

22



 

STATE OF NEW YORK                                                                                                                    )

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            :  ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK                                                                                                      )

 

On the            day of                        in the year 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared                                                          personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

STATE OF NEW YORK                                                                                                                    )

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            :  ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK                                                                                                      )

 

On the             day of                      in the year 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared                                                          personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

23



 

EXHIBIT A

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF SUBLEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

 

(See attached)

 



 

BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC

c/o Brookfield Financial Properties, L.P.

Three World Financial Center

200 Vesey Street, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10281-1021

 

 

 

              , 200    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arch Insurance Company

 

 

Harborside Financial Center

 

 

Plaza III, 3rd Floor

 

 

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

 

 

 

Re:

 

Sublease Agreement dated as of July     , 2008 (the “Sublease”) between Arch Insurance Company, as Sublandlord, and Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC, as Subtenant, covering premises consisting of the entire 16th and 17th floors of One Liberty Plaza, New York, NY

 

Gentlemen:

 

All defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the captioned Sublease.

 

This letter shall serve to confirm that possession of the Premises was delivered to Subtenant in accordance with the terms of the Sublease on               , 200    .  Accordingly, and pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Sublease, this letter shall confirm our agreement that the Sublease Commencement Date occurred on               , 200    .

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall, when executed, be deemed to be an original and all of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

 

Kindly sign all five (5) copies of this letter (which are enclosed herewith) and return at least three (3) fully-executed originals to this office at your earliest convenience to confirm your agreement to the foregoing.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

 

 

 

 

ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

 

(See attached)

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Conformed Copy

 

OFFICE LEASE

 

THE HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

 

JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY

 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

 

between

 

M-C PLAZA II & III L.L.C., Landlord

 

and

 

ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY, Tenant

 

Dated:  July 22, 2008

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1 RENT

4

 

 

ARTICLE 2 TERM

5

 

 

ARTICLE 3 ADDITIONAL RENT

8

 

 

ARTICLE 4 ELECTRICITY

24

 

 

ARTICLE 5 USE

27

 

 

ARTICLE 6 ALTERATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS

27

 

 

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

32

 

 

ARTICLE 8 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

33

 

 

ARTICLE 9 INSURANCE, LOSS, REIMBURSEMENT, LIABILITY

36

 

 

ARTICLE 10 DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

39

 

 

ARTICLE 11 ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING, SUBLETTING, ETC.

40

 

 

ARTICLE 12 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

48

 

 

ARTICLE 13 ADJACENT EXCAVATION - SHORING

48

 

 

ARTICLE 14 CONDEMNATION

48

 

 

ARTICLE 15 ACCESS TO DEMISED PREMISES; CHANGES

50

 

 

ARTICLE 16 CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION

51

 

 

ARTICLE 17 RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD, INJUNCTION

53

 

 

ARTICLE 18 DAMAGES

54

 

 

ARTICLE 19 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

55

 

 

ARTICLE 20 QUIET ENJOYMENT

55

 

 

ARTICLE 21 SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

56

 

 

ARTICLE 22 DEFINITIONS

60

 

 

ARTICLE 23 INVALIDITY OF ANY PROVISION

61

 

 

ARTICLE 24 BROKERAGE

61

 

i



 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 25 SUBORDINATION

61

 

 

ARTICLE 26 CERTIFICATE OF TENANT

63

 

 

ARTICLE 27 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, WAIVER OF TERMINATION RIGHTS

64

 

 

ARTICLE 28 SURRENDER OF PREMISES

64

 

 

ARTICLE 29 RULES AND REGULATIONS

65

 

 

ARTICLE 30 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

66

 

 

ARTICLE 31 NOTICES

67

 

 

ARTICLE 32 NO WAIVER

67

 

 

ARTICLE 33 CAPTIONS

68

 

 

ARTICLE 34 INABILITY TO PERFORM

68

 

 

ARTICLE 35 NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

68

 

 

ARTICLE 36 NAME OF COMPLEX/BUILDING

69

 

 

ARTICLE 37 PARKING

69

 

 

ARTICLE 38 INDEMNITY

70

 

 

ARTICLE 39 MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

71

 

 

ARTICLE 40 SECURITY DEPOSIT

71

 

 

ARTICLE 41 MISCELLANEOUS

73

 

 

ARTICLE 42 2 nd  FLOOR EXPANSION OPTION

75

 

 

ARTICLE 43 SIGNAGE

78

 

 

ARTICLE 44 TENANT ALLOWANCE

78

 

 

ARTICLE 45 OPTION TO RENEW

79

 

 

ARTICLE 46 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

81

 

 

ARTICLE 47 ANTENNA

84

 

 

ARTICLE 48 6 TH  FLOOR EXPANSION OPTION

86

ii



 

SCHEDULES

 

A-1

 

- The Land

A-2

 

- The Complex Land

B

 

- Floor Plan

C

 

- Tenant’s Initial Work and Alterations

D

 

- HVAC Specifications

E

 

- Cleaning and Janitorial Services

F

 

- Form of Estoppel Certificate

G

 

- Rules and Regulations

H

 

- Commencement Date Agreement

I

 

- 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space

J

 

- 6 th  Floor Expansion Space

K

 

- 4 th  Floor Offer Space

L

 

- Core Restroom Specifications

M

 

- Location of Dedicated Elevator

 

iii



 

REFERENCE PAGE

 

This Reference Page is incorporated in and constitutes an integral part of this Lease.  In addition to the other terms elsewhere defined in this Lease, the following terms wherever used in this Lease shall have the meanings set forth in this Reference Page.

 

(a)

Notices to Landlord

 

M-C Plaza II & III L.L.C.

 

 

 

c/o Mack-Cali Realty Corporation

 

 

 

343 Thornall Street

 

 

 

8 th  Floor

 

 

 

Edison, New Jersey 08837-2206

 

 

 

Attention: Mitchell E. Hersh

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

with a simultaneous copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M-C Plaza II & III L.L.C.

 

 

 

343 Thornall Street

 

 

 

8 th  Floor

 

 

 

Edison, New Jersey 08837-2206

 

 

 

Attention: Roger W. Thomas, Esq.

 

 

 

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

 

(b)

Notices to Tenant

 

Prior to Commencement Date

 

 

 

Arch Insurance Company

 

 

 

One Liberty Plaza

 

 

 

New York, New York 10006

 

 

 

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Administrative Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After Commencement Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arch Insurance Company

 

 

 

Harborside Financial Center, Plaza III, 3 rd  Floor

 

 

 

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

 

 

 

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Administrative Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

with a simultaneous copy to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arch Insurance Company

 

 

 

Harborside Financial Center, Plaza III

 

 

 

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 



 

(c)

Rentable Square Feet of Demised Premises

 

For all purposes of this Lease, shall be deemed to be 106,815 gross rentable square feet on the third floor.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Demised Premises (“demised premises”)

 

The entire third floor in Plaza III shown hatched on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule B .

 

 

 

 

(e)

Commencement Date

 

the date on which Landlord delivers vacant possession of the demised premises to Tenant, which shall be the date of the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

 

 

 

 

(f)

Rent Commencement Date

 

the date that is ten months after the Commencement Date.

 

 

 

 

(g)

Expiration Date

 

the last day of the month in which the day before the fifteenth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs.

 

 

 

 

(h)

Basic Annual Rent

 

 

 

Period

 

Basic
Annual Rent

 

Monthly Rent

 

Basic Annual
Per Rentable
Square Foot
Rent

 

Rent Commencement Date through the last day of the month in which the fifth anniversairy of the Rent Commencement Date occurs

 

$

3,685,117.50

 

$

307,093.13

 

$

34.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First day of the month following the month in which the fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs through the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs

 

$

4,005,562.50

 

$

333,796.88

 

$

37.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First day of the month following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs through the Expiration Date

 

$

4,326,007.50

 

$

360,500.63

 

$

40.50

 

 

(i)

Common Area Tax Share

 

3.48%.

 

 

 

 

(j)

Tenant’s Tax Share

 

7.24%

 

2



 

(k)

Base Tax Year

 

The calendar year 2009.

 

 

 

 

(l)

Tenant’s Expense Share

 

7.24%

 

 

 

 

(m)

Common Area Expense Share

 

3.48%

 

 

 

 

(n)

Base Operating Year

 

The calendar year 2009.

 

 

 

 

(o)

Broker(s)

 

CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

 

 

 

 

(p)

Tenant’s Parking Spaces

 

64 ( i.e. , .6 Parking Spaces per 1,000 gross rentable square feet). At Tenant’s option, the number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces may be irrevocably decreased for the balance of the Term upon notice by Tenant to Landlord given by July 1, 2009, designating the number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces Tenant no longer wishes to have made available.

 

 

 

 

(q)

Security Deposit

 

Upon the occurrence of (i) an Affiliate Free Rent Period Assignment (as hereinafter defined) and/or (ii) the Security Deposit Condition (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall deliver the Security Deposit in the amount(s) described in Section 11.02(b)  and/or Article 40 .

 

 

 

 

(r)

Initial Premises Allowance

 

$5,127,120.00.

 

 

 

 

(s)

Renewal Term

 

One term of five (5) years.

 

3


 

AGREEMENT OF LEASE made as of the        day of July, 2008, between M-C Plaza II & III L.L.C., a New Jersey limited liability company, having an address at c/o Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, 343 Thornall Street, Edison, New Jersey 08837-2206 (“ Landlord ”) and Arch Insurance Company, a Missouri corporation, having an address at One Liberty Plaza, New York, New York 10006 (“ Tenant” ).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is the owner of the land described on Schedule A-1 attached hereto (the “ Land ”) and the Building (as hereinafter defined);

 

WHEREAS , the Land is located within the office complex (the “ Complex ”) located in Jersey City, New Jersey, known as Harborside Financial Center, consisting as of the date hereof of Plaza I (“ Plaza I ”), Plaza II (“ Plaza II ”), Plaza III (the “ Building ”), Plaza IV-A (“ Plaza IV-A ”) and Plaza V (“ Plaza V ”); Plaza I, Plaza IV-A and Plaza V hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Existing Buildings ”) and the parking areas and other common areas serving the Complex, which Complex is located on the land (the “ Complex Land ”) described on Schedule A-2 attached hereto (the Complex Land together with all of the improvements now or hereafter located thereon, including without limitation, the Existing Buildings and the Building, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Property ”);

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant is willing to hire from Landlord, on the terms hereinafter set forth, certain space in the Building.

 

NOW THEREFORE , the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

RENT

 

1.01                            Tenant hereby agrees to pay to Landlord basic annual rent (the “ basic annual rent ”) as set forth in the Reference Page.  The basic annual rent shall be paid by Tenant in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term from and after the Rent Commencement Date (the period from the Commencement Date to the day prior to the Rent Commencement Date is hereinafter referred to as the “ Free Rent Period ”), at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except such deductions as are specifically referred to in Articles 10 and 14 hereof.  Should the Rent Commencement Date fall on any day other than the first day of a month, then the basic annual rent for such month shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis, and Tenant agrees to pay the amount thereof for such partial month on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

1.02                            Tenant shall pay the basic annual rent and all additional rent payable hereunder in lawful money of the United States by check (subject to collection) drawn to Landlord’s order on a bank which is a member of the New York Clearinghouse Association or a successor thereto, or a New Jersey bank.  All sums, other than basic annual rent, payable by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed additional rent and shall be payable ten (10) Business Days after demand unless other

 

4

 



 

payment dates are hereinafter provided.  Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies (including, without limitation, the right to commence a summary dispossess proceeding) for a default in the payment of additional rent as for a default in the payment of basic annual rent notwithstanding the fact that Tenant may not then also be in default in the payment of basic annual rent.

 

1.03                            (a)                                   If Tenant shall fail to pay within five days after the due date any installment of basic annual rent or any payment of additional rent, then Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, a late charge equal to three (3%) percent of such installment or payment as compensation for Landlord’s additional administrative expenses relating to such late payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the first instance only during each consecutive twelve month period during the Term (but not more than five times during the Term), the late charge payable under this Section 1.03(a)  shall not be payable unless and until ten (10) days has elapsed after Landlord notifies Tenant that such payment is late.

 

(b)                                  If Tenant shall fail to pay within ten days after the due date any installment of basic annual rent or any payment of additional rent, Tenant shall pay in addition to the late charge provided in said paragraph (a) interest on all such amounts (including the late charge) at the Interest Rate (as said term is defined in Article 22 hereof), from the date when such installment or payment shall have become due to the date of payment thereof, and such interest shall be deemed additional rent.

 

(c)                                   The provisions of this Section 1.03 are in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord for nonpayment of basic annual rent or additional rent.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM

 

 

2.01                            Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on the terms hereinafter set forth, the demised premises, for a term (the “ Term ”) commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, unless the Term shall sooner cease and terminate as hereinafter provided.

 

2.02                            (a)                                   Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Work (as defined below), in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.02 .  Tenant shall not interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work by Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and suppliers and Tenant at all times shall fully and freely cooperate with Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and suppliers in connection with the performance of Landlord’s Work.  All installations, materials and work which may be undertaken by Tenant to prepare, equip, decorate and furnish the demised premises for Tenant’s use or occupancy (collectively, “ Tenant’s Initial Work ”) shall be performed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense (but subject to Article 44 ), in accordance with Article 6 and Schedule C .

 

(b)                                  Landlord, at its expense and in accordance with the last sentence of Section 8.01 of this Lease, has performed or shall perform the following work in the demised premises (“ Landlord’s Work ”):

 

5

 



 

(i)                                      remove the two internal staircases in the demised premises and seal the slabs connecting the two internal staircases with the contiguous floor of the Building (the “ Staircase Work ”);

 

(ii)                                   using Building-standard materials, refurbish the existing core restrooms in the demised premises in accordance with the plans and specifications annexed to this Lease as Schedule L ;

 

(iii)                                deliver all Building systems, including the Building sprinkler system and the Building HVAC system in good working order;

 

(iv)                               deliver the HVAC main trunk line with smoke dampers tied into the Building life safety system; and

 

(v)                                  provide a point of connection in a location designated by Landlord to the Building fire alarm system.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be performing Landlord’s Work after the Commencement Date simultaneously with the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s Initial Work and Tenant shall provide Landlord access to the demised premises at all reasonable times to perform Landlord’s Work without the same constituting a constructive eviction and without any abatement of rent or other liability to Tenant.  Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate and shall cause its contractors to cooperate, with each other during the performance of Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Initial Work so that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be delayed in the performance of its respective work.

 

(c)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if for any reason Landlord shall be unable to deliver to Tenant possession of the demised premises or any other space leased by Tenant pursuant to this Lease on any date specified in this Lease for such delivery, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired by reason thereof.  This Section 2.02(c)  shall be an express provision to the contrary for purposes of any applicable Legal Requirement (as hereinafter defined) now or hereafter in effect.

 

2.03                            (a)                                   For the purposes of this Lease, the terms “ Substantially Complete ”, “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” shall mean that, with the exception of minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment, finishing touches or decoration which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s ability to commence the performance of Tenant’s Initial Work, or items of work which, in accordance with good construction practices, should not be completed until some element of Tenant’s Initial Work has been performed (collectively, “ Punch-List Items ”), Landlord’s Work shall have been completed.

 

(b)                                  Promptly following Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall set a mutually convenient time for Tenant, Landlord and the parties’ architects to inspect Landlord’s Work.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to commence the performance of Punch-list Items (if any) revealed by such inspection with respect to Landlord’s Work as soon as reasonably practicable and shall proceed with reasonable diligence in the completion thereof.

 

6



 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 2 to the contrary, if Landlord shall not have Substantially Completed the Staircase Work on or before the date which is 30 days after the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant (the “ Finish Date ”) and Landlord shall not have been delayed in Substantially Completing the Staircase Work by an act or omission of Tenant or its agents or contractors, then Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy for such delay, shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket incremental costs and expenses, including, without limitation, any overtime payments to its agents or contractors, incurred by Tenant in connection with its work in the immediate area of the demised premises where the Staircase Work has been performed, resulting from Landlord’s delay in the Substantial Completion of the Staircase Work.  Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to modify its work schedule to minimize such costs and expenses.  In addition, Tenant and Landlord shall meet at the demised premises on or about November 3, 2008 to review Landlord’s progress on items (ii) and (iii) of Landlord’s Work in Section 2.02(b)  above and if the parties in their reasonable judgment believe that Landlord will be unable to have Substantially Completed items (ii) and (iii) of Landlord’s Work by the date which is five (5) months after the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, and provided such failure to Substantially Complete item (ii) of Landlord’s Work precludes Tenant from passing final inspection and/or later obtaining a certificate of occupancy (temporary or final) and Landlord shall have not been delayed in Substantially Completing items (ii) and (iii) of Landlord’s Work by an act or omission of Tenant or its agents or contractors, and Landlord would have Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work had it not been for such act or omission by Tenant or its agents or contractors, Tenant may elect, from and after said meeting, to obtain temporary space pursuant to the license agreement between American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“ AICPA ”) and Tenant for temporary space on the second floor of the Building.  In such case, Tenant shall be granted a credit for the license fee actually paid thereunder not to exceed $95,285.42 per month ($25 per rentable square foot) if Tenant is permitted to license and occupies 45,737 rentable square feet and $126,275 per month ($25 per rentable square foot) if Tenant is permitted to license and occupies 60,612 rentable square feet, from the commencement date of such license until the date such license agreement has expired (but in no event later than May 31, 2009), and Tenant’s reasonable occupancy costs of such temporary space, not to exceed $10 per rentable square foot (taking into account any reduction in the actual square footage covered by the license agreement if Tenant exercises the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Option).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant exercises the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Option pursuant to Article 42 , then Landlord’s monthly reimbursement obligation shall be reduced by the amount of $64,660.42 per month.  The aforementioned rent credit shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such delay, and such amount shall be applied to the first monthly installments of basic annual rent accruing under this Lease after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

2.04                            Landlord may submit to Tenant a written agreement, substantially in the form annexed as Schedule H , confirming the date fixed by Landlord, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, as the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date and Tenant shall execute such agreement and return it to Landlord within fifteen (15) calendar days thereafter.  Any failure of the parties to execute such written agreement shall not affect the validity of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date or the Expiration Date as fixed and determined by Landlord as aforesaid.

 

7



 

ARTICLE 3

 

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

3.01                            A.                                    For purposes hereof, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                   The term “ Tax Year ” shall mean each period of twelve months which includes any part of the period commencing on the date hereof and ending upon the expiration of the Term which now or hereafter is or may be duly adopted as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes for Jersey City, New Jersey.

 

(b)                                  The term “ Taxes ” shall mean the aggregate amount of real estate taxes and any general or special assessments (exclusive of penalties and interest thereon) imposed upon the Property (including, without limitation, (i) assessments made upon or with respect to any “air” and “development” rights now or hereafter appurtenant to or affecting the Property, and (ii) any assessments levied after the date of this Lease for public benefits to the Property or the Building or Plaza II (any assessments if payable in installments or which may be payable in installments at Landlord’s election, shall be deemed payable in the maximum permissible number of installments). With respect to any Tax Year, all reasonable expenses and fees, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees, incurred in contesting the validity or amount of any Taxes or in obtaining a refund of Taxes shall be considered as part of the Taxes for such Tax Year.  Except as set forth above, and except as provided in the following sentence with respect to changes in the method of taxation or in the taxing authority, the term “Taxes” shall not include any income, franchise, transfer, inheritance, capital stock, estate, profit or succession tax levied against Landlord, or any transfer taxes or any late payment charges or penalties (unless Tenant shall have failed to timely make any corresponding payment on account of Taxes payable by Tenant under this Lease).  If due to a future change in the method of taxation or in the taxing authority, (x) a new or additional real estate tax or (y) a new income, franchise, transfer, inheritance, capital stock, estate, profit or succession tax or other tax or governmental imposition, however designated, shall be levied against Landlord and/or the Property, in addition to or in substitution in whole or in part for any tax which would constitute Taxes, or in lieu of additional Taxes, such tax or imposition shall be deemed for the purposes hereof to be included within the term “Taxes” (provided that any such tax described in this clause (y) shall be computed as if Landlord’s sole asset were the Land and the Building).  Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, there is no municipal abatement affecting Taxes.

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      The term “ Building Taxes” shall mean the Taxes on the Building and Plaza II and the Land including all sidewalks, plazas and streets adjacent to such building, and all replacements thereof, and constituting a part of the same tax lot or lots.

 

(ii)                                   The term “ Existing Building Taxes ” shall mean the Taxes on the Existing Buildings and the land on which such buildings are located including all sidewalks, plazas, streets and land adjacent to such buildings, and all replacements thereof, and constituting a part of the same tax lot or lots.

 

8



 

(d)                                  The term “ Common Area Taxes ” shall mean (x) all Taxes allocable to the Property plus (y) any reasonable appraisal fees incurred and paid by Landlord pursuant to any agreements as may be in effect from time to time affecting all or part of the Property and relating in whole or in part to the payment of Common Area Taxes and/or Common Area Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 3.02(A)(c) ) (collectively, “ Reciprocal Agreements ”) or pursuant to this Lease, excluding, however, the following items of Taxes:

 

(i)                                      all Taxes included in Existing Building Taxes and Building Taxes; provided, that all Taxes included in Existing Building Taxes allocated to the parking structure in Plaza IV-A and Plaza V (and an equitable allocation of the land under Plaza IV-A and Plaza V) shall be included within Common Area Taxes, such allocation to be made on the basis set forth in the balance of this paragraph (d);
 
(ii)                                   all Taxes payable with respect to any portion of the Property that is hereafter conveyed to a third party (other than to an entity which controls, is under common control with or under the control of Landlord (“ control ” meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock in a corporation or equivalent ownership interest in a non-corporate entity) (a “ Landlord Affiliated Entity ”)), except, however, that if any portion of the Property so conveyed constitutes a parking structure, and if Landlord both retains the right to use all or a portion of the parking spaces within such structure for tenants of the Complex and pays all or a portion of the Taxes allocable to such conveyed parking structure, then such Taxes so payable by Landlord with respect to such conveyed parking structure shall be included in Common Area Taxes;
 
(iii)                                all Taxes imposed or assessed against any buildings or structures constructed on any portion of the Complex (other than the Building, Plaza II and the Existing Buildings) against the portion of the Complex Land on which such buildings or structures are located, and against such areas of the Property adjacent thereto which become unavailable for the general use of the tenants of the Complex (such exclusion to become effective from and after the time, if any, after the date hereof, that such buildings or structures become unavailable for the general use of the tenants of the Complex).  At such time during or following construction of any such building or structure when a portion of the Complex Land (and/or any buildings or structures constructed thereon), the Taxes allocable to which had been excluded from Common Area Taxes as of the Commencement of Construction, again becomes available for the general use of tenants of the Complex (or to a certain tenant or tenants of the Complex for use as a so-called “ Limited Common Area” (a Common Area subject to certain additional restrictions as to use imposed by Landlord, but which restrictions do not generally prohibit the use thereof by other tenants of the Complex, and which for purposes of this Article 3 shall nonetheless be deemed to be “available for the general use of tenants of the Complex”), the Taxes allocable to such portion of the Complex Land (and to any improvements thereon similarly available for the general use of tenants of the Complex) shall again be included in Common Area Taxes.
 

If any item of Taxes (or allocable portion thereof) which pursuant to this paragraph (d) is to be included in, or excluded from, Common Area Taxes is not wholly within a separate tax lot,

 

9



 

then the amount of such item of Taxes (or allocable portion thereof) to be so included in or excluded from Common Area Taxes shall be (x) with respect to the land, in the same proportion which the square footage of the land to be so included or excluded bears to the square footage of the entire tax lot in which such land is located, and (y) with respect to buildings or structures, be included or excluded, as applicable, in the same proportion which the current appraised value of the buildings or structures to be so included or excluded bears to the current appraised value of all of the buildings or structures included within the tax lot of which the footprint of land in question is a part.  All appraisals hereunder shall be determined by an appraiser selected and paid for by Landlord, who shall be a member in good standing of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers and shall have at least ten (10) years experience appraising major office buildings in northern New Jersey and/or in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York.  The fees and expenses of any such appraiser shall be deemed a part of Common Area Taxes.

 

(e)                                   The term “ Common Area Tax Share ” shall mean the share of Common Area Taxes allocated to the demised premises, as such share is determined from time to time as hereinafter set forth.  The Common Area Tax Share shall be determined as of the first day of each calendar year (each, a “ Tax Share Determination Date ”) and shall be equal to a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which shall be the aggregate square footage contained in the demised premises as of the applicable Tax Share Determination Date, and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate square footage contained in the Building, Plaza II and the Existing Buildings as of the applicable Tax Share Determination Date.  If, at any time hereafter, there is constructed on any portion of the Complex Land any new buildings, and in any of such cases, the tenants or occupants thereof are permitted generally by Landlord to use the Common Areas (as defined in Section 22.05 below), then the Common Area Tax Share shall be modified to include in the denominator thereof, in addition to the aggregate square footage contained in the Building, Plaza II and the Existing Buildings as of the applicable Tax Share Determination Date, that portion of the square footage contained in each such new building which either (i) on the applicable Tax Share Determination Date is subject to a lease (other than a so-called “master lease” to a Landlord Affiliated Entity in which event the terms hereof shall apply to any subtenant of such master lessee) and the lessee under such lease is occupying the premises demised thereunder and has begun making payments of base rent thereunder, or (ii) at any time prior to the applicable Tax Share Determination Date was subject to a lease described in clause (i) above, or (iii) in the case of a residential condominium development, was sold for the first time to an owner-occupier which is not a Landlord Affiliated Entity.  Without limiting the provisions of clause (ii) above, in no event shall the denominator of the Common Area Tax Share ever be reduced by reason that any space which was subject to a lease described in clause (i) above is no longer subject to such a lease.  If, at any time hereafter, any of the Existing Buildings included in the Common Areas is conveyed to a third party (other than to a Landlord Affiliated Entity) (any Existing Building included in the Common Areas which is so conveyed is called a “ Conveyed Plaza ”), then from and after the Tax Share Determination Date next succeeding such conveyance, the Common Area Tax Share shall be modified to exclude from the denominator thereof the square footage contained in such Conveyed Plaza, provided that if after the date of such conveyance the tenants or occupants of such Conveyed Plaza are permitted generally by Landlord to use the Common Areas, then the foregoing exclusion shall not apply and the square footage contained in such Conveyed Plaza shall continue to be included in the denominator of the Common Area Tax Share.  If at any time hereafter any building located on

 

10



 

the Complex Land, the square footage of which is then included in the denominator of the Common Area Tax Share, shall be conveyed to a third party (other than to a Landlord Affiliated Entity), and if after such conveyance the tenants or occupants of such building are no longer permitted generally to use the Common Areas, then from and after the next succeeding Tax Share Determination Date, the Common Area Tax Share shall be modified by excluding from the denominator thereof the square footage contained in such conveyed building.  Landlord and Tenant agree that as of the date of this Lease, Plaza I contains 401,179 square feet, Plaza II contains 726,078 square feet, the Building contains 750,000 square feet, Plaza IV-A contains 210,000 square feet and Plaza V contains 980,000 square feet.  The square footage of any other building located on the Complex Land shall be determined hereinafter in the same manner as the determination of square footage reflected in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(f)                                     The term “ Tenant’s Tax Share ” shall mean the percentage resulting from dividing the number of square feet from time to time included in the demised premises and with respect to which Tenant is obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payments pursuant to Section 3.01(B)  by the aggregate number of square feet in the Building and Plaza II, which the parties agree shall be 1,476,078 square feet as of the date of this Lease.  If at any time after the date of this Lease square footage of office, retail or other commercial space (exclusive of storage space that is an adjunct to such space) shall be added to or subtracted from the Building or Plaza II, Tenant’s Tax Share shall be equitably adjusted so that Tenant pays its proportionate share of Building Taxes in the same proportion which the square feet from time to time included in the demised premises as set forth herein bears to the total area of office, retail or other commercial space (exclusive of such storage space) in the improvements as to which such Building and Plaza II Taxes relate, using the same standard of measurement to compute the area of the new or additional space or the subtracted space as that used to compute the area of the demised premises for purposes of this Lease.  In the event of such adjustment, Landlord and Tenant shall, at either party’s request, execute an instrument confirming such adjustment and making the appropriate change in Tenant’s Tax Share, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make the same effective.

 

(g)                                  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may transfer legal ownership of portions of the Property to Landlord Affiliated Entities for purposes of obtaining tax abatements for the Property, for income tax planning purposes or otherwise, and neither the definition of Common Area Taxes, nor of Common Area Tax Share, nor of Building Taxes, nor of Tenant’s Tax Share shall be affected by reason of any such transfers to affiliated entities; all of which shall be deemed for purposes hereof to continue to be owned by Landlord.

 

(h)                                  If Landlord (or any Landlord Affiliated Entity) shall acquire any additional land in the immediate vicinity of the Complex (each, an “ Additional Parcel ”), then, at Landlord’s election, exercisable by written notice to Tenant, (A) the Taxes allocable to such Additional Parcel (or the portion thereof to be used as Common Areas) shall be included in Common Area Taxes in accordance with paragraph (d) above to the extent applicable when such Additional Parcel shall be available for the general use of the tenants of the Complex, (B) the square footage of any buildings then or thereafter constructed on such Additional Parcel, the tenants or occupants of which are permitted generally to use the Common Areas, shall, as of the applicable Tax Share Determination Date, be added to the denominator of the Common Area Tax Share for purposes of calculating the Common Area Tax Share in accordance with paragraph (e) above, using the same standard of measurement to compute the area of the new or

 

11



 

additional buildings as that used to compute the area of the demised premises for purposes of this Lease, (C) such Additional Parcel shall thereafter be deemed a part of the Complex Land for all purposes of this Lease and (D) the Common Area Taxes for the Base Tax Year shall be equitably increased to reflect the inclusion of the Taxes for the Additional Parcel in Common Area Taxes.

 

(i)                                      The term “ Escalation Statement ” shall mean a statement setting forth the amount payable by Tenant for a specified Tax Year or Operating Year (as defined in Section 3.02 ), as the case may be, or for some portion thereof pursuant to this Article 3 .

 

B.                                      Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent for each Tax Year or partial Tax Year an amount equal to the sum of the following:  (a) Tenant’s Tax Share of the excess of the Building Taxes for such Tax Year over the Building Taxes for the Base Tax Year and (b) the Common Area Tax Share of the excess of the Common Area Taxes for such Tax Year over the Common Area Taxes for the Base Tax Year (collectively, “ Tenant’s Tax Payment ”).  Landlord shall furnish Tenant an annual Escalation Statement (subject to revision as hereinafter provided) for each Tax Year setting forth Tenant’s Tax Payment (or, if Landlord has not yet received bills evidencing the full amount of Taxes payable during such Tax Year, Landlord’s good faith estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment, which shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be the Taxes for such Tax Year payable hereunder until such Taxes are finally determined) for such Tax Year.  The Escalation Statement shall be accompanied by a copy of the applicable Tax bill and, with respect to the first Tax Year following the Base Tax Year, with a copy of the Tax bill for the Base Tax Year.  Tenant’s Tax Payment (determined as above provided) shall be payable monthly, each such installment to be in such amount and due at such time such that Landlord shall have received Tenant’s Tax Share of (i) all installments of Building Taxes and (ii) all installments of Common Area Taxes payable, in either case, to a Governmental Authority, or to any designated party under any applicable Reciprocal Agreements (a “ Responsible Party ”), or as tax escrow payments to any superior ground lessor or mortgagee, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date such installment of Building Taxes or Common Area Taxes is payable to such Governmental Authority, Responsible Party or superior ground lessor or mortgagee, as applicable.  If an annual Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the commencement of the Tax Year to which it relates, then (x) until such Escalation Statement is rendered, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year in installments based upon the last Escalation Statement rendered to Tenant with respect to Building Taxes and Common Area Taxes, (y) Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after such annual Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant, pay to Landlord an amount equal to any underpayment of the installments of Tenant’s Tax Payment theretofore paid by Tenant for such Tax Year and (z) thereafter Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Payment in installments based on such annual Escalation Statement.  In the event of an overpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall permit Tenant to credit the amount of such overpayment against the next subsequent rental payments under this Lease.  After the termination of this Lease and the payment to Landlord of the balance, if any, of all basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of any credit not previously applied by Tenant.  If there shall be any increase or decrease in Building Taxes or Common Area Taxes for any Tax Year, whether during or after such Tax Year, Landlord shall furnish a revised Escalation Statement for such Tax Year to Tenant, and Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year shall be adjusted and paid or credited, as appropriate, in the same manner as hereinabove provided.

 

12


 

C.                                      If Landlord shall receive a refund of Building Taxes or Common Area Taxes for any Tax Year as to which Tenant made a Tenant’s Tax Payment, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant and shall permit Tenant to credit against subsequent rental payments under this Lease, Tenant’s Tax Share or Common Area Tax Share, as applicable, of the refund, but not in excess of the Tenant’s Tax Share of any such refund of Building Taxes or the Common Area Tax Share of any such refund of Common Area Taxes or in excess of Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Tax Year.  After the termination of this Lease and the payment to Landlord of the balance, if any, of all basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of any credit not previously applied by Tenant.

 

3.02                            A.                                    For purposes hereof the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                   The term “ Operating Year ” shall mean each calendar year which includes any part of the period commencing on the date hereof and ending upon the expiration of the Term.

 

(b)                                  The term “ Tenant’s Expense Share ” shall mean the percentage resulting from dividing the number of square feet from time to time included in the demised premises and with respect to which Tenant is obligated to make Tenant’s Expense Payments pursuant to Section 3.02(B)  by the aggregate number of square feet in the Building and Plaza II, which the parties agree is 1,476,078 square feet as of the date of this Lease.  If at any time after the date of this Lease additional square footage of office space (exclusive of storage space that is an adjunct to such space) shall be added to or subtracted from the Building or Plaza II, Tenant’s Expense Share shall be equitably adjusted so that Tenant pays its proportionate share of Operating Expenses in the same proportion which the square feet from time to time included in the demised premises as set forth herein bears to the total area of office space (exclusive of such storage space) in the improvements as to which such Operating Expenses relate, using the same standard of measurement to compute the area of the new or additional space or subtracted space as that used to compute the area of the demised premises for purposes of this Lease.  In the event of such adjustment, Landlord and Tenant shall, at either party’s request, execute an instrument confirming such adjustment and making the appropriate change in Tenant’s Expense Share, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make the same effective.

 

(c)                                   The term “ Common Area Expense Share ” shall mean the share of Common Area Operating Expenses allocated to the demised premises, as such share is determined from time to time as hereinafter set forth.  The Common Area Expense Share shall be determined as of the first day of each calendar year (each, an “ Expense Share Determination Date ”) and shall be equal to a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which shall be the aggregate square footage contained in the demised premises as of the applicable Expense Share Determination Date, and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate square footage contained in Existing Buildings, the Building and Plaza II as of the applicable Expense Share Determination Date (the “ Expense Share Fraction ”).  If at any time hereafter any building located on the Complex Land, the square footage of which is then included in the denominator of the Expense Share Fraction, shall be conveyed to a third party (other than to a Landlord Affiliated Entity), and if after such conveyance the tenants or occupants of such building are no longer permitted generally to use the Common Areas, then from and after the next succeeding Expense Share Determination Date, the Expense Share Fraction shall be modified by excluding

 

13



 

from the denominator thereof the square footage contained in such conveyed building.  Landlord and Tenant agree that as of the date of this Lease, Plaza I contains 401,179 square feet, Plaza II contains 726,078 square feet, the Building contains 750,000 square feet, Plaza IV-A contains 210,000 square feet and Plaza V contains 980,000 square feet.  The square footage of any other building located on the Complex Land shall be determined hereinafter in the same manner as the determination of square footage reflected in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(d)                                  The term “ Common Area Operating Expenses ” shall mean the total of all costs and expenses (including taxes thereon, if any), computed on an accrual basis, incurred by Landlord in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing (in accordance with the provisions set forth below) the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the cost and expense of the following items to the extent they relate solely to or are reasonably allocable to the Common Areas (Tenant hereby acknowledging that it is not possible to make such allocation with mathematical certainty and that any such good faith allocation made by Landlord shall be binding upon Tenant):  gardening, landscaping, planting, replanting, and replacing flowers and shrubbery; public liability, property damage and fire insurance with such extended coverage and vandalism endorsements required by the holder of any mortgage covering all or any portion of the Common Areas or customarily carried with respect to mixed use office and retail projects similar to the Complex in northern New Jersey; repairs; painting and decorating; striping; the cost of electricity for lighting and maintenance and replacements of lighting fixtures, tubes and bulbs; regulating automobile and pedestrian traffic; sanitary control; removal of rubbish, garbage and other refuse; removal of snow and ice, and sanding and salting; security, which shall include special security undertakings for the common use and enjoyment of all tenants and owners of all or a portion of the Complex; actions to prevent unauthorized use of certain of the Common Areas; supplies used in the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas (including the cost of inspection thereof); drainage; music program services and loud speaker systems, including electricity therefor; heating, ventilating and air-conditioning enclosed sidewalks, if any; cleaning all enclosed sidewalks, if any, including carpeting or other floor covering; maintenance of decorations, if any; cost of personnel to implement all of the aforementioned (including worker’s compensation insurance covering such personnel); all administrative and overhead costs, excluding executive salaries above the grade of property manager; all water and sewer charges; outside contractor snow removal costs; and any other fees and expenses related solely to or which are reasonably allocable to the operation, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas; provided, however, that the foregoing costs and expenses shall exclude or have deducted from them, as the case may be, the following:

 

(i)                                      Taxes;
 
(ii)                                   interest, principal and refinancing and other charges on or with respect to indebtedness;
 
(iii)                                amounts received by Landlord through proceeds of insurance to the extent they are compensation for sums previously included in Common Area Operating Expenses hereunder;
 
(iv)                               costs of repairs, replacements or restoration incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or condemnation to the extent Landlord is compensated therefor by

 

14



 

insurance proceeds (or would have been compensated therefor under the insurance policies Landlord has agreed to maintain under this Lease if Landlord fails to do so), or condemnation award;
 
(v)                                  advertising and promotional expenses;
 
(vi)                               leasing commissions and similar fees;
 
(vii)                            rent under any existing or future ground lease;
 
(viii)                         capital expenditures and depreciation, except that if any equipment is purchased for maintenance and operation of the Common Areas which is treated by Landlord as a capital item in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and which (A) is a replacement when a repair cannot prudently be made (but only to the extent of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost to repair such item had Landlord elected to repair rather than replace such item), (B) is necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement which is enacted after the date of this Lease or (C) has the effect of reducing expenses which would otherwise be included in Common Area Operating Expenses (but only to the extent of such savings), then such equipment shall be depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of (i) the useful life of such equipment or (ii) ten (10) years, and there shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses in each Operating Year the amount of such depreciation attributable to such Operating Year, provided, however, that all amounts thereof included in Common Area Operating Expenses in Operating Years subsequent to the year paid shall have added thereto interest at the Interest Rate (determined as of the date on which such expense was incurred) from the date each such expense was incurred by Landlord;
 
(ix)                                 as to salaries and other compensation and professional fees of persons employed or retained at or for the Common Areas and at additional locations other than the Common Areas, only a pro rata allocation (based on an equitable time allocation) of the foregoing expenses incurred on behalf of the Common Areas shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses;
 
(x)                                    costs and expenses payable to a Landlord Affiliated Entity or its partners or stockholders to the extent that such costs and expenses exceed, in any material respect, competitive costs and expenses generally charged for materials or services rendered by persons or entities (other than any Landlord Affiliated Entity or its partners or stockholders) of similar skill, competence and experience;
 
(xi)                                 all costs and expenses included in Operating Expenses;
 
(xii)                              all costs and expenses allocable to any portion of the Common Areas that is hereafter conveyed to a third party (other than to a Landlord Affiliated Entity), except, however, that if any portion of the Common Areas so conveyed constitutes a parking structure, and if Landlord both retains the right to use all or a portion of the parking spaces within such structure for tenants of the Complex and pays all or a portion of the costs and expenses allocable to such conveyed parking structure

 

15



 

then such costs and expenses payable by Landlord with respect to such conveyed parking structure shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses;
 
(xiii)                           all costs and expenses allocable to any buildings or structures constructed on any portion of the Complex (other than the Building, Plaza II and the Existing Buildings) or allocable to any portions of the Common Areas adjacent thereto which become unavailable for the general use of the tenants of the Complex during the construction of such buildings or structures by reason of such construction (such exclusion to become effective from and after the time, if any, of Commencement of Construction (of such buildings or structures).  During construction of any such building or structure, as and when any portion of the land (and any improvements constructed thereon), the costs and expenses allocable to which had been excluded from Common Area Operating Expenses as of the Commencement of Construction, again becomes available for the general use of all tenants of the Complex, the costs and expenses allocable to such land (and to any improvements thereon similarly available for the general use of all tenants of the Complex including, without limitation, parking structures) shall again be included in Common Area Operating Expenses;
 
(xiv)                          amounts otherwise includible in Common Area Operating Expenses but reimbursed from other sources other than by escalation provisions similar to this Article 3 ;
 
(xv)                             costs paid or incurred in connection with the removal, replacement, enclosure, encapsulation or other treatment of any Hazardous Materials in the Building;
 
(xvi)                          costs incurred by Landlord to remedy a violation of a Legal Requirement in effect as of the date of this Lease;
 
(xvii)                       costs of acquiring sculptures, paintings or other permanent objects of art (as distinct from decorations) located in the Common Areas, except for the cost of routine maintenance of such objects of art;
 
(xviii)                    interest, fines or penalties payable by Landlord;
 
(xix)                            Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not attributable in any way to the Common Areas;
 
(xx)                               Landlord’s political or charitable contributions; and
 
(xxi)                            any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord for profit.
 

If any of the costs and expenses which, pursuant to the terms of this paragraph (d), are to be included in or excluded from Common Area Operating Expenses depending upon the portion of the Property to which they relate, are incurred with respect to both such included and excluded portions of the Property, then Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of the amount of such cost or expense allocable to such included or excluded portion of the Property, and only the pro rata allocation (based on Landlord’s estimate) of such cost or expense incurred on behalf of the

 

16



 

included portion of the Property shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses.  Such allocation shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

 

(e)                                   The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (f) and (g) below, the total of all costs and expenses (including taxes thereon, if any), computed on an accrual basis, incurred by Landlord in connection with operating, repairing and maintaining the Building and Plaza II in a manner customary for mixed use office/retail complexes in northern New Jersey similar to the Complex including, without limitation, the costs and expenses with respect to:  steam, gas and any other fuel or utilities; water rates (including without limitation, for public drinking facilities and bathrooms), water charges and sewer rents; operation of the heating, ventilation and cooling systems; electricity and other utilities for areas other than those leased or available for lease to individual tenants as indicated by meter, or if there be no meter, as determined by a reputable, independent electrical consultant selected by Landlord (“ Landlord’s electrical consultant ”); elevators and escalators; metal, elevator cab, lobby, interior mall and other interior public area maintenance and cleaning; painting and decoration of nontenant areas; window cleaning; sanitary control; security; maintenance and replacement of lighting fixtures, tubes and bulbs in nontenant areas; music program services and loud speaker system; depreciation of hand tools and other movable equipment used in the operation or maintenance of the Building and Plaza II; maintenance of conduits in the Building and Plaza II as necessary for shared tenant systems; flood, fire, extended coverage, boiler and machinery, sprinkler apparatus, public liability and property damage, loss of rental, fidelity and plate glass insurance and any other insurance required by the holder of any mortgage or ground lease covering all or any portion of the Building and Plaza II or customarily carried with respect to mixed use office/retail complexes in northern New Jersey similar to the Property; wages, salaries, bonuses, disability benefits, hospitalization, medical, surgical, dental, optical, psychiatric, legal, union and general welfare benefits (including group life insurance), any pension, retirement or life insurance plan and other benefit or similar expense respecting employees of Landlord (or its agents) up to and including the property manager, provided that to the extent that Landlord employs the services of any such persons at the Building  and Plaza II and at additional locations other than the Building and Plaza II, then only a pro rata allocation (based on an equitable time allocation) of the foregoing expenses incurred on behalf of the Building and Plaza II shall be included in Operating Expenses; uniforms and working clothes for such employees and the cleaning and replacement thereof; expenses imposed on Landlord pursuant to law or to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to such employees; worker’s compensation insurance, payroll, social security, unemployment and other similar taxes with respect to such employees; salaries of bookkeepers and accountants, provided that to the extent that Landlord employs the services of any such persons at the Building and Plaza II and at additional locations other than the Building and Plaza II, then only a pro rata allocation (based on an equitable time allocation) of the foregoing expenses incurred on behalf of the Building and Plaza II shall be included in Operating Expenses; reasonable professional and consulting fees, including legal and accounting fees; charges for independent contractors performing work included within the definition of Operating Expenses; association fees or dues; telephone and stationery; directory; building telephone; repairs, replacements and improvements of the electrical, mechanical, plumbing and HVAC systems and other systems and portions of the Building and Plaza II, which are necessary or appropriate for the continued operation of the Building in a manner customary for mixed use office/retail complexes in northern New Jersey similar to the Complex or are otherwise imposed upon Landlord by any Governmental

 

17



 

Authority; and management fees for the management of the Building and Plaza II, or if no managing agent is employed by Landlord, a sum in lieu thereof which is not in excess of the then prevailing rates for outside management fees in Northern New Jersey for mixed use office/retail complexes similar to the Property.  There shall also be included in Operating Expenses (but only to the extent the same are not otherwise included therein) any items described in the definition of Common Area Operating Expenses which are performed to the exterior of the Building and Plaza II, but which, by reason of their relating to areas adjacent to the Building and Plaza II, are not included in Common Area Operating Expenses and are performed and paid for directly by the owner of the Building and Plaza II.  If any of the costs and expenses includible in Operating Expenses are incurred by Landlord with respect to both the Building and Plaza II, on the one hand, and other portions of the Property, on the other hand, then Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of the amount of such cost or expense allocable to the Building and Plaza II and the amount thereof allocable to such other portions of the Property, and only the pro rata allocation (based on Landlord’s estimate) of such cost or expense incurred on behalf of the Building and Plaza II shall be included in Operating Expenses.  It is understood and agreed that Landlord shall not be permitted to include the same item of expense in both Operating Expenses and Common Area Operating Expenses except to the extent such item of expense is allocated between them as expressly contemplated hereby.

 

(f)                                     Omitted.

 

(g)                                  The following shall be excluded or deducted from the costs and expenses otherwise included in Operating Expenses:

 

(i)                                      the cost of electricity and other utilities furnished to the demised premises and other space leased or available for lease to tenants as measured by meters, or if there be no meters, as determined by Landlord’s electrical consultant;
 
(ii)                                   leasing commissions and similar fees;
 
(iii)                                salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation for Landlord’s executives above the grade of property manager;
 
(iv)                               amounts received by Landlord through proceeds of insurance to the extent the proceeds are compensation for expenses which were previously included in Operating Expenses;
 
(v)                                  cost of repairs, replacements or restoration incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or condemnation to the extent Landlord is compensated therefor by insurance proceeds (or would have been compensated therefor under the insurance policies Landlord has agreed to maintain under this Lease if Landlord fails to do so) or a condemnation award;
 
(vi)                               advertising and promotional expenditures;
 
(vii)                            Taxes;

 

18



 
(viii)                         costs for performing tenant installations for any individual tenant or for performing work or furnishing services (including above-standard cleaning) to or for individual tenants at such tenant’s expense and any other contribution by Landlord to the cost of tenant improvements;
 
(ix)                                 capital expenditures, except as provided above;
 
(x)                                    rent under any existing or future ground leases;
 
(xi)                                 financing and refinancing costs and mortgage debt service;
 
(xii)                              costs of furnishing services to other tenants or occupants to the extent such services are materially in excess of services Landlord offers to all tenants at Landlord’s expense;
 
(xiii)                           amounts otherwise includible in Operating Expenses but reimbursed directly by Tenant or other tenants to Landlord other than by escalation provisions similar to this Article 3 ;
 
(xiv)                          costs and expenses payable to any Landlord Affiliated Entity, to the extent that such costs and expenses exceed in any material respect competitive costs and expenses for materials and services by unrelated persons or entities (other than a Landlord Affiliated Entity or its partners or stockholders) of similar skill, competence and experience;
 
(xv)                             franchise, corporation, income, inheritance, succession or estate taxes (but not sales and use taxes) imposed on Landlord;
 
(xvi)                          all amounts included in Common Area Operating Expenses;
 
(xvii)                       depreciation, except that if any equipment is purchased for maintenance and operation of the Building and Plaza II which is treated by Landlord as a capital item in accordance with GAAP and which (A) is a replacement item when a repair cannot be prudently made (but only to the extent of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost to repair such item had Landlord elected to repair rather than replace such item), or (B) is necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement which is enacted after the date of this Lease or (C) has the effect of reducing expenses which would otherwise be included in Operating Expenses (but only included to the extent of such savings), then such equipment shall be depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of (i) the useful life of such equipment or (ii) ten (10) years, and there shall be included in Operating Expenses in each Operating Year the amount of such depreciation attributable to such Operating Year, provided, however, that all amounts thereof included in Operating Expenses in Operating Years subsequent to the year paid shall have added thereto interest at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 22.03 ) (determined as of the date on which such expense was incurred) from the date each such expense was incurred by Landlord;
 
(xviii)                    lease takeover or takeback costs incurred by Landlord in connection with leases in the Building or Plaza II;

 

19



 

(xix)                            legal fees, expenses and disbursements (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with leasing, sales, financing or refinancing or disputes with other tenants), except such fees as are reasonably incurred in connection with the operation of the Property;
 
(xx)                               costs paid or incurred in connection with the removal, replacement, enclosure, encapsulation or other treatment of any Hazardous Materials in the Building or Plaza II;
 
(xxi)                            costs incurred by Landlord to remedy a violation of a Legal Requirement in effect as of the date of this Lease;
 
(xxii)                         costs of acquiring sculptures, paintings and other permanent objects of art (as distinct from decorations) located in the Building or Plaza II, except for the costs of routine maintenance of such objects of art;
 
(xxiii)                      interest, fines or penalties payable by Landlord;
 
(xxiv)                     Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not attributable in any way to the Building or Plaza II;
 
(xxv)                        Landlord’s political or charitable contributions;
 
(xxvi)                     any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord for profit;
 
(xxvii)                  costs incurred with respect to a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the Building, Plaza II or any interest therein, or in any person or entity (of whatever tier) owning an interest therein;
 
(xxviii)                 costs associated with payments to state and local governments for infrastructure improvements, including without limitation, traffic pattern and road improvements; and
 
(xxix)                       costs and legal expenses incurred due to Landlord’s gross negligence and/or willful misconduct.

 

(h)                                  If during all or part of any Operating Year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would constitute an Operating Expense) to portions of the Building or Plaza II, due to the fact such portions are not occupied or leased, or because such item of work or service is not required or desired by the tenant of such portion, or such tenant is itself obtaining and providing such item of work or service, then, for the purpose of computing the additional rent payable hereunder, the amount of Operating Expenses for such item for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the actual incremental cost which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such item of work or services to 100% of the aggregate square footage of the Building and Plaza II; it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, the amount included in Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Year and each subsequent Operating Year in respect

 

20



 

of management fees shall also be increased by an amount equal to the incremental management fees which would have been incurred if the Building and Plaza II were 100% leased to tenants based on the gross rents for the Building and Plaza II then being charged by Landlord.  In addition, in no event shall the same item of Operating Expenses be included more than once in Operating Expenses for a particular Operating Year.

 

(i)                                      Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may transfer legal ownership of portions of the Property to a Landlord Affiliated Entity for purposes of obtaining tax abatements for the Property, for tax planning purposes or otherwise, and neither the definition of Operating Expenses nor of Tenant’s Expense Share nor of Common Area Operating Expenses, nor of Common Area Expense Share shall be affected by reason of any such transfers to Landlord Affiliated Entities; all of which shall be deemed for purposes hereof to continue to be owned by Landlord.

 

(j)                                      If Landlord (or any Landlord Affiliated Entity) shall acquire an Additional Parcel, then, at Landlord’s election, exercisable by written notice to Tenant (A) the Common Area Operating Expenses allocable to such Additional Parcel (or the portion thereof to be used as Common Areas) shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with paragraph (d) above to the extent applicable when such Additional Parcel shall be available for the general use of the tenants of the Complex, (B) the square footage of any improvements then or thereafter constructed on such Additional Parcel, the tenants or occupants of which are permitted generally to use the Common Areas, shall, as of the applicable Expense Share Determination Date, be added to the denominator of the Expense Share Fraction for purposes of calculating the Common Area Expense Share in accordance with paragraph (c) above, (C) such Additional Parcel shall thereafter be deemed a part of the Complex Land for all purposes of this Lease and (D) the Common Area Expenses for the Base Operating Year shall be equitably increased to reflect the inclusion of the Operating Expenses for the Additional Parcel in the Common Area Expenses.

 

(1)                                   Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent for each Operating Year or partial Operating Year an amount equal to Tenant’s Expense Share of the excess of the Operating Expenses for such Operating Year over the Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Year and the Common Area Expense Share of the excess of the Common Area Operating Expenses for such Operating Year over the Common Area Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Year (collectively, “ Tenant’s Expense Payment ”).

 

(2)                                   Landlord shall furnish to Tenant for each Operating Year an Escalation Statement (subject to revision as hereinafter provided) setting forth Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Operating Year.  Landlord’s estimate shall not exceed 105% of Tenant’s Expense Payment for the prior Operating Year unless Landlord becomes aware (and advises Tenant in writing) of an increase in one or more categories of Common Area Operating Expenses and/or Operating Expenses (such as insurance premiums or utilities, including fuel costs) in excess of 5% of the cost of such category(ies) of Common Area Operating Expenses or Operating Expenses over the prior Operating Year.  The foregoing limit on estimates shall not be deemed a cap on Tenant’s Expense Payment based upon actual Common Area Operating Expenses and/or Operating Expenses.  Landlord shall provide an Escalation Statement for the Base Operating Year no later than the delivery of the Escalation

 

21



 

Statement for the first Operating Year subsequent to the Base Operating Year.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Operating Year an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Operating Year.  If Landlord shall furnish such estimate for an Operating Year after the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this paragraph C for the last month of the preceding Operating Year; (ii) on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant and monthly thereafter for the balance of such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Expense Payment as shown on such estimate; and (iii) Landlord shall notify Tenant in the Escalation Statement containing such estimate whether the installments of Tenant’s Expense Payment previously paid for such Operating Year were more or less than the installments which should have been paid for such Operating Year pursuant to such estimate.  If there shall be an underpayment, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within fifteen (15) Business Days after being furnished with such Escalation Statement or if there shall be an overpayment, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the amount thereof against the next subsequent rental payments under this Lease.  After the termination of this Lease and the payment to Landlord of the balance, if any, of all basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of any credit not previously applied by Tenant.  Landlord may at any time and from time to time furnish to Tenant an Escalation Statement setting forth Landlord’s revised estimate of Tenant’s Expense Payment for a particular Operating Year and Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Operating Year shall be adjusted and paid or credited, as applicable, in the same manner as provided in the preceding sentence.

 

(3)                                   Within 180 days after the end of each Operating Year Landlord shall submit to Tenant an annual Escalation Statement prepared by Landlord or its agent setting forth the Operating Expenses and Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding Operating Year and the balance of Tenant’s Expense Payment, if any, due to Landlord from Tenant for such Operating Year.  If such annual Escalation Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 3.02(C)  exceeded Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Operating Year, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the amount of such excess against the next subsequent rental payments under this Lease.  After the termination of the Lease and the payment to Landlord of the balance, if any, of all basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of any credit not previously applied by Tenant.  If an annual Escalation Statement shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency to Landlord within fifteen (15) Business Days after being furnished with such annual Escalation Statement.

 

(4)                                   The annual Escalation Statements with respect to Operating Expenses and Common Area Operating Expenses to be furnished by Landlord or its agent as provided above may be unaudited but shall be in reasonable detail.  Landlord and its agent may rely on Landlord’s operating cost allocations and estimates if such allocations or estimates are required for this Section 3.02 .

 

22


 

(5)           Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall permit Tenant or Tenant’s designated (in such request) reputable certified public accounting firm (which may not be retained by Tenant on a contingency fee basis or any other fee basis by which such accounting firm’s compensation is based upon the amount refunded or credited by Landlord to Tenant as a result of such audit) to inspect the books and records relating to the operation of the Property for the Operating Year to which an Escalation Statement relates at the New York, New Jersey or Connecticut office of Landlord’s managing agent at such time or times during normal business hours as Landlord shall reasonably designate.  Tenant or Tenant’s accounting firm shall have the right to obtain copies or make such abstracts thereof as it may reasonably require in order to verify any Escalation Statement.

 

3.03         Tenant shall pay to the appropriate Governmental Authority on or before the due date thereof all taxes, assessments and other charges which are or may be assessed, levied or imposed by any Governmental Authority upon, or become a lien or due and payable in respect of, any leasehold interest of Tenant, any investment of Tenant in the demised premises, any right of Tenant to occupy the demised premises or any personal property of any kind owned, installed or used by Tenant at or in connection with the operation of the demised premises or in connection with Tenant’s business conducted at the demised premises and, at Landlord’s request, furnish Landlord with reasonable evidence, within ten (10) Business Days after demand, that the same have been paid.

 

3.04         If the Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a Tax Year or an Operating Year or if the Expiration Date shall be a day other than the last day of a Tax Year or an Operating Year, then Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s Expense Payment for such partial year shall be equitably adjusted taking into consideration the portion of such Tax Year or Operating Year falling within the Term.  Landlord shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, cause an Escalation Statement with respect to Building Taxes and Common Area Taxes for the Tax Year and/or Operating Expenses and Common Area Operating Expenses for the Operating Year in which the Term expires to be prepared and furnished to Tenant.  Such Escalation Statement shall be prepared as of the Expiration Date of the Term if such date is December 31, and if not, as of the first to occur of June 30 or December 31 after the Expiration Date of the Term. Landlord and Tenant shall thereupon make appropriate adjustments of amounts then owing.

 

3.05         In no event shall the basic annual rent ever be reduced by operation of this Article 3 .  The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of this Article 3 shall survive the termination of this Lease, and payments shall be made pursuant to this Article 3 notwithstanding the fact that an Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the expiration or other termination of the Term.

 

3.06         Landlord’s failure to render an Escalation Statement with respect to any Tax Year or Operating Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render an Escalation Statement with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Tax Year or Operating Year, provided that such Escalation Statement is rendered within two years after the expiration of the applicable Tax Year or Operating Year.

 

3.07         Each Escalation Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless within 120 days after receipt of such Escalation Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it

 

23



 

disputes the correctness of such Escalation Statement, specifying the particular respects in which such Escalation Statement is claimed to be incorrect.  Pending the resolution of such dispute, and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s right to dispute the correctness of such Escalation Statement, Tenant shall make its payments in accordance with such Escalation Statement without prejudice to Tenant’s position.  In the event of the resolution of such dispute so that there shall have been an overpayment of any of Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s Expense Payment, Landlord shall permit Tenant to credit the amount of such overpayment against the next subsequent rental payments under this Lease and, if such overpayment shall have exceeded 6%, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable and actual costs for Tenant’s accountants to review the Escalation Statement.  After the termination of this Lease and the payment to Landlord of the balance, if any, of all basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of any credit not previously applied by Tenant. Tenant agrees, at Landlord’s request, to be a party to any arbitration between Landlord and any other tenant of the Property concerning the interpretation of any provision similar to a provision in this Article 3 in such other tenant’s lease.  Tenant shall not be responsible for the cost of any such arbitration, except that Tenant shall bear the cost of its own counsel, experts and presentation of proof, if any.  If Landlord and Tenant, both acting reasonably and in good faith, cannot resolve such dispute and the amount in dispute exceeds $10,000, then, in such event, if Tenant delivers a notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to Landlord stating that Tenant wishes to resort to the procedure described in this subsection below, the resolution as to the disputed amount shall be determined as follows.  A senior officer experienced in accounting matters related to commercial leasing and who is a partner of a recognized New Jersey accounting firm (the “ Arbitrator ”) shall be selected and paid for jointly by Landlord and Tenant.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Arbitrator, then the same shall be designated by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA” ).  The Arbitrator selected by the parties or designated by the AAA shall not have been employed by Landlord or Tenant during the previous five year period and shall have at least ten years experience in analyzing accounting issues concerning office space in New Jersey.  Landlord and Tenant shall each submit to the Arbitrator and to the other its determination of the resolution as to the amount by which the disputed amount differs from the Escalation Statement, as set forth above.  The Arbitrator shall determine which of the two determinations (or any amount in between) represents the correct resolution as to such disputed amount.  The determination of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant shall ensure that Tenant, its employees and its other representatives shall keep the findings of any audit as well as the Arbitrator confidential.

 

3.08         Tenant will cooperate with Landlord in all reasonable respects in obtaining and retaining any tax abatement or exemption for which the Property may be eligible.  Tenant will execute and file within ten (10) days after demand any and all documents and instruments reasonably necessary to obtain and retain such abatement or exemption.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ELECTRICITY

 

4.01         Any additional risers, feeders or other equipment or service proper or necessary to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Landlord at the sole but reasonable cost and expense of Tenant, if in Landlord’s sole but

 

24



 

reasonable judgment the same are available and necessary for Tenant’s use and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Property or the demised premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants.  Such written request shall include a load letter prepared by Tenant’s electrical engineer which shall substantiate Tenant’s request and set forth all of Tenant’s proposed electrical equipment and estimated consumption in the demised premises, and which load letter shall be satisfactory to Landlord.  For purposes of this Section 4.01 Tenant acknowledges that the following factors shall be taken into consideration in determining reasonableness:  (i) whether the installation of such additional electrical equipment potentially materially and adversely affects the normal operation of portions of the electrical systems outside the demised premises or affects the occupancy of other tenants in the Building, (ii) Landlord’s desire (acting in a manner consistent with a prudent and forward-looking leasing program) to reserve electrical power or excess electrical power for other existing or prospective tenants in the Building, and (iii) whether the installation of such additional electrical equipment requires a shutdown of electrical or other Building systems and Landlord’s rights to effect such shutdown under other leases in the Building.  To the extent that Tenant requests Landlord to install the additional electrical equipment referred to in this Section 4.01 to enable Tenant to obtain electrical capacity for the demised premises in excess of the electrical capacity referred to in Section 4.02 and Landlord declines Tenant’s request, Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably so long as Landlord does not unreasonably withhold its consent if Tenant wishes to make arrangements, at its sole expense, to obtain such additional electrical capacity for the demised premises directly from the public utility serving the Building (and not from available capacity in the Building), provided that Tenant complies with all of the requirements of Articles 6 and 8 of this Lease and consults with Landlord’s engineers with respect to obtaining such additional electrical capacity and the installations required therefor.

 

4.02         Landlord shall supply the demised premises with electrical capacity of not less than six (6) watts demand load, exclusive of the Building HVAC system serving the demised premises, per usable square foot contained in the demised premises.  Tenant covenants and agrees to pay directly to the utility company supplying electricity to the demised premises the amounts due for electric current consumed by Tenant (including, but not limited to, the requirements of Section 21.01(c) ), as indicated by meters measuring Tenant’s consumption thereof which shall be installed by Landlord for the demised premises and shall be in good working order.  Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of all such meters.

 

4.03         Tenant’s use of electric current in the demised premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity as provided in Section 4.02 or of any of the electrical conductors and equipment in or otherwise serving the demised premises.  Tenant shall not make or perform or permit the making or performing of, any alterations to wiring, installations or other electrical facilities in or serving the demised premises without the prior consent of Landlord in each instance, and then only in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 .

 

4.04         Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure or defect in the supply or character of electric energy furnished to the demised premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility providing the Building or the demised premises with electricity or for any other reason whatsoever, including the sharing by Tenant of common

 

25



 

electrical equipment with other tenants or occupants.  Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages arising from any such failure or defect.

 

4.05         At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges for installing all lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts used in the demised premises on demand as additional rent.

 

4.06         To the extent that Tenant leases the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space, the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space and/or any Offer Space, Tenant shall pay for electricity in such space and, to measure the consumption thereof, Landlord shall install, at Tenant’s expense, and supply electricity to service such space on a submetered basis, and Tenant in such event shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the sum of (y) an amount determined by applying the electric rate charged by the utility for such space to Tenant’s consumption of and demand for electricity within such space as recorded on the submeter or submeters servicing such space and (z) Landlord’s administrative and line loss charge of 5% of the amount referred to in (y) above, (such combined sum being hereinafter called “ Submeter Electric Rent ”).  Except as set forth in the foregoing clause (z), Landlord will not charge Tenant more than the electric rate for the electricity provided pursuant to this paragraph.  Where more than one submeter measures the electric service to Tenant, the electric service rendered through each submeter shall be computed and billed separately in accordance with the provisions set forth herein, provided that Tenant may, at its expense, install a totalizing meter in such space, aggregating total electric consumption so long as, in no event, shall Tenant pay Landlord for electricity an amount which is less than Landlord’s cost for such electricity as set forth in clause (y) above.  Such totalizing meter shall be maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense.  Prior to the installation and the first reading of the submeter or submeters referred to above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on account of the Submeter Electric Rent payable pursuant to this paragraph, the annual sum of $1.56 per square foot of Rentable Area of such space (“ Estimated Submeter Electric Rent ”), subject to the adjustments on the first day of each and every calendar month of the term (except that if the first day of the term is other than the first day of a calendar month, the first monthly installment, prorated to the end of said calendar month, shall be payable on the first day of the first full calendar month).  From time to time during the term, the Estimated Submeter Electric Rent may be adjusted by Landlord on the basis of either Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s electric consumption and demand (if at any time the submeter(s) servicing such space are inoperative) or Tenant’s actual consumption of and demand for electricity as recorded on the submeter(s) servicing such space, and, in either event, based on the electric rate then in effect.  Subsequent to the end of each calendar year during the term of this Lease, or more frequently if Landlord shall elect, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of the Electric Submeter Rent for such year or shorter period together with the components thereof, as set forth in this paragraph (“ Submetered Electric Statement ”).  To the extent that the Estimated Submetered Electric Rent paid by Tenant for the period covered by the Submetered Electric Statement shall be less than the Submeter Electric Rent as set forth on such Submetered Electric Statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference within 30 days after receipt of the Submetered Electric Statement.  If the Estimated Submeter Electric Rent paid by Tenant for the period covered by the Submetered Electric Statement shall be greater than the Submeter Electric Rent as set forth on the Submetered Electric Statement, such difference shall be credited against the next required payment(s) of Estimated Submeter Electric Rent.

 

26



 

ARTICLE 5

 

USE

 

5.01         The demised premises shall be used solely as and for executive, general and administrative offices, and all customary ancillary uses (including, without limitation, the installation of a cafeteria for Tenant’s employees and invitees, which shall not be open to the general public) in keeping with the character of the Building.

 

5.02         Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the demised premises or any part thereof in any way which would violate any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or for any unlawful purposes or in any unlawful manner or in violation of the certificate of occupancy for the demised premises or the Building, and Tenant shall not permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner or anything to be done, brought into or kept therein which, in Landlord’s good faith judgment shall impair or interfere with (i) the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a first class office building, (ii) any of the Property services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, air conditioning or other servicing of the Property or the demised premises, or (iii) the use of any of the other areas of the Property by, or occasion discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance to, any of the other tenants or occupants of the Property.  Tenant shall not install any electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, might cause any such impairment, interference, discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance or which might overload the risers or feeders servicing the demised premises or other portions of the Building.  The factors to be taken into consideration in defining Landlord’s reasonableness described in the last sentence of Section 4.01 of this Lease shall apply, to the extent applicable, to the preceding sentence.

 

5.03         If Tenant exercises the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Option (as hereinafter defined) or the Offer Space, then Tenant, at its own risk and on a non-exclusive basis, may use the Building stairways between the demised premises and the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space and/or contiguous Offer Space solely to enable Tenant’s employees to access floors comprising the demised premises, provided that such use by Tenant (x) has been approved, if required, by applicable Governmental Authorities and thereafter complies with all Legal Requirements, (y) does not disrupt or interfere with the proper and safe operation of the Building by Landlord and (z) does not unreasonably interfere with the occupancy by other tenants of the Building.  Tenant shall make its own security arrangements relating to the use of such stairways, provided that it shall consult with Landlord regarding such arrangements and continue to afford Landlord access to the demised premises and such stairways in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

ALTERATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS

 

6.01         Tenant, upon notice to but without obtaining Landlord’s consent, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements in or to the demised premises which (x)(i) do not affect any structural or mechanical portion, or the electrical systems, of the Building and (ii) are of a purely decorative or cosmetic nature such as painting, carpeting, wall coverings and the like, (y) cost less than $5.00 per square foot with respect to the area affected by such work

 

27



 

and (z) do not require a building permit.  Tenant shall make no other alterations, installations, additions or improvements in or to the demised premises without Landlord’s prior written consent and then only by contractors or mechanics who are reasonably approved by Landlord; provided , that Tenant shall only use contractors or mechanics designated by Landlord for any alterations, installations, additions or improvements which affect the life safety and/or other systems of the Building.  All such work, alterations, installations, additions and improvements shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense and at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate.  Tenant’s Initial Work and any future work in the demised premises shall be done solely in accordance with plans and specifications first approved in writing by Landlord.  Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to requests for alterations, additions and improvements.  Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s plans and specifications for Tenant’s Initial Work within ten (10) Business Days after submission, provided that, if Tenant notifies Landlord that an emergency situation exists ( i.e. , that there is a realistic and imminent threat to the safety of persons or the preservation of property), Landlord shall endeavor to respond more quickly.  In determining whether Landlord has acted reasonably, the following factors shall be taken into consideration:  (A) whether the proposed alteration is structural and/or will interfere with the operation of the Complex or affect the outside of the Complex or affect its structure, electrical, HVAC, plumbing or mechanical systems, (B) whether such alteration will affect the occupancy of any other tenant in the Complex and (C) whether such alteration is a customary type of alteration for the uses permitted by Section 5.01 and in accordance with a first class office building standard.  If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s proposed alterations and plans and specifications within such ten (10) Business Day period, such alterations and plans and specifications shall be deemed approved, provided that Tenant shall have sent Landlord a second request for approval containing the following language and Landlord shall have failed to respond within five Business Days:  “THIS IS A SECOND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSED ALTERATIONS.  IF LANDLORD DOES NOT RESPOND TO THIS SECOND REQUEST WTHIN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS, LANDLORD’S APPROVAL SHALL BE DEEMED GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE.”

 

Any such approved alterations and improvements shall be performed in accordance with the foregoing and the following provisions of this Article 6 and Schedule C :

 
1.             All work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner.
 
2.             (a)           Any contractor employed by Tenant to perform any work permitted by this Lease, and all of its subcontractors, shall agree to employ only such labor as will not result in jurisdictional disputes or strikes.  Tenant will inform Landlord in writing of the names of any contractor or subcontractors Tenant proposes to use in the demised premises at least ten (10) days prior to the beginning of work by such contractor or subcontractors.

 

(b)           Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the contractor, as the work progresses, the entire cost of supplying the materials and performing the work shown on Tenant’s approved plans and specifications less only customary retentions.

 
3.             All work shall be performed in compliance with all Legal Requirements.

 

28



 

4.             All work shall be performed in accordance with the general tenant guidelines for the Property established by Landlord from time to time regarding such work, which guidelines Tenant acknowledges are available for its reference and use in the Property manager’s office.  Any future changes by Landlord to the existing tenant guidelines shall be commercially reasonable.
 
5.             Tenant shall keep the Property and the demised premises free and clear of all liens (and shall provide appropriate lien waivers evidencing same) for any work or material claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or to the demised premises on Tenant’s behalf, and all work to be performed by Tenant shall be done in a manner which will not unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants of the Property.
 
6.             During the progress of the work to be done by Tenant, said work shall be subject to inspection by representatives of Landlord who shall be permitted access and the opportunity to inspect, at all reasonable times on reasonable notice (except in the case of an emergency), but this provision shall not in any way whatsoever create any obligation on Landlord to conduct such an inspection.
 
7.             With respect to any alteration or improvement work, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, promptly upon being billed therefor, a sum equal to any reasonable third party, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such work (including, without limitation, to review Tenant’s plans and specifications or with respect to alteration or improvement work affecting Building systems, to inspect or monitor such alteration or improvement work).  Landlord shall not charge Tenant any supervisory or similar fee in connection with such work.
 
8.             Prior to commencement of any work, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of:

 

(a)           worker’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed for such work with statutorily required limits;

 

(b)           employer’s liability coverage including bodily injury caused by disease with limits of not less than $100,000 per employee; and

 

(c)           commercial general liability insurance including, but not limited to, completed operations coverage, products liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, broad form property damage, independent contractor’s coverage and personal injury coverage naming Landlord as well as such representatives and consultants of Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably specify (collectively “ Landlord’s Consultants ”), including, without limitation, as of the date hereof, Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, as well as Tenant, as additional insureds, with coverage of not less than $3,000,000 combined single limit coverage (or such higher limits as Landlord may from time to time impose in its reasonable judgment).

 

(d)           Such insurance shall be placed with solvent and responsible companies reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord and licensed or authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey, and the policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without thirty (30) days’ prior notice in writing to Landlord.

 

29



 

9.             Tenant shall require all contractors engaged or employed by Tenant to indemnify and hold Tenant, Landlord, and Landlord’s Consultants, including, but not limited to, as of the date hereof Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, harmless substantially in accordance with the following clauses (with such modifications therein as may be required from time to time by reason of a change in the parties constituting Landlord’s Consultants):

 

“The contractor hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law to assume the entire responsibility and liability for and defense of and to pay and indemnify Landlord, Tenant and Landlord’s Consultants, against any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage and will hold each of them harmless from and pay any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage (including, without limitation, judgments, attorneys’ fees, court costs, and the cost of appellate proceedings), which Landlord and/or Tenant and/or Landlord’s Consultants, incurs because of injury to or death of any person or on account of damage to property, including loss of use thereof, or any other claim arising out of, in connection with, or as a consequence of the performance of the work by the contractor and/or any acts or omissions of the contractor or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents sub-contractors or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the contractor or anyone for whose acts the contractor may be liable as it relates to the scope of this contract, except to the extent with respect to any of the persons or entities indemnified hereunder, such injuries to person or damage to property are alleged to be due and are held by a final unappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction to be due to the negligence of the such person or entity seeking to be so indemnified.”

 
10.           Tenant, to the extent permitted by law, shall make application for all building permits in its own name.  Tenant shall obtain any temporary certificate of occupancy or addendum to the permanent certificate of occupancy required as a result of Tenant’s alterations and improvements.  Landlord shall promptly join in any and all applications for permits, licenses or other authorizations if required by any Governmental Authority, and may, in any event, so join in.  If Landlord is required to join in any such application Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all documented out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by Landlord in connection with such application.
 
11.           Within ninety (90) days after completion of any work Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish Landlord with one mylar set of “as built” plans, drawings and specifications together with a disk in form requested by Landlord carrying a copy of such “as built” plans, drawings and specifications in the computer aided design (CAD) format requested by Landlord, which set of plans, drawings and specifications and all rights therein shall become the property of Landlord.  The transfer of all such rights as to the plans shall be confirmed in writing by Tenant’s architect.

 

6.02         Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that no mechanic’s or other lien for any such labor or materials shall attach to or affect the reversion or other estate or interest of Landlord in and to the demised premises.  Any mechanic’s lien filed against the demised premises or the Property for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant shall be discharged by Tenant at its expense within thirty (30) days

 

30



 

after Tenant receives notice of such filing, by payment, filing of the bond required by law or otherwise.

 

6.03         All alterations, installations, additions and improvements made and installed by Landlord, including, without limitation, all of Landlord’s Work, shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises as a part thereof at the end of the Term.

 

6.04         All alterations, installations, additions and improvements made and installed by Tenant, or at Tenant’s expense, upon or in the demised premises which are of a permanent nature and which cannot be removed without damage to the demised premises or the Property shall become and be the property of Landlord, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises as a part thereof at the end of the Term, except that, at the time Landlord approves Tenant’s plans and specifications and provides Tenant with timely notice in order to enable Tenant to change the plans and specifications if Tenant wishes, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, to remove any of such alterations, installations, additions and improvements and, in such event, Tenant will, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, remove the same in accordance with such request, and restore the demised premises to its original condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted, provided that Tenant shall not be required to remove any nonstructural alteration, installation, addition or improvement which constitutes part of a customary office installation (a “ Customary Installation ”), unless such alteration, installation, addition or improvement required Landlord’s approval, which approval was not obtained, and Tenant shall only be required to remove a non-Customary Installation.

 

6.05         Where furnished by or at the expense of Tenant, all furniture, furnishings and trade fixtures, including without limitation, murals, business machines and equipment, counters, screens, grille work, special paneled doors, cages, partitions, metal railings, closets, paneling, free standing lighting fixtures and equipment, drinking fountains, refrigeration equipment, and any other movable property (exclusive of supplementary air conditioning equipment and raised flooring which shall become the property of Landlord) shall remain the property of Tenant which may at its option remove all or any part thereof at any time prior to the expiration of the Term.  In case Tenant shall decide not to remove any part of such property, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing not less than three (3) months prior to the expiration of the Term, specifying the items of property which it has decided not to remove.  If, within thirty (30) days after the service of such notice, Landlord shall request Tenant to remove any of the said property, Tenant shall at its expense remove the same.  As to such property which Landlord does not request Tenant to remove, the same shall be, if left by Tenant, deemed abandoned by Tenant and thereupon the same shall become the property of Landlord.

 

6.06         If any alterations, installations, additions, improvements or other property which Tenant shall have the right to remove or be requested by Landlord to remove as provided in Sections 6.04 and 6.05 hereof (herein in this Section 6.06 called the “ Tenant’s Property ”) are not removed on or prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to remove the Tenant’s Property and to dispose of the same without accountability to Tenant and at the sole but reasonable cost and expense of Tenant.  In case of any damage to the demised premises or the Property resulting from the removal of the Tenant’s Property, Tenant shall repair such damage

 

31



 

or, in default thereof, shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s cost in repairing such damage.  This obligation shall survive any termination of this Lease.

 

6.07         Tenant shall keep records of Tenant’s alterations, installations, additions and improvements costing in excess of $50,000, and of the cost thereof.  Tenant shall, within forty-five (45) days after demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records if Landlord shall require same in connection with any proceeding to reduce the assessed valuation of the Property, or in connection with any proceeding instituted pursuant to Article l4 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

REPAIRS

 

7.01         Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the demised premises (including, with respect to any full floor comprising a portion of the demised premises, all bathrooms and other sanitary facilities located therein, provided that Landlord shall maintain and repair all base Building plumbing and sewage lines to the point of entry of the demised premises, the costs of which shall be reimbursable under Article 3 ), and keep same in good order and condition, including all necessary painting and decorating, and make such repairs to the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition (except that as to structural repairs and repairs to the exterior windows, Landlord shall be obligated to make same unless they are necessitated by any act, omission, occupancy or negligence of Tenant or by the use of the demised premises in a manner contrary to the purposes for which same are leased to Tenant, in which case Tenant shall be so obligated).  Tenant shall keep all interior glass, including interior windows, doors and skylights, clean and in good condition and repair and Tenant shall replace any interior glass that may be damaged with glass of the same kind and quality.  All damage or injury to the Property caused by Tenant moving property in or out of the Building or by installation or removal of furniture, fixtures or other property, shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, which repairs, restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installations.  Tenant shall promptly make all repairs in or to the demised premises or the Property for which Tenant is responsible, provided that any repairs required to be made to the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning or other Building systems shall be performed only by Landlord.  If Tenant fails to make such repairs, restoration or replacements, same may be made by Landlord at the expense of Tenant and such expense shall be collectible as additional rent and shall be paid by Tenant within twenty (20) Business Days after rendition of a bill therefor.

 

7.02         If the demised premises includes loading docks, and or related facilities, Tenant shall keep the loading docks and areas adjacent thereto and the driveways and streets within the Property leading to said loading docks free of all dirt, rubbish and other obstructions arising from Tenant’s use or occupancy of any such facilities or the use of such facilities by Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, suppliers or invitees including independent contractors making deliveries or pick-ups from such loading docks.

 

32


 

7.03         Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area ( i.e. , 100 lbs for areas in which raised flooring is installed and 125 lbs. on slab) which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.

 

7.04         Business machines and mechanical equipment used by Tenant which cause vibration, noise, cold or heat that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any leased space to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord (acting reasonably) or to any other tenant at the Property shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at its expense in settings of cork, rubber or spring type vibration eliminators sufficient to absorb and prevent such vibration or noise, or prevent transmission of such cold or heat.  The parties hereto recognize that the operation of elevators, air conditioning and heating equipment will cause some vibration, noise, heat or cold which may be transmitted to other parts of the Building and demised premises.  Landlord shall be under no obligation to endeavor to reduce such vibration, noise, heat or cold beyond what is customary in current good building practice for buildings of the same type as the Building.  Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in the enforcement of the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 7.04 .

 

7.05         Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the demised premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof.  Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence so as to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations, but shall not be required to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay basis.

 

7.06         If Tenant shall install a supplemental air-conditioning system subject to and in accordance with the requirements of this Lease, Tenant shall maintain same in good order and condition, shall enter into a contract for the maintenance thereof with a heating, ventilating and air-conditioning contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall deliver to Landlord a copy of such contracts and all amendments thereto promptly after execution thereof.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

8.01         Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all Legal Requirements which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the demised premises, or the use or occupation thereof, except the foregoing shall not obligate Tenant to make any structural repairs or changes unless required by Tenant’s particular manner of use of the demised premises or by reason of the alterations or leasehold improvements installed in the demised premises by or on behalf of Tenant.  On the Commencement Date, the demised premises shall comply with all Legal Requirements which, if not complied with, would adversely affect Tenant’s ability to use or perform alterations in the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to cure any violation of a Legal Requirement to the extent such cure is or would be unnecessary or would have otherwise been cured due to the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s Initial Work in the demised premises.

 

33



 

8.02         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01 hereof, Tenant, at its own cost and expense, in its name and/or (whenever necessary) Landlord’s name, may contest, in any manner permitted by law (including appeals to a court, or governmental department or authority having jurisdiction in the matter), the validity or the enforcement of any Legal Requirements with which Tenant is required to comply pursuant to this Lease, and may defer compliance therewith provided that:

 

(a)           such non-compliance shall not subject Landlord to criminal prosecution or subject the Property to lien or sale;

 

(b)           such non-compliance shall not be in violation of any mortgage, or of any ground or underlying lease or any mortgage thereon;

 

(c)           Tenant shall indemnify and protect Landlord against any loss or injury by reason of such non-compliance; and

 

(d)           Tenant shall promptly, diligently and continuously prosecute such contest.  Landlord, without expense or liability to it, shall cooperate with Tenant and execute any documents or pleadings required for such purpose, provided that Landlord shall reasonably be satisfied that the facts set forth in any such documents or pleadings are accurate.

 

8.03         All work performed pursuant to this Article by Tenant shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 hereof relating to Alterations.

 

8.04         (a)           Tenant shall not bring, keep, use, or maintain any Hazardous Material on or about the demised premises.  If Tenant shall breach the foregoing covenant and such breach shall result in a violation of Legal Requirements or contamination in the demised premises or the Building, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all holders of Superior Instrument and its and their respective directors, officers, invitees, agent, servants and employees harmless from any and all liabilities arising during or after the Term as a result of such violation or contamination.  Tenant shall, in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, either remove such Hazardous Material or encapsulate such Hazardous Material and restore the demised premises to its condition prior to the removal of such Hazardous Material.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any work required pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be performed at Landlord’s option, either by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, utilizing a contractor designated by Landlord or by Landlord, in either case at Tenant’s reasonable expense.  This Section 8.04(a)  shall not prohibit Tenant from maintaining materials, equipment and supplies, including, without limitation, printer chemicals, cleaning materials and materials used in the operation and maintenance of Tenant’s offices as is customary for office tenants provided such items are permitted, used, stored, safeguarded and disposed of as required by applicable Legal Requirements.

 

(b)           For the purposes of this Section, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any and all materials defined or classified as “hazardous materials,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “toxic substance,” “hazardous pollutant,” “toxic pollutant” or “oil” pursuant to any relevant federal or state law, including without limitation 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et. seq. (CERCLA),

 

34



 

42, U.S.C. § 6901 et. seq. (RCRA), and any regulations promulgated pursuant to those statutes, all as amended.

 

(c)           Landlord represents that to its actual knowledge (without further inquiry) there are no Hazardous Materials in the Premises or in any areas of the Building that Tenant has the right to access pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.  During the performance by Tenant of its alterations (including Tenant’s Initial Work) in the demised premises during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall use its best efforts not to release any asbestos-containing materials (“ ACMs ”) and/or presumed asbestos-containing materials (“ PACMs ”).  During the performance by Tenant of its alterations during the Term of the Lease, if Tenant shall encounter any asbestos-containing materials (“ ACMs ”) or presumed asbestos-containing materials (“ PACMs ”) (as such term is defined in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration asbestos rule (1995), 59 Fed. Reg. 40964, 29 CFR §1910.1001 et seq. and 1926.1101 et seq., clarification 60 Fed. Reg. 33974) which are required to be removed, encapsulated or otherwise remediated to comply with Legal Requirements, (i) Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord (which notice shall be accompanied by reasonably detailed documentation describing the nature and extent of the ACMs or PACMs), (ii) Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove or, subject to the following sentence, encapsulate such ACMs or PACMs as required to comply with Legal Requirements within 60 days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord provided, however, Tenant shall not exacerbate any such existing condition within the demised premises but, if Tenant does so, Tenant (without otherwise limiting Landlord’s rights) shall indemnify Landlord for such actions and be solely responsible for reimbursing Landlord upon demand for all incremental costs incurred by Landlord due to Tenant’s actions and (iii) thereafter, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with an Operating and Maintenance Plan relating to any ACMs or PACMs reasonably established by Landlord.  Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding sentence, Landlord shall remove (and not encapsulate) any non- de minimis quantities of readily-accessible ACM’s or PACM’s so long as the cost of removal is less than twice the cost of encapsulation.  Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to disturb any existing ACMs or PACMs in the performance of its alterations and shall make reasonable modifications to its plans and specifications which do not affect the appearance or functionality of its alterations (except in a de minimis manner) if required to enable Landlord to encapsulate rather than remove such ACMs or PACMs.  If such modifications are not reasonably feasible due to Tenant’s design or if such modifications would materially increase Tenant’s costs in performing its alterations, then Landlord shall remove such ACMs or PACMs at its expense.  If Landlord fails to complete such work within the 60 day period referred to above, and Tenant notifies Landlord that, solely as a result of Landlord’s failure to complete the required treatment of the ACMs and PACMs within such 60 day period, Tenant will actually be delayed in completing the Tenant’s Initial Work, then, if Landlord has not completed such work within an additional ten day period, the Rent Commencement Date for the affected portion of such space (including any other space on the same floor in which, based on good construction practice, Tenant cannot reasonably perform its alterations until Landlord has completed such work), shall be deferred one day for each day that Tenant is actually so delayed, provided that Tenant shall have commenced and continued the performance of the Tenant’s Initial Work to the extent possible in accordance with good construction practice and scheduling.  Any disputes as to the provisions of the prior sentence shall be resolved in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the AAA.

 

35



 

ARTICLE 9

 

INSURANCE, LOSS, REIMBURSEMENT, LIABILITY

 

9.01         Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the demised premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with New Jersey standard fire insurance policies covering the Property, and fixtures and property therein, or which would increase the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Property to an amount higher than it otherwise would be; and Tenant, to the extent in its reasonable control, shall neither do nor permit to be done any act or thing upon the demised premises which shall or might subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on within the demised premises.

 

9.02         If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or violation of this Lease, the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Property shall be increased to an amount higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all increases of Landlord’s fire insurance premiums so caused; such reimbursement to be additional rent payable within ten (10) days after demand therefor by Landlord.  In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” of rates for the Property or demised premises issued by the body making fire insurance rates for the demised premises shall be presumptive evidence of the facts stated therein including the items and charges taken into consideration in fixing the fire insurance rate then applicable to the demised premises.

 

9.03         Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any injury or damage to Tenant’s property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature.  The foregoing provision shall not relieve Landlord of its restoration obligations to the extent  expressly set forth in Article 10 of this Lease.

 

9.04         Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any damage which Tenant may sustain if any window of the demised premises is broken, or temporarily or permanently closed, darkened or bricked upon for any reason whatsoever, except only Landlord’s arbitrary acts if the result is permanent, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor or abatement of rent or to any release from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, nor shall the same constitute an eviction or constructive eviction.

 

9.05         Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses, damages or fines incurred or suffered by Landlord by reason of any breach, violation or non-performance by Tenant, or its agents, servants or employees, of any covenant or provision of this Lease, or by reason of damage to persons or property caused by moving property of or for Tenant in or out of the Building, or by the installation or removal of furniture or other property of or for Tenant, or by reason of or arising out of the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of Tenant, or its agents, servants or employees, in the use or occupancy of the demised premises.  Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 8.02 hereof, where applicable, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, to participate in the defense of any action or proceeding brought against Landlord, and in negotiations for settlement thereof if, pursuant to this Section 9.05 ,

 

36



 

Tenant would be obligated to reimburse Landlord for expenses, damages or fines incurred or suffered by Landlord.

 

9.06         Tenant shall give Landlord written notice in case of fire or accidents in the demised premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event.

 

9.07         Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building (including the net rents and net income received therefrom) for the satisfaction of any right or remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord, its partners, members, officers or shareholders, in the event of any liability by Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, members, officers or shareholders shall be subject to levy, execution, attachment, or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord, its partners, members, officers or shareholders and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises, or any other liability of Landlord, its partners, members, officers or shareholders to Tenant.

 

9.08         (a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant agrees that it will, at its sole cost and expense, include in its property insurance policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Landlord and any tenant of space in the Property with respect to losses payable under such policies and (ii) agree that such policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policies.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord upon demand evidence satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the inclusion of said clauses in Tenant’s insurance policies.

 

(b)           Provided that Landlord’s right of full recovery under its fire insurance policies is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Landlord hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Tenant, its servants, agents and employees, for loss or damage occurring to the Property and the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein, to the extent the same is covered by Landlord’s insurance, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant, its servants, agents or employees.  Provided that Tenant’s right of full recovery under its fire insurance policies is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Tenant hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Landlord, its servants, and employees, and against every other tenant at the Property who shall have executed a similar waiver as set forth in this Section 9.08(b)  for loss or damage to Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions hereof to the extent that same (i) is covered by Tenant’s insurance or (ii) exceeds the portion of Tenant’s deductible above $25,000 (even though Landlord has consented in Section 9.09 below to a higher deductible), notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Landlord, its servants, agents or employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof.

 

9.09         Tenant covenants and agrees to provide, at its expense, on or before the Commencement Date and to keep in force during the Term, naming Landlord, Mack-Cali Realty Corporation and Landlord’s agents as additional insured parties and Tenant as the insured party (a) a commercial general liability insurance policy written on an occurrence form (hereinafter

 

37



 

referred to as a “ Liability Policy ”), including, without limitation, blanket contractual liability coverage, premises-operation, products/completed operations hazard, broad form property damage, independent contractor’s coverage and personal injury coverage protecting Landlord, Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, Landlord’s agents and Tenant against any liability occasioned by any occurrence on or about the demised premises or any appurtenances thereto, (b) a fire and other casualty policy (a “ Fire Policy ”) insuring the full replacement value of Tenant’s leasehold improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant and all of the furniture, trade fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the demised premises against loss or damage by fire, theft, sprinkler leakage, boiler and machinery and such other risks or hazards as are insurable under present and future forms of “All Risk” insurance policies, (c) business interruption insurance and (d) workers compensation and employees liability insurance.  Such policies are to be written by good and solvent insurance companies licensed or authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey satisfactory to Landlord with a minimum A.M. Best’s rating of A/IX, and shall be in such limits as Landlord may reasonably require.  Landlord reserves the right to reasonably increase limits and adjust coverages as industry standards change.  As of the date of this Lease Landlord reasonably requires limits of liability under (i) the Liability Policy of not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily or personal injury (including death) and property damage and (ii) the Fire Policy equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant’s leasehold improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant and all of the furniture, trade fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located at the Property with a commercially reasonable deductible, which is presently $250,000.  Tenant will furnish Landlord with such information as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time as to the value of the items specified in clause (ii) above within ten (10) days after request therefor.  Such insurance may be carried (x) under a blanket policy covering the demised premises and other locations of Tenant, if any, provided that each such policy shall in all respects comply with this Article and shall specify that the portion of the total coverage of such policy that is allocated to the demised premises is in the amounts required pursuant to this Section 9.09 and (y) under a primary liability policy of not less than $1,000,000 and the balance under an umbrella policy.  Prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant and thereafter upon the effective date of any such policy Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate evidencing such insurance.  Said certificate shall contain an endorsement that the insurance company will endeavor to provide thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation of Tenant’s insurance.  All insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with or secondary to coverage which Landlord carries.  Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force the aforementioned insurance shall be regarded as a material default hereunder entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies provided in this Lease in the event of Tenant’s default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the carrying of insurance by Tenant in compliance with this Section 9.09 shall not modify, reduce, limit or impair Tenant’s obligations and liability under Article 38 hereof.

 

9.10         During the Term, Landlord shall maintain a Fire Policy insuring the full replacement value of the Building (exclusive of the cost of foundations and excavations) which may, at Landlord’s sole discretion, be maintained under a blanket policy, with such deductibles as Landlord deems appropriate.

 

38



 

ARTICLE 10

 

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

 

10.01       If the Building or the demised premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (and if this Lease shall not have been terminated as in this Article 10 hereinafter provided), Landlord shall repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Building and/or the demised premises, except for Tenant’s Initial Work, all other leasehold improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant and all of the furniture, trade fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located at the Property, at its expense with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the damage or destruction and the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such damage.

 

10.02       If the Building or the demised premises shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, then the rents payable hereunder shall be abated to the extent that the demised premises shall have been rendered untenantable or inaccessible for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the date the damage shall be repaired or restored, such abatement to be granted on a pro rata basis if only a portion of the demised premises is rendered untenantable; provided, however, that should Tenant reoccupy a portion of the demised premises for the conduct of its business as to which the abatement is in effect during the period the restoration work is taking place and prior to the date that the whole of said demised premises are made tenantable and accessible, basic annual rent and additional rent allocable to such portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy.

 

10.03       If the Building shall be so damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (whether or not the demised premises are damaged or destroyed) as to require a reasonably estimated expenditure made by Landlord or a reputable contractor designated by Landlord of more than twenty percent (20%) of the full insurable value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty (or ten percent (10%) if such casualty occurs during the last two years of the Term) then, so long as Landlord terminates all other leases in the Building as to which Landlord has such right of termination, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice to such effect within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty and upon such notice this Lease and the estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall have theretofore commenced, shall terminate as if that date was the Expiration Date.  In case of any damage or destruction mentioned in this Article 10 with respect to the Building which Landlord is required to repair and restore, within 90 days after the date of such damage, Landlord shall cause an independent contractor or engineer to deliver its written estimate of the time for such repair and restoration.  Landlord shall send Tenant a copy of such written estimate.  Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord if (a) such estimated time shall exceed twelve (12) months after the date of such damage or (b) Landlord has not completed the making of the required repairs and restorations within twelve (12) months after the date of such damage or destruction, or within such period after such date (not exceeding three (3) months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in doing so by Force Majeure Causes (as defined in Article 34 ).  Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease pursuant to clause (a) shall be conditioned upon Tenant exercising such right of termination within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the estimate (as to which date time shall be of the essence).

 

39



 

10.04       No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the demised premises or of the Building or of the Complex arising from damage or destruction caused by fire or other casualty and Landlord shall not be required to do any such repair or restoration except on Business Days from 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.

 

10.05       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 , if Landlord or the lessor of any superior lease or the holder of any superior mortgage shall be unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds (including rent insurance proceeds) applicable to damage or destruction of the demised premises or the Property by fire or other cause by reason of some subsequent action or inaction on the part of Tenant or any of its officers, partners, directors, employees, agents or contractors, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be available against Tenant, there shall be no abatement of Tenant’s rent, but the total amount of such rent not abated (which would otherwise have been abated) shall not exceed the amount of uncollected insurance proceeds.

 

10.06       Landlord will not carry separate insurance of any kind on Tenant’s property (including, without limitation, any property of Tenant’s which shall become the property of Landlord as provided in Article 6 ), and, except as provided by law, shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace or clean the same, or any decorations, installations, equipment or fixtures installed by or for Tenant at Tenant’s expense.

 

10.07       The provisions of this Article l0 shall be considered an express agreement governing any cause of damage or destruction of the demised premises by fire or other casualty and any law providing for such a contingency now or hereinafter erected shall have no application in such case.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING, SUBLETTING, ETC.

 

11.01       Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article 11 , Tenant shall not, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, without in each instance obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, (a) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or the term and estate hereby granted, (b) sublet all or part of the demised premises or allow the same to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, or (c) mortgage, pledge or encumber this Lease or all or part of the demised premises in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant.  For purposes of this Article 11 , (i) the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a majority of any class of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant or subtenant, or the transfer of a majority of the total interest in any other entity (limited liability company, partnership or otherwise) which is a tenant or subtenant, however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without limitation, and by way of example only, the transfer of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of a company which company owns 100% of a second tier company, which in turn owns 51% of the outstanding capital stock of a corporate tenant hereunder), shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, or of such sublease, as the case may be, (ii) a so-called “takeover” agreement ( i.e. an agreement where another entity agrees to become responsible for all or a portion of Tenant’s

 

40



 

obligations under this Lease without actually entering into an assignment or sublease) shall be deemed a transfer of this Lease, (iii) any person or legal representative of Tenant, to whom Tenant’s interest under this Lease passes by operation of law, or otherwise, shall be bound by the provisions of this Article 11 , and (iv) a modification, amendment or extension without Landlord’s prior written consent of a sublease previously consented to by Landlord shall be deemed a new sublease.  Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord upon demand at any time and from time to time such information and assurances as Landlord may reasonably request that neither Tenant, nor any subtenant, is in violation of the provisions of this Section 11.01 .

 

11.02       (a)           The provisions of clauses (a) and (b) of Section 11.0l hereof shall not apply to (and, accordingly, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for) transactions entered into by Tenant with (i) an “affiliate” (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) a corporation into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or with an entity to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets or stock are transferred, provided (A) Tenant is not then in monetary or material, non-monetary default beyond any notice and grace period under this Lease, (B) such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or stock is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the leasehold estate created hereby, and (C) the assignee or successor entity has a net worth at least equal to or in excess of the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

(b)           For purposes of this Article 11 , an affiliate means (i) a corporation controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant (an “ affiliated corporation ”) or (ii) a partnership or joint venture or limited liability company in which Tenant or an affiliated corporation owns at least 51% of the general partnership or joint venture interest or membership interest therein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a corporation shall not be deemed controlled by another entity unless at least 51% of each class of its outstanding capital stock is owned, both beneficially and of record, by such entity.  If Tenant shall assign or transfer this Lease to an affiliate during the Free Rent Period (such assignment, an “ Affiliate Free Rent Period Assignment ”), then such assignment or transfer shall not be effective unless and until (in addition to delivery by Tenant to Landlord of the items pursuant to Section 11.03 hereof) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash or a Letter of Credit (as defined and further described in Section 40.02 hereof) in the amount of $5,000,000 (the “ Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit ”) (as such amount may be increased proportionately if Tenant leases any additional space in the Building during such Free Rent Period), which shall be held by Landlord for a period of two years from the end of the Free Rent Period and otherwise in accordance with Article 40 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to deliver the Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit if the net worth of such affiliate on the date of such assignment is equal to or in excess of the greater of (A) the net worth of Tenant on the Commencement Date or (B) the net worth of Tenant on the date of the assignment to the affiliate.

 

(c)           The provisions regarding the transfer of the capital stock of a corporate tenant set forth in Section 11.01 shall not apply to any corporation where its capital stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or is traded in the “over the counter” market with quotations reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers.

 

41


 

11.03       Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord’s consent as required by Section 11.0l or without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 11.02 , shall not be effective unless and until (a) the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a recordable agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee shall (i) assume the obligations and performance of this Lease and agree to be personally bound by all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions hereof on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed on and after the effective date of any such assignment and (ii) agree that the provisions of this Article 11 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in the future, and (b) in the case of an assignment or transfer pursuant to Section 11.02 (other than to an affiliate), Tenant or its successor shall have delivered to Landlord financial statements certified by a reputable firm of certified public accountants evidencing satisfaction of the net worth requirements referred to in Section 11.02 .  Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of basic annual rent by Landlord from an assignee or transferee or any other party, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily and jointly and severally liable for the payment of the basic annual rent and all additional rent due and to become due under this Lease and for the performance and observance of all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

 

11.04       The liability of Tenant, and the due performance by Tenant of the obligations on its part to be performed under this Lease, shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by an agreement or stipulation made by Landlord or any grantee or assignee of Landlord in connection with a mortgage or any other agreement with a third party extending the time of or modifying any of the obligations contained in this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to be liable hereunder.  If any such agreement or modification operates to increase the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, the liability under this Section 11.04 of the tenant named in the Lease or any of its successors in interest (unless such party shall have expressly consented in writing to such agreement or modification) shall continue to be no greater than if such agreement or modification had not been made.

 

11.05       (a)           If Tenant desires to assign or sublet all or part of the demised premises, other than as provided in Section 11.02 , it shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intention to do so specifying in such notice whether it wishes to assign or sublet and, if to assign, the effective date thereof and any consideration payable by either party for such assignment and, if to sublet, the term of such sublease (including the commencement date) and the rental terms and whether it is for all or part of the demised premises and if for only a part thereof specifying on a plan such portion thereof (“ Notice of Intent ”).  Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, (i) with respect to a proposed assignment of this Lease, to terminate this Lease as of the “Termination Date” (as hereinafter defined) as to all of the demised premises or to accept an assignment from Tenant of this Lease as of the Termination Date, (ii) with respect to a proposed subletting of all or substantially all of the demised premises, to terminate this Lease as of the Termination Date as to all of the demised premises (or, at Landlord’s option, the portion of the demised premises covered by the proposed sublease in question if the same is for less than all of the demised premises) or to accept a sublease from Tenant for all of the demised premises (or, at Landlord’s option, the portion of the demised premises covered by the proposed sublease in

 

42



 

question if the same is for less than all of the demised premises) for a term commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the Expiration Date (or, at Landlord’s option, ending on the expiration date specified in the Notice of Intent if earlier than the Expiration Date) and (iii) with respect to a proposed subletting of only a portion of the demised premises, to terminate this Lease only with respect to such portion of the demised premises as of the Termination Date or to accept a sublease from Tenant of such portion of the demised premises for a term commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the Expiration Date (or, at Landlord’s option, ending on the expiration date specified in the Notice of Intent if earlier than the Expiration Date).  Within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s Notice of Intent, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether Landlord elects to exercise any of such rights (“ Response Notice ”).  If Landlord exercises any of such rights, the Response Notice shall set forth the date (the “ Termination Date ”) as of which this Lease shall so terminate or such assignment or sublease shall be effective, which date shall be the same date set forth in Tenant’s Notice of Intent.

 

(b)           (i)            If in the Response Notice Landlord elects to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire demised premises, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in form satisfactory to Landlord modifying this Lease so that the Term shall expire as of the Termination Date.

 
(ii)           If in the Response Notice Landlord elects to terminate this Lease with respect to only a portion of the demised premises, (x) Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord an appropriate modification of this Lease (including the adjustment of basic annual rent and the additional rent payable pursuant to Article 3 in proportion to that portion of the demised premises affected by such termination) in form satisfactory to Landlord providing for such termination as of the Termination Date and (y) Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, perform all work, including the erection of demising walls, necessary to physically separate the portion of the demised premises so released from the Lease from the remainder of the demised premises.  In addition, if the portion of the demised premises so released from the Lease does not have direct access to a public corridor in the Building Landlord shall construct, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, such a means of access.  All amounts payable to Landlord hereunder shall be paid simultaneously with the execution of any instrument confirming the termination of the Lease as to all or part of the demised premises contemplated hereby.
 
(iii)          If in the Response Notice Landlord elects to sublease all or a portion of the demised premises, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord a sublease with Landlord or Landlord’s designee in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s and Tenant’s counsel and on all the terms contained in this Lease, except that:

 

(A)          the term of such sublease shall be as specified by Tenant in the Notice of Intent and the rental terms shall be the lesser of (1) those specified in this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis and (2) those offered in the Notice of Intent;

 

(B)           the sublease shall not provide for any work to be done for the subtenant or for any initial rent concessions or contain provisions inapplicable

 

43



 

to a sublease, except that if the sublease is for less than all of the demised premises Tenant shall pay to subtenant the cost of performing all work, including the erection of demising walls, necessary to physically separate the subleased premises from the remainder of the demised premises and to provide direct access thereto from a public corridor in the Building (if the subleased premises does not have such access);

 

(C)           the subtenant thereunder shall have the right to underlet the subleased premises, in whole or in part, or assign the sublease, without Tenant’s consent;

 

(D)          the subtenant thereunder shall have the right to make, or cause to be made, any changes, alterations, decorations, additions and improvements that such subtenant may desire or authorize;

 

(E)           the sublease shall expressly negate any intention that any estate created by or under such sublease be merged with any other estate held by either of the parties thereto;

 

(F)           any consent required of Tenant, as lessor under that sublease, shall be deemed granted if consent with respect thereto is granted by Landlord;

 

(G)           there shall be no limitation as to the use of the sublet premises by the subtenant thereunder, except that competitors of Tenant in the same line of business of Tenant as of the Commencement Date shall not be permitted to occupy or sublet the sublet premises;

 

(H)          any failure of the subtenant thereunder to comply with the provisions of the sublease, other than with respect to the payment of rent to Tenant, shall not constitute a default thereunder if Landlord has consented to such non-compliance by subtenant or a default by Tenant hereunder; and

 

(I)            such sublease shall provide that Tenant’s obligations with respect to vacating the demised premises and removing any changes, alterations, decorations, additions or improvements made in the subleased premises shall be limited to those which accrued and related to such of the foregoing as were made prior to the effective date of the sublease.

 
(iv)          If in the Response Notice Landlord elects to have this Lease assigned to it, then Tenant shall assign this Lease to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) by an assignment in form satisfactory to Landlord, effective on the Termination Date.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any consideration or payment from Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) in connection with any such assignment.  If the Notice of Intent provides that Tenant will pay any consideration or grant any concessions in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, then Tenant shall pay such consideration and/or grant any such concessions to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) on the date Tenant assigns this Lease to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee).

 

44



 

(c)           Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord to review a Notice of Intent, including without limitation any reasonable attorneys’ fees, which payment shall be payable even if Tenant subsequently withdraws same.

 

(d)           If Landlord shall not exercise (or shall not be entitled to exercise) any of its rights as set forth in paragraph (a) above, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to an assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or a portion of the demised premises as set forth in the Notice of Intent provided the provisions of Section 11.06 are complied with and provided further that such assignment or subletting is accomplished within 270 days following the giving of the Response Notice and on rental terms not less than 90% of those offered in the Notice of Intent failing which Tenant must again comply with the provisions of this Section 11.05 ; provided, however, that Landlord shall be required to provide a Response Notice within fifteen (15) business days of Landlord’s receipt of any such subsequent Notice(s) of Intent from Tenant.

 

(e)           If Landlord shall not exercise (or shall not be entitled to exercise) any of its rights as set forth in paragraph (a) above, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to an assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or a portion of the demised premises as set forth in the Notice of Intent provided the provisions of Section 11.06 are complied with.  If Landlord shall fail to notify Tenant, within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of the required documentation, of Landlord’s consent or rejection of the proposed assignment or subletting, then Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting shall be deemed granted (and Tenant shall be free to proceed with such proposed assignment or subletting in accordance with such documentation), provided that Tenant shall have sent Landlord a second request for consent containing the following language and Landlord shall have failed to respond within five Business Days:  “THIS IS A SECOND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSED ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING.  IF LANDLORD DOES NOT RESPOND TO THIS SECOND REQUEST WITHIN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS, LANDLORD’S CONSENT SHALL BE DEEMED GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE.”

 

11.06       Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of the whole or a part of the demised premises provided:

 

(a)           Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of Section 11.05 and Landlord shall not have made (or shall not be entitled to make) any of the elections provided for in paragraph (a) thereof.

 

(b)           Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name and business address of the proposed subtenant or assignee, information with respect to the nature and character of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business, or activities, such references and current financial information with respect to net worth, credit and financial responsibility as are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

 

(c)           The proposed subtenant or assignee is a reputable party whose financial net worth, credit and financial responsibility is, considering the responsibilities involved and the standards of Landlord in those respects for the Building, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

 

45



 

(d)           Tenant shall deliver an executed assignment or sublease to Landlord at the time Landlord’s consent is requested;

 

(e)           The nature and character of the proposed subtenant or assignee, its business or activities and intended use of the demised premises are, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, in keeping with the standards of the Building and the floor or floors on which the demised premises are located;

 

(f)            provided that Landlord or any Landlord Affiliated Entity has, or will have within the next six months, comparable space in the Complex, the proposed subtenant or assignee is not then an occupant of any part of the Complex or a party who actively negotiated with Landlord, any Landlord Affiliated Entity or any of their respective agents (directly or through a broker) with respect to space in the Complex during the six months immediately preceding Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent.  At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant as to whether a proposed assignee or subtenant identified by Tenant is an occupant of any part of the Complex or a party who dealt with Landlord within the time period specified above;

 

(g)           All costs incurred with respect to providing reasonably appropriate means of ingress and egress from the sublet space or to separate the sublet space from the remainder of the demised premises shall, subject to the provisions of Article 6 with respect to alterations, installations, additions or improvements, be borne by Tenant;

 

(h)           Each assignment or sublease shall specifically state that (i) it is subject to all of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions, and conditions of this Lease, (ii) the subtenant or assignee, as the case may be, will not have the right to further assign or sublet all or part of the demised premises or to allow same to be used by others, without the consent of Landlord in each instance in accordance with this Article 11 , (iii) a consent by Landlord thereto shall not be deemed or construed to modify, amend or affect the terms and provisions of this Lease, or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the premises involved, and the occupants thereof, as if the sublease or assignment had not been made, (iv) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any rent, Landlord is authorized to collect any rents due or accruing from any assignee, subtenant or other occupant of the demised premises and to apply the net amounts collected to the basic annual rent and additional rent due hereunder and (v) the receipt by Landlord of any amounts from an assignee or subtenant, or other occupant of any part of the demised premises shall not be deemed or construed as releasing Tenant from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or the acceptance of that party as a direct tenant;

 

(i)            Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord to review the proposed assignment or sublease in connection with the requested consent, including without limitation the cost of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or sublessee and any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord;

 

(j)            The proposed subtenant or assignee is not (i) a bank or trust company, safe deposit business, savings and loan association or loan company conducting a retail business in the demised premises; (ii) employment or recruitment agency; (iii) school, college, university or

 

46



 

educational institution whether or not for profit; or (iv) a government or any subdivision or agency thereof;

 

(k)           In the case of a subletting of a portion of the demised premises, the portion so sublet shall be regular in shape and suitable for normal renting purposes;

 

(l)            The subletting or assignment shall not be advertised at a lower rental rate than that being charged by Landlord at the time for similar space then available in the Building;

 

(m)          Landlord and Tenant shall have agreed on the computation required by Section 11.07 hereof; and

 

(n)           Tenant is not in monetary or material, non-monetary default beyond any notice and grace period under this Lease.

 

11.07       If Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as additional rent:

 
(i)            in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the net unamortized cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns), and less any of the following expenses to the extent actually and directly incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment:  costs of altering and preparing the demised premises for new tenants or granting a cash work allowance in lieu thereof, brokerage commissions, marketing expenses, rent concessions then customary in the marketplace and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, provided that for purposes of computing amounts payable to Landlord under this clause (i), such costs shall be recouped in full by Tenant before profits are shared with Landlord; and
 
(ii)           in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any rents, additional charges and other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the basic annual rent and additional rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less the net unamortized cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns), and less any of the following expenses to the extent actually and directly incurred by Tenant in connection with such subletting:  costs of altering and preparing the demised premises for subtenants or granting a cash work allowance in lieu thereof, brokerage commissions, marketing expenses, rent concessions then customary in the marketplace and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, provided that for purposes of computing amounts payable to Landlord hereunder such costs shall be recouped in full by Tenant before profits are shared with Landlord.

 

47



 

The sums payable under this Section 11.07 shall be paid to Landlord as and when paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant.

 

11.08       If Landlord exercises any of its options under Section 11.05 , Landlord shall be free to, and shall have no liability to Tenant, if Landlord shall lease the demised premises or any portion thereof with respect to which one of such options exercised, to Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant, as the case may be if any such proposed assignee or subtenant shall exist.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

 

12.01       Upon completion of Tenant’s Initial Work, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall obtain a certificate of occupancy to use the demised premises for general, executive and administrative office purposes.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

ADJACENT EXCAVATION - SHORING

 

If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made upon the Complex Land or the land adjacent to the Complex Land, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall be necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent.  The foregoing is not intended to relieve Landlord from any obligations it may have to Tenant under Section 38.02 .

 

ARTICLE 14

 

CONDEMNATION

 

14.01       (a)           If all or substantially all of the demised premises shall be lawfully condemned or taken by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Article 22 ) (hereinafter “ Condemned ”), this Lease and the estate granted hereby shall terminate as of the date of vesting of title in such Governmental Authority.

 

(b)           If less than all or substantially all of the rentable area of the demised premises shall be Condemned, then this Lease shall continue in effect as to the remaining portion of the demised premises but shall terminate as to the portion so Condemned as of the date of vesting of title in the Governmental Authority; provided, however, that if 25% or more of the rentable area of the demised premises shall be Condemned or if 25% or more of Tenant’s Parking Spaces shall be Condemned or must be forfeited, either Landlord or Tenant may, at their option, terminate this Lease and the estate granted hereby by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have received notice of the vesting of title in the Governmental Authority (a copy of which notice Landlord shall deliver to Tenant promptly after

 

48



 

 

receipt thereof) in which event this Lease and the estate granted hereby shall terminate as of the last day of the month next succeeding the month in which such notice is given.

 

(c)           If twenty five percent (25%) or more of the Building or of the Complex (whether or not the demised premises is affected) shall be Condemned or if so much of the parking area located on the Complex Land shall be Condemned so that the number of parking spaces remaining shall in Landlord’s reasonable judgment be insufficient for the continued operation of the Building or the Complex, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, terminate this Lease and the estate granted hereby by written notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have received notice of the vesting of title in the Governmental Authority (a copy of which notice Landlord shall deliver to Tenant promptly after receipt thereof) in which event this Lease and the estate granted hereby will terminate on the last day of the month next succeeding the month in which such notice is given.

 

(d)           If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) above, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation, except that the basic annual rent and the additional rent payable under Article 3 shall be abated effective as of the date of the vesting of title in the Governmental Authority in proportion to the reduction in the rentable area of the demised premises resulting from such condemnation.

 

14.02       In the event of termination of this Lease in any of the cases hereinbefore provided, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire as of the date of such termination with the same effect as if that were the Expiration Date, and the basic annual rent and additional rent payable hereunder shall be apportioned as of such date.

 

14.03       In the event of any condemnation of all or a part of the Property, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant.  Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, including, without limitation, any award for the unexpired portion of the Term and agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any part of such award.  Tenant shall, however, be entitled to make a separate claim in such proceeding for loss of good will and moving expenses provided such award is in addition to and not in reduction of Landlord’s award from the Governmental Authority.

 

14.04       In the event of any partial taking which does not result in a termination of this Lease, Landlord, at its expense, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair, alter and restore the remaining parts of the Building and the demised premises to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to constitute a complete and tenantable Building and demised premises except for Tenant’s leasehold improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant and all of the furniture, trade fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located at the Property, which shall be repaired, altered and restored by Tenant at its expense.  Landlord’s obligation under this Section 14.04 shall be limited in dollar amount to the net award (after deducting all expenses incurred in obtaining same) available from the Governmental Authority for the improvements taken or conveyed (exclusive of the award for the Complex Land or any portion thereof).

 

49


 

14.05       If the temporary use or occupancy of all or any part of the demised premises shall be taken during the Term, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that portion of the award or payment for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the demised premises (or portion thereof taken) and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the demised premises.  This Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all of its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay basic annual rent and additional rent in full when due, but only up to the amount of use and occupancy awarded to Tenant.  If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award or payment which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the demised premises (or portion thereof taken) shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant so that Tenant shall receive so much thereof as represents compensation for the period up to and including the Expiration Date and Landlord shall receive so much thereof as represents compensation for the period after the Expiration Date.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

ACCESS TO DEMISED PREMISES; CHANGES

 

15.01       Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits in and through the demised premises, provided the same are installed adjacent to or concealed behind walls and ceilings of the demised premises and that Landlord promptly repairs any damage to the demised premises caused by such installation.  Landlord shall, to the extent practicable, install such pipes, ducts and conduits by such methods and at such locations as will not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s layout or use of the demised premises.  Landlord or its agents or designees shall have the right, but, except in the case of an emergency, only upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant or any authorized employee of Tenant at the demised premises, to enter the demised premises, during and after business hours, at Landlord’s option, (a) for the making of such repairs or alterations or improvements as Landlord may deem, in its sole judgment, necessary or appropriate for the Building or which Landlord shall be required to or shall have the right to make by the provisions of this Lease or any other lease in the Complex and (b) for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to existing or prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of all or part of the Land, Building or Property or to prospective assignees, agents or designees of any such parties.  Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord or its agents or designees shall have the right, but only upon notice to Tenant or any authorized employee of Tenant (except in the case of an emergency), to enter the demised premises so as to access the Building’s core mechanical, electrical and communications rooms and, not more than once monthly (except in an emergency).  Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the demised premises (but not store such material in the demised premises) that may be required for the repairs or alterations or improvements above mentioned and may take over discrete portions of the demised premises not in excess of five percent (5%) at any one time to the extent necessary to perform such work or to ensure the safety of Tenant’s personnel without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent reserved hereunder shall not abate while said repairs or alterations or improvements are being made by reason of loss or interruption of the business of Tenant because of the prosecution of any such work.  Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence so as to

 

50



 

minimize the disturbance to Tenant but nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay basis.

 

15.02       Landlord reserves the right, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefor, to change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairways, toilets and other public parts of the Building and common areas of the Complex (including without limitation the parking areas); provided, however, that access to and use of the Building shall not be cut off, there shall be no unreasonable obstruction of access to and use of the demised premises and the services required to be provided by Landlord to the demised premises under Article 21 of this Lease shall not be reduced.

 

15.03       Landlord may, at reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, (a) during the twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the Term exhibit the demised premises to prospective tenants and (b) at any time during the Term, exhibit the demised premises to actual and prospective holders of Superior Instruments or purchasers of all or any portion of the Complex.

 

15.04       If, after oral notice, Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises at any time when for any reason an entry therein shall be urgently necessary by reason of fire or emergency, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may forcibly enter the same without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s property) and without in any manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease.  In all other cases, Tenant, at its option, may make a representative available at all such inspections.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION

 

16.01       This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, debts as they become due; or Tenant or any such guarantor shall apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for Tenant or such guarantor or any property of any thereof, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall be appointed for Tenant or any such guarantor or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof and not be discharged within 90 days; or any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, shall be commenced in respect of Tenant or any such guarantor, and, if not commenced by Tenant or such guarantor, be consented to or acquiesced in by Tenant or such guarantor, shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for 90 days undismissed; or Tenant or any such guarantor shall take any corporate action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing, then Landlord may at any time after receipt of notice of the occurrence of any such event, give Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term at the expiration of five (5) Business Days from the date of service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of

 

51



 

said five (5) Business Day period this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 18 .

 

16.02       This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to further limitation as follows:

 

(a)           whenever Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of basic annual rent or any additional rent or any other charge payable by Tenant to Landlord, on the day the same is due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof, and such default shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after Landlord shall have given Tenant a notice specifying such default, or

 

(b)           whenever Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done, whether by action or inaction, contrary to any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (except as provided in clauses (a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 16.02 ) and if such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a happening or default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days and the continuation of the period required for cure will not subject Landlord to the risk of criminal liability (as more particularly described in Article 8 hereof) or termination of any superior lease or foreclosure of any superior mortgage, if Tenant shall not (i) within said thirty (30) day period advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention to duly institute all steps necessary to remedy such situation and (ii) duly institute within said thirty (30) day period, and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecute to completion, all steps necessary to remedy the same, or

 

(c)           whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the Term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted by Article 11 , or

 

(d)           whenever Tenant shall abandon the demised premises, unless Tenant locks and takes reasonable security precautions to attend to and safeguard the demised premises and keeps the blinds in the demised premises closed, or

 

(e)           whenever Tenant shall default in complying with the provisions of Section 6.02 with respect to the discharge of mechanic’s liens within the time period therein provided, or

 

(f)            whenever Tenant shall default in the due keeping, observing or performance of any covenant, agreement, provision or condition of Article 5 hereof on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed or performed and if such default shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or

 

(g)           if Tenant is required and fails to deliver the Rating Change Security Deposit (as hereafter defined), which failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such failure,

 

52



 

then in any of said cases set forth in the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term at the expiration of five (5) Business Days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) Business Days this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 18 .

 

ARTICLE 17

 

RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD, INJUNCTION

 

17.01       If Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of basic annual rent, or of any additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord on the date the same is due and payable, and if such default shall continue for five (5) Business Days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying such default, or if this Lease shall terminate as in Article 16 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the demised premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefrom.  The word re-enter, as herein used, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning.

 

17.02       In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right of injunction upon notice to Tenant.  The special remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.

 

17.03       If this Lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 16 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the demised premises under the provisions of this Article 17 , or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, then (a) Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the basic annual rent and additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination of this Lease, or of such recovery of possession of the demised premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 18 , and (b) Landlord shall be entitled to retain all moneys, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any basic annual rent or additional rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or re-entry or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Articles 16 and 18 or pursuant to law.

 

17.04       Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the demised premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this Lease or otherwise.

 

53



 

ARTICLE 18

 

DAMAGES

 

18.01       If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 16 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the demised premises under the provisions of Article 17 , or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either

 

(a)           a sum which at the time of such termination of this Lease or at the time of any such re-entry by Landlord, as the case may be, represents the then value of the excess, if any, discounted at a per annum rate equal to the Interest Rate, of

 

(1)           the aggregate of the basic annual rent and the additional rent payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant (conclusively presuming the additional rent to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination except that additional rent on account of Taxes and Property Expenses shall be presumed to increase at the average of the rates of increase thereof previously experienced by Landlord during the period (not to exceed 3 years) prior to such termination) for the period commencing with such earlier termination of this Lease or the date of any such re-entry, as the case may be, and ending with the Expiration Date, had this Lease not so terminated or had Landlord not so re-entered the demised premises, over

 

(2)           the aggregate rental value of the demised premises for the same period, or

 

(b)           sums equal to the basic annual rent and the additional rent payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant had this Lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so re-entered the demised premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination or such re-entry and until the Expiration Date; provided, however, that if Landlord shall re-let the demised premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such re-letting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting, the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in re-entering the demised premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of re-letting, including altering and preparing the demised premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, legal fees, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the demised premises and the rental thereof; it being understood that any such re-letting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease.  In no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder for the period of such re-letting, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this subsection to a credit in respect of any net rents from a re-letting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord.  If the demised premises or any part thereof should be re-let in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot basis shall be made of the rent received from such re-letting and of the expenses of re-letting.

 

54



 

If the demised premises or any part thereof be re-let by Landlord for the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent payable pursuant to such re-letting shall, prima facie, be the fair and reasonable rental value for the demised premises, or part thereof, so re-let during the term of the re-letting.

 

18.02       Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 16 , or under any provision of law, or had Landlord not re-entered the demised premises.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the termination of this Lease or re-entry of the demised premises for the default of Tenant under this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than any of the sums referred to in Section 18.01 .

 

ARTICLE 19

 

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

 

If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under any of the terms or provisions of this Lease, (a) Landlord may remedy such default for the account of Tenant, immediately and without notice in case of emergency, or in any other case if Tenant shall fail to remedy such default after Landlord shall have notified Tenant in writing of such default and the applicable grace period for curing such default shall have expired; and (b) if Landlord makes any reasonable expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection with such default, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest at the Interest Rate from the date paid or incurred, shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon rendition of a bill to Tenant therefor.  The provisions of this Article 19 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Landlord covenants and agrees that subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease, if, and so long as, Tenant keeps and performs each and every covenant, agreement, term, provision and condition herein contained on the part or on behalf of Tenant to be kept or performed, then Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be cut off or ended before the expiration of the term of this Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to use and occupy the demised premises in accordance

 

55



 

with the provisions of this Lease, subject however, to the provisions of this Lease (including without limitation, the provisions of Article 25 hereof with respect to Superior Instruments (as defined in Article 25 hereof) which affect this Lease), and Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week (subject to Force Majeure Causes and subject to and in accordance with the security rules and regulations for the Building).

 

ARTICLE 21

 

SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

 

21.01       From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall operate and maintain the Building, the Building Systems (as defined in Section 21.06 ) and the Common Areas (and Plaza II, to the extent such operation and maintenance materially affects Tenant’s occupancy of the demised premises in accordance with this Lease) as a first-class office building comparable to other first-class office buildings in the vicinity of the Building (including, without limitation, other buildings within the Complex) and shall:

 

(a)           Provide necessary passenger elevator facilities on Business Days from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. and shall have at least one elevator which accesses the entire demised premises subject to call at all other times.  At Landlord’s option, the elevators shall be operated by automatic control or by manual control, or by a combination of both of such methods.  Tenant shall use passenger elevators solely for the transportation of its employees and invitees and not for freight handling, the delivery of packages requiring hand trucks or other similar items or the removal of refuse.

 

(b)           Provide non-exclusive freight elevator service on a first come-first served basis ( i.e. , no advance scheduling) on Business Days from 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 Noon and 12:30 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. and on a reserved basis at all other times upon the payment of Landlord’s then established charges therefor (which, as of the date of this Lease, are $65 per hour, with a four-hour minimum).  All deliveries to Tenant shall be made at freight docks located on the ground floor or at such other locations as Landlord may from time to time designate.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (b), Landlord shall, at Tenant’s election, provide for Tenant’s exclusive use, the freight elevator shown on Schedule M (the “ Dedicated Elevator ”) without charge during the performance of Tenant’s Initial Work.  Tenant accepts the Dedicated Elevator in “as is” condition, provided that the Dedicated Elevator is in good working order as of the Commencement Date.  Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for all renovation, repairs, maintenance and costs of operation of the Dedicated Elevator, including without limitation, the cost of electric (which Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall cause the Dedicated Elevator to be measured by its existing direct meter serving the demised premises) and costs to ensure that the Dedicated Elevator is in compliance with Legal Requirements and to reprogram the Dedicated Elevator.  Notwithstanding any of Tenant’s foregoing rights to use of the Dedicated Elevator, Tenant’s use the Dedicated Elevator shall be prohibited if such use would result in jurisdictional labor disputes or strikes at the Property or conflict with the terms of any contract with such workers or servicers.

 

(c)           Maintain and keep in good order and repair the Building condenser water system and provide condenser water to all base Building DX Units which exclusively serve the

 

56



 

demised premises on Business Days between the hours of 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., and Saturdays between the hours of 8:00 a.m. — 1 p.m., in accordance with the HVAC specifications set forth in Schedule D ; it being understood that in no event shall Landlord be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any other air conditioning, heating or ventilating systems (on portions thereof) (whether installed by Landlord or Tenant), including, without limitation, systems that are installed to service Tenant’s data processing, computer or telephone operations, and Landlord shall only be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the base building DX Units exclusively serving the demised premises.  If applicable through Tenant’s expansion, Landlord shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the base Building DX Unit(s) serving the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space, the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space and any Offer Space.  Tenant agrees that the base Building DX Units serving the demised premises shall contribute the proportionate share of ventilated air and air-conditioning to the common areas of the floors on which the demised premises is located.  Landlord has informed Tenant that the windows of the demised premises and the Building are sealed, and that the demised premises may become uninhabitable and the air therein may become unbreatheable during the hours or days when Landlord is not able to furnish condenser water to the demised premises or when the DX Units are not operational.  Any use or occupancy of the demised premises during such hours shall be at the sole risk, responsibility and hazard of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability therefor.  Such condition of the demised premises shall not constitute nor be deemed to be a breach or a violation of this Lease or of any provision thereof, nor shall it be deemed an actual or constructive eviction nor shall Tenant claim or be entitled to claim any abatement of rent nor make any claim for any damages or compensation by reason of such condition of the demised premises.  Tenant shall cause and keep entirely unobstructed at all times all the vents, intakes, and shall comply with and observe all regulations and requirements prescribed by Landlord for the proper functioning of the condenser water systems and base building DX Units.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to furnish at Landlord’s expense such electric energy as is required to operate the air conditioning system serving the demised premises.  Subject to the provisions of Article 4 hereof all such electric energy shall be furnished to Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense, and Tenant shall cause all the DX Units exclusively serving the demised premises to be connected to the direct meter(s) (or submeter(s) if applicable) measuring Tenant’s consumption of electricity.  If Tenant shall require condenser water at any times other than those specified in the initial sentence of this Section 21.01(c) , Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord at Landlord’s standard charges therefor, subject to increases in such rate from time to time; provided, that any future increases in such rate shall be confined to the same percentage increase as the increase in Landlord’s cost of operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing the Building condenser water system (including, without limitation, a reasonable allocation in respect of the depreciation of such system).  As of the date of this Lease, Landlord shall charge Tenant the amount of $35 per hour per DX Unit for such overtime condenser water service, which shall be subject to increase based upon the percentage increase in Landlord’s costs described in the preceding sentence.  Landlord shall connect the base building DX Units serving the demised premises to Landlord’s Building Management System.

 

(d)           Provide the cleaning and janitorial services described on Schedule E annexed hereto on Business Days.  The cost of such cleaning and janitorial services provided to Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Building and the cost of cleaning and janitorial services for the Common Areas shall be included in Operating Expenses and Common Area

 

57



 

Operating Expenses.  Tenant shall employ Landlord or Landlord’s cleaning contractor to provide any cleaning and janitorial services in excess of those specified in Schedule E and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list setting forth in reasonable detail all such excess cleaning and janitorial services.  Landlord, its cleaning contractor and their employees shall have access to the demised premises at all times after 5:30 P.M. and before 8:00 A.M. and shall have the right to use, without charge therefor, all light, power and water in the demised premises reasonably required to clean the demised premises as required under this Section 21.01 .  Tenant shall comply with any rules Landlord and/or its cleaning contractor and/or any consultant to Landlord may establish regarding the management and recycling of solid waste, as may be necessary for Landlord to comply with any Legal Requirements, including without limitation the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection Rules on Coastal Resources and Development (N.J.A.C. 7:7E - 1.1).

 

(e)           Furnish water for lavatory and drinking, dishwashing, icemaking and office cleaning purposes.  If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purposes, Tenant agrees that Landlord may install a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption, and Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the cost of the meter or meters and the installation thereof, and to pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or to pay Landlord’s cost of other means of measuring such water consumption by Tenant.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed in excess of that estimated to be consumed for lavatory, drinking and office cleaning purposes, as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured, including sewer rents.

 

(f)            Maintain the Common Areas in good order and repair.

 

(g)           Maintain an operable security program with respect to ingress and egress for the Building and Common Areas in accordance with the standard set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 21.01 .

 

21.02       Landlord reserves the right without any liability whatsoever, or abatement of basic annual rent or additional rent, to stop the heating, air conditioning, elevator, plumbing, electric and other systems when necessary by reason of accident or emergency or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements, provided that except in case of emergency, Landlord will notify Tenant in advance, if possible, of any such stoppage and, if ascertainable, its estimated duration, and will proceed diligently with the work necessary to resume such service as promptly as possible and in a manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the demised premises, but Landlord shall not be obligated to employ overtime or premium labor therefor.

 

21.03       It is expressly agreed that only Landlord or any one or more persons, firms or corporations authorized in writing by Landlord (which authorization shall be granted only if the employment of such person, firm or corporation would not result in jurisdictional disputes or strikes or cause disharmony with other workers or servicers employed at the Property or conflict with the terms of any contract with such workers or servicers) will be permitted to furnish laundry, cable television and other similar services to tenants and licensees in the Building.  Landlord may fix, in its reasonable judgment, at any time and from time to time, the hours during which and the regulations under which such supplies and services are to be furnished.  Landlord

 

58



 

expressly reserves the right to act as or to designate, at any time and from time to time, an exclusive supplier of all or any one or more of the said supplies and services, provided that the quality thereof and the charges therefor are reasonably comparable to that of other suppliers.  Landlord expressly reserves the right to exclude from the Building any messenger service.  It is understood, however, that Tenant or regular office employees or guests of Tenant who are not employed by any supplier of such food or beverages or by any person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of purveying such food or beverages, may (i) personally bring food or beverages into the Building for consumption within the demised premises by employees or guests of Tenant, or (ii) order food or beverages for delivery from take-out or catering establishments, provided that such deliveries do not materially cause elevator delays nor inconvenience the other tenants of the Building.  No food or beverage may be brought into the Building for resale to or for consumption by any other tenant.

 

21.04       Landlord will not be required to furnish any other services, except as otherwise provided in this Lease.

 

21.05       Landlord shall provide a path for Tenant to install up to four, 4” conduits from the telecommunications point of entry into the Building to a base Building communications closet reasonably designated by Landlord that Tenant shall maintain at its expense.  Provided that Tenant’s provider of telecommunication and information technology services signs Landlord’s standard form of license agreement, Landlord shall not exclude such carrier from the Building.

 

21.06       If (i) by reason of Landlord’s making or failure to make repairs, alterations or replacements made or required to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, including structural repairs, or (ii) the Building heat, ventilation or air-conditioning, electrical or plumbing systems or the Building elevators serving the demised premises (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”) shall not be provided by Landlord as required by this Lease (a “ Landlord Failure ”), and as a result of such Landlord Failure (a) the demised premises or a material portion thereof is rendered unusable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s or its affiliates’ business and (b) Tenant and its affiliates cease to use such affected portion of the demised premises for the conduct of its or their business, and (c) such Landlord Failure continues unremedied for more than ten (10) consecutive days, then provided that such unusability shall not have resulted from any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant (or its affiliates) or any of its contractors, agents, representatives, principals, employees, servants, licensees or invitees, the basic annual rent and the Additional Rent payable under Article 3 of this Lease shall be abated during the time that such portion of the demised premises or, if applicable, the entire demised premises, remains unusable and unused by reason of such Landlord Failure after such tenth consecutive day in the aggregate, apportioned according to the rentable area of the demised premises so rendered unusable and unused.  Tenant shall not be deemed in occupancy of the demised premises or the portion thereof affected by a Landlord Failure notwithstanding the fact that Tenant and its affiliates have not removed Tenant’s Property therefrom and Tenant and its affiliates may have a security presence therein, so long as no business is conducted therein (other than temporary activities conducted in order to move Tenant’s and its affiliates’ normal business activities elsewhere).  Nothing contained in this Section 21.06 is intended to, or shall be deemed to, make any event described in or contemplated by Articles 10, 14 or 34 a Landlord Failure.  The abatement of basic annual rent and Additional Rent under this Section 21.06 shall be Tenant’s

 

59


 

exclusive remedy for the Landlord Failure.  Without limiting the previous sentence, Landlord shall not be liable for consequential damages claimed to have resulted from the Landlord Failure.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

DEFINITIONS

 

22.01                      Landlord ” means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession, for the time being of the Building and Land (or the owner of a lease of the Building or of the Building and the Land), so that in the event of any transfer of title to the Land and Building or said lease, or in the event of a lease of the Building, or of the Land and Building, upon notification to Tenant of such transfer or lease the said transferor Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all future covenants, obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed as a covenant running with the land without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the transferee of title to the Land and Building or said lease, or the said lessee of the Building or of the Land and Building, that the transferee or the lessee, as applicable, has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all such future covenants, obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder.

 

22.02                      Business Days ” or “business days” shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed as federal, state and municipal holidays and all other days recognized as holidays under any union contract affecting the Property.

 

22.03                      Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) two percent (2%) above the prime commercial lending rate of Citibank N.A., as published from time to time in the New York Times or (b) the maximum rate of interest, if any, which Tenant may legally contract to pay.

 

22.04                      Legal Requirements ” means laws, statutes and ordinances, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), environmental laws and regulations, building codes and zoning regulations and ordinances and the orders, rules, regulations, directives and requirements of all federal, state, county, city and borough departments, bureaus, boards including boards of fire underwriters, New Jersey fire insurance rating organizations and all similar organizations, agencies, offices, commissions and other subdivisions thereof, or of any official thereof, or of any other governmental, public or quasi-public authority (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”), whether now or hereafter in force, which may be applicable to the Property or the demised premises or any part thereof, or the sidewalks, curbs or areas adjacent thereto and all requirements, obligations and conditions of all instruments of record on the date of this Lease.

 

22.05                      Common Areas ” means those portions of the Complex Land and/or the Property intended at the applicable point in time at which the Common Areas are to be delineated to be for the common use by the tenants and/or owners of the Complex, or any portion thereof, and their respective customers, employees, lessees, licensees and invitees, which Common Areas shall include, without limitation, any so-called “ Limited Common Areas i.e. , areas adjacent to one or more of the buildings at the Complex, the use of which Common Areas may be restricted in whole or in part to the tenant(s) of such building or buildings.  Common Areas shall include,

 

60



 

without limitation, those portions of The Harborside Financial Center designated from time to time by Landlord as (i) plaza areas, (ii) pedestrian walkways, (iii) parking premises including, without limitation, any parking garages, and (iv) those roads, exits, entrances, driveways, ramps, streets, curb cuts, pedestrian walkways and sidewalks which are intended for use as pedestrian and/or vehicle access, ingress and egress from various portions of the Complex to the parking premises, other portions of the Complex and public streets.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

INVALIDITY OF ANY PROVISION

 

If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any circumstance or to any person, firm or corporation shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and each remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

BROKERAGE

 

Tenant covenants, represents and warrants that Tenant has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent other than the Brokers in connection with the consummation of this Lease, and Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), loss and liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent, other than the Brokers, with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof if such claim or claims by any such broker or agent are based in whole or in part on dealing with Tenant or its representatives.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims by Brokers against Tenant arising from Landlord’s failure to pay such compensation, commissions or charges to which Brokers are due and entitled to pursuant to separate agreements.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

SUBORDINATION

 

25.01                      This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases which may now or hereafter affect the Land, the Complex Land, the Building or the Complex and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases, the Land, the Complex Land, the Building or the Complex, and to all renewals, refinancings, modifications, replacements and extensions thereof (hereinafter called “ Superior Instruments ”); provided that, only to the extent such Superior Instrument affects the Building, the holder of such Superior Instrument shall have executed and delivered a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the standard form of such holder in favor of Tenant and any permitted assignee.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 25.01 to the contrary, if said holder executes and delivers a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the form herein described and Tenant either fails or

 

61



 

refuses to execute and deliver such agreement within ten (10) business days after delivery of such agreement to Tenant, then this Lease shall automatically and without further act be deemed to be subject and subordinate to such Superior Instrument and such non-disturbance and attornment agreement shall then be deemed to be in effect with respect to such Superior Instrument.  The provisions of this Section 25.01 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required.  In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver at its own cost and expense any instrument, in recordable form if required, that Landlord, the holder of any Superior Instrument or any of their respective successors in interest may request to evidence such subordination, within seven (7) business days after such request.  Landlord represents that there are no existing Superior Instruments affecting the Land or the Building on the date hereof.

 

25.02                      In the event of a termination of any ground or underlying lease, or if the interests of Landlord under this Lease are transferred by reason of, or assigned in lieu of, foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage, or if the holder of any mortgage acquires a lease in substitution therefor, then Tenant will, at the option to be exercised in writing by the holder of any such Superior Instrument or any purchaser, assignee or lessee, as the case may be, either (i) attorn to it and perform for its benefit all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed with the same force and effect as if it were the landlord originally named in this Lease, or (ii) enter into a new lease with it for the remaining term of this Lease and otherwise on the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, basic annual rent and additional rent) and with the same options, if any, then remaining.  The foregoing provisions of clause (i) of this Section 25.02 shall inure to the benefit of and bind such holder of a Superior Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee, shall be self-operative upon the exercise of such option, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to such option and to said provisions.  Tenant, however, upon demand of any such holder of a Superior Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee agrees to execute, from time to time, within seven (7) business days after a request therefor, instruments in confirmation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 25.02 , satisfactory to any such holder of a Superior Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee, acknowledging such attornment and setting forth the terms and conditions of its tenancy.

 

25.03                      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary under no circumstances shall any such holder of a Superior Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee, as the case may be, whether or not it shall have succeeded to the interests of the landlord under this Lease, be

 

(a)                                   liable for any act, omission or default of any prior landlord, except to the extent the act, omission or default continues after the party obtains possession of the Property; or

 

(b)                                  subject to any offsets, claims or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord; or

 

(c)                                   bound by any basic annual rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid to any prior landlord for more than one month in advance or for more than three months in advance where such rent payments are payable at intervals of more than one month; or

 

62



 

(d)                                  bound by any modification, amendment or abridgment of the Lease, or any cancellation or surrender of the same, made without its prior written approval.

 

25.04                      If, in connection with the financing of the Building or the Complex, the holder of any mortgage shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition of approval thereof, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer making such modifications provided the same do not (i) increase the basic annual rent or additional rent payable by Tenant, (ii) reduce the term hereof, (iii) extend the Term hereof or (iv) adversely affect any of Tenant’s rights or increase its obligations (except in a de minimis manner).

 

25.05                      Any holder of a Superior Instrument may at any time and from time to time elect to have this Lease made prior to such Superior Instrument and, upon notification of such election from such holder to Tenant, this Lease shall have priority over such Superior Instrument, whether this Lease is dated, executed, delivered and/or recorded prior or subsequent to the date such Superior Instrument is dated, executed, delivered and/or recorded.

 

25.06                      Tenant shall give each holder of a Superior Instrument a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant has been notified of the address of such holder.  If Landlord fails to cure any default as to which Tenant is obligated to give notice pursuant to the preceding sentence within the time provided for in this Lease, then each such holder shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default, or if such default cannot be cured by such holder within that time (because such holder must first obtain possession of the demised premises or other portions of the Complex, or otherwise), then such additional time as may be necessary if, within such 30 days, any such holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the acknowledged remedies reasonably necessary to cure such default, in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued, it being acknowledged by Tenant that such holder shall not be obligated to remedy or cause to be remedied such default.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

CERTIFICATE OF TENANT

 

26.01                      Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time, within ten (10) Business Days after request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, the holder of a Superior Instrument or any other person, firm or corporation specified by Landlord, a written instrument in the form attached hereto as Schedule F or such other form as may be required by the holder of any Superior Instrument, provided that Landlord shall not request such written instrument except for a legitimate business purpose.  If Tenant believes that any of the certifications contained therein are inaccurate, said written instrument shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for Tenant’s assertions that such certifications are inaccurate.

 

26.02                      Tenant agrees that, it will pay no rent under this Lease more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date, if so restricted by any existing or future Superior Instrument or by an assignment of this Lease to the holder of such Superior Instrument, and, in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease, Tenant will not exercise such right until Tenant shall have first given written notice of such act or omission to

 

63



 

the holder of any Superior Instrument who shall have furnished such holder’s last address to Tenant, and until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notices, during which time such holder shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to remedy or cause to be remedied such act or omission.  Tenant further agrees not to exercise any such right if the holder of any such Superior Instrument commences to cure such act or omission within a reasonable time after having received notice thereof and diligently prosecutes such cure thereafter.

 

26.03                      To the extent such documentation and financial information is not publicly available, Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time, deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days after request therefor (a) copies of the most current financial statements of Tenant and of any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease certified by an independent certified public accountant and (b) such further detailed financial information with respect to Tenant and any such guarantors as Landlord or the holder of any Superior Instrument may request.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, WAIVER OF JURY
TRIAL, WAIVER OF TERMINATION RIGHTS

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the demised premises, and/or any other claims (except claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of rent, Tenant will not interpose and does hereby waive the right to interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, unless Tenant receives an opinion from its attorneys specifying the basis for the conclusion contained therein, that such waiver will result in the waiver of its right to bring such claims in a separate proceeding under applicable law.  Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter conferred by law (including, without limitation, the benefit of New Jersey Revised Statutes, Title 46, Chapter 8, Sections 6 and 7), (a) to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease or the demised premises or any part thereof, or (b) to any abatement, suspension, deferment or reduction of the basic annual rent or additional rent payable under this Lease, regardless of whether such rights shall arise from any present or future constitution, statute or rule of law.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

28.01                      Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the demised premises, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire, the elements or other casualty excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of its property as herein provided.  Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term.

 

64



 

28.02                      If Tenant shall, without the written consent of Landlord, hold over after the expiration of the Term, such tenancy shall be deemed a month-to-month tenancy, which tenancy may be terminated as provided by applicable law.  During such tenancy, Tenant agrees to (a) pay to Landlord, for the first 60 days of such holdover, on a monthly basis, the greater of the fair market rental value of the demised premises or one hundred fifty percent (150%) and, thereafter during such holdover, on a monthly basis, the greater of the fair market rental value of the demised premises or two hundred percent (200%), of (x) the basic annual rent and (y) all additional rent payable by Tenant for the last month of the Term and (b) be bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified.  In the case of any holdover by Tenant which continues for more than ninety (90) days (plus up to an additional thirty (30) days attributable to Force Majeure Causes affecting Tenant), Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against (i) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the demised premises (a “ New Tenant ”) by reason of the late delivery of space to the New Tenant as a result of Tenant’s holding over or in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant, (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant and (iii) any claim for damages by any New Tenant.  No holding over by Tenant after the Term shall operate to extend the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the acceptance of any rent paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 28.02 shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a hold over or summary eviction proceeding.

 

ARTICLE 29

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

29.01                      Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees and agents shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the Rules and Regulations set forth in Schedule G hereto entitled “Rules and Regulations” and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Landlord or Landlord’s agents may from time to time adopt; provided, however, that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and of any of the Rules and Regulations, as originally or as hereafter adopted, the provisions of this Lease shall control.  Reasonable written notice of any additional Rules and Regulations or changes shall be given to Tenant.

 

29.02                      Nothing in this Lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, against any other tenant of the Complex, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees.

 

29.03                      No Rule or Regulation shall be enforced against Tenant unless such Rule or Regulation is being enforced against other tenants or occupants of the Building under similar circumstances, if a similar rule or regulation is contained in or promulgated pursuant to the leases and occupancy agreements between Landlord and such tenants or occupants.

 

65



 

ARTICLE 30

 

CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

 

30.01                      (a)                                   Whenever Landlord’s consent or approval is required in this Lease, Landlord shall not unreasonably delay notifying Tenant whether its approval shall be granted or withheld.

 

(b)                                  When in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required and this Lease provides that Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned and Landlord shall refuse such consent or approval, or in any instance in which Landlord shall delay its consent or approval, Tenant in no event shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant desires to determine any dispute as to the reasonableness of Landlord’s decision to refuse such consent or when such consent has been deemed refused (including pursuant to Articles 6 and 11 ) by arbitration, then within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s notifying Landlord of its desire to arbitrate, Landlord and Tenant shall each give notice to the other setting forth the name and address of an arbitrator designated by the party giving such notice. If either party shall fail to give notice of such designation within said ten (10) Business Days, then the arbitrator chosen by the other party shall make the determination alone.  The two arbitrators shall designate a third arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators shall fail to agree upon the designation of a third arbitrator within ten Business Days after the designation of the second arbitrator, then either party may apply to any court having jurisdiction for the designation of such arbitrator.  All arbitrators shall be independent persons who shall have had at least ten years of continuous experience in (i) the business of owning or managing real estate in Jersey City, New Jersey or (ii) acting as a commercial leasing broker in Jersey City, New Jersey.  The three arbitrators shall conduct such hearings as they deem appropriate, making their determination in writing and giving notice to Landlord and Tenant of their determination within five Business Days after the designation of the third arbitrator; the concurrence of any two of said arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, or, in the event no two of the arbitrators shall render a concurrent determination, then the determination of the third arbitrator designated shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  Judgment upon any determination rendered shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant, whether or not a judgment shall be entered in any court.  Each party shall pay its own counsel fees and expenses, if any, in connection with any arbitration under this paragraph, including the expenses and fees of any arbitrator selected by it in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, and the parties shall share all other expenses and fees of any such arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the arbitrators shall determine that the non-prevailing party has acted maliciously or in bad faith, then such non-prevailing party shall pay all of such reasonable counsel fees and expenses.  The arbitrators shall be bound by the provisions of this Lease, and shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify such provisions.

 

(c)                                   Whenever Landlord’s consent or approval is required in this Lease and this Lease does not provide that such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,

 

66



 

Landlord may determine in its sole discretion whether to grant such consent or approval, regardless of whether such refusal to consent or approve may be deemed arbitrary.

 

ARTICLE 31

 

NOTICES

 

31.01                      Any notice or demand, consent, approval or disapproval, or statement (collectively called “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given by the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any law or governmental regulation, either by Landlord to Tenant or by Tenant to Landlord, shall be in writing and unless otherwise required by such law or regulation, shall be personally delivered or by nationally recognized overnight courier service, or sent by United States mail postage prepaid as registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.  Any Notice shall be addressed to Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, at its address set forth on page 1 of this Lease as said address may be changed from time to time as hereinafter provided.  By giving the other party at least ten (10) days prior written notice, either party may, by Notice given as above provided, designate a different address or addresses for Notices.

 

31.02                      Any Notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery as indicated by affidavit in case of personal delivery or by the return receipt in the case of mailing; and in the event of failure to deliver by reason of changed address of which no Notice was given or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure as indicated by affidavit or on the return receipt or by notice of the postal service, as the case may be.

 

31.03                      In addition to the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may, from time to time, request in writing that the other party serve a copy of any Notice on one other person or entity designated in such request, such service to be effected as provided in Section 31.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 32

 

NO WAIVER

 

32.01                      No agreement to accept a surrender of this Lease shall be valid unless such agreement is in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.  No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the demised premises prior to the termination of this Lease.  The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the demised premises.  In the event Tenant at any time desires to have Landlord sublet the premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or Landlord’s agents are authorized to receive said keys for such purpose without releasing Tenant from any of the obligations under this Lease.  The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease or any of the Rules and Regulations set forth herein, or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation.  The receipt by Landlord, or the payment by Tenant, of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations set forth herein, or hereafter adopted, against Tenant and/or any other tenant in

 

67



 

the Complex shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations.  No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver be in writing signed by such party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on the account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

 

32.02                      This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

 

ARTICLE 33

 

CAPTIONS

 

The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

 

ARTICLE 34

 

INABILITY TO PERFORM

 

If, by reason of (1) strike or lockout, (2) labor troubles, (3) governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, (4) any rule, order or regulation of any governmental agency, (5) conditions of supply or demand which are affected by war or other national, state or municipal emergency, (6) fire or other casualty, (7) war or terrorism, (8) legal challenges to the validity or issuance of any permits, consents, certificates, licenses or approvals required from any Governmental Authority for the Initial Work, (9) acts of God or (10) any other cause beyond Landlord’s or Tenant’s reasonable control (“ Force Majeure Causes ”), Landlord or Tenant shall be unable to fulfill its obligations under this Lease or, in the case of Landlord, shall be unable to supply any service which Landlord is obligated to supply, this Lease and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent hereunder shall in no wise be affected, impaired or excused, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.  The inability of a party to pay for goods or services or to meet its debts shall not excuse such party from performing its obligations under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 35

 

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

 

Tenant shall accept the demised premises in “as is” condition on the Commencement Date, subject only to completion of Landlord’s Work and Punch-list Items.  The demised premises are delivered without any representation or warranty whatsoever by Landlord or Landlord’s agents as to the condition of the demised premises or the value thereof or the utility

 

68



 

thereof or usefulness for any particular purpose or any other matter or thing relating in any way to the demised premises or the Property, other than as specifically provided in this Lease.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, has not made and does not make, and Tenant is not relying upon, any representations or warranties as to the physical condition, quality, value or character or other matter relating to or affecting the demised premises, the Building or the Property other than those contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, the Building Systems serving the demised premises shall be in good working order, subject to the completion of Landlord’s Work, which may affect the operation of certain Building Systems.  In addition, the provisions of this Article 35 are not intended to relieve Landlord from its obligations under the last sentence of Section 8.01 .

 

ARTICLE 36

 

NAME OF COMPLEX/BUILDING

 

The name of the Complex shall be Harborside Financial Center and the name of the Building shall be Plaza III.  Landlord shall have the full right at any time upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant to name and change the name of the Complex or the Building and to change the designated address of the Complex or the Building.  The Complex or the Building may be named after any person, firm, or otherwise, whether or not such name is, or resembles, the name of a tenant of the Complex or the Building.

 

ARTICLE 37

 

PARKING

 

37.01                      From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall make Tenant’s Parking Spaces available to Tenant and Tenant shall hire same from Landlord, in such areas (the “ Parking Areas ”) of the Property as Landlord shall periodically designate for parking.  As set forth in the Reference Page, at Tenant’s option, the number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces may be irrevocably decreased for the balance of the Term upon notice by Tenant to Landlord given by July 1, 2009 designating the number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces Tenant no longer wishes to have made available.  Landlord makes no representations or guarantees whatsoever as to the specific location of Tenant’s Parking Spaces or whether Tenant’s Parking Spaces will be under cover or open.  Tenant’s Parking Spaces shall be used exclusively for the parking of standard size passenger vehicles (or smaller cars), belonging to or leased to or operated by Tenant, any of Tenant’s permitted subtenants, and their respective employees, visitors and invitees, and for no other purpose.  Tenant shall not allow any parking of any cars of Tenant or Tenant’s permitted subtenants, or their employees, visitors or invitees, outside of the Parking Areas or in parking spaces within the Property designated for use by Landlord or other tenants or their respective employees, visitors or invitees.  Landlord reserves the right to relocate or alter Tenant’s Parking Spaces if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, it becomes desirable to do so during the Term.  Tenant shall upon request promptly furnish to Landlord the license numbers of the cars operated by Tenant and Tenant’s permitted subtenants and their employees and contractors.

 

37.02                      All parking spaces used by Tenant, its employees, visitors and invitees will be used at their own risk, and Landlord shall not be liable for any injury to person or property, or for

 

69


 

loss or damage to any automobile or its contents, resulting from theft, collision, vandalism or any other cause whatsoever.

 

37.03                      Landlord shall have the right to license an independent operator or conduct a parking operation open to the public with respect to the Parking Areas or to conduct such operation itself.

 

37.04                      Commencing on March 1, 2009, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, as additional rent, on the first day of each month, without any set-off or deduction whatsoever, or in lieu thereof, to any parking operator who shall be licensed by Landlord to conduct a parking operation with respect to the Parking Areas, the amount obtained by multiplying the number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces by the monthly rate then charged by Landlord or such operator to the general public (which shall not exceed the prevailing rate charged to other tenants in the Complex) for an equivalent space for such month, whether or not Tenant is using all of such Tenant’s Parking Spaces during any given month.  As of the date of this Lease, the monthly rate is $245 per Parking Space.  If Tenant’s Parking Spaces shall be first made available to Tenant other than on the first day of a month, then Tenant shall make the payments in respect of such Spaces for such month on the date same are so made available appropriately prorated.

 

37.05                      Landlord, or the parking lot operator, as the case may be, shall have the right to tow, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any of Tenant’s or Tenant’s permitted subtenants’, or their employees’, visitors’ or invitees’, cars that are parked outside of Tenant’s Parking Spaces to the extent specific spaces are reserved for tenants.

 

37.06                      Landlord shall have the right to require that all cars to be parked in Tenant’s Parking Spaces shall exhibit such identification as Landlord may from time to time deem reasonably necessary to control the use of the Parking Areas.  Landlord shall have the right to tow, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any of Tenant’s or Tenant’s permitted subtenants’, or their employees’, visitors’ or invitees’ cars not exhibiting such identification if required.

 

37.07                      Landlord shall have the right to institute valet parking, as a Building service or a service of the parking operator, in which event Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules promulgated by Landlord or such parking operator relating thereto.

 

ARTICLE 38

 

INDEMNITY

 

38.01                      Tenant shall indemnify, defend, pay on behalf of and hold harmless Landlord and all holders of Superior Instruments, and its and their respective partners, joint venturers, directors, officers, invitees, agents, servants and employees (each an “indemnitee” for purposes of this provision), from and against any loss, damage, liability, cost, claim or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or in connection with (a) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any subtenants, or its or their respective partners, joint venturers, directors, officers, invitees, agents, servants and employees, (b) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever occurring in or about the demised premises, (including by reason of Tenant’s use of the stairways referred to in Section 5.03 ), (c) the use or occupation of the demised premises by Tenant or

 

70



 

anyone claiming under or through Tenant or (d) any breach of this Lease by Tenant.  This provision shall not be construed to exculpate an indemnitee, or to make Tenant responsible for, any loss, damage, liability, cost, claim or expense to the extent resulting from or caused by the negligence of such indemnitee.

 

38.02                      Landlord shall indemnify, defend, pay on behalf of and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Indemnitees ” for purposes of this provision) from and against any claims against Tenant and/or any Tenant Indemnitees arising from (a) any act, omission, or negligence of Landlord in and about the Complex, (b) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term in the Building to the extent such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents or employees, or (c) any breach of this Lease by Landlord.  This provision shall not be construed to exculpate any Tenant Indemnitee, or to make Landlord responsible for, any loss, damage, liability, cost, claim or expense to the extent resulting from or caused by the negligence of any such Tenant Indemnitee.

 

ARTICLE 39

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

Tenant shall not record this Lease or a memorandum thereof.  Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord a memorandum of lease in respect of this Lease sufficient for recording, but said memorandum of this Lease shall not in any circumstances be deemed to modify or to change any of the provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 40

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

40.01                      (a)  To the extent required under Section 11.02(b)  in connection with an Affiliate Free Rent Period Assignment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit in cash or by Letter of Credit (as defined and further described in Section 40.02 ), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease.  In addition, if at any time during the Term (including the Renewal Term), the Security Deposit Condition shall have occurred, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount of $1,500,000 (the “ Rating Change Security Deposit ”) by Letter of Credit (as defined and further described in Section 40.02 ), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease.  The “ Security Deposit Condition ” shall mean that Tenant’s Financial Strength Rating, as published by A.M. Best Company (or any successor thereto), has fallen to “B” or lower at any time during the Term (including the Renewal Term).  As used in this Article 40 , the Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit and the Rating Change Security Deposit may be individually or collectively referred to as the “Security Deposit” or the “Letter of Credit”.

 

(b)                                  Tenant agrees that in the event Tenant has defaulted in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, including the payment of any item of rental, and whether

 

71



 

or not the transmittal of a Notice of default by Landlord is barred by applicable law, Landlord may use and/or draw upon the cash Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit and use, apply or retain the whole or any part of such proceeds, to the extent required for the payment of any basic annual rent or additional rent as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum that Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of the default (including any damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Landlord).  If Landlord applies or retains any portion or all of the proceeds of the cash Security Deposit or Letter of Credit, Tenant shall forthwith restore the amount so applied or retained by delivering an additional cash Security Deposit or an additional or new Letter of Credit so that, at all times, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be the amount of the Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit and/or the Rating Change Security Deposit, as applicable.  Provided there is no uncured default, any balance of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord and not used, applied or retained by Landlord as above provided, and any remaining Letter of Credit, shall be returned to Tenant in accordance with Section 11.02(b)  in the case of the Affiliate Free Rent Period Security Deposit or after the delivery of possession of the demised premises in the case of the Rating Change Security Deposit.

 

40.02                      If Tenant delivers a Letter of Credit, it shall be a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit (such letter of credit, and any replacement thereof as provided herein, is called a “ Letter of Credit ”) issued and drawn upon any commercial bank approved by Landlord with offices for banking purposes in the State of New Jersey or the City of New York (“ Issuing Bank ”), which Letter of Credit shall have a term of not less than one year, be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, be for the account of Landlord and be in the amount of the Security Deposit set forth in the Reference Page.  The Letter of Credit shall provide that:

 

(1)                                   The Issuing Bank shall pay to Landlord or its duly authorized representative an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon presentation of the Letter of Credit and a sight draft in the amount to be drawn;

 

(2)                                   The Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one year each during the Term, unless the Issuing Bank sends written notice (the “ Non-Renewal Notice ”) to Landlord by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, to the effect that it elects not to have such Letter of Credit renewed;

 

(3)                                   The Letter of Credit delivered in respect of the last year of the Term shall have an expiration date of not earlier than thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date; and

 

(4)                                   The Letter of Credit shall be transferable by Landlord as provided in Section 40.04 .

 

40.03                      Landlord, after receipt of the Non-Renewal Notice, shall have the right to draw the entire amount of the Letter of Credit and to hold the proceeds as a cash Security Deposit.  Landlord shall release such proceeds to Tenant upon delivery to Landlord of a replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms hereof.

 

72



 

40.04                      In the event of the sale or lease of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit, without charge for such transfer, to the purchaser or lessee, and, upon the transferee’s assumption of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease (including with respect to the Security Deposit), Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such Security Deposit.  In such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the new Landlord for the return of said Security Deposit.  It is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Security Deposit to a new Landlord.  Tenant shall execute such documents as may be necessary to accomplish such transfer or assignment of the Letter of Credit.

 

40.05                      Tenant covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the Security Deposit held hereunder, and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment, or attempted encumbrance.  In the event that any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other debtor-creditor proceedings shall be instituted by or against Tenant, its successors or assigns, or any guarantor of Tenant hereunder, the security shall be deemed to be applied to the payment of the basic annual rent and additional rent due Landlord for periods prior to the institution of such proceedings and the balance, if any, may be retained by Landlord in partial satisfaction of Landlord’s damages.

 

ARTICLE 41

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

41.01                      Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (without regards to any conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

41.02                      This Lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Lease to be drafted.

 

41.03                      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this Lease.

 

41.04                      All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require.

 

41.05                      Time shall be of the essence with respect to the exercise of any option granted under this Lease.

 

41.06                      Except as otherwise provided herein whenever payment of interest is required by the terms hereof it shall be at the Interest Rate.

 

41.07                      In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of basic annual rent or additional rent hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any

 

73



 

payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items it sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

 

41.08                      All Schedules and Exhibits referred to in this Lease are hereby incorporated in this Lease by reference.

 

41.09                      The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns.

 

41.10                      Tenant hereby acknowledges that in order to avoid delay, this Lease has been prepared and submitted to Tenant for signature with the understanding that it shall not be deemed an offer by Landlord or bind Landlord unless and until it is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

41.11                      The exterior walls of the Building, the portions of any window sills outside the windows and the windows are not part of the premises demised by this Lease and Landlord reserves all rights to such parts of the Building.

 

41.12                      Whenever either party shall be liable to the other party for damages hereunder, due to its or its agents’, employees’ or servants’ negligence or otherwise, in addition to any other limitation on such liability set forth herein same shall be limited to the amount of insurance proceeds actually paid by the liable party’s liability insurance carrier with respect to and on account of such liability, plus the amount of any deductible.

 

41.13                      Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the closure of Tenant’s operations in the demised premises or upon the sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Building or land thereunder by Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all applicable provisions of the New Jersey Industrial Site Recovery Act (and all amendments and successors thereto) to obtain a letter of non-applicability within three months after the Expiration Date confirming that Tenant is not an industrial establishment) with respect to the demised premises and any other portion of the Property affected by Tenant’s operations.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and any holder of a Superior Instrument, and its and their respective partners, joint venturers, directors, officers, agents, servants and employees from and against any loss, damage, liability, cost, claim or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or in connection with Tenant’s failure to so comply with all such provisions.

 

41.14                      This Lease constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters hereof, and may not be modified except by a written instrument executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

41.15                      (a)                                   Tenant represents and warrants that to its actual knowledge (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the

 

74



 

List ”), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction , or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that this Lease is in violation of law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure that the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times.  The term “ Embargoed Person ” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq. , The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq. , and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law.

 

(b)                                  Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all Legal Requirements relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they no may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “ Prohibited Person ” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under this Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

 

(c)                                   Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the List at any time during the Term shall be a material default of this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the demised premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default of this Lease.

 

In connection with this Lease or any proposed assignment of this Lease or sublease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord the names of the persons holding an ownership interest in Tenant or any proposed assignee or sublessee, as applicable, for purposes of compliance with Presidential Executive Order 13224 (issued September 24, 2001), as amended.

 

ARTICLE 42

 

2 nd  FLOOR EXPANSION OPTION

 

42.01                      Within 120 days after the date of this Lease (the “ 2nd Floor Notice Date ”), and provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect and (ii) there shall not then be existing a monetary or material, non-monetary default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the one-time option (the “ 2nd Floor Expansion Option ”) to lease the portion of the 2nd floor of the Building substantially as shown hatched on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule I (the “ 2nd Floor Expansion Space ”), which for purposes of this Lease, contains 31,037 rentable square feet, in

 

75



 

accordance with the provisions of this Article 42 .  The leasing of the 2nd Floor Expansion Space shall be for a term that shall expire on the Expiration Date (as the same may be extended) and otherwise upon all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease (including the same Rent Commencement Date as the demised premises), except as otherwise provided in this Article 42 .

 

42.02                      Tenant may exercise the 2nd Floor Expansion Option by notice to Landlord (the “ 2nd Floor Expansion Notice ”) given on or before the 2nd Floor Notice Date (time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligation to exercise the 2nd Floor Expansion Option by such date).  If (i) Tenant shall timely exercise the 2nd Floor Expansion Option in the manner set forth above and (ii) the conditions described in Section 42.01(i)  and (ii) are satisfied, then on the date (the “ 2nd Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date ”) on which Landlord delivers possession of the 2nd Floor Expansion Space to Tenant, vacant, free of occupants and free and clear of any and all rights of any other tenants or occupants of the Building (except that Tenant will grant the prior tenant of the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space certain access rights as set forth below), the 2nd Floor Expansion Space automatically shall be deemed to be and shall be added to and form part of the demised premises under this Lease except (A) the basic annual rent for the 2nd Floor Expansion Space shall be payable as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual per

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rentable

 

 

 

Basic Annual

 

 

 

Square Foot

 

Period

 

Rent

 

Monthly Rent

 

Rent

 

Rent Commencement Date through the last day of the month in which the fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement occurs

 

$

1,070,776.50

 

$

89,231.38

 

$

34.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First day of the month following the month in which the fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs through the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs

 

$

1,163,887.50

 

$

96,990.63

 

$

37.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First day of the month following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs through the Expiration Date

 

$

1,256,998.50

 

$

104,749.88

 

$

40.50

 

 

(B) the Common Area Tax Share and the Common Area Expense Share shall each be 1.01% and Tenant’s Tax Share and Tenant’s Expense Share shall each be 2.10%, (C) Landlord shall pay a cash work allowance to Tenant in the maximum amount $1,489,776 in accordance with the provisions and procedures set forth in Article 44 , (D) Tenant shall accept the 2nd Floor Expansion Space in its “as is” condition on the 2nd Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform Landlord’s Work thereto, except that from and

 

76



 

after the 2nd Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date Landlord shall cause (i) the lawful demise of the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space and the performance of any other work required to separate any Building or other systems serving the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space and other space so that Tenant shall not be required to pay for services provided to other portions of the Building, and (ii) perform the items of Landlord’s Work referred to in Section 2.02(b)(iii)  through (v)  of this Lease, (E) Tenant shall be entitled to an additional 19 parking spaces and (F) Tenant shall deliver an additional security deposit commensurate with the security deposit then being held by Landlord pursuant to Section 11.02(b) .  If the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date does not occur within five (5) business days after Landlord receives the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Notice, then the Rent Commencement Date for the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space shall be delayed by an equal number of days commencing on such fifth (5 th ) business day through the day preceding the actual 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall cause the work referred to in subparagraph (D)(i) above to be performed by AICPA, the prior tenant of the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space, and Tenant shall afford AICPA access to the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space to perform such work, without the same constituting a constructive eviction and without abatement of rent or other liability to Tenant.  In addition, if Tenant elects to have AICPA leave certain furniture and equipment in the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space, then Landlord may deliver possession of such space to Tenant with such property left in place and Tenant shall afford AICPA access to such space after the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space to remove such furniture and equipment.

 

42.03                      Tenant acknowledges that the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space is leased by AICPA and that Landlord and AICPA have entered into an agreement whereby AICPA’s lease with respect to the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space shall terminate and AICPA shall be required to vacate and surrender the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space upon notice from Landlord.  However, except as set forth in Section 42.02 , Landlord shall have absolutely no liability to Tenant if AICPA fails to vacate and surrender the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space by any particular date, except that the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date shall not occur until Landlord delivers the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space to Tenant.  Tenant waives any claim against Landlord based upon Landlord’s failure to deliver the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space by a particular date.

 

42.04                      If Tenant fails timely to give the 2nd Floor Expansion Notice under this Article 42 , then (i) the 2nd Floor Expansion Option shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and Landlord shall have no further obligation to lease the 2nd Floor Expansion Space (or any portion thereof) to Tenant and (ii) Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after demand by Landlord, execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant confirming Tenant’s waiver of, and extinguishing, the 2nd Floor Expansion Option pursuant to this Article 42 .

 

42.05                      Promptly after the occurrence of the 2nd Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the occurrence thereof and the inclusion of the 2nd Floor Expansion Space in the demised premises by executing an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant; provided that failure by Landlord or Tenant to execute such instrument shall not affect the inclusion of the 2nd Floor Expansion Space in the demised premises in accordance with this Article 42 .

 

77


 

ARTICLE 43

 

SIGNAGE

 

43.01                      Provided that Landlord maintains a directory in the lobby of the Building, Landlord shall make available to Tenant, and consistent with other tenants’ rights in the Building, at no charge to Tenant, Tenant’s pro-rata share of said directory for the listing of Tenant’s name and the names of any of the officers or employees of Tenant located in the Building and/or the name of any permitted subtenant or other occupant and the names of any of the officers or employees thereof located in the Building; provided further, if said directory is an electronic directory, Tenant may list an unlimited number of the aforementioned names therein.

 

ARTICLE 44

 

TENANT ALLOWANCE

 

44.01                      (a)                                   Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not then in monetary or material, non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord, in consideration of Tenant’s acceptance of the demised premises in “as is” condition (subject to the performance of Landlord’s Work) and in accordance with the procedures set forth below, shall pay toward the cost of Tenant’s Initial Work, up to an amount equal to the Initial Premises Allowance for Hard Costs (as hereinafter defined) and Soft Costs (as hereinafter defined); provided , that Landlord not be required to pay from the Initial Premises Allowance for Soft Costs to the extent such Soft Costs exceed 15% of the Initial Premises Allowance (the “ Initial Premises Soft Costs Maximum ”).  Landlord shall pay the Initial Premises Allowance to the contractors, subcontractors and other professionals performing Tenant’s Initial Work (it being understood that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to expend any amounts (x) in excess of the Initial Premises Allowance or (y) for Soft Costs in excess of the Initial Premises Soft Costs Maximum).  Tenant shall pay all costs of Tenant’s Initial Work in excess of the Initial Premises Allowance.  Tenant shall have up to two years following the Rent Commencement Date to use the Initial Premises Allowance in accordance with this Article 44 , and if such monies are not spent by such date, then Tenant shall have no further rights or claims against Landlord for the Initial Premises Allowance.

 

(b)                                  Hard Costs ” means the costs of labor and materials paid for the installation of fixtures, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the premises initially demised hereunder, but not including the installation of movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings and other articles of personal property.

 

(c)                                   Soft Costs ” means the costs, other than Hard Costs, paid in connection with the preparation of the premises initially demised hereunder for Tenant’s occupancy, including, but not limited to, moving and relocation expenses and fees and expenses of architects, engineers, construction, telecommunication and other consultants.

 

(d)                                  Landlord shall pay the Initial Premises Allowance from time to time during the progress of Tenant’s Initial Work (but not more than once per month) within 30 days

 

78



 

after receipt from Tenant of (i) supporting documentation therefor approved by Tenant, accompanied by a certification of the architect supervising the work (for work covered by such architect’s design), stating that the portion of the work for which Tenant is applying for payment has been completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, (ii) itemized bills for labor and materials constituting portions of Tenant’s Initial Work submitted by the contractors, suppliers or consultants of the services or materials rendered (and where Tenant elects to be reimbursed, such bills shall have been marked “paid” by the contractor, supplier or consultant), and (iii) waivers of liens evidencing the payment for any prior work performed and materials supplied for which Tenant previously applied for payment, executed and acknowledged by the contractors, suppliers and consultants which are entitled by statute to file mechanics liens.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph (d), if, at the time Landlord’s payment is required to be made, Tenant is in arrears in the payment of basic annual rent or additional rent, then Landlord may offset the amount of such arrearages against the payment due from Landlord under this paragraph (d).  If there shall be existing a default hereunder at the time Tenant makes application for payment under this paragraph (d), Landlord shall advise Tenant and if Tenant shall cure the same, Tenant shall have the right to reapply to Landlord for payments due Tenant under this paragraph (d).

 

ARTICLE 45

 

OPTION TO RENEW

 

45.01                      Provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect as of the date of the Renewal Notice (as hereinafter defined) and as of the Expiration Date, (ii) there shall not then be existing a monetary or material, non-monetary default under this Lease which continues after notice and the expiration of applicable cure periods and (iii) Tenant (including any permitted assignee of Tenant and Tenant’s affiliates) shall be in occupancy of at least 75% of the rentable area of the demised premises on the date of the Renewal Notice and upon the commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant shall have one option to extend the Term of this Lease for the Renewal Term commencing on the day after the Expiration Date.  Such option shall be exercisable by written notice (the “ Renewal Notice ”) to Landlord given not earlier than eighteen (18) months and not later than fifteen (15) months prior to the Expiration Date (time being of the essence).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may waive any default by Tenant and no such default may be used by Tenant to negate the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of this option.  The renewal option may be exercised with respect to (a) the entire demised premises (as then constituted), or (b) the entire third floor only, or (c) the entire third floor and any of the following blocks of space:  the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space, the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space and/or any Offer Space, provided that the applicable space has then been leased by Tenant pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Lease.  If Tenant sends a Renewal Notice but fails to specify whether Tenant is exercising the renewal option with respect to the entire demised premises or with respect to only a portion of the demised premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have exercised the renewal option for the entire demised premises. The Renewal Term shall constitute an extension of the Term of this Lease and shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions as the existing Term, except that (A) there shall be no further option to renew the Term of this Lease, (B) Landlord shall not be required to furnish any materials or perform any work to prepare the demised premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy and Landlord shall not be required to reimburse or provide Tenant any tenant improvement

 

79



 

allowance for any alterations made or to be made by Tenant, and (C) the basic annual rent for the Renewal Term shall be payable at a rate per annum equal to the Fair Offer Rental of the demised premises (or the applicable portion thereof) as of the first day of the Renewal Term.  During the Renewal Term, all Additional Rent that Tenant is obligated to pay under Article 3 of this Lease during the existing Term hereof shall continue without interruption or further adjustment, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Renewal Term shall be deemed a part of and continuation of the existing Term of this Lease.  If Tenant exercises the renewal option for less than all of the demised premises, Tenant’s obligations under Article 3 and the Parking Spaces made available to Tenant shall each be proportionately reduced to reflect the square footage contained in the portion of the demised premises that is the subject of the Renewal Notice.  “ Fair Offer Rental ”, for purposes of this Article 45 , means the basic annual rent that a willing tenant would pay pursuant to a direct lease and a willing landlord would accept for the demised premises for a renewal term pursuant to a direct lease for the Renewal Term, determined on the basis of then current prevailing rent in the Building and comparable first-class office buildings in the vicinity of the Building, for comparable space on a direct lease basis, taking into account all relevant factors, whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant, including that the existing base years under Article 3 and the continuing obligation to pay Tax and Operating Expense escalations will remain unchanged, whether or not Landlord is obligated to pay a work allowance or brokerage commissions, and whether or not Landlord is obligated to grant any other economic concessions to Tenant, and the other matters described above.

 

45.02                      If Tenant has given the Renewal Notice in accordance with Section 45.01 , the parties shall endeavor to agree upon the Fair Offer Rental of the demised premises (or the applicable portion thereof), as of the commencement date of the Renewal Term.  In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon the Fair Offer Rental for the Renewal Term within nine months prior to the first day of the Renewal Term then the same shall be determined as follows.  Landlord, at Tenant’s request, which shall be within 30 days, shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Offer Rental, which shall constitute the maximum that Landlord can claim is the Fair Offer Rental of the demised premises for the Renewal Term in any arbitration thereof (“ Landlord’s Maximum Determination ”).  Within 30 days after Landlord shall have given Tenant Landlord’s Maximum Determination (time being of the essence), Tenant shall notify Landlord whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s Maximum Determination and, if Tenant disputes Landlord’s Maximum Determination, Tenant shall set forth in such notice Tenant’s good faith determination of the Fair Offer Rental of the demised premises for the Renewal Term, which shall constitute the minimum that Tenant can claim is the Fair Offer Rental for the demised premises for the Renewal Term in any arbitration thereof (“ Tenant’s Minimum Determination ”).  If Tenant fails to dispute Landlord’s Maximum Determination or to set forth Tenant’s Minimum Determination within the time period set forth above (time being of the essence), then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s Maximum Determination as the Fair Offer Rental.

 

45.03                      If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Fair Offer Rental, and Landlord and Tenant fail to agree as to the amount thereof within 30 days after the giving of Tenant’s notice, then the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as set forth below.  If the dispute shall not have been resolved on or before the first day of the Renewal Term, then pending such resolution, Tenant shall pay, as basic annual rent for the Renewal Term, an amount equal to the average of Landlord’s Maximum Determination and Tenant’s Minimum Determination.  If such resolution

 

80



 

shall be in favor of Tenant, then within 30 days after the final determination of Fair Offer Rental, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment.  If such resolution shall be in favor of Landlord, then within 30 days after the final determination of Fair Offer Rental, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any underpayment.  Any dispute as to Fair Offer Rental shall be determined as follows.  An independent senior officer of a recognized New Jersey leasing brokerage firm (the “ Baseball Arbitrator ”) shall be selected and paid for jointly by Landlord and Tenant.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Baseball Arbitrator, then the same shall be designated by the AAA.  The Baseball Arbitrator selected by the parties or designated by the AAA shall not have been employed by Landlord or Tenant during the previous five year period and shall have at least ten years experience in (i) the leasing of office space in Jersey City, New Jersey, or (ii) the appraisal of first class office buildings in the immediate vicinity of the Building.  Landlord and Tenant shall each submit to the Baseball Arbitrator and to the other its determination of the Fair Offer Rental for the Renewal Term, as set forth above.  The Baseball Arbitrator shall determine which of the two rent determinations more closely represents the Fair Offer Rental for the Renewal Term, taking into account the factors described above.  Landlord and Tenant shall each be permitted to submit documentary evidence to the Baseball Arbitrator.  The Baseball Arbitrator may not select any other rental value for the Renewal Term other than one submitted by Landlord or Tenant.  The determination of the Baseball Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and shall serve as the basic annual rent payable for the Renewal Term.  After a determination has been made of the Fair Offer Rental, the parties shall execute and deliver an instrument setting forth the basic annual rent for the Renewal Term, but the failure to so execute and deliver any such instrument shall not affect the determination of such basic annual rent in accordance with this Article 45 .

 

45.04                      If Tenant exercises the renewal option for a portion of the demised premises, then prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) remove any internal staircase and seal the slab between either the lowest or the highest floor of the Building that Tenant shall continue to lease during the Renewal Term and the contiguous floor that Tenant shall not lease during the Renewal Term and (ii) perform any work necessary to separate any Building Systems or shared facilities that existed between portions of the demised premises to enable the portion of the demised premises that Tenant shall no longer lease during the Renewal Term to function as an independent leasable unit.

 

ARTICLE 46

 

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

46.01                      (a)                                   As used herein:

 

Available ” means, as to any Offer Space (as hereinafter defined) that such Offer Space is vacant and free of any present or future possessory right now existing in favor of any third party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Offer Space shall not be deemed Available and Landlord shall not be obligated to notify Tenant of the Availability of such Offer Space (i) if Landlord is negotiating an extension of a lease or a new direct lease with an existing tenant, subtenant or other occupant of such space, and Landlord shall be free to enter into any such extension or new direct lease or (ii) if Landlord enters into an early termination agreement with an existing tenant of any portion of such Offer Space and leases the Offer Space that is the

 

81



 

subject of such early termination agreement to one or more third parties or initially leases such Offer Space to one or more third parties after the scheduled expiration of the term of the lease with an existing tenant of the Offer Space.

 

Offer Space ” means (i) any portion of the 2 nd  floor of the Building which becomes Available (the “ 2 nd  Floor Offer Space ”), other than the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Space if Tenant exercises the 2 nd  Floor Expansion Option and (ii) the block of space comprising a portion of the 4 th  floor of the Building, as shown hatched on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule K , which, for purposes of this Lease, contains 27,856 rentable square feet in the aggregate (the “ 4 th  Floor Offer Space ”).  If Tenant fails to exercise Tenant’s Offer Space Option (as hereinafter defined) for the 4 th  Floor Offer Space, however, then Tenant’s Offer Space Option for the 2 nd  Floor Offer Space only shall automatically be extinguished and null and void, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the 2 nd  Floor Offer Space to any third party tenant.

 

(b)                                  Provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect, (ii) there shall not be existing a monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease which continues after notice and the applicable cure period, and (iii) Tenant (including any permitted assignee of Tenant and Tenant’s affiliates) shall be in occupancy of at least 75% of the rentable area of the demised premises, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice (an “ Offer Notice ”) when all or any portion of the Offer Space becomes, or Landlord reasonably anticipates that such portion of the Offer Space will become, Available (it being understood that Landlord shall offer to Tenant all, and not less than all, of the Offer Space that becomes Available at any one time), specifying (A) the location and square footage of the Offer Space, and (B) the date or estimated date that the Offer Space shall become Available (the “ Anticipated Inclusion Date ”).

 

(c)                                   Provided that on the date that Tenant exercises the Offer Space Option and on the Offer Space Inclusion Date (as hereinafter defined) (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect, (ii) Tenant shall not be in monetary or material, non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, and (iii) Tenant (including any permitted assignee of Tenant and Tenant’s affiliates) shall be in occupancy of at least 75% of the rentable area of the demised premises, Tenant shall have the one-time option for each portion of the Offer Space that is the subject of an Offer Notice (the “ Offer Space Option ”), exercisable by notice (the “ Acceptance Notice ”) given to Landlord on or before the date that is ten business days after the giving of the Offer Notice (time being of the essence) to include the Offer Space (but not less than all of said Offer Space) in the demised premises for the balance of the Term of this Lease (and any renewals).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may waive any default by Tenant and no such default may be used by Tenant to negate the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the Offer Space Option.  Upon receipt of Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, Landlord shall, within 15 days, provide Landlord’s determination of the Fair Offer Rental for such Offer Space, which shall constitute the maximum thereof Landlord can claim as the Fair Offer Rental for such space in any arbitration thereof (“ Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination ”).  “ Fair Offer Rental ”, for the purposes of this Article 46 , means the basic annual rent that a willing tenant would pay for the Offer Space pursuant to a direct lease and a willing landlord would accept for the Offer Space, pursuant to a direct lease, determined on the basis of then-current prevailing rent in the Building for comparable space on a direct lease basis, taking into account all relevant factors (including the concessions described in Section 46.01(d)  below), whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant.  Tenant shall notify Landlord, within twenty (20) days

 

82



 

after receipt of Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination (time being of the essence), whether Tenant accepts or disputes Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination, and if Tenant disputes Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination, such notice shall set forth Tenant’s good faith determination of the Fair Offer Rental for such Offer Space, which shall constitute the minimum that Tenant can claim as the Fair Offer Rental for such space in any arbitration thereof (“ Tenant’s Minimum Offer Determination ”).  If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination and to set forth therein Tenant’s Minimum Offer Determination, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination as the Fair Offer Rental for such Offer Space.

 

(d)                                  If Tenant timely delivers the Acceptance Notice, then, on the date on which Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Offer Space to Tenant (the “ Offer Space Inclusion Date ”), the Offer Space shall become part of the demised premises, upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except (i) basic annual rent shall be equal to the Fair Offer Rental, (ii) the Common Area Tax Share, Tenant’s Tax Share, Tenant’s Expense Share and the Common Area Expense Share shall be increased to a percentage equal to the Common Area Tax Share, Tenant’s Tax Share, Tenant’s Expense Share and the Common Area Expense Share, respectively, plus a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet in the Offer Space and the denominator of which is the applicable square footage set forth in Article 3 of this Lease, (iii) Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, or render any services to make the Building, Plaza II or the Offer Space ready for Tenant’s use or occupancy (except as may otherwise be set forth in the Offer Notice), and Tenant shall accept the Offer Space in its “as is” condition on the Offer Space Inclusion Date, and, at its expense, shall cause the Offer Space to be legally demised and separated from the balance of the floor, (iv) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against basic annual rent for the Offer Space equal to ten months of basic annual rent payable therefor multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term of this Lease commencing on the Offer Space Inclusion Date and the denominator of which is 190; (v) Tenant shall be entitled to a cash work allowance, to be administered in accordance with Article 44 , in the maximum amount of $48 per rentable square foot of the Offer Space multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term of this Lease and the denominator of which is 190; and (vi) as may be otherwise set forth in the Offer Notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the Offer Space Inclusion Date, the net worth of Tenant is less than the net worth of Tenant on the date of this Lease, then the provisions of clauses (iv) and (v) above shall be inapplicable but the fact that Landlord does not offer Tenant a credit against basic annual rent or a cash work allowance for the Offer Space shall be taken into account in determining Fair Offer Rental.

 

(e)                                   If in the Acceptance Notice Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Fair Offer Rental, and Landlord and Tenant fail to agree as to the amount thereof within 30 days after the giving of the Acceptance Notice, then the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration before a Baseball Arbitrator in the same manner as a dispute involving Fair Offer Rental pursuant to Section 45.03 of this Lease, except that the Baseball Arbitrator shall be instructed to determine the Fair Offer Rental in accordance with Section 46.01(c)  above.  The Baseball Arbitrator must select either Landlord’s determination of the Fair Offer Rental or Tenant’s determination of the Fair Offer Rental.  If the dispute shall not have been resolved on or before the Offer Space Inclusion Date, then pending such resolution, Tenant shall pay, as basic annual rent for the applicable Offer Space, an amount equal to Landlord’s Maximum Offer Determination.  If such

 

83



 

resolution shall be in favor of Tenant, then within 30 days after the final determination of Fair Offer Rental, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment.

 

(f)                                     If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Offer Space to Tenant for any reason on or before the date on which Landlord anticipates that the Offer Space shall be Available as set forth in the Offer Notice, the Offer Space Inclusion Date shall be the date on which Landlord is able to so deliver possession and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor and this Lease shall not in any way be impaired.  This Section 46.01(f)  constitutes “an express provision to the contrary” for purposes of any applicable Legal Requirements now or hereafter in effect.  Landlord shall take commercially reasonable action (including the institution of a holdover proceeding) to obtain possession of the Offer Space if the existing occupant of such Offer Space holds over. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to deliver the applicable Offer Space to Tenant within six (6) months after the Anticipated Inclusion Date, Tenant, upon notice to Landlord given within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such six (6) month period (as to which time shall be of the essence and unless the Offer Space Inclusion Date shall have occurred prior to the giving of such notice), may withdraw the Acceptance Notice and, in such event, such Offer Space shall not become part of the demised premises and Tenant shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to such Offer Space, provided that Tenant’s withdrawal of the Acceptance Notice shall not affect Tenant’s rights under this Article 46 with respect to Offer Space that was not the subject of the particular Acceptance Notice.

 

(g)                                  If Tenant fails timely to give the Acceptance Notice, then (i) Landlord may enter into one or more leases of the Offer Space with third parties on such terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine, the Offer Space Option with respect to such Offer Space shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and Landlord shall have no further obligation to offer such Offer Space to Tenant, but shall have no effect on any Offer Space not yet offered by Landlord to Tenant and (ii) Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after demand by Landlord, execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming Tenant’s waiver of, and extinguishing, the Offer Space Option with respect to such Offer Space, but the failure by Tenant to execute any such instrument shall not affect the provisions of clause (i) above.

 

(h)                                  Promptly after the determination of the Fair Offer Rental and again after the occurrence of the Offer Space Inclusion Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the occurrence and terms thereof and the inclusion of the Offer Space in the demised premises by executing an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant; provided , that the failure by Landlord or Tenant to execute such instrument shall not affect the inclusion of the Offer Space in the demised premises in accordance with this Article 46 .

 

ARTICLE 47

 

ANTENNA

 

47.01                      Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain and operate (for the exclusive use of Tenant and any permitted subtenants) on the available space on the roof of the Building, the location of which shall be mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one antenna and support equipment not to exceed three feet in diameter in the aggregate

 

84



 

(hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Installations ”), subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (including Article 6 ), and subject to Landlord’s prior written approval as to weight and method of attachment.  Landlord’s approval shall also be required for modifications to, and the removal of, the Installations.  Landlord shall in its sole discretion, designate the location of all passageways required for access to the roof for personnel.  In connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance and operation of its Installations, Tenant shall comply with all Legal Requirements and shall procure, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses required therefor, including all renewals thereof.  The parties agree that Tenant’s use of the roof of the Building is a non-exclusive use and Landlord may permit the use of any other portion of the roof to any other person, firm or corporation for any use, including the installation of other antennas, generators and/or communications systems.  Tenant shall ensure that its use of the roof does not impair such other person’s, firm’s or corporation’s data transmission and reception via their respective antennas and support equipment, if any.  Landlord shall not enforce the provisions of the preceding sentence against Tenant in a discriminatory manner.  Landlord shall take commercially reasonable action to ensure that the Building’s other tenants use of the roof shall not impair Tenant’s data transmission and reception via their respective antennas and support equipment, if any, if Tenant notifies Landlord of such impairment.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall install any screening device requested by Landlord at any time to ensure that the Installations cannot be viewed or seen by the public and, if such screening device is installed, it shall be deemed to be an Installation under this clause.

 

47.02                      In no event shall the maximum level of emissions from the Installations exceed a proportionate portion of the total emissions allowable for the Building under applicable Legal Requirements, taking into account the number of rooftop installations at the Building.

 

47.03                      Tenant shall pay for all electrical service required for Tenant’s use of the Installations in accordance with Article 4 of this Lease.  Tenant shall be responsible for connecting the Installations and the demised premises by core drilling and installing a conduit in the Building risers referred to in Section 21.05 .

 

47.04                      Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair any and all damage to the roof of the Building and to any part of the Building caused by or resulting from the installation, maintenance and repair, operation or removal of the Installations erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 47 .  Tenant further covenants and agrees that the Installations and any related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 47 shall be erected, installed, repaired, maintained and operated by Tenant at the sole cost and expense of Tenant and without charge, cost or expense to Landlord.

 

47.05                      The Installations and related equipment installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 47 shall be Tenant’s Property, and, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Tenant shall repair any damage to the roof of the Building, or any other portion or portions of the Building caused by or resulting from said removal.

 

47.06                      Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may require Tenant to relocate the Installations and related equipment to another portion of the roof where reception is comparable upon thirty

 

85



 

(30) days’ notice to Tenant or to remove the Installations if their existence would constitute a violation of any Legal Requirements.

 

ARTICLE 48

 

6 TH  FLOOR EXPANSION OPTION

 

48.01                      Provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect, (ii) there shall not then be existing a monetary or material, non-monetary default under this Lease and (iii) Tenant (including any permitted assignee of Tenant and Tenant’s affiliates) shall be in occupancy of at least 75% of the rentable area of the demised premises, Tenant shall have the one-time option (the “ 6th Floor Expansion Option ”) to lease the portion of the 6th floor of the Building substantially as shown hatched on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule J (the “ 6th Floor Expansion Space”) , which for purposes of this Lease contains 23,086 rentable square feet, in accordance with the provisions of this Article 48 .  The leasing of the 6th Floor Expansion Space shall be for a term that shall expire on the Expiration Date (as the same may be extended) and otherwise upon all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease, except as otherwise provided herein.  The basic annual rent for the 6th Floor Expansion Space shall be payable at a rate equal to the Fair Offer Rental (as defined in Article 46 ), determined at the time and in the manner hereafter set forth.

 

48.02                      Landlord represents that the existing lease of the 6th Floor Expansion Space expires on May 31, 2010.  Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option by delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “ 6th Floor Expansion Notice ”) given on or before May 31, 2009 (time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligation to exercise the 6th Floor Expansion Option by such date).  Tenant’s 6th Floor Expansion Notice shall set forth Tenant’s good faith determination of the Fair Offer Rental for the 6th Floor Expansion Space, which shall constitute the minimum that Tenant can claim as the Fair Offer Rental for the 6th Floor Expansion Space in any arbitration thereof (“ Tenant’s 6th Floor Expansion Space Minimum Determination ”).  If Landlord disputes Tenant’s 6th Floor Expansion Space Minimum Determination, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant by delivering a notice, which shall set forth Landlord’s good faith determination of the Fair Offer Rental of the 6th Floor Expansion Space, which shall constitute the maximum thereof Landlord can claim as the Fair Offer Rental of the 6th Floor Expansion Space in any arbitration thereof (“ Landlord’s 6th Floor Expansion Space Maximum Determination ”).

 

48.03                      If (i) Tenant shall timely exercise the 6th Floor Expansion Option in the manner set forth above and (ii) the conditions described in Section 48.01(i)  through (iii)  continue to be satisfied, then on the date (the “ 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date ”) on which Landlord delivers possession of the 6th Floor Expansion Space to Tenant, vacant, free of occupants and free and clear of any and all rights of any other tenants or occupants of the Building, the 6th Floor Expansion Space automatically shall be deemed to be and shall be added to and form part of the demised premises under this Lease except (A) the basic annual rent for the 6th Floor Expansion Space shall be determined as set forth herein, (B) the Common Area Tax Share and the Common Area Expense Share shall each be .75% and Tenant’s Tax Share and Tenant’s Expense Share shall each be 1.56%, (C) Landlord shall pay a cash work allowance to Tenant, to be administered in accordance with Article 44 , in the maximum amount of $1,108,128

 

86



 

multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term of this Lease as of the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date and the denominator of which is 190; (D) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against basic annual rent for the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space equal to ten months of basic annual rent payable therefor multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term of this Lease as of the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date and the denominator of which is 190; (E) Tenant shall accept the 6th Floor Expansion Space in its “as is” condition on the 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, and Tenant, at its expense, shall lawfully demise the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space in accordance with plans prepared by Tenant and approved by Landlord, and (F) Tenant shall be entitled to 14 additional parking spaces.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, the net worth of Tenant is less than the net worth of Tenant on the date of this Lease, then the provisions of clauses (C) and (D) above shall be inapplicable but the fact that Tenant shall not receive a credit against basic annual rent or a cash work allowance for the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space shall be taken into account in determining Fair Offer Rental.

 

48.04                      If Tenant shall duly exercise the 6th Floor Expansion Option as provided in this Article 48 , and the parties fail to agree upon the Fair Offer Rental within 30 days after the date of Tenant’s 6th Floor Expansion Notice, then the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as set forth in Article 46 .  If the dispute shall not have been resolved on or before the 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, then pending such resolution, Tenant shall pay, as basic annual rent for the 6th Floor Expansion Space, an amount equal to Landlord’s 6th Floor Expansion Space Maximum Determination.  If such resolution shall be in favor of Tenant, then within 30 days after the final determination of Fair Offer Rental, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment.

 

48.05                      If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the 6th Floor Expansion Space to Tenant for any reason on or before the 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, the effective date the 6th Floor Expansion Space shall be deemed to be part of the Premises shall be the date on which Landlord is able to so deliver possession and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor and this Lease shall not in any way be impaired.  Landlord shall take commercially reasonable action (including the institution of a holdover proceeding) to obtain possession of the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space if the occupant of such space holds over.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to deliver the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space to Tenant by February 28, 2011, Tenant, upon notice to Landlord given by March 15, 2011 (as to which time shall be of the essence and unless the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date shall have occurred prior to the giving of such notice), Tenant may withdraw the 6 th  Floor Expansion Notice and, in such event, the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space shall not become part of the demised premises and Tenant shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to the 6 th  Floor Expansion Space.

 

48.06                      If Tenant fails timely to give the 6th Floor Expansion Notice under this Article 48 , including under the circumstances described in Section 48.08 , then (i) Landlord may enter into one or more leases of the 6th Floor Expansion Space (or any portion thereof) with third parties on such terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine, (ii) the 6th Floor Expansion Option shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and Landlord shall have no further obligation to lease the 6th Floor Expansion Space (or any portion thereof) to Tenant and

 

87



 

(iii) Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after demand by Landlord, execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant confirming Tenant’s waiver of, and extinguishing, the 6 th  Floor Expansion Option.

 

48.07                      Promptly after the occurrence of the 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the occurrence thereof and the inclusion of the 6th Floor Expansion Space in the demised premises by executing an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant; provided that failure by Landlord or Tenant to execute such instrument shall not affect the inclusion of the 6th Floor Expansion Space in the demised premises in accordance with this Article 48 .

 

48.08                      Notwithstanding anything in this Article 48 to the contrary, if Landlord anticipates that the 6th Floor Expansion Space shall become Available (as defined in Section 46.01 ) prior to May 31, 2010, then Landlord may accelerate the 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date by delivering a notice to Tenant advising it of the accelerated 6th Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date.  In such event, Tenant, if it wishes to exercise such option, shall do so by delivering to Landlord its 6th Floor Expansion Notice within ten (10) Business Days of Landlord’s notice (time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligation to give the 6th Floor Expansion Notice by such date), and otherwise in accordance with this Article 48 .

 

88



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

M-C PLAZA II & III L.L.C.

 

Landlord

 

 

 

By:

Mack-Cali Realty, L.P., member

 

 

 

By:

Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, general

 

partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mitchell E. Hersh

 

 

Mitchell E. Hersh

 

 

President and Chief Executive

 

 

Officer

 

 

 

ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY

 

Tenant

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dennis R. Brand

 

 

Dennis R. Brand

 

 

Executive Vice President & Chief

 

 

 

Administration Officer

 

89


 

SCHEDULE A-1

 

Land

 

Deed description of a parcel of land situated near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southwesterly corner of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following five (5) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the existing easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running thence.

 

a.           Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, and arc length of 820.22 feet (chord which bears S 75° 06’ 44” E. 818.76 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to a point on curve; thence

 

b.          N 08° 09’ 07” E 55.61 feet to a point; thence

 

c.           N 81° 50’ 53” W 40.01 feet to a point; thence

 

d.          N 08° 09’ 07” E 222.50 feet to a point; thence

 

e.           S 81° 50’ 53” E 40.01 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 09’ 07” E 848.65 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                        S 81° 50’ 53” E 279.85 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

3.                                        Southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 122.00 feet, an arc length of  4.49 feet (chord which bears S 55° 25’ 59” E 4.49 feet) to a point on curve; thence

 

4.                                        S 08° 04’ 32” W 48.67 feet to a point on curve, thence

 

5.                                        Southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 79.00 feet, an arc length of 2.45 feet (chord which bears S 37° 44’ 25” E 2.45 feet) to a point of tangency; thence

 

6.                                        S 36° 51’ 10” E 62.62 feet to a point; thence

 

7.                                        S 08° 09’ 07” W 752.00 feet to a point; thence

 

8.                                        N 81° 50’ 53” W 329.99 feet to the point, the point and place of beginning.

 

Containing 276,651 square feet or 6.3510 acres.

 

1



 

Being known as Lot 28 Block 10.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

Subject to a roadway easement described as follows:

 

Beginning at the terminus of the first course of the original description and running; thence

 

1.                                        S 81° 50’ 53” E 279.85 feet to a point on curve, thence

 

2.                                        Southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 122.00 feet, an arc length of 4.49 feet (chord which bears S 55° 25’ 59” E 4.49 feet) to a point on curve, thence

 

3.                                        S 08° 04’ 32” W 48.67 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

4.                                        Northwesterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 79.00 feet, an arc length of 59.60 feet (chord which bears N 60° 14’ 24” W 58.20 feet) to a point of tangency; thence

 

5.                                        N 81° 51’ 10” W 214.05 feet to a point of curvature; thence

 

6.                                        Along a curve to the left having a radius of 23.00 feet, an arc length of 17.41 feet (chord which bears N 76° 27’ 45” W 17.00 feet) to a point of tangency; thence

 

7.                                        N 08° 09’ 07” E 35.54 feet to a point, the point or place of beginning containing 8,694 square feet or 0.1996 acres.

 

2



 

SCHEDULE A-1  [Plaza III]

 

Land

 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southwesterly side of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the existing easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running: thence

 

a.           Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 820.22 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ Wide) to a point on curve; thence

 

b.          N 08o 09’ 07” E 55.61 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                        N 08o 09’ 07” E 222.50 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                        S 81o 50’ 53” E 329.99 feet to a point; thence

 

3.                                        S 08o 09’ 07” W 222.50 feet to a point; thence

 

4.                                        N 81o 50’ 53” W 329.99 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 73,423 square feet or 1.69 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 5 Block 10 on map entitled, “Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.”, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated: March 15, 1999.

 

3



 

SCHEDULE A-2

 

Complex Land

 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate along the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the point on curve on the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide), said point being easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an are length of 682.14 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide), from its intersection with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 09’ 07” E .948.92 feet to a point of curvature

 

2.                                        Along a curve to the right having a radius of 200.00 feel an arc length of 30.45 feet to the point of tangency; thence

 

3.                                        N 16° 52’ 32:  E 217.02 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

4.                                        Southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 120.00 feet, an arc length of 89.01 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

5.                                        S 81° 50’ 53” E 53.01 feet to a point thence

 

6.                                        S 08° 09’ 07” W 1126.76 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

7.                                        Westerly along a curve to the right having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 138.08 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 155,964 square feet or 3.58 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 4 Block 10 on map entitled, ‘Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Call Harborside (Fee) Associates, LP.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15,1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southwesterly side of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the existing easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

1



 

a.                                        Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 820.22 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to a point on curve; thence

 

b.                                       N 08° 09’07” E 55.61 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 09’ 07” E 222.50 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                        S 81° 50’53” E 329.99 feet to a point thence

 

3.                                        S 08° 09’ 07” W 222.50 feet to a point thence

 

4.                                        N 81° 50’53” W 329.99 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 73,423 square feet or 1.69 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 5 Block 10 on map entitled, ‘Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements-of record.

 

2



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southwesterly corner of the hereinafter described parcel said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the existing easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

a.                                        Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 820.22 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to a point on curve; thence

 

b.                                       N 08’ 09’07” E 278.11 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 09’ 07” E 801.50 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                        S 81° 50’53” E 280.49 feet to a point; thence

 

3.                                        S 36° 50’ 53” E 70.00 feet to a point; thence

 

4.                                        S 08° 09’07” W 752.00 feet to a point; thence

 

5.                                        N 81° 50’ 53” W 329.99 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 263,262 square feet or 6.04 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 6 Block 10 on map entitled, “Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.”, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

3



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate along the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at a point on curve on the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide), said point being easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 449.92 feet along said northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) from its intersection with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 18’49” E 242.03 feet along the easterly side of proposed Greene Street (58’ wide) to a point; thence

 

2.                                        S 81° 50’53” E 230.80 feet to a point; thence

 

3.                                        S 08° 09’ 07” W 260.16 feet to a point on curve on the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide); thence

 

4.                                        Westerly along a curve to the right having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 232.22 feet along the existing northerly side Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 58,305 square feet or 1.34 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 1 Block 10 on map entitled, “Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.”, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

4



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate at the northeasterly quadrant of the intersection of Christopher Columbus Drive and Washington Street in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

1.                                        N 08° 20’48” E 138.47 feet along the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) to a point thence

 

2.                                        S 81° 50’ 53” E 385.74 feet along the southerly side of proposed Pearl Street to a point on the westerly side of proposed Greene Street (58’ wide); thence

 

3.                                        S 08° 18’49” W 205.34 feet along the westerly side of proposed Greene Street (58’ wide) to a point on curve on the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide); thence

 

4.                                        Westerly along a curve to the right having a radius of 3960.00 feet an arc length of 391.55 feet along the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 67,581 square feet or 1.551 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 1 Block 8 on map entitled, ‘Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

5



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southeasterly comer of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

a.                                        Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 682.14 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

b.                                       N 08° 09’07” E 260.16 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                        N 81° 50’ 53” W 230.80 feet to a point thence

 

2.                                        N 08° 18’49” E 418.85 feet along the easterly side of proposed Greene Street to a point thence

 

3.                                        S 81° 50’53” E 229.62 feet to a point; thence

 

4.                                        S 08° 09’ 07” W 418.85 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 96,422 square feet or 2.21 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 2 Block 10 on map entitled, ‘Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

6



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southeasterly corner of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

a.                                        Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 682.14 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

b.                                       N 08° 09’ 07” E 679.01 feet to the point of beginning and running; then

 

1.                                        N 81° 50’ 53” W 229.62 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                        N 08° 18’ 49” E 278.56 feet along the easterly side of proposed Greene Street a point of curvature; thence

 

3.                                        Along a curve to the left having a radius of 364.00 feet, an arc length of 262.93 feet along the easterly side of proposed Greene Street to a point of tangency; thence

 

4.                                        N 33° 04’23” W 68.35 feet along the easterly side of proposed Greene Street t a point thence

 

5.                                        S 83° 00’ 00” E 145.13 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

6.                                        Southerly along a curve to the right having a radius of 762.00 feet, an arc length of 1.71 feet to a point on curve; thence

 

7.                                        S 71° 15’59” E 259.84 feet to a point on the westerly side of Hudson Street thence

 

8.                                        S 16° 52’32” W 226.79 feet partially along the westerly side of Hudson Street to a point of curvature; thence

 

9.                                        Along a curve to the left having a radius of 200.00 feet, an arc length of 30.45 feet to a point of tangency; thence

 

10.                                  S 08° 09’ 07” W 269.91 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 143,891 square feet or 3.30 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 16 Block 10 on map entitled, ‘Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, LP.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc dated:  March 15, 1999 and revised:  April 29, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

7


 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate near the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the most southwesterly side of the hereinafter described parcel, said point being the following two (2) courses from the point of intersection of the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) with the existing easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

a.                                       Easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 820.22 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to a point on curve; thence

 

b.                                      N 08° 09’07” E 1079.61 feet to the point of beginning and running; thence

 

1.                                       N 08° 09’ 07” E 47.15 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                       S 81° 50’ 53” E 329.98 feet to a point; thence

 

3.                                       S 08° 09’ 07” W 47.15 feet to a point; thence

 

4.                                       S 08° 08’ 41” W 49.50 feet to a point; thence

 

5.                                       N 36° 50’ 53” W 70.00 feet to a point; thence

 

6.                                       N 81° 50’ 53” W 280.49 feet to the point of beginning

 

Containing 16,784 square feet or 0.39 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 18 Block 10 on map entitled, “Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L. P.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

8



 

Deed description of a parcel of land situate along the northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive in the City of Jersey City, Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

Beginning at the point on curve on the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide), said point being easterly along a curve to the left having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 820.22 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide), from its intersection with the easterly side of Washington Street (80’ wide) and running:  thence

 

1.                                       N 08° 09’ 07” E 55.61 feet to a point; thence

 

2.                                       S 81° 50’53” E 329.99 feet to a point thence

 

3.                                       S 08° 09’07” W 56.00 feet to a point; thence

 

4.                                       N 81° 50’ 53” W 274.57 feet along the existing northerly side of Christopher Columbus Drive (80’ wide) to a point of curvature.

 

5.                                       Along a curve to the right having a radius of 3960.00 feet, an arc length of 55.43 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Containing 18,472 square feet or 0.42 acres.

 

Being known as Lot 17 Block 10 on map entitled, `Proposed Subdivision Prepared for Cali Harborside (Fee) Associates, L.P.’, prepared by John Zanetakos Associates, Inc., dated:  March 15, 1999.

 

Subject to all easements, rights of way and agreements of record.

 

9



 

SCHEDULE B

 

FLOOR PLAN

 

B-1



 

SCHEDULE C

 

TENANT’S INITIAL WORK AND ALTERATIONS

 

1.                                       Tenant may make the alterations required for Tenant’s use of the demised premises in accordance with Article 6 and subject to the following:

 

a.                                       Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall prepare and submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s and governmental approval, the following descriptive information, detailed architectural and engineering drawings and specifications (hereinafter the “ Plans ”) for the alterations.  The Plans shall be as complete and finished as required to completely describe the alterations and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

i.                                          Demolition plans (if applicable) depicting all existing conditions to be removed, abandoned or cut patched.

 

ii.                                       Architectural floor plans depicting partition locations and types, door location, size, and hardware types.

 

iii.                                    Structural plans, if required, depicting new structural components and their connections to existing elements.

 

iv.                                   Electrical plans depicting all new and existing electrical wiring, devices, fixtures and equipment.

 

v.                                      Mechanical plans depicting all new plumbing, piping, heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment, and duct work and its connections to existing elements.

 

vi.                                   Life Safety System plans depicting all new or altered alarm system fixtures, devices, detectors and wiring within the demised premises, and their connection to existing systems.

 

vii.                                Coordinated reflected ceiling plan showing ceiling systems and materials and all of the above items and their proximity to one another.

 

viii.                             Finish plans showing locations and types of all interior finishes with a schedule of all proposed materials and manufacturers.

 

The Plans shall provide for all systems and construction components complying with Legal Requirements and insurance bodies having jurisdiction over the Building.

 

C-1



 

b.                                      The Plans are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval which shall be governed by Article 6 of the Lease, provided, however, that Landlord may in any event disapprove the Plans if they are incomplete, inadequate or inconsistent with the terms of this Lease or with the quality and architecture of the Building.  If Landlord disapproves the Plans or any portion thereof, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the revisions which Landlord reasonably requires in order to obtain Landlord’s approval.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, submit the Plans, in such form as may be necessary, with the appropriate governmental agencies for obtaining required permits and certificates.  Any changes required by any governmental agency affecting the Plans shall be complied with by Tenant in completing said alterations at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant shall submit completed Plans to Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s submission of said plans to the local building department.

 

2.                                       In the event Landlord approves the use of contractors other than Landlord’s designated contractors for alterations affecting the life-safety and/or other critical systems of the Building (as required under Article 6 of this Lease), all of such proposed Building system work, including the preparation of the plans and specifications identified herein, shall be approved by Landlord’s engineers, and any cost thereof shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

 

C-2



 

SCHEDULE D

 

HVAC Specifications

 

A.             The Building system will support an air conditioning unit in the demised premises capable of maintaining inside conditions of not more than 75 degrees F and 50% relative humidity when outside conditions are not more than 93 degrees F dry bulb or 78 degrees F wet bulb.  The Building heating system shall maintain no less than a temperature of 70 degrees F when outside conditions are no less than a temperature of 5 degrees F.

 

B.             The design capabilities of the air conditioning unit in the demised premises described above are based upon and limited to the following conditions:

 

1.                                       the occupancy does not exceed one (1) person for each [one hundred forty (140) ]square feet of rentable area.

 

2.                                       the total connected electrical load does not exceed six (6) watts per useable square foot of installed ceiling area for all purposes including lighting and power, but exclusive of the HVAC system serving the demised premises.

 

3.                                       proper use of blinds to control sunload.

 

C.             The Building system shall provide fresh air of 20 cfm/person and is designed to provide a sound level of not greater than N.C. 40+/-2, measured six feet outside the mechanical rooms, and N.C. 35-40 measured at the office areas.

 

D-1



 

SCHEDULE E

 

CLEANING AND JANITORIAL SERVICES

 

A.             Nightly Personnel :

 

1.              All stone, ceramic, tile, marble, terrazzo and other unwaxed flooring (excluding computer room flooring) to be swept nightly using approved dust-down preparations; wash flooring weekly, scrub when necessary.
 
2.              All linoleum, vinyl, rubber, asphalt, tile and other similar types of flooring (that may be waxed) (excluding computer room flooring) to be swept nightly using approved dust-down preparation.  Waxing, if any, shall be done at Tenant’s expense.

 

Mop up and wash floors for spills, smears and foot tracks throughout, including the demised premises, as needed and wash floor in general as required.

 

3.              All carpeting and rugs to be vacuumed nightly.  Cleaning personnel will not move papers or personal items to access an area.
 
4.              Hand dust with treated cloth and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures and custom wooden window enclosures nightly.  Cleaning personnel will not move papers or personal items to access an area.
 
5.              Empty and clean all waste receptacles nightly and remove from the demised premises wastepaper to designated areas.
 
6.              Empty and clean all ash trays and screen all sand urns nightly.
 
7.              Dust interior of all waste disposal cans and baskets nightly; damp-dust as necessary.
 
8.              Wash clean all water fountains and coolers nightly.
 
9.              Dust all floor and other ventilating louvers within reach; damp wipe as necessary.
 
10.            Dust all telephones as necessary.
 
11.            Keep locker and slop sink rooms in a neat and orderly condition at all times.
 
12.            Wipe clean and polish all brass, if necessary, and other bright work nightly.
 
13.            Sweep all private staircases nightly.
 
14.            Metal doors of all elevator cars to be properly maintained.

 

E-1



 

15.            Remove all gum and foreign matter on sight.
 
16.            Clean all glass furniture tops as needed.
 
17.            Collect and remove cardboard and waste material (at Tenant’s expense).
 
18.            Dust and wash closet and coat room shelving, coat racks and flooring.
 
19.            Cleaning services related to kitchen and/or pantries will be at Tenant’s expense.
 
20.            Cleaning of private bathrooms (as distinct from core bathrooms which shall be cleaned by Landlord) will be at Tenant’s expense.
 
21.            Cleaning of all interior glass partitions will be at Tenant’s expense.
 

B.             Periodic Cleaning :

 

1.              Vacuum all furniture fabric and drapes not less than once a month.
 
2.              Wash and remove all finger marks, ink stains, smudges, scuff marks and other marks from metal partitions, sills, and all vertical surfaces (doors, walls, window sills) including elevator doors, as necessary.
 
3.              Dust and clean electric fixtures, all baseboards and other fixtures or fittings as necessary, but not less than once each month.
 

C.             High Dusting .   (To be performed once every three (3) months, unless otherwise specified), and to include, without limitation:

 

1.              Vacuum and dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.  Damp dust as required.
 
2.              Vacuum and dust all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, doors, bucks, ventilating louvers, grilles, high moldings and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.
 
3.              Dust all overhead pipes, sprinklers, ventilating and air conditioning louvers, ducts, high moldings and other high areas not reached in nightly cleaning.
 
4.              Dust all venetian blinds.  Dust all window frames.
 
5.              Dust exterior or lighting fixtures.
 
6.              Wash all furniture glass as needed.
 
7.              Vacuum and dust ceiling tiles around ventilators and clean air conditioning diffusers as required.

 

E-2



 

D.             Exterior Windows

 

1.              At least once per year.

 

E-3


 

SCHEDULE F

 

Form of Estoppel Certificate

 

The undersigned __________________ (“Tenant”), in consideration of One Dollar ($1.00) and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby certifies to  (“Landlord”), [the holder of any mortgage covering the property] (the “Mortgagee”) and [the vendee under any contract of sale with respect to the Property] (the “Purchaser”) as follows:

 
1.              Tenant executed and exchanged with Landlord a certain lease (the “Lease”), dated __ __, 200_, covering the ___________ floor shown hatched on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule A (the “demised premises”) in the building known as Plaza II in the office complex known as the Harborside Financial Center located in Jersey City, New Jersey (the “Property”), for a term to commence (or which commenced) on _________, 200_, and to expire on _____________.
 
2.              The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, changed, altered or amended in any respect.
 
3.              Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the demised premises and is paying the full rental under the Lease.
 
4.              The basic annual rent payable under this Lease is $_________.  The basic annual rent and all additional rent and other charges required to be paid under the Lease have been paid for the period up to and including _________.
 
5.              No rent under the Lease has been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date.
 
6.              All work required under the Lease to be performed by Landlord has been completed to the full satisfaction of Tenant.
 
7.              There are no defaults existing under the Lease on the part of either Landlord or Tenant.
 
8.              There is no existing basis for Tenant to cancel or terminate the lease, except as expressly provided in the Lease.
 
9.              As of the date hereof, there exists no valid defense, offsets, credits, deductions in rent or claims against the enforcement of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease.
 
10.            There are no actions, whether voluntary or otherwise, pending against the Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

F-1



 

11.            There has been no material adverse change in Tenant’s financial condition between the date hereof and the date of the execution and delivery of the Lease.
 
12.            Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has informed Tenant that an assignment of Landlord’s interest in the Lease has been or will be made to the Mortgagee and that no modification, revision, or cancellation of the Lease or amendments thereto shall be effective unless a written consent thereto of the Mortgagee is first obtained, and that until further notice payments under the Lease may continue as heretofore.
 
13.            Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has informed Tenant that Landlord has entered into a contract to sell the Property to Purchaser and that no modification, revision or cancellation of the Lease or amendments thereto shall be effective unless a written consent thereto of the Purchaser has been obtained.
14.            This certification is made to induce Purchaser to consummate a purchase of the Property and to induce Mortgagee to make and maintain a mortgage loan secured by the Property, knowing that said Purchaser and Mortgagee rely upon the truth of this certification in making and/or maintaining such purchase of mortgage, as applicable.
 
15.            Except as modified herein, all other provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed.
 

Date:

 

By:

 

TENANT

 

F-2



 

SCHEDULE G

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.              The rights of tenants in the entrances, corridors, elevators and escalators of the Building are limited to ingress to and egress from the tenants’ premises for the tenants and their employees, licensees and invitees, and no tenant shall use, or permit the use of, the entrances, corridors, escalators or elevators for any other purpose.  No tenant shall invite to the tenant’s premises, or permit the visit of, persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of the plazas, entrances, corridors, escalators, elevators, Common Areas and other facilities of the Property by other tenants.  Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only, and they shall not be used for any other purposes by the tenants, their employees, licensees or invitees.  No tenant shall encumber or obstruct, or permit the encumbrance or obstruction of any of the sidewalks, plazas, entrances, corridors, escalators, elevators, Common Areas, fire exits or stairways of the Property.  If Tenant places any material in the Common Areas it will be immediately removed by Building management at Tenant’s expense.  Landlord reserves the right to control and operate the Common Areas in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally.
 
2.              The cost of repairing any damage to the Common Areas or to any facilities used in common with other tenants, caused by a tenant or the employees, licensees or invitees of the tenant, shall be paid by such tenant.
 
3.              Landlord may refuse admission to the Building outside of ordinary business hours to any person not having a pass issued by the Landlord or not properly identified, and may require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary business hours to register.  Tenant’s employees shall be permitted to enter and leave the Building on a 24 hour, 7 days per week basis, provided they have appropriate personal identification.  Agents and visitors of Tenant shall be permitted to enter and leave the Building whenever appropriate arrangements have been previously made between Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto.  Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he requests such permission and shall be liable to the Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the judgment of Landlord, be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected therefrom.  In case of invasion, riot, public excitement or other commotion Landlord may prevent all access to the Building during the continuance of the same, by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building.  Landlord  may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object to exhibit a pass from the tenant from whose premises the package or object is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirements shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of the tenant.  Landlord shall, in no way, be liable to any tenant for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or ejection of any person to or from the tenant’s premises or the Building under the provisions of this rule.

 

G-1



 

4.              Except as permitted in Section 21.03 of the Lease, no tenant shall obtain or accept or use in its premises ice, drinking water, food, beverage, barbering, boot blacking, floor polishing, lighting maintenance, cleaning or other similar services from any persons not authorized by Landlord in writing to furnish such services, provided always that charges for such services by persons authorized by Landlord are not excessive.  Such services shall be furnished only at such hours, in such places within the tenant’s premises and under such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.
 
5.              No awnings or other projections over or around the windows shall be installed by any tenant and only such window blinds as are supplied or permitted by Landlord shall be used in a tenant’s premises.
 
6.              There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise or mail any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.  All deliveries to tenants, except mail, shall be made to such place designated by Landlord and shall be distributed to tenants only during the hours from 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 noon and 12:30 P.M. to 5:00 P.M., Monday through Friday.
 
7.              All entrance doors in each tenant’s premises shall be left locked when the tenant’s premises are not in use.  Entrance doors shall not be left open at any time.  All windows in each tenant’s premises shall be kept closed at all times and all blinds or drapes therein above the ground floor shall be lowered or closed when and as reasonably required because of the position of the sun, during the operation of the Building air conditioning system to cool or ventilate the tenant’s premises.
 
8.              No noise, including the playing of any musical instruments, radio or television, which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, might disturb other tenants in the Complex shall be made or permitted by any tenant and no cooking shall be done in any tenant’s premises except as expressly approved by Landlord or provided in the Lease.  Tenant may operate coffeemakers and microwave ovens in the demised premises.  Nothing shall be done or permitted in any tenant’s premises, and nothing shall be brought into or kept in any tenant’s premises, which would impair or interfere with any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning or other servicing of the Building or the premises, or the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other premises, nor shall there be installed by any tenant any ventilating air conditioning, electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the judgment of the Landlord, might cause any such impairment or interference.  No dangerous, inflammable, combustible or explosive object or material shall be brought into the Building by any tenant or with the permission of any tenant.
 
9.              No tenant shall permit any cooking or food odors emanating from the tenant’s premises to seep into other portions of the Building.
 
10.            No acids, vapors or other materials shall be discharged or permitted to be discharged into the waste lines, vents or flues of the Building which may damage them.  The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures in or serving any tenant’s premises shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose for which they were designed or constructed and

 

G-2



 
no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other foreign substances shall be deposited therein.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have caused the same.
 
11.            Except as provided in the Lease, no signs, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by any tenant on any part of the outside or inside of the premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.  In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove the same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the tenant or tenants violating this rule.  Interior signs and lettering on doors and elevators shall be inscribed, painted, or affixed for each tenant by Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.  Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which impairs the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord such tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
 
12.            Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, no additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows in any tenant’s premises and no lock on any door therein shall be changed or altered in any respect.  Duplicate keys for a tenant’s premises and toilet rooms shall be procured only from Landlord, which may make a reasonable charge therefor.  Upon the termination of a tenant’s lease, all keys to the tenant’s premises and toilet rooms shall be delivered to Landlord.
 
13.            Except as provided in Article 6 of the Lease, no tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Building or the premises demised to such tenant.  No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct.  No tenant shall install any resilient tile or similar floor covering in the premises demised to such tenant, except in a manner approved by Landlord.
 
14.            No tenant or occupant shall engage or pay any employees in the Building, except those actually working for such tenant or occupant in the Building.  No tenant shall  advertise for laborers giving an address at the Building.
 
15.            No premises shall be used, or permitted to be used, at any time, as a store for the sale or display of goods or merchandise of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, or for the conduct of any business or occupation which involves direct patronage of the general public in the premises demised to such tenant, or for manufacturing or for other similar purposes.
 
16.            The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon Tenant contacting the Communications Room (915-8550) to register its complaint or to request services.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of the Landlord.
 
17.            Each tenant shall, at its expense, provide artificial light in the premises demised to such tenant for Landlord’s agents, contractors and employees while performing janitorial or other cleaning services and making repairs or alterations in said premises.

 

G-3



 

18.            No tenant shall permit its employees to loiter around the hallways, stairways, elevators, front, roof or any other part of the Building used in common by the occupants thereof.
 
19.            Each tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause its premises to be exterminated, from time to time, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, and shall employ such exterminators therefor as shall be approved by Landlord.
 
20.            Any cuspidors or similar containers or receptacles used in any tenant’s premises shall be cared for and cleaned by and at the expense of the tenant, subject to applicable provisions of the Lease.
 
21.            Tenants shall use only the service elevator for deliveries and only at hours prescribed by Landlord.  Bulky materials, as determined by Landlord, may not be delivered during usual business hours but only thereafter.  Tenants shall pay for use of the service elevator at rates prescribed by Landlord, subject to the applicable provisions of the Lease.
 
22.            The toilets, wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed and no sanitary napkins, sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose officers, agents, employees, contractors or invitees, shall have caused it.
 
23.            No tenant shall sweep or throw or permit to be swept or thrown from its premises any dirt or materials or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the Building.  If Landlord has specifically agreed to remove a tenant’s normal office waste, same shall be placed in sealed plastic bags and delivered by tenant to a single location designated by Landlord on tenant’s floor.
 
24.            No animals or other live creatures may be kept in or about the Building.
 
25.            Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes is prohibited in all Common Areas, including all Common Area restrooms.
 
26.            All equipment using gas in any form, including without limitation boilers, heaters, kilns, and cooking ovens, is required to have safety equipment which will close off gas flow if the constant pilot or main flame is extinguished.  Gas leak detectors and alarms are to be used in all rooms and areas where gas exists in any form.  All areas must be vented and air circulation guaranteed.  All such equipment shall be installed only after Landlord’s written approval shall have been granted for same.

 

27.            The speed limit within The Harborside Financial Center is 5 MPH.  Reckless, careless, or dangerous driving is forbidden.  These restrictions will be enforced by Property security and violators may have their right to drive within The Harborside Financial Center revoked.  Violators should immediately be reported to the Building manager.

 

G-4



 

SCHEDULE H

 

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

(Commencement Date Agreement)

 

1.              PARTIES

 

1.1                                 THIS AGREEMENT made the         day of                       , 200   is, by and between M-C Plaza II & III L.L.C. (hereinafter “Landlord”) whose address is c/o Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, 343 Thornall Street, Edison, New Jersey and [                                     ] (hereinafter “Tenant”) whose address is Harborside Financial Center, Plaza III, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311.

 

2.              STATEMENT OF FACTS

 

2.1                                 Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease dated                       (hereinafter “Lease”) setting forth the terms of occupancy by Tenant of [        ] rentable square feet on the [          (     )] floor (hereinafter “Premises”) in the building known as Plaza III (hereinafter “Building”) in the office complex known as Harborside Financial Center, Jersey City, New Jersey; and

 

2.2                                 The Term of the Lease is for                         (     ) years with the Commencement Date of the Term being defined in Article 2 of the Lease as being subject to determination in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

2.3                                 It has been determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 2 of the Lease that                         , 200   is the Commencement Date of the Term of the Lease and that               200     is the Rent Commencement Date under the Lease.

 

3.              AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Premises and the covenants hereinafter set forth, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

3.1                                The Commencement Date of the Term of the Lease is                     , 200   and the Expiration Date thereof is [                       ].

 

3.2                                The Rent Commencement Date under the Lease is                          , 200   .

 

3.3                                This Agreement is executed by the parties hereto for the purpose of providing a record of the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of the Lease.

 

3.4                                Except as amended herein, the Lease covering the Premises shall remain in full force and effect as if the same were set forth in full herein and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all the terms and conditions thereof.

 

H-1



 

3.5                                This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

3.6                                Each party agrees that it will not raise or assert as a defense to any obligation under the Lease or this Agreement or make any claim that the Lease or this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable due to any failure of this document to comply with ministerial requirements including, but not limited to requirements for corporate seals, attestations, witnesses, notarizations, or other similar requirements, and each party hereby waives the right to assert any such defense or make any claim  of invalidity or unenforceability due to any of the foregoing.

 

IN WITNESS THEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands and seals the date and year first above written and acknowledge one to the other they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to sign this Agreement.

 

LANDLORD

TENANT

 

 

 

 

M-C PLAZA II & III L.L.C.

[                                          ]

 

By:

Mack Cali Realty L.P.,

 

member

 

 

By:

Mack-Cali Realty Corporation

 

general partner

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

H-2


 

SCHEDULE I

 

2ND FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE

 

I-1



 

SCHEDULE J

 

6TH FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE

 

J-1



 

SCHEDULE K

 

4TH FLOOR OFFER SPACE

 

K-1



 

SCHEDULE L

 

CORE RESTROOM SPECIFICATIONS

 

L-1



 

SCHEDULE M

 

LOCATION OF DEDICATED ELEVATOR

 

M-1




Exhibit 10.5.2

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN FOR NEW EMPLOYEES

 

The Arch Capital Group Ltd. Long Term Incentive Plan for New Employees is hereby amended in the following respects:

 

1.             A new subsection (d) is added to Section 3 to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(d)  Limitation on Committee’s Authority under Code Section 409A .  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee’s authority to modify outstanding Awards shall be limited to the extent necessary so that the existence of such authority does not (i) cause an Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to become deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) cause an Award that is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to meet the requirements prescribed by Section 409A of the Code.”

 

2.             Subsection (c) of Section 4 is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

 

“Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4(c) that causes any Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to be treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code.”

 

3.             A new subsection (m) is added to Section 7 to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(m)  Section 409A .   It is intended that the Plan and the Awards granted thereunder will comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any regulations and guidance issued thereunder) to the extent the Awards are subject thereto, and the Plan and such Awards shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  The Plan and any Award Agreements issued thereunder may be amended in any respect deemed by the Board or the Committee to be necessary to preserve compliance with Section 409A of the Code.”

 




Exhibit 10.6.3

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.
2002 LONG TERM INCENTIVE AND SHARE AWARD PLAN

 

The Arch Capital Group Ltd. 2002 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan is hereby amended in the following respects:

 

1.             A new subsection (e) is added to Section 3 to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(e)  Limitation on Committee’s Authority under Code Section 409A .  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee’s authority to modify outstanding Awards shall be limited to the extent necessary so that the existence of such authority does not (i) cause an Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to become deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) cause an Award that is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to meet the requirements prescribed by Section 409A of the Code.”

 

2.             Subsection (c) of Section 4 is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

 

“Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4(c) that causes any Award that is not otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code to be treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code.”

 

3.             Subsection (g) of Section 7 is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

 

“Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 7(g) that causes any Director’s Option to be treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code.”

 

4.             A new subsection (m) is added to Section 9 to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(m)  Section 409A .   It is intended that the Plan and the Awards granted thereunder will comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any regulations and guidance issued thereunder) to the extent the Awards are subject thereto, and the Plan and such Awards shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  The Plan and any Award Agreements issued thereunder may be amended in any respect deemed by the Board or the Committee to be necessary to preserve compliance with Section 409A of the Code.”

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD. INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

SECTION 1.          Purpose .

 

Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “ Company ”), hereby establishes this Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) in order to provide the Company’s employees with an opportunity to earn annual bonus compensation as an incentive and reward for their efforts to achieve the financial and strategic objectives of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.          Definitions .

 

2.1                                  After-Tax Profit (Loss) ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.2                                  Aggregate Target Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(a) hereof.

 

2.3                                  Award ” means the amount of bonus compensation to which an Eligible Employee is entitled for each Plan Year as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4 and 5 of the Plan.

 

2.4                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2 .5                                  Cash Flow ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.6                                  CAT Business ” means business classified by the Company as property catastrophe reinsurance.

 

2.7                                  Cause means, with respect to an Eligible Employee, (a) theft or embezzlement by the Eligible Employee with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (b) malfeasance or negligence in the performance of the Eligible Employee’s duties; (c) the commission by the Eligible Employee of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Eligible Employee (other than by reason of disability due to physical or mental illness); (e) failure, neglect or refusal by the Eligible Employee to adequately perform his or her duties and responsibilities as determined by the Company; (f) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Eligible Employee to an extent which materially impairs the Eligible Employee’s performance of his or her duties without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; or (g) the Eligible Employee’s use of illegal drugs without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof.

 

2.8                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including applicable regulations thereunder.

 

2 .9                                  Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee or subcommittee (or the entire Board) as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

 



 

2.10                            Company ” has the meaning specified in Section 1 hereof or any successor.

 

2.11                            Deficits ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(d) hereof.

 

2.12                            Development Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(e) hereof.

 

2.13                            Earned ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(c) hereof.

 

2.14                            Eligible Employee ” means an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including any director who is an employee, who is selected to participate in the Plan by the Committee.

 

2.15                            Employer ” means the Company, Arch Reinsurance Ltd., Arch Reinsurance Company, Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., Arch Insurance Group Inc. and its Subsidiaries, Arch Capital Services Inc., and any other Subsidiary of the Company that becomes an Employer in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof.

 

2.16                            Equity ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.17                            Formula Approach ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

2.18                            Formula Approach Pool ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(a) hereof.

 

2.19                            Hurdle ROE ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(b) hereof.

 

2.20                            Insurance Segment ” means the business segment of the Company consisting of its core insurance Subsidiaries, including Arch Insurance Group Inc. and its Subsidiaries, and any other insurance Subsidiary of the Company that becomes an Employer in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof.

 

2.21                            Investment Income ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.22                            Maximum Carryforward Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(c) hereof.

 

2.23                            Maximum Formula Approach Pool ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.3(c) hereof.

 

2.24                            Operating Expenses ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.25                            Permanent Disability means, with respect to an Eligible Employee, those circumstances where the Eligible Employee is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his or her assigned job for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease.  Any questions as to the existence of a Permanent Disability shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by the Eligible Employee (which

 

2



 

approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Plan.

 

2.26                            Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 1 hereof.

 

2 .27                            Plan Year ” means (i) with respect to the Target Bonus Approach, a calendar year and (ii) with respect to the Formula Approach, an underwriting (or policy) year commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during which an accounting shall be made for all Underwriting Profit (Loss) attributable to Policies having an inception or renewal date during such 12-month period.

 

2.28                            Policies ” means policies, binders, contracts or agreements of insurance or reinsurance.

 

2.29                            Pre-Tax Profit ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.30                            Reinsurance Segment ” means the business segment of the Company consisting of its core reinsurance Subsidiaries, including Arch Reinsurance Ltd. and Arch Reinsurance Company, and any other reinsurance Subsidiary of the Company that becomes an Employer in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof.

 

2.31                            ROE ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

2.32                            Senior Executives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

2.33                            Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

2.34                            Target Bonus Approach ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

2.35                            Target Bonus Approach Pool ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2(a) hereof.

 

2.36                            Target Bonus Opportunity ” means, with respect to each Eligible Employee, a target bonus expressed as a percentage of his or her annual base salary, which is intended as an approximation of the bonus payment that would be paid if aggressive performance goals and other expectations are met by both the Eligible Employee and the business segment or unit he or she is employed by.  The Target Bonus Opportunity for each Eligible Employee shall be periodically established (i) by senior management of the applicable business segment or unit and (ii) by the Committee, in the case of certain Senior Executives designated by the Committee (subject to applicable employment agreements).

 

2.37                            Underwriting Profit (Loss) ” has the meaning specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

3



 

2.38                            Retirement Age ” means the later of an Eligible Employee’s 55 th  birthday or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which such Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan commenced.

 

SECTION 3.          Administration .

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to administer the Plan and to exercise all of the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to (i) establish performance goals for the awarding of Awards for each Plan Year; (ii) determine the Eligible Employees to whom Awards are to be made for each Plan Year; (iii) determine whether performance goals for each Plan Year have been achieved; (iv) authorize payment of Awards under the Plan; (v) adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and make all other determinations and judgments relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable; and (vi) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; provided that neither the Committee nor the Board shall have any discretion to reduce any previously determined Award.  All determinations made by the Committee with respect to the Plan and Awards thereunder shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and all Eligible Employees.

 

SECTION 4.          Determination of Awards .

 

4.1                                  Performance Measures .  The Plan combines two sets of performance measures:  (i) a qualitative judgment about progress and performance each Plan Year based on a number of factors, including the management plan for such Plan Year and non-prescribed measures (the “ Target Bonus Approach ”), as set forth in Section 4.2 hereof; and (ii) a quantitative, formula-based measure (the “ Formula Approach ”), as set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.  The Target Bonus Approach shall apply to certain senior executives (the “ Senior Executives ”) of each of the insurance and reinsurance Subsidiaries of the Company designated by the Committee from time to time.  The Formula Approach shall apply to those Eligible Employees designated by the Senior Executives.  All Eligible Employees of Arch Capital Services Inc. and any non-designated Eligible Employees shall be subject to the Target Bonus Approach.  Awards under the Target Bonus Approach and the Formula Approach shall be determined as set forth in Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, respectively, and shall be payable as set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

4.2                                  Target Bonus Approach .

 

(a)                                   Target Bonus Approach Pool .   Under the Target Bonus Approach, a separate bonus pool shall be established for the Company, the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and Arch Capital Services Inc. for each Plan Year (each, a “ Target Bonus Approach Pool ”).  The Target Bonus Approach Pool for each segment for any given Plan Year shall initially equal the sum of the individual Target Bonus Opportunities for each Eligible Employee included in such segment, which amount shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect the segment’s actual performance as recommended by senior management of the applicable business segment or unit but determined by the

 

4



 

Committee.  Performance shall be judged against the achievement of the strategic and financial objectives contained in the applicable management plan submitted to the Board for the Plan Year, peer group performance and other measures deemed applicable by the Committee.

 

(b)                                  Individual Participation At the individual level, actual performance bonuses for each Eligible Employee shall reflect both individual and segment performance.  An Eligible Employee’s participation in the applicable Target Bonus Approach Pool shall be initially based on his or her Target Bonus Opportunity, which participation shall be adjusted based on his or her performance.  Any such adjustments (other than those for Senior Executives, as determined by the Committee) shall be made in a zero sum manner and not affect the overall size of the Target Bonus Approach Pool.  All performance assessments shall include both objective and subjective elements, and the general performance weighting guidelines between segment and individual performance to be applied to an Eligible Employee’s Target Bonus Opportunity shall be determined by senior management of the applicable business segment or unit.

 

4.3                                  Formula Approach .

 

(a)                                   Formula Approach Pool .   Under the Formula Approach, a separate bonus pool shall be established for the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for each Plan Year and other separate bonus pools may be established by the Committee (each, a “ Formula Approach Pool ”).  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any Underwriting Profit (Loss) generated from business initially underwritten by the Insurance Segment and re-underwritten by the Reinsurance Segment shall be applied solely to the Insurance Segment’s Formula Approach Pool.  The Formula Approach Pool for each of the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and any other segment pools for any given Plan Year shall initially equal the sum of the individual Target Bonus Opportunities for each Eligible Employee included in such segment (each, an “ Aggregate Target Amount ”).  The actual Formula Approach Pool will be a percentage of the Aggregate Target Amount based upon the ROE achieved for such Plan Year.  Schedule II sets forth the size of the Formula Approach Pool based on various levels of ROE, which schedule shall be reviewed and may be adjusted by the Committee for each Plan Year.

 

(b)                                  Hurdle ROE .  With respect to the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and any other segments, no Awards shall be payable for a given Plan Year unless a minimum ROE of 8%, without taking into account any amounts carried forward pursuant to Section 5.3(c) hereof (the “ Hurdle ROE ”), is achieved by such segment for such Plan Year.

 

(c)                                   Maximum Formula Approach Pool; Carryforwards .  For any given Plan Year, the maximum Formula Approach Pool for each of the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and any other segments shall equal 200% of the applicable Aggregate Target Amount (each, a “ Maximum Formula Approach Pool ”).  For any given Plan Year, on and after the third anniversary of the end of such Plan Year, Earned amounts in excess of each Maximum Formula Approach Pool up to an additional 200%

 

5



 

of such applicable Aggregate Target Amount (the “ Maximum Carryforward Amount ”) shall be carried forward and made available, only to Eligible Employees who participated in such Plan Year, in Plan Years subsequent to such Plan Year where the applicable Maximum Formula Approach Pool is not expected to be Earned by the end of the applicable Development Period, provided that the Earned amount which may be carried forward to any subsequent Plan Year shall not exceed 25% of the Earned Maximum Carryforward Amount.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan, for a given Plan Year, amounts payable with respect to each of the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and any other segment shall not exceed 15% of the Pre-Tax Profit for such segment, respectively, for such Plan Year.  For purposes hereof, with respect to a given amount, “Earned” means the inception-to-date actual amount calculated for the applicable item through the end of the period being calculated.

 

(d)                                  Deficits .  After-Tax Losses (and not After-Tax Profit that is below the Hurdle ROE) for a given Plan Year (“ Deficits ”) shall offset available After-Tax Profit in subsequent Plan Years until all Deficits are eliminated.

 

(e)                                   Development Period .  For each Plan Year, the Formula Approach Pool for each of the Insurance Segment, the Reinsurance Segment and any other segment shall be calculated annually for 10 years (a “ Development Period ”).  The first calculation shall be made within two and one half months following the end of the initial 12-month calendar year period included in each Plan Year, and the final calculation shall be made within two and one half months following the end of the tenth year following the commencement of such Plan Year, with losses and loss adjustment expenses (if any) projected to ultimate and discounted to present value basis at such time.

 

(f)                                     CAT Business .   The results of CAT Business shall be calculated over five-year periods based on actual catastrophe experience (terrorism included).  Accordingly, at the end of (i) the fifth Plan Year and (ii) each five-year period thereafter, Underwriting Profit (Loss) and Cash Flow shall be initially determined for CAT Business for such five-year period, and then such Underwriting Profit (Loss) and Cash Flow shall be allocated to each Plan Year included in the five-year period based on net premiums written attributable to CAT Business Policies having an inception or renewal date within such Plan Year.  Following such initial calculation, the results of CAT Business shall be part of the annual recalculations of Underwriting Profit (Loss) and Cash Flow for the remainder of the respective Development Period relating to each Plan Year.

 

(g)                                  Individual Participation .  Individual participation in the applicable Formula Approach Pool shall be initially determined based on the relative Target Bonus Opportunity of each of the designated Eligible Employees and shall be subject to adjustment each Plan Year by senior management of the applicable business segment or unit based on criteria it deems appropriate, provided that any such adjustments shall be made in a zero sum manner and not affect the overall size of the applicable Formula Approach Pool.

 

6



 

(h)                                  Board Review of Formula Approach .  If the Board or the Committee determines that the Formula Approach results in compensation levels that do not appropriately reflect the Company’s underlying performance, then the Board or the Committee may terminate the Formula Approach or make adjustments to it that it deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 5.          Payment of Awards .

 

5.1                                  Form of Award .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.9 below, any Awards payable under this Plan shall be paid in cash.

 

5.2                                  Payout Period .  For each Plan Year, and subject to Section 5.3 hereof, Awards under the Target Bonus Approach shall be paid after the end of the Plan Year and no later than March 15 of the of the year immediately following the Plan Year.  For each Plan Year, and subject to Section 5.3 hereof, Awards under the Formula Approach shall be paid over a four-year period as follows:  40% shall be paid after the end of the Plan Year and no later than March 15 of the of the year immediately following the Plan Year (based on Company performance determined consistent with Section 4.3 above through the end of the Plan Year), and 20% shall be paid no earlier than January 1 and no later than March 15 of each of the years immediately following the end of each of the next three calendar years, in each case based on Company performance determined consistent with Section 4.3 above through the end of the calendar year immediately preceding the year of payment.  If, following such initial four-year period relating to a given Plan Year, any additional amounts are owed to Eligible Employees under the Formula Approach as a result of recalculation of the applicable Formula Approach Pool based on Company performance through the end of a calendar year, then such amounts shall be paid to such Eligible Employees no earlier than January 1 and no later than March 15 of the immediately following calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment schedule for Eligible Employees subject to the Formula Approach who are junior employees may be modified by senior management, but no such modification may result in any amount being paid later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year for which Company performance is used to determine the amount of the payment.

 

5.3                                  Continued Service .  Each Eligible Employee must be employed by the Company at the time of each payment of an Award; provided, however , that, (x) in the event an Eligible Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company after the Award for a Plan Year is determined and communicated to the Eligible Employee but prior to the date all payments under an Award are made (i) due to termination (A) by the Company not for Cause or (B) with respect to an Eligible Employee designated by the Committee, by the Eligible Employee for Good Reason (as defined within such Eligible Employee’s employment agreement, unless otherwise determined by the Committee), or (ii) as a result of death of the Eligible Employee, the Award shall no longer be subject to the condition that the Eligible Employee remain employed through the time of payment and payments under the Award shall be made when such Award payments are regularly made hereunder following such termination of employment (the amount of such payments, if any, shall be as calculated herein and, in the case of Formula Approach Awards, shall be based on the continued performance of the Company as set forth in Section 4.3 hereof); and (y) in the event an Eligible Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company prior to the

 

7



 

date all payments under an Award are made (i) due to termination as a result of Permanent Disability or (ii) due to termination of employment (other than by the Company for Cause) after the attainment of Retirement Age, payments under such Award shall continue to be made when the Award payments are normally made hereunder (the amount of such payments, if any, shall be as calculated herein and, in the case of Formula Approach Awards, be based on the continued performance of the Company as set forth in Section 4.3 hereof), so long as, prior to the applicable payment date, such Eligible Employee does not engage in any activity in competition with any activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than serving on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of another company or as a consultant for no more than 26 weeks per calendar year; provided that if the Eligible Employee does engage in such activity after termination for such reasons, any unpaid portion of the Award shall be forfeited by the Eligible Employee and become the property of the Company.  For purposes hereof, service with any of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be considered to be service with the Company.

 

If the Eligible Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company for any other reason prior to the date that all amounts under an Award are paid, the Award, including applicable carryforwards, shall be forfeited by the Eligible Employee and become the property of the Company.  For purposes hereof, service with any of the Subsidiaries shall be considered to be service with the Company.  In the case of Awards made under the Formula Approach, the Awards shall include applicable carryforwards and Deficits, and terminated employees’ forfeited Awards, including applicable carryforwards, shall be removed from the applicable bonus pool.

 

SECTION 6.          Non-Transferability .

 

No Award or rights under this Plan may be transferred or assigned other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

SECTION 7.          Amendments and Termination .

 

The Board may terminate the Plan at any time and may amend it from time to time, provided, however , that no termination or amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights of an Eligible Employee or a beneficiary to a previously determined Award without the written consent of such Eligible Employee or beneficiary.

 

SECTION 8.          General Provisions .

 

8 .1                                  Subsidiaries .  Any Subsidiary of the Company may, upon approval by the Committee, become an Employer under the terms of the Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, benefits payable under the Plan to an Eligible Employee or his or her beneficiary shall be the obligation of the Employer who actually employs (or, in the case an Eligible Employee who is no longer employed by an Employer, last employed) the Eligible Employee; provided , however , that in the event the Eligible Employee’s employer fails to make a payment of benefits to the Eligible Employee or his or her beneficiary when due under the terms of the Plan, the Company (the parent company of the Employers) shall be obligated to make such benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

8



 

8.2                                  Unfunded Plan .  The Plan shall be an unfunded incentive compensation arrangement.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind.  An Eligible Employee’s right to receive a bonus shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All bonuses shall be paid from the general funds of the Employers, and no segregation of assets shall be made to ensure payment of bonuses.

 

8.3                                  Withholding .  The Company may provide for the withholding from any benefits payable under this Plan all Federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

 

8.4                                  Excess Parachute Payments .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to any Eligible Employee under the Plan (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its affiliates, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under this Plan shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Eligible Employee under the Plan constitutes an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account Federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Eligible Employee would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account Federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Eligible Employee resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.

 

(b)                                  All determinations required to be made under this Section 8.4, including whether a payment would result in an “excess parachute payment” and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Eligible Employee as requested by the Company or the Eligible Employee.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company.  Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 8.4 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Eligible Employee.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Eligible Employee has an employment agreement in effect with the Company or an affiliate providing for a similar excess parachute payment cutback, the cutback calculations and determinations under this Section 8.4 will be coordinated with the cutback calculations and determinations under the employment agreement, resulting in one calculation and one cutback determination.  Any required

 

9



 

 

cutback shall be made first to payments as provided under the employment agreement and then to payments under this Plan.

 

8.5                                  Hold Harmless .  No member of the Board of the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and all officers or employees or the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

8.6                                  Other Benefits; No Right of Employment .  Nothing set forth in this Plan shall prevent the Board or the Committee from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements.  Neither the adoption of the Plan or any Award hereunder shall confer upon an Eligible Employee any right to continued employment.

 

8.7                                  Captions .  The captions preceding the sections and articles hereof have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and in no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provisions of the Plan.

 

8 .8                                  Governing Law .  The Plan shall be interpreted, construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

8.9                                  Section 162(m) .  Payments under this Plan may be deferred by the Committee to the extent that the Committee reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made as scheduled, the United States federal income tax deduction of any Subsidiary that is subject to United States federal income tax would not be permitted for the payment due to the application of Section 162(m) of the Code.  Any payment deferred under this Section 8.9 shall be made, subject to the possible application of the delay provided for in Section 8.10 below, as soon as reasonably practicable following the first date on which the Company anticipates or reasonably should anticipate that, if the payment were made on such date, the Subsidiary’s deduction with respect to such payment would no longer be restricted due to the application of Section 162(m) of the Code.  With respect to any amount deferred under this Section 8.9, the Committee, in its discretion, may credit notional earnings on the amount or substitute for the deferred payment, restricted share units in respect of common shares of the Company having a fair market value equal to the amount of the deferred payment, and common shares subject to the restricted share units shall be distributed at the time payments are to be made in accordance with this Section 8.9.  Any restricted share units shall be granted under the Company’s 2007 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (or any successor plan).  If any scheduled payment to an Eligible Employee in a calendar year is delayed in accordance with this Section 8.9, all scheduled payments to that Eligible Employee that could be delayed in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i) shall also be delayed.  For purposes of any deferral under this Section 8.9, the Company shall treat all payments to similarly situated employees on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

8.10                            Sections 409A and 457A .  It is intended that the Plan will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder) to the extent

 

10



 

it is subject thereto, and the Plan shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  The Plan may be amended in any respect deemed by the Board or the Committee to be necessary in order to preserve compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, if an Eligible Employee is deemed on the date of his or her “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company and its affiliates to be a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(i)), then with regard to any payment that is considered deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service” that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account any applicable exceptions to such requirement), such payment shall be made on the date that is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of the Eligible Employee’s “separation from service,” or (ii) the date of the Eligible Employee’s death (the “Delay Period”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Eligible Employee in a lump sum. The Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Eligible Employee from any obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Sections 409A or 457A of the Code.

 

SECTION 9.          Effective Date of Plan .

 

The Plan became effective as of January 1, 2003, and shall remain in effect until such time as it may be terminated pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

11



 

Schedule I

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used below have the meanings specified in the Plan.

 

ROE ” means, with respect to each of the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, After-Tax Profit (Loss) divided by Equity.  For each Plan Year, ROE shall be recalculated annually during the Development Period relating to such Plan Year.

 

After-Tax Profit (Loss) ” means, with respect to each of the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, the sum of (i) Underwriting Profit (Loss) and (ii) Investment Income, taxed based upon the effective tax rate of the Insurance Segment or Reinsurance Segment, as applicable.

 

Cash Flow ” means, with respect to the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, net operating cash flow for such segment reflecting premiums and fees collected, net of reinsurance, loss and loss adjustment expenses paid, underwriting expenses paid and all other operating expenses, including unallocated loss adjustment expenses, allocation of expenses from the Company and Arch Capital Services Inc., federal excise taxes, applicable income taxes and costs of letters of credit, but excluding bonuses payable to Eligible Employees (“ Operating Expenses ”).  For such purposes, CAT Business shall be reflected in the Formula Approach in the manner described in Section 4.3(f) of the Plan.

 

Equity ” means, with respect to each of the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, the amount of capital allocated to each such segment as recommended by senior management and determined by the Committee.

 

Investment Income ” means, with respect to the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, the sum of investment income, compounded as per the applicable U.S. treasury security, on:

 

(i)                                      Equity, calculated at a rate equal to the average rate earned on the investment portfolios of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the initial 12-month calendar year period included in the Plan Year, net of investment expenses relating to such portfolios; and

 

(ii)                                   Cash Flow, calculated at the following rates:  (A) with respect to all business other than property business, the average risk free rate equal to the yield on a U.S. Treasury security with a duration equal to estimated weighted average duration of the underwriting (or policy) year liabilities, net of estimated investment expenses relating to a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities, and, (B) with respect to property business, the average risk free rate equal to the yield on a U.S. Treasury security with a one year

 



 

duration, net of estimated investment expenses relating to a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities.

 

Pre-Tax Profit ” means, with respect to each of the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, the sum of (i) Underwriting Profit (Loss) and (ii) Investment Income.

 

 “ Underwriting Profit (Loss) ” reflects, with respect to each of the Insurance Segment and the Reinsurance Segment for a given Plan Year, (i) net premiums earned, fee income, losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred and acquisition expenses attributable to Policies having an inception or renewal date within the Plan Year and (ii) all other Operating Expenses incurred during the initial 12-month calendar year period included in the Plan Year.  For such purposes, CAT Business shall be reflected in the Formula Approach in the manner described in Section 4.3(f) of the Plan.

 

I -2




Exhibit 10.10.9

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

Amendment to Restricted Share Unit Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”), dated December 9, 2008, between Arch Capital Group Ltd. (the “ Company ”), a Bermuda company, and Constantine Iordanou (the “ Employee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company granted 17,668 Restricted Share Units (the “Award”) to the Employee under the Company’s 2002 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to a restricted share unit agreement, between the Company and the Employee, dated as of February 20, 2003 (the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee wish to amend the Award in order to bring it into compliance with Section 409A of the Code;

 

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used without definition herein will have the meanings given to them in the Agreement and the Plan;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties have agreed to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                  It is intended that the Restricted Share Units subject to the Award that were vested on December 31, 2004 (8,834 Shares), together with any dividend equivalents credited with respect to such Restricted Share Units under Section 2(f) of the Agreement, will satisfy the grandfather provisions of Section 409A of the Code so that such Restricted Share Units, together with any dividend equivalents credited with respect thereto, will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code.  No amendment to the Award (including, without limitation, this Amendment) will apply to such Restricted Share Units (or any dividend equivalents credited with respect thereto), unless the amendment specifically provides that it applies thereto.
 

2.                                     With the respect to the remaining 8,834 Restricted Share Units provided for in the Award that were not vested on December 31, 2004, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)  The second sentence of Section 4 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Company shall pay any issuance, stamp or documentary taxes (other than transfer taxes) or charges imposed by any governmental body, agency or official (other than income taxes) or by reason of the issuance of Shares.”

 

(b)  New Section 11 is added to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“11.  Section 409A .  It is intended that this Agreement and the Award will comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and guidelines

 



 

promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”), to the extent the Agreement and the Award are subject thereto, and the Agreement and the Award shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Employee is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company to be a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(i)), then with regard to any payment that is considered deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service” that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account any applicable exceptions to such requirement), such payment shall be made on the date that is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of the Employee’s “separation from service,” or (ii) the date of the Employee’s death (the “Delay Period”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 11 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid to the Employee in a lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts upon or following a termination of employment, references to the Employee’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) with the Company shall be construed to refer to the Employee’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company.  No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 11 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Employee from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A.”

 

3.                                     All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment on December 9, 2008.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dawna Ferguson

 

Name: Dawna Ferguson

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Constantine Iordanou

 

Constantine Iordanou

 

3




Exhibit 10.10.13

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.
Restricted Share Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of May 9, 2008, between Arch Capital Group Ltd. (the “Company”), a Bermuda company, and                                (the “Director”).

 

WHEREAS, the following terms reflect the Company’s 2007 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the “Plan”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows.

 

1.             Award of Shares .  Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, the Director is hereby awarded 649 Restricted Shares (the “Award”), subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

 

2.             Terms and Conditions .  It is understood and agreed that the Award of Restricted Shares evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)           Vesting of Award .  Subject to Section 2(b) below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, this Award shall become vested on May 8, 2009.  Unless otherwise provided by the Company, all dividends and other amounts receivable in connection with any adjustments to the Shares under Section 4(c) of the Plan shall be subject to the vesting schedule in this Section 2(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control occurs and the Director ceases to be a director of the Company for any reason, then the Restricted Shares shall become immediately vested in full upon such termination of service.

 

“Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(A)                               any person (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than a Permitted Person, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Voting Securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power or value of all the then outstanding Voting Securities; or

 

(B)                                 the individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) together with those who become directors subsequent to such date and whose recommendation, election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors as of such date or whose recommendation,

 



 

election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board; or

 

(C)                                 the consummation of a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or reorganization of the Company, other than any such transaction which would (x) result in more than 50% of the total voting power and value represented by the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction being beneficially owned by the former shareholders of the Company and (y) not otherwise be deemed a Change in Control under subparagraphs (A) or (B) of this paragraph.

 

“Permitted Persons” means (A) the Company; (B) any Related Party; (C) Warburg Pincus or any of its subsidiaries or any investment funds managed or controlled by Warburg Pincus or any of its subsidiaries; or (D) any group (as defined in Rule 13b-3 under the Exchange Act) comprised of any or all of the foregoing.

 

“Related Party” means (A) a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company; (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company; or (C) any entity, 50% or more of the voting power of which is owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to the transaction.

 

“Voting Security” means any security of the Company which carries the right to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

(b)           Termination of Service; Forfeiture of Unvested Shares .  Except as otherwise set forth in Section 2(a) above, in the event the Director ceases to be a director of the Company prior to the date the Restricted Shares otherwise become vested due to his or her death or Permanent Disability (as defined in the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan), the Restricted Shares shall become immediately vested in full upon such termination of service.  If the Director ceases to be a director of the Company for any other reason prior to the date the Restricted Shares become vested, the Award shall be forfeited by the Director and become the property of the Company.

 

(c)           Certificates .  Each certificate issued in respect of Restricted Shares awarded hereunder shall be deposited with the Company, or its designee, together with, if

 

2



 

requested by the Company, a stock power executed in blank by the Director, and shall bear a legend disclosing the restrictions on transferability imposed on such Restricted Shares by this Agreement (the “Restrictive Legend”).  Upon the vesting of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and the satisfaction of any withholding tax liability pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the certificates evidencing such vested Shares, not bearing the Restrictive Legend, shall be delivered to the Director.

 

(d)           Rights of a Stockholder .  Prior to the time a Restricted Share is fully vested hereunder, the Director shall have no right to transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber such Restricted Shares.  During such period, the Director shall have all other rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and to receive dividends (subject to Section 2(a) hereof) at the time paid on such Restricted Shares.

 

(e)           No Right to Continued Services .  This Award shall not confer upon the Director any right with respect to continuance of services with the Company nor shall this Award interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the Director’s services at any time.

 

3.             Transfer of Shares .  The Shares delivered hereunder, or any interest therein, may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered, or transferred or disposed of in any other manner, in whole or in part, only in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, applicable United States federal and state securities laws or any other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.

 

4.             Expenses of Issuance of Shares .  The issuance of stock certificates hereunder shall be without charge to the Director.  The Company shall pay, and indemnify the Director from and against any issuance, stamp or documentary taxes (other than transfer taxes) or charges imposed by any governmental body, agency or official (other than income taxes) or by reason of the issuance of Shares.

 

5.             Withholding .  No later than the date of vesting of (or the date of an election by the Director under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to) the Award granted hereunder, the Director shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time with respect to such Award and the Company shall, to the extent permitted or required by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Director, federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time.

 

6.             References .  References herein to rights and obligations of the Director shall apply, where appropriate, to the Director’s legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement.

 

7.             Notices .  Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt

 

3



 

requested, duly addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently by similar process give notice of:

 

If to the Company:

 

Arch Capital Group Ltd.

Wessex House

45 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda
Attn.:  Secretary

 

If to the Director:

 

To the last address delivered to the Company by the

Director in the manner set forth herein.

 

8.             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

9.             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and any previous agreement or understanding among the parties with respect thereto is superseded by this Agreement and the Plan.

 

10.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dawna Ferguson

 

Dawna Ferguson

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.13

 

AMENDMENT TO CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

Amendment (“ Amendment ”), dated December 31, 2008, to the Change in Control Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2000 (as assumed by the Company on November 6, 2000, the “ Agreement ”), between Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and Louis T. Petrillo (the “ Executive ”).  Capitalized terms used without definition herein have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties have agreed to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                        Section 6(iv) shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“(iv)  Constructive Termination .  Termination of employment by the Executive due to “Constructive Termination” shall mean the termination by the Executive subsequent to any of the following, without the Executive’s written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company’s opportunity to cure set forth in this Section 6 (iv): (A) the material diminution of the authority, duties or responsibilities of the Executive; provided, however , that Constructive Termination shall not be deemed to occur upon a change in authority, duties or responsibilities that is solely and directly a result of the Company no longer being a publicly traded entity, and does not involve any other event set forth in this definition; (B) a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary; or (C) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services.

 

It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive’s right to terminate employment for Constructive Termination that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Constructive Termination has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Constructive Termination as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days) provided that the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate employment for Constructive Termination, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with this Section 6(iv) to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Constructive Termination.  A termination of employment

 



 

by the Executive shall be due to Constructive Termination if one of the occurrences specified in this subsection (iv) shall have occurred, notwithstanding that the Executive may have other reasons for terminating employment, including employment by another employer which the Executive desires to accept.”

 

2.                                Section 7(iv) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(iv)        The Company shall continue to cover the Executive and his dependents under, or provide the Executive and his dependents with insurance coverage no less favorable than, the Company’s disability, health and dental benefits plans or programs (as in effect on the day immediately preceding the Protection Period or on the date of termination of employment whichever is more favorable to the Executive) for a period equal to the lesser of (x) 18 months following the date of termination or (y) until the Executive is provided by another employer with benefits substantially comparable (with no preexisting condition limitations) to the benefits provided by such plans or programs.  To the extent any such benefits cannot be provided under the benefit plans or programs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Executive will be entitled to be reimbursed, on a monthly basis following termination, in an amount equal to the monthly cost of such benefits obtained by the Executive.  The statutory health care continuation coverage period under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), will commence at the end of such 18-month period.”

 

3.                                The third sentence of Section 9 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Company agrees to pay all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any dispute or contest by or with the Company regarding the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement following his “separation from service” (as defined below) with the Company, plus in each case interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code, unless the Company prevails on all causes of action in the dispute or contest.”

 

4.                                Section 14 shall be hereby added to the Agreement as follows:

 

“SECTION 14. 409A and 457A.  It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the

 

2



 

original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 14 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his “separation from service” or (ii) the date of his death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment, references to the Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) with the Company shall be construed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company.  Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g ., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after termination of employment”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries provided for herein that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the

 

3



 

health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.”

 

5.                                All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  This amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Preston Hutchings

 

Name:

W. Preston Hutchings

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Louis T. Petrillo

 

Louis T. Petrillo

 

5




Exhibit 10.14

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Second amendment (“ Amendment ”), dated as of November 24, 2008, to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2001 (as amended November 16, 2005, the “ Agreement ”), between Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “ Company ”), and Marc Grandisson (the “ Executive ”).  Capitalized terms used without definition herein have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties have agreed to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                        The definition of “Good Reason” set forth in Section 1.01 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“Good Reason” means, without the Executive’s written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company’s opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the material diminution of any material duties or responsibilities of the Executive; or (b) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

2.                                        The last sentence of Section 4.04 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

In addition, the Company will reimburse the Executive, on an after-tax basis, for his reasonable expenses incurred in traveling between Bermuda and Canada during the Employment Period, and such reimbursement shall be made promptly, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year during which the expense was incurred by the Executive.

 

3.                                        Section 5.02 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION 5.02. Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.14, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original term (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as “ Unjustified Terminations ”), the Executive shall be paid solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below or as specifically provided in the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan or successor plan) an amount equal to his annual Base Salary, provided the Executive shall be entitled to such payments only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of the statutory seven (7) day revocation period.  Subject to Section 12.14 below, such

 



 

amounts will be paid in twelve (12) equal installments, the first two (2) of which shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and the next ten (10) of which will be paid in ten (10) equal monthly installments commencing on the date that is three (3) months following the Date of Termination and continuing on each of the next nine (9) monthly anniversaries of the Date of Termination.  In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his “separation from service” with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his “separation from service” with the Company.

 

4.                                        The last sentence of Section 5.04 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Justified Termination is a result of a Permanent Disability or if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company’s plan in effect at the time of such termination for a period equal to the lesser of (i) twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, and (ii) until the Executive is provided by another employer with benefits substantially comparable (with no pre-existing condition limitations) to the benefits provided by such plan.

 

5.                                        Section 5.05 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION  5.05.  Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure .  Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated.  It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive’s right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) 

 

2



 

the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days) provided that the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.

 

6.                                        Section 5.06 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION  5.06.  Date of Termination .  “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination.

 

7.                                        The third sentence included in Section 9.01 shall be hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noncompetition Period shall be twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination if such termination is an Unjustified Termination or due to the Executive giving written notice pursuant to Section 5.01 of his intention not to extend the Employment Period.

 

8.                                        Section 12.14 shall be hereby added at the end of the Agreement as follows:

 

SECTION 12.14. 409A and 457A.  It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.14 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.

 

3



 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his “separation from service” or (ii) the date of his death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9.                                        Section 12.15 shall be hereby added at the end of the Agreement as follows:

 

SECTION 12.15.  Excess Parachute Payments .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments, awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its affiliates, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the

 

4



 

payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement constitutes an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.

 

(b)                                  All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.15, including whether a payment would result in an “excess parachute payment” and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company.  Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.15 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

10.                                  All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  This amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Constantine Iordanou

 

Name:

Constantine Iordanou

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marc Grandisson

 

Marc Grandisson

 

6




Exhibit 10.16

 

AMENDMENT TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) dated December 31, 2008 between Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “Company”), and Constantine Iordanou (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are parties to an Employment Agreement dated November 28, 2007 (the “Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             The definition of “Good Reason” in Section 1.01 is amended by adding the following at the end of the paragraph:

 

“A termination of employment by the Executive following an event or series of events described in clause (ii) of the second sentence of this paragraph as a result of which an Acquiror other than a Permitted Person becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Company (a “Change in Control”) shall be considered a termination of employment for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement only if such termination occurs within three months after the Change in Control (or follows a diminution of duties or responsibilities or a material breach described in the first sentence of this paragraph, as determined without regard to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this paragraph).”

 

2.             Section 4.03(d) is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

 

“and such cost shall be paid not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the annual tax return is prepared.”

 

3.             Clause (ii) of the penultimate sentence of Section 5.02 is amended to read as follows:

 

“(ii) an amount per annum equal to 40% of the annual Base Salary during the period beginning on the date of the Executive’s Permanent Disability up to the month in which the Executive reaches age 65, offset by any proceeds scheduled to be received by the Executive or his legal representative from any disability insurance coverages provided by the Company or any of its affiliates, such amount to be paid to the Executive in equal monthly installments beginning one month after such termination of employment, provided, however , that all installments otherwise

 



 

scheduled to be made after the first anniversary of such termination shall instead be made on such first anniversary.”

 

4.             The penultimate sentence of Section 5.03 is amended to read as follows:

 

“Subject to Section 13.10 below, such amount will be paid in eighteen (18) equal installments, the first nine (9) of which will be paid monthly over nine (9) months commencing one month after the Date of Termination and continuing monthly thereafter through the ninth month following the month that includes the Date of Termination and the last nine (9) of which will be paid in a lump sum on the nine-month anniversary of the Date of Termination.  (For example:  If the Date of Termination is June 30, 2009, and the aggregate of the amounts described in the preceding sentence is $3,600,000, $200,000 (one-eighteenth of $3,600,000) shall be paid, subject to Section 13.10 below, in each of the months of July through February, 2010, and $2,000,000 shall be paid on March 30, 2010.)”

 

5.             Clause (a) of the second sentence of Section 9.01 is amended to read as follows:

 

“pay the Executive an amount equal to two times the sum of the Base Salary and the target annual bonus set forth in Section 4.02, as prorated for the period selected by the Company if a period of less than eighteen months is identified in the above-referenced election, with such amount to be paid, subject to Section 13.10 below, in eighteen (18) equal installments, the first twelve (12) of which will be paid monthly over twelve (12) months commencing one month after the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company and continuing monthly thereafter through the month that includes the first anniversary of the separation from service and the last six (6) of which will be paid on the first anniversary of the separation from service),”

 

6.             The second sentence of Section 11.04 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“In addition, the Company agrees to pay all legal fees which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any dispute or contest by or with the Company regarding the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement following his “separation from service” (as defined below) with the Company, unless the Company substantially prevails on all material causes of action in the dispute or contest.”

 

7.             Section 13.10 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(a)  It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and Section 457A of the Code, to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the

 

2



 

Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 13.10 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company to be a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(i)), then with regard to any payment or benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service” that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account any applicable exceptions to such requirement), such payment or benefit shall be made or provided on the date that is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service,” or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “Delay Period”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 13.10 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

(c)  With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g ., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after termination of employment”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.  Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.”

 

3



 

8.             Except as set forth herein, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

9.             All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment and the Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

10.           This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the date first above written.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Preston Hutchings

 

Printed Name:

W. Preston Hutchings

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Constantine Iordanou

 

Constantine Iordanou

 

5




Exhibit 10.19

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) dated as of December 2, 2008 between Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “Company”), and Paul B. Ingrey (the “ Executive ”).

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Base Salary has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

 

Cause means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (b) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties; (c) the commission by the Executive of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive’s performance of his duties without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (f) the Executive’s use of illegal drugs without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; or (g)  the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information ” means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with their business.  It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court or administrative order, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Company.

 

Date of Termination has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.

 

Employment Period has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 



 

Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Notice of Termination has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.

 

Noncompetition Period has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Permanent Disability means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job or as otherwise assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease.  Any questions as to the existence of a Permanent Disability shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by the Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Reimbursable Expenses has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.

 

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (a) if a corporation, fifty (50) percent or more of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or combination thereof; or (b) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, fifty (50) percent or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes of this definition, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a fifty (50) percent or more ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons are allocated fifty (50) percent or more of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or control the managing director or member or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2

 

EMPLOYMENT

 

SECTION 2.01.  Employment.  The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in Section 5.01.  The period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in Section 5.01 is referred to herein as the “Employment Period.”

 

ARTICLE 3

 

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

SECTION 3.01.  Position and Duties.  The Executive shall serve as Chairman of the Company and senior advisor to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company.  As part of such engagement, the Executive shall not be required to be involved in any aspect of the operation or day-to-day management of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS

 

SECTION 4.01.  Base Salary.  During the Employment Period, the Executive’s base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) will be paid at the rate of (a) $750,000 per annum from the date hereof through October 23, 2004 and (b) $250,000 per annum from October 24, 2004 through the remainder of the Employment Period.  The Base Salary will be payable monthly on the 15 th  day of each month, two weeks in arrears and two weeks in advance.  The Executive acknowledges that, as an officer of the Company, he will not be entitled to any additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.02.  Benefits.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents.

 

SECTION 4.03.  Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him (including first class airfare) in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, (“ Reimbursable

 

3



 

Expenses ”), subject to the Company’ requirements with respect t o reporting and documentation of expenses.  In addition, upon the Executive’s reasonable request, any private aircraft owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time (if any) shall be made available to him during the Employment Period at the Company’s expense for travel between Bermuda and the Executive’s private residence .

 

ARTICLE 5

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

SECTION 5.01.  Term .  The Employment Period shall continue for an indefinite period until terminated (a) by either party by providing at least six months’ prior written notice to the other party, provided that such notice may not be given prior to October 24, 2007, such notice to be effective six months thereafter, (b) upon the Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, or (c) by the Company for Cause.

 

SECTION 5.01.  Notice of Termination .  Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated.

 

SECTION 5.02.  Date of Termination.  Date of Termination shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (c) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

SECTION 6.01.  Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information.  The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive’s performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement.  Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate

 

4



 

steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

SECTION 7.01.  Ownership of Intellectual Property .  In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Company as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company.  Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed “a work made for hire” under Section 201(b) of the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Company will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein.  The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Company to protect the Company’s interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive’s employment hereunder).

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DELIVERY OF MATERLALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

SECTION 8.01.  Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment.  As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property) irrespective of the location or form of such material and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 9

 

NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION

 

SECTION 9.01.  Noncompetition.  The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he will become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Company, their Subsidiaries and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company.  In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time during the Employment Period, and for a period ending two (2) years after the Date of Termination (the “ Noncompetition Period ”), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company or its Subsidiaries as such businesses exist or are in process or being planned as of the Date of Termination, within any geographical area in which the Company or its Subsidiaries engage or plan to engage in such businesses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noncompetition Period shall end twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination if such termination is by the Company without Cause or due to the Executive giving written notice pursuant to Section 5.01 of his intention not to extend the Employment Period.  It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive (i) to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation, or (ii) to serve as a nonemployee director of Fairfax Financial Holdings or its subsidiary Odyssey Reinsurance.

 

SECTION 9.02.  Nonsolicitation.  The Executive hereby agrees that (a) during the Employment Period and for a period of two (2) years after the Date of Termination (the “Nonsolicitation Period”) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries at any time during such Nonsolicitation Period or within the six-month period prior thereto and (b) during the Nonsolicitation Period, the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 9.03.  Enforcement .  If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court holds that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable

 

6



 

under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Section 9 to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

EQUITABLE RELIEF

 

SECTION 10.01.  Equitable Relief.  The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive’s services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Company contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Company for which they would have no adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Company may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Company shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS

 

SECTION 11.01.  Executive Representations.  The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01.  Remedies.  The Company will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Company have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contact and all of the rights which the Company have under any law.  The Company will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement

 

7



 

and to exercise all other rights granted by law.  There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.

 

SECTION 12.02.  Consent to Amendments.  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive.  No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.

 

SECTION 12.03.  Successors and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company.

 

SECTION 12.04.  Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.05.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 12.06.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.07.  Notices.  All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, two (2) business days after the date when sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid) or four (4) business days after the date when mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.

 

If to the Executive:

 

To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.

 

8



 

If to the Company:

 

Arch Capital Group Ltd.

 

 

45 Reid Street

 

 

Hamilton HM 12

 

 

Bermuda

 

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

SECTION 12.08.   Withholding.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

SECTION 12.09.  No Third Party Beneficiary.  This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 12.10.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof, including the Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2001, among the Executive, the Company and Arch Reinsurance Ltd.  This Agreement shall serve as a written statement of employment for purposes of Section 6 of the Bermuda Employment Act 2000.

 

SECTION 12.11.  Construction.  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.  Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  The use of the word “ including ” in this Agreement means “including without limitation” and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.

 

SECTION 12.12.  Survival.  Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.

 

SECTION 12.13.  GOVERNING LAW.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF BERMUDA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

 

9



 

SECTION 12.14. 409A and 457A.  It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.14 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability, or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his “separation from service” or (ii) the date of his death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ARCH CAPITAL GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Constantine Iordanou

 

Name:

Constantine Iordanou

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul B. Ingrey

 

Paul B. Ingrey

 

11




Exhibit 10.21

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), dated as of August 1, 2006, between Arch Insurance Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Mark D. Lyons (the “ Executive ”).

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

 

Cause ” means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Executive with respect to the Companies or their Subsidiaries; (b) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties; (c) the commission by the Executive of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Executive (other than by reason of disability due to physical or mental illness) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (e) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Executive to an extent which materially impairs the Executive’s performance of his duties without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (f) the Executive’s use of illegal drugs without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; or (g) the material breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement.

 

Companies ” means the Company and Parent.

 

Confidential Information ” means information that is not generally known to the public and that was or is used, developed or obtained by the Companies or their Subsidiaries in connection with their business. It shall not include information (a) required to be disclosed by court or administrative order, (b) lawfully obtainable from other sources or which is in the public domain through no fault of the Executive; or (c) the disclosure of which is consented to in writing by the Companies.

 

Date of Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.

 

Employment Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s written consent, (a) the material diminution of any material duties or responsibilities of the Executive without the same being

 



 

corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (b) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary; or (c) the Company giving written notice pursuant to Section 5.01 of its intention not to extend the Employment Period.

 

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Notice of Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05.

 

Noncompetition Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

 

Parent ” means Arch Capital Group Ltd., a Bermuda company.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, an estate, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Permanent Disability ” means those circumstances where the Executive is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his assigned job or as otherwise assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease. Any questions as to the existence of a Permanent Disability shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by the Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.

 

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (a) if a corporation, fifty (50) percent or more of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or combination thereof; or (b) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, fifty (50) percent or more of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes of this definition, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a fifty (50) percent or more ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons are allocated fifty (50) percent or more of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or control the managing director or member or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2

 

EMPLOYMENT

 

SECTION 2.01. Employment . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in Section 5.01 (the “ Employment Period ”).

 

ARTICLE 3

 

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

SECTION 3.01. Position and Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have such responsibilities, powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such position at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of the business of the Company.  During the Employment Period the Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial or professional nature to any other person or for-profit organization not related to the business of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, whether for compensation or otherwise, without prior written consent of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

BASE SALARY AND BENEFITS

 

SECTION 4.01. Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive’s base salary will be $500,000 per annum (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be payable bi-monthly on the 15th and last working day of each month in arrears. Annually during the Employment Period the Board of Directors of the Company shall review with the Executive his job performance and compensation, and if deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its discretion, the Executive’s Base Salary may be increased.

 

SECTION 4.02. Bonuses . In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan on terms set forth from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided , however , that the Executive’s target annual bonus will be 100% of his Base Salary.

 

SECTION 4.03. Benefits . In addition to the Base Salary, and any bonuses payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period:

 

3



 

(a)           such major medical, life insurance and disability insurance coverage as is, or may during the Employment Period, be provided generally for other senior executive officers of the Company as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents;

 

(b)           a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually during the term of the Employment Period; and

 

(c)           benefits under any plan or arrangement available generally for the senior executive officers of the Company, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions and overall administration of such plans as set forth from time to time in the applicable plan documents.

 

In addition, during the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable housing costs in the New York Metropolitan area, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documenting expenses.

 

SECTION 4.04. Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses (“ Reimbursable Expenses ”), subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of expenses.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

SECTION 5.01. Term . The Employment Period will terminate on July 31, 2009; provided that (a) the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, (b) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Company for any reason prior to such date, and (c) the Employment Period may be terminated by the Executive at any time prior to such date, if such termination shall be for Good Reason. In addition, this Agreement will be automatically extended on the same terms and conditions for successive one year periods following the original term until either the Company or the Executive, at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the original term or any extended term, shall give written notice of their intention not to renew the Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.02. Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.03, if the Employment Period shall be terminated prior to the expiration of the original term (or the extension of the Employment Period pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (collectively, an “ Unjustified Termination ”) (it being understood that a termination (a) for Cause, (b) as a result of the Executive’s resignation or leaving his employment other than for Good Reason, or (c) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive shall not constitute an Unjustified Termination), the Executive shall be paid solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) the amount of his Base Salary, provided the Executive shall be entitled to such payments only if the Executive has not breached

 

4



 

and does not breach the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into and not revoked a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Such amounts will be payable in equal monthly installments for a period of twelve (12) months commencing on the first month following the Date of Termination. In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination.

 

SECTION 5.03. Justified Termination . If the Employment Period shall be terminated prior to the expiration of the original term (or the extension of the Employment Period pursuant to Section 5.01) (a) for Cause, (b) as a result of the Executive’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, (c) as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Executive, or (d) as a result of the Executive’s provision of written notice not to extend the Employment Period under Section 5.01 (collectively, a “ Justified Termination ”), the Executive shall be entitled to receive solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below) his Base Salary through the Date of Termination and reimbursement of all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Justified Termination.

 

SECTION 5.04. Benefits . Except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law, all of the Executive’s rights to fringe and other benefits under this Agreement or otherwise, if any, accruing after the termination of the Employment Period as a result of a Justified Termination will cease upon such Justified Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Justified Termination is a result of a Permanent Disability or if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company’s plan in effect at the time of such termination for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination.  To the extent permitted by the then applicable plan document, the Executive’s 18-month COBRA eligibility period will commence after such 12-month period.

 

SECTION 5.05. Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated.

 

SECTION 5.06. Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (c) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination (but in no event earlier than the date of the Notice of Termination).

 

5



 

ARTICLE 6

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

SECTION 6.01. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information . The Executive will not disclose or use at any time during or after the Employment Period any Confidential Information of which the Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by the Executive’s performance of duties assigned to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement. Under all circumstances and at all times, the Executive will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

SECTION 7.01. Ownership of Intellectual Property . In the event that the Executive as part of his activities on behalf of the Companies generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method of process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the business of the Companies as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”), the Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the sole and exclusive property of the Companies and hereby assigns all right title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Companies. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Executive during the Employment Period will be deemed “a work made for hire” under Section 201(b) of the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and the Companies will own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. The Executive will promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property and will cooperate with the Companies to protect the Companies’ interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Companies, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive’s employment hereunder).

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DELIVERY OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

SECTION 8.01. Delivery of Materials upon Termination of Employment . As requested by the Company, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Companies all copies and embodiments, in whatever form or medium, of all Confidential Information or Intellectual Property in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information or

 

6



 

Intellectual Property) irrespective of the location or form of such material and, if requested by the Company, will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Companies.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION

 

SECTION 9.01. Noncompetition . The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company, he will become familiar with trade secrets and other Confidential Information concerning the Companies, their Subsidiaries and their respective predecessors, and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Companies. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that at any time during the Employment Period, and for a period ending two (2) years after the Date of Termination (if such termination is for Cause or as a result of the Executive’s resignation or leaving employment not for Good Reason) (the “ Noncompetition Period ”), he will not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for or in any manner engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as such businesses exist or are in process or being planned as of the Date of Termination, within any geographical area in which the Companies or their Subsidiaries engage or plan to engage in such businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noncompetition Period shall be twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination if such termination is by the Company without Cause, by the Executive for Good Reason or due to the Executive giving written notice pursuant to Section 5.01 of his intention not to extend the Employment Period; provided however, that in such circumstances, the Noncompetition Period may be extended up to a period of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination by the Company if it elects in writing to pay the Executive his Base Salary for the additional six (6) month period, such amount to be payable in monthly installments over the additional six (6) month period. It shall not be considered a violation of this Section 9.01 for the Executive to be a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as the Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

 

SECTION 9.02. Nonsolicitation . The Executive hereby agrees that (a) during the Employment Period and for a period of two (2) years after the Date of Termination (the “ Nonsolicitation Period” ) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Companies or their Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Companies or their Subsidiaries and any employee thereof or otherwise employ or receive the services of any individual who was an employee of the Companies or their Subsidiaries at any time during such Nonsolicitation Period or within the six-month period prior thereto and (b) during the Nonsolicitation Period, the Executive will not induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, client, insured, reinsured, reinsurer, broker, licensee or other business relation of the Companies or their Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 9.03. Enforcement . If, at the enforcement of Sections 9.01 or 9.02, a court

 

7



 

holds that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances will be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court will be permitted to revise the restrictions contained in this Section 9 to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

EQUITABLE RELIEF

 

SECTION 10.01. Equitable Relief . The Executive acknowledges that (a) the covenants contained herein are reasonable, (b) the Executive’s services are unique, and (c) a breach or threatened breach by him of any of his covenants and agreements with the Companies contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 could cause irreparable harm to the Companies for which they would have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, and in addition to any remedies which the Companies may have at law, in the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements contained in Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02, the Companies shall have the absolute right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for such injunctive or other equitable relief as such court may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIONS

 

SECTION 11.01. Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01. Remedies . The Companies will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all rights and remedies which the Companies have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contact and all of the rights which the Companies have under any law. The Companies will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, without posting a bond or other security, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. There are currently no disciplinary or grievance procedures in place, there is no collective agreement in place, and there is no probationary period.

 

8



 

SECTION 12.02. Consent to Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Executive. No other course of dealing between the parties to this Agreement or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.

 

SECTION 12.03. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not, provided that the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company.

 

SECTION 12.04. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all of which counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 12.06. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.07. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, two (2) business days after the date when sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid) or four (4) business days after the date when mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Executive and to the Company at the addresses set forth below.

 

If to the Executive:

 

To the last address delivered to the Company by the Executive in the manner set forth herein.

 

 

 

If to the Company:

 

Arch Insurance Group Inc.

 

 

1 Liberty Plaza, 53 rd  Floor

 

 

New York, New York 10006

 

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

SECTION 12.08. Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be

 

9



 

withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

SECTION 12.09. 409A.   It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the Date of Termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provisions of any benefit that is required to be delayed pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A), or (ii) the date of his death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the foregoing applies to the provision of any ongoing welfare benefits to the Executive that would not be required to be delayed if the premiums therefor were paid by the Executive, the Executive shall pay the full costs of premiums for such welfare benefits during the Delay Period and the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the amount of such premiums paid by the Executive during the Delay Period promptly after its conclusion.  In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.10. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Companies, the Executive and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 12.11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 12.12. Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law will be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The use of the word “ including ” in this Agreement means including without limitation and is intended by the parties to be by way of example rather than limitation.

 

10



 

SECTION 12.13. Survival . Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01 and Articles 9, 10 and 12 will survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.

 

SECTION 12.14. GOVERNING LAW . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ARCH INSURANCE GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ralph E. Jones III

 

Printed Name:

Ralph E. Jones III

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark D. Lyons

 

Mark D. Lyons

 

12


 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Amendment (“ Amendment ”), dated as of November 24, 2008, to the Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), between Arch Insurance Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Mark D. Lyons (the “ Executive ”).  Capitalized terms used without definition herein have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties have agreed to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                        The definition of “Good Reason” set forth in Section 1.01 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“Good Reason” means, without the Executive’s written consent and subject to the timely notice requirement and the Company’s opportunity to cure set forth in Section 5.05 below, (a) the material diminution of any material duties or responsibilities of the Executive; or (b) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

2.                                        The last sentence of Section 4.03 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

In addition, during the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable housing costs in the New York Metropolitan area, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documenting expenses, and such reimbursement shall be made promptly, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year during which the expense was incurred by the Executive.

 

 

3.                                        Section 5.02 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION 5.02. Unjustified Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.09, if the Employment Period shall be terminated (i) at the end of the Employment Period due to the Company giving written notice of non-extension pursuant to Section 5.01 above, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the original term (or the Employment Period as extended pursuant to Section 5.01) by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company not for Cause (such terminations under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.02 are collectively referred to as “ Unjustified Terminations ”), the Executive shall be paid solely (except as provided in Section 5.04 below or as specifically provided in the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan or successor plan) an amount equal to his Base Salary, provided the Executive shall be entitled to such payments only if the Executive has not breached and does not breach the provisions of Sections 6.01, 7.01, 8.01, 9.01 or 9.02 and the Executive has entered into a general release of claims reasonably satisfactory to the Company on or before the date that is fifty (50) days following the Date of Termination and does not revoke such release prior to the end of the statutory

 



 

seven (7) day revocation period.  Subject to Section 12.09 below, such amounts will be paid in twelve (12) equal installments, the first two (2) of which shall be paid on the date that is two (2) months following the Date of Termination and the next ten (10) of which will be paid in ten (10) equal monthly installments commencing on the date that is three (3) months following the Date of Termination and continuing on each of the next nine (9) monthly anniversaries of the Date of Termination.  In addition, promptly following an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall also be reimbursed for all Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Executive prior to such Unjustified Termination.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in order for the Executive to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason, such termination of employment must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the date the Executive gives written notice in accordance with Section 5.05 below to the Company of the occurrence of the event or condition that constitutes Good Reason.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 5.02 and the last sentence of Section 5.04, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, the Employment Period will be deemed to have ended on the date of his “separation from service” with the Company, and the Date of Termination will be deemed to be the date of his “separation from service” with the Company.

 

4.                                        The penultimate sentence of Section 5.04 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Justified Termination is a result of a Permanent Disability or if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of an Unjustified Termination, the Executive shall continue to receive his major medical insurance coverage benefits from the Company’s plan in effect at the time of such termination for a period equal to the lesser of (i) twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, and (ii) until the Executive is provided by another employer with benefits substantially comparable (with no pre-existing condition limitations) to the benefits provided by such plan.

 

5.                                        Section 5.05 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION 5.05.  Notice of Termination and Opportunity to Cure .  Any termina tion by the Company for Permanent Disability or Cause or without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the date the termination is to take effect (consistent with the terms of this Agreement), the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, for a termination for Permanent Disability or for Cause or for a resignation for Good Reason, shall set forth in reasonable

 

2



 

detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision indicated.  It shall be a condition precedent to the Executive’s right to terminate employment for Good Reason that (i) the Executive shall first have given the Company written notice that an event or condition constituting Good Reason has occurred within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, and any failure to give such written notice within such period will result in a waiver by the Executive of his right to terminate for Good Reason as a result of such event or condition, and (ii) a period of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such written notice shall have elapsed without the Company having effectively cured or remedied such occurrence during such 30-day period, unless such occurrence cannot be cured or remedied within thirty (30) days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days) provided that the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.

 

6.                                        Section 5.06 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION  5.06.  Date of Termination .  “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (a) if the Employment Period is terminated as a result of a Permanent Disability, five (5) days after a Notice of Termination is given, (b) if the Employment Period is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination consistent with the terms hereof, (c) if the Employment Period terminates due to expiration of the term of this Agreement, the date the term expires, and (d) if the Employment Period is terminated for any other reason (including for Cause), the date designated by the Company in the Notice of Termination.

 

7.                                        The third sentence included in Section 9.01 shall be hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noncompetition Period shall be twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination if such termination is an Unjustified Termination or due to the Executive giving written notice pursuant to Section 5.01 of his intention not to extend the Employment Period.

 

8.                                        Section 12.09 shall be hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

SECTION 12.09. 409A and 457A.  It is intended that this Agreement will comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder), to the extent the Agreement is subject thereto, and the Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  If an amendment of the Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.  No action or failure to act, pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall subject the Company to any claim, liability,

 

3



 

or expense, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Executive is deemed on the date of his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)), the portion, if any, of such payment so required to be delayed shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of his “separation from service” or (ii) the date of his death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever payments under this Agreement are to be made in installments, each such installment shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code In no case will compliance with this Section by the Company constitute a breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit arrangements of the Company and its subsidiaries that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9.                                        Section 12.15 shall be hereby added at the end of the Agreement as follows:

 

SECTION 12.15.  Excess Parachute Payments .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration of any payment or the accelerated vesting of any payment or other benefit), together with any payments,

 

4



 

awards or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Company or one of its affiliates, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the payments under Section 5.02 of this Agreement shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement constitutes an “excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account federal, state, local or other income, employment and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction.

 

(b)           All determinations required to be made under this Section 12.15, including whether a payment would result in an “excess parachute payment” and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an accounting firm designated by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive as requested by the Company or the Executive.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and shall be paid by the Company.  Absent manifest error, all determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 12.15 shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

10.                                  All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  This amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ARCH INSURANCE GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin J. Nilsen

 

Name:

Martin J. Nilsen

 

Title:

Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark D. Lyons

 

Mark D. Lyons

 

6




Exhibit 10.24

 

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

Adoption Agreement

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity.  An Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states.  An Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation.  Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice or opinions in connection with this document.  This document does not constitute legal or tax advice or opinions and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.  This document must be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to adoption.

 

Plan Number: 44023

ECM NQ 2007 AA

(07/2007)

12/3/2008 

 

Ó 2007 Fidelity Management & Research Company

 



 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

 

1.01         PLAN INFORMATION

 

(a)                                   Name of Plan:

 

This is the Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”).

 

(b)                                  Plan Status ( Check one.) :

 

(1)                                   Adoption Agreement effective date:  11/15/2008 .

 

(2)                                   The Adoption Agreement effective date is (Check (A) or check and complete (B)) :

 

(A)                               o             A new Plan effective date.

 

(B)                                 x            An amendment and restatement of the Plan.

 

(c)           Name of Administrator, if not the Employer:

 

Arch Capital Services Inc.

 

1.02        EMPLOYER

 

(a)           Employer Name:   Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

(b)                                  The term “Employer” includes the following Related Employer(s)

(as defined in Section 2.01(a)(25)) participating in the Plan:

 

 

Arch Insurance Group Inc.

 

Arch Reinsurance Ltd.

 

Arch Capital Group Ltd.

 

Arch Reinsurance Company

 

Arch Capital Services Inc.

 

Arch Re Facultative Underwriters Inc.

 

1



 

1.03        COVERAGE

 

(Check (a) and/or (b).)

 

(a)                                   x   The following Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan (Check (1) or (2)) :

 

(1)   x       Only those Employees designated in writing by the Employer, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

(2)   ¨       Only those Employees in the eligible class described below:

 

                                

       

 

(b)                                  ¨   The following Directors are eligible to participate in the Plan (Check (1) or (2)) :

 

(1)   ¨     Only those Directors designated in writing by the Employer, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

(2)   ¨     All Directors, effective as of the later of the date in 1.01(b) or the date the Director becomes a Director.

 

(Note:  A designation in Section 1.03(a)(1) or Section 1.03(b)(1) or a description in Section 1.03(a)(2) must include the effective date of such participation.)

 

1.04         COMPENSATION

 

(If Section 1.03(a) is selected, select (a) or (b). If Section 1.03(b) is selected, complete (c))

 

For purposes of determining all contributions under the Plan:

 

(a)                                   ¨ Compensation shall be as defined, with respect to Employees, in the                                                        Plan maintained by the Employer:

 

(1)                       ¨   to the extent it is in excess of the limit imposed under Code section 401(a)(17).

 

(2)                       ¨   notwithstanding the limit imposed under Code section 401(a)(17).

 

2



 

(b)                                  x Compensation shall be as defined in Section 2.01(a)(9) with respect to Employees (Check (1), and/or (2) below, if, and as, appropriate) :

 

(1)

x

but excluding the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation earned up to the limits imposed by Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) as indexed; compensation arising out of the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units or any other form of equity based compensation; tax gross up amounts.

 

 

 

(2)

¨

but excluding bonuses, except those bonuses listed in the table in Section 1.05(a)(2).

 

 

 

(c)                                   ¨ Compensation shall be as defined in Section 2.01(a)(9)(c) with respect to Directors, but  excluding the following:

 

1.05         CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF EMPLOYEES

 

(a)                                   Deferral Contributions (Complete all that apply):

 

(1)

x

Deferral Contributions. Subject to any minimum or maximum deferral amount provided below, the Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year).

 

 

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Compensation

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Non-Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

3



 

(2)           x          Deferral Contributions with respect to Bonus Compensation only. The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions with respect to one or more Bonuses, subject to minimum and maximum deferral limitations, as provided in the table below.

 

 

 

Treated As

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Bonus

 

Performance
Based

 

Non-
Performance
Based

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Bonus, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.  In the event a bonus identified as a Performance-based Bonus above does not constitute a Performance-based Bonus with respect to any Participant, such Bonus will be treated as a Non-Performance-based Bonus with respect to such Participant.)

 

(b)                      Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable):

 

(1)                             x        The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Employee Participant in an amount described below:

 

(A)  ¨       % of the Employee Participant’s Deferral Contributions for the calendar year.

 

(B)  ¨  The amount, if any, declared by the Employer in writing, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

 

(C)  x  Other:

With respect to the Non-Bonus Compensation Deferral Contributions, pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(1) above for the calendar year:  100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 3% of Non-Bonus Compensation.

 

(2)                             ¨         Matching Contribution Offset. For each Employee Participant who has made elective contributions (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.401(k)-6 (“QP Deferrals”)) of the maximum permitted under Code section 402(g), or the maximum permitted under the terms of the                                                        Plan (the “QP”),  to the QP, the Employer shall make a Matching  Contribution in an amount equal to (A) minus (B) below:

 

4



 

(A)             The matching contributions (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.401(m)-1(a)(2) (“QP Match”)) that the Employee Participant would have received under the QP on the sum of the Deferral Contributions and the Participant’s QP Deferrals, determined as though—

 

·                   no limits otherwise imposed by the tax law applied to such QP match; and

·                   the Employee Participant’s Deferral Contributions had been made to the QP.

 

(B)               The QP Match actually made to such Employee Participant under the QP for the applicable calendar year.

 

Provided, however, that the Matching Contributions made on behalf of any Employee Participant pursuant to this Section 1.05(b)(2) shall be limited as provided in Section 4.02 hereof.

 

(3)          x      Matching Contribution Limits (Check the appropriate box (es)) :

 

(A)  x      Deferral Contributions in excess of 6 % of the Employee Participant’s Compensation for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

 

(B)  ¨       Matching Contributions for each Employee Participant for each calendar year shall be limited to $           .

 

(c)                                   Employer Contributions

 

(1)  x       Fixed Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Employee Participant in an amount determined as described below:

 

The Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of each Employee Participant in an amount equal to 10% (ten percent) of the Employee Participant’s Compensation for the calendar year, excluding bonuses and commissions.

 

(2)  x     Discretionary Employer Contributions. The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Employee Participants in any amount (which   amount may be zero), as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time   to time in a writing, which is hereby incorporated herein.

 

5



 

1.06        CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF DIRECTORS

 

(a)           ¨   Director Deferral Contributions

 

The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Director Participant who has an executed deferral agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year), which deferral agreement shall be subject to any minimum and/or maximum deferral amounts provided in the table below.

 

 

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Compensation

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

(b)     Matching and Employer Contributions:

 

(1)  ¨        Matching Contributions. The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Director Participant in an amount determined as described below:

                                          

                                           

 

(2)  ¨                 Fixed Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Director Participant in an amount determined as described below:

                                           

                                            

 

(3)  ¨                       Discretionary Employer Contributions. The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Director Participants in any amount (which amount may be zero), as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, in a writing, which is hereby incorporated herein.

 

6



 

1.07         DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The form and timing of distributions from the Participant’s vested Account shall be made consistent with the elections in this Section 1.07.

 

(a) (1)      Distribution options to be provided to Participants

 

 

 

(A)  Specified
Date

 

(B)  Specified
Age

 

(C)  Separation
From Service

 

(D)  Earlier of
Separation or
Age

 

(E)  Earlier of
Separation or
Specified Date

 

(F)  Disability

 

(G)
Change
in
Control

 

(H)  Death

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferral Contribution

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

x Lump Sum x Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨
Lump
Sum

 

x Lump Sum ¨ Installments

Matching Contributions

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

x Lump Sum x Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨
Lump
Sum

 

x Lump Sum ¨ Installments

Employer Contributions

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

x Lump Sum x Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨ Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

¨
Lump
Sum

 

x Lump Sum ¨ Installments

 

(Note:  If the Employer elects (F), (G), or (H)  above, the Employer must also elect (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) above, and the Participant must also elect (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) above.  In the event the Employer elects only a single payment trigger and/or payment method above, then such single payment trigger and/or payment method shall automatically apply to the Participant.  If the employer elects to provide for payment upon a specified date or age, and the employer applies a vesting schedule to amounts that may be subject to such payment trigger(s), the employer must apply a minimum deferral period, the number of years of which must be greater than the number of years required for 100% vesting in any such amounts.  If the employer elects to provide for payment upon disability and/or death, and the employer applies a vesting schedule to amounts that may be subject to such payment trigger, the employer must also elect to apply 100% vesting in any such amounts upon disability and/or death.)

 

(2)                  ¨         A Participant incurs a Disability when the Participant (Check at least one if Section 1.07(a)(1)(F) or if Section 1.08(e)(3) is elected) :

 

(A)

 

¨

 

is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

 

¨

 

is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement

 

7



 

 

 

 

 

benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

 

¨

 

is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or the Railroad Retirement Board.

 

 

 

 

 

(D)

 

¨

 

is determined to be disabled pursuant to the following disability insurance program:         the definition of disability under which complies with the requirements in regulations under Code section 409A.

 

(Note:  If more than one box above is checked, then the Participant will have a Disability if he satisfies at least one of the descriptions corresponding to one of such checked boxes.)

 

(3)                        x        Regardless of any payment trigger and, as applicable, payment method, to which the Participant would otherwise be subject pursuant to (1) above, the first to occur of the following Plan-level payment triggers will cause payment to the Participant commencing pursuant to Section 1.07(c)(1) below in a lump sum, provided such Plan-level payment trigger occurs prior to the payment trigger to which the Participant would otherwise be subject.

 

Payment Trigger

 

 

(A)

¨

 

Separation from Service prior to:

 

 

 

 

                              

 

(B)

¨

 

Separation from Service

 

(C)

x

 

Death

 

(D)

¨

 

Change in Control

 

(b)         Distribution Election Change

 

A  Participant

 

 

(1)  ¨

shall

 

(2)  x

shall not

 

be permitted to modify a scheduled distribution election in accordance with Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

8



 

(c)                             Commencement of Distributions

 

(1)                                   Each lump sum distribution and the first distribution in a series of installment payments (if applicable) shall commence as elected in (A), (B) or (C) below:

 

(A)  x              Monthly on the 8 th  day of the month which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

(B)  ¨                  Quarterly on the            day of the following months                         ,                             ,                               , or                         (list one month in each calendar quarter) which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

(C)  ¨                  Annually on the            day of                          (month) which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

 

(Note:  Notwithstanding the above: a six-month delay shall be imposed with respect to certain distributions to Specified Employees; a Participant who chooses payment on a Specified Date will choose a month, year or quarter (as applicable) only, and payment will be made on the applicable date elected in (A), (B) or (C) above that falls within such month, year or quarter elected by the Participant.)

 

(2)                                         The commencement of distributions pursuant to the events elected in Section 1.07(a)(1) and Section 1.07(a)(3) shall be modified by application of the following:

 

(A)  ¨                Separation from Service Event Delay – Separation from Service will be treated as not having occurred for       months after the date of such event.

 

(B)  ¨                  Plan Level Delay      all distribution events (other than those based on Specified Date or Specified Age) will be treated as not having occurred for            days (insert number of days but not more than 30).

 

(d)         Installment Frequency and Duration

 

If installments are available under the Plan pursuant to Section 1.07(a), a Participant shall be permitted to elect that the installments will be paid (Complete 1 and 2 below):

 

(1)             at the following intervals:

 

(A)  x     Monthly commencing on the day elected in Section 1.07(c)(1).

(B)  x      Quarterly commencing on the day elected in Section1.07(c)(1) (with payments made at three-month intervals thereafter).

(C)  x     Annually commencing on the day elected in Section 1.07(c)(1).

 

9


 

(2)        over the following term(s)  (Complete either (A) or (B)) :

 

(A)  x                                                  Any term of whole years between 2 (minimum of 1) and 10 (maximum of 30).

 

(B)  ¨                                                      Any of the whole year terms selected below.

 

 

¨ 1

 

¨ 2

 

¨ 3

 

¨ 4

 

¨ 5

 

¨ 6

 

¨ 7

 

¨ 8

 

¨ 9

 

¨ 10

 

¨ 11

 

¨ 12

 

¨ 13

 

¨ 14

 

¨ 15

 

¨ 16

 

¨ 17

 

¨ 18

 

¨ 19

 

¨ 20

 

¨ 21

 

¨ 22

 

¨ 23

 

¨ 24

 

¨ 25

 

¨ 26

 

¨ 27

 

¨ 28

 

¨ 29

 

¨ 30

 

(Note:  Only elect a term of one year if Section 1.07(d)(1)(A) and/or Section 1.07(d)(1)(B) is elected above.)

 

(e)

Conversion to Lump Sum

 

 

 

 

¨

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary , if the Participant’s vested Account at the time such Account becomes payable to him hereunder does not exceed $ distribution of the Participant’s vested Account shall automatically be made in the form of a single lump sum at the time prescribed in Section 1.07(c)(1).

 

 

 

 

(f)

Distribution Rules Applicable to Pre-effective Date Accruals

 

 

 

x

 

Benefits accrued under the Plan (subject to Code section 409A) prior to the date in Section 1.01(b)(1) above are subject to distribution rules not described in Section 1.07(a) through (e), and such rules are described in Attachment A Re: PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES.

 

10



 

1.08       VESTING SCHEDULE

 

(a)                                   (1)            The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b)shall be based upon the following schedule and unless Section 1.08(a)(2) is checked below will be based on the elapsed time method as described in Section 7.03(b).

 

Years of Service

 

Vesting %

 

0

 

100

 

 

(2)           o   Vesting shall be based on the class year method as described in Section 7.03(c).

 

(b)                                  (1)            The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the following schedule and unless Section 1.08(b)(2) is checked below will be based on the elapsed time  method as described in Section 7.03(b).

 

Years of Service

 

Vesting %

 

0

 

100

 

 

(2)           o   Vesting shall be based on the class year method as described in Section 7.03(c).

 

(c)           ¨   Years of Service shall exclude (Check one.) :

 

(1)  ¨                 for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(b)(2)(A).

 

(2)  ¨      for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior to the original  Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(b)(2)(B).

 

(Note:  Do not elect to apply this Section 1.08(c) if vesting is based only on the class year method.)

 

 

(d)

¨

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions (regardless of whether vested) upon the occurrence of the following event(s):

 

 

                              

 

 

                                 

 

(Note: Contributions with respect to Directors, which are 100% vested at all times, are subject to the rule in this subsection (d).)

 

11



 

(e)                                   A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (Check the appropriate box(es)) :

 

 

(1)  ¨

 

Retirement eligibility is the date the Participant attains age 0 and completes 0 Years of Service, as defined in Section 7.03(b).

 

 

 

 

 

(2)  ¨

 

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)  ¨

 

The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(a)(2).(Note: Participants will automatically vest upon Change in Control if Section 1.07(a)(1)(G) is elected.)

 

(f)                                     ¨     Years of Service in Section 1.08 (a)(1) and Section 1.08 (b)(1) shall include service with the following employers:

                                     

                                    

 

1.09       INVESTMENT DECISIONS

 

A Participant’s Account shall be treated as invested in the Permissible Investments as directed by the Participant unless otherwise provided below:

                               

                                

 

1.10       ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

The Employer may elect Option below and complete the Superseding Provisions Addendum to describe overriding provisions that are not otherwise reflected in this Adoption Agreement.

 

x           The Employer has completed the Superseding Provisions Addendum to reflect the provisions of the Plan that supersede provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document.

 

12



 

EXECUTION PAGE

(Fidelity’s Copy)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 4 th  day of December, 2008.

 

 

 

Employer

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Fred S. Eichler

 

 

 

 

Title

SVP & CFO

 

13



 

EXECUTION PAGE

(Employer’s Copy)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 4 th  day of December, 2008.

 

 

 

Employer

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Fred S. Eichler

 

 

 

 

Title

SVP & CFO

 

14



 

 AMENDMENT EXECUTION PAGE

(Fidelity’s Copy)

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

 

 

Employer:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

(Note: These execution pages are to be completed in the event the Employer modifies any prior election(s) or makes a new election(s) in this Adoption Agreement.  Attach the amended page(s) of the Adoption Agreement to these execution pages.)

 

The following section(s) of the Plan are hereby amended effective as of the date(s) set forth below:

 

Section Amended

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date below.

 

 

 

Employer:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

15



 

 AMENDMENT EXECUTION PAGE

(Employer’s Copy)

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

 

 

Employer:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

(Note: These execution pages are to be completed in the event the Employer modifies any prior election(s) or makes a new election(s) in this Adoption Agreement. Attach the amended page(s) of the Adoption Agreement to these execution pages.)

 

Section Amended

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date below.

 

 

 

Employer:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

16



 

 ATTACHMENT A

 

Re:   409A GRANDFATHER AND PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

1.  Grandfathered Plan Benefits .  It is intended that benefits that were accrued and vested under the Plan on December 31, 2004 will satisfy the grandfather provisions of Section 409A of the Code so that such benefits (together with earnings thereon, determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) (collectively, “Pre Effective Date Accruals”) will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code.  No amendment to this Plan made after October 3, 2004 will apply to such Pre Effective Date Accruals unless the amendment specifically provides that it applies thereto; provided, however , that amendments changing notional investment measures for benefits under the Plan shall apply to Pre Effective Date Accruals so long as such amendments do not constitute a material modification for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and do not cause such Pre Effective Date Accruals to lose their grandfathered status under Section 409A of the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pre Effective Date Accruals will be distributed in accordance with the distribution rules in effect under the Plan on October 3, 2004.

 

2.  Grandfathered Benefits Under Arch Deferred Compensation Plan .  It is intended that benefits that were accrued and vested on December 31, 2004 under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Arch Plan”), which has been merged with and into the Plan, will satisfy the grandfather provisions of Section 409A of the Code so that such benefits (together with earnings thereon, determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) (collectively, “Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals”) will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code.  No amendment to this Plan or the Arch Plan made after October 3, 2004 will apply to such Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals unless the amendment specifically provides that it applies thereto; provided, however , that amendments changing notional investment measures for benefits under the Arch Plan shall apply to Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals so long as such amendments do not constitute a material modification for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and do not cause such Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals to lose their grandfathered status under Section 409A of the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals will be distributed in accordance with the distribution rules in effect under the Arch Plan on October 3, 2004.

 

17


 

ATTACHMENT B

 

Re:  SUPERSEDING PROVISIONS
for

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

(a)   Superseding Provision(s) — The following provisions supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document as described below:

 

1.  Section 1.01(b) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(b)                                  Plan Status ( Check one.) :

 

(1)                                   Adoption Agreement effective date:  11/15/2008 .

 

(2)                                   The Adoption Agreement effective date is (Check (A) or check and complete (B)) :

 

(A)    ¨     A new Plan effective date.

 

(B)    x     An amendment and restatement of the Plan.

 

(3)                                   Attachment A sets forth special effective date and grandfather rules under the Plan for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.  Section 1.05(a)(2) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(2)           x           Deferral Contributions with respect to Bonus Compensation* only. The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions with respect to one or more Bonuses, subject to minimum and maximum deferral limitations, as provided in the table below.

 


*Determined without excluding compensation earned up to the limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17).

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Bonus

 

Treated As

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Performance
Based

 

Non-
Performance
Based

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Bonus, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.  In the event a bonus

 

18



 

identified as a Performance-based Bonus above does not constitute a Performance-based Bonus with respect to any Participant, such Bonus will be treated as a Non-Performance-based Bonus with respect to such Participant.)

 

3.  Section 1.05(b)(3) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(3)                             x                 Matching Contribution Limits (Check the appropriate box (es)) :

 

(A)  x                Deferral Contributions in excess of 6 % of the Employee Participant’s Non-Bonus Compensation for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.  Bonus contributions for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

 

(B)  ¨                    Matching Contributions for each Employee Participant for each calendar year shall be limited to $               .

 

4.  Section 1.07(f) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(f)                         Distribution Rules Applicable to Pre-effective Date Accruals

 

x         Benefits accrued and vested under the Plan on December 31, 2004, together with earnings thereon determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, are subject to distribution rules not described in Section 1.07(a) through (e), and such rules are described in Attachment A Re: 409A GRANDFATHER AND PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES.

 

5  New Section 7.09 of the Basic Plan Document is hereby added immediately following Section 7.08 to read as follows:

 

7.09 Obligor .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, benefits payable under the Plan to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall be the obligation of the Employer who actually employs (or, in the case a Participant who is no longer employed by an Employer, last employed) the Participant; provided, however, that in the event the Participant’s employer fails to make a payment of benefits to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary when due under the terms of the Plan, Arch Capital Group, Ltd. (the parent company of the Employers) shall be obligated to make such benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan.”

 

(b)         Superseding Provisions Applicable Only to Class A Participants —The following provisions supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document as described below but only as applied to Class A Participants:

 

19



 

1.  For purposes of this Plan, “Class A Participants” shall be those Employees designated in writing by the Employer as Class A Participants, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

 

2.   Section 1.05(a)(1) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following solely in the case of Class A Participants:

 

(1)           x                              Deferral Contributions*.  Subject to any minimum or maximum deferral amount provided below, the Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year).

 


*Determined without excluding compensation earned up to the limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17).

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Compensation

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Non-Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

50

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

3.  Section 1.05(b) shall be replaced in its entirety solely in the case of Class A Participants by not checking any boxes therein.  Accordingly, no matching contributions shall be made in respect of Class A Participants.

 

4.  Section 1.05(c)(1) shall be replaced in its entirety solely in the case of Class A Participants by not checking the box therein.  Accordingly, fixed Employer Contributions shall not be made in respect of Class A Participants.

 

(c)          Plan Merger .  Effective as of December 15, 2008, the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby merged with and into this Plan and, after such time, all benefits accrued under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan shall be governed by and payable in accordance with the terms of this Plan, subject to the applicable grandfather provisions set forth in Attachment A to this Plan; provided, however , that, subject to the transition election provisions set forth in (d) below, benefits under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan that were accrued at the time of its merger with and into this Plan, as well as any additional benefits for participants under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan from deferrals of compensation for calendar year 2008 (including any bonus for calendar year 2008 and prior years paid during calendar year 2009) that are made pursuant to a deferral election previously made under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be paid in the form of the applicable distribution elections in effect under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan at the time of the merger.

 

20



 

(d)         Transition Distribution Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant may elect, with respect to benefits under the Plan (other than (A) amounts deferred for calendar year 2009 and later years, which are covered in the second paragraph of this paragraph (d), and (B) “Pre-Effective Date Accruals” or “Arch Plan Pre-Effective Date Accruals” (as such terms are defined in Attachment A to this Plan)), including benefits merged into the Plan from the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan that do not constitute “Arch Plan Pre-Effective Date Accruals”, to change their distribution elections with respect to such portion of their account (including any notional earnings credited to such benefits under the Plan), provided that (i) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution to occur in calendar year 2008 that would not otherwise have occurred in calendar year 2008; (ii) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution scheduled to occur in calendar year 2008 to occur in a later year; (iii) such election shall not be made after December 19, 2008 and it shall be irrevocable; (iv) any such new distribution election must be in the form of (X) a single lump sum in cash or (Y) a systematic cash withdrawal plan in annual, monthly, or quarterly installments over a period of years not to exceed ten years, in either case beginning either (I) upon separation from service of the Participant with the Company (II) upon the earlier of a date specified by the Participant in his or her election or separation from service of the Participant with the Company, or (III) in the case of a Participant whose separation from service has occurred before December 1, 2008, upon a date specified by the Participant in his or her election; and (v) any such new distribution election shall be made in the manner set forth in the Plan;

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant may elect, with respect to benefits under the Plan attributable to amounts deferred for calendar year 2009 and later years (which distribution election shall apply to the distribution of bonus amounts that, absent a deferral under the Plan, would have been paid in calendar years after 2009) to change their distribution elections with respect to such portion of their account (including any notional earnings credited to such benefits under the Plan), provided that (i) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution to occur in calendar year 2008 that would not otherwise have occurred in calendar year 2008; (ii) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution scheduled to occur in calendar year 2008 to occur in a later year; (iii) such election shall not be made after December 19, 2008 and it shall be irrevocable; (iv) any such new distribution election must be for a form of distribution permitted by the Plan; and (v) any such new distribution election shall be made in the manner set forth in the Plan.

 

It is intended that this paragraph (d) be operated in accordance with Q&A A-19(c) of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, Section XI(C) of the preamble to Proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 409A dated October 4, 2005 (Application of Section 409A to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans), and Section 3.02 of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-86.

 

(e)          Transition Deferral Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant who has participated in the “formula approach” portion of Arch’s Incentive Compensation Plan and, as a result, has bonuses that are determined based on performance, over a multiyear development period, of policies, binders or contracts of insurance or reinsurance having an inception or renewal date during a particular calendar year (a “Policy Year”), may make an election to defer a percentage of such Participant’s bonuses that are otherwise paid after calendar year 2009 and are attributable to Policy Years prior to calendar year 2009 (including carryforwards from such Policy Years), provided that the election must be made on or prior to December 19, 2008 and (except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.01(c) of the Plan) it shall be irrevocable.  Failure of such a Participant to make a deferral election under this

 

21



 

paragraph (e) shall result in such bonus amounts not being deferred under the Plan.  However, for the avoidance of doubt, such Participant’s bonus deferral elections made prior to June 30, 2008 for bonus payable in 2009 shall apply to bonus amounts otherwise payable in 2009, without regard to which Policy Years they are attributable.

 

(f)            Formula Approach Bonus Deferral Elections .  For the avoidance of doubt, each Participant who participates in the “formula approach” portion of Arch’s Incentive Compensation Plan and, as a result, has bonuses that are determined based on performance, over a multiyear development period, of policies, binders or contracts of insurance or reinsurance having an inception or renewal date during a particular calendar year (a “Policy Year”) may make an election prior to the beginning of the Policy Year to defer a percentage of such Participant’s bonus that is attributable to the Policy Year, whether it is paid in the year immediately following the Policy Year or at any later time based on further performance during the applicable development period.  Such a deferral election shall, except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.01(c) of the Plan, be irrevocable and shall apply to all bonus payments for the applicable Policy Year, including any carryforwards from the Policy Year.  Failure of a Participant to make a deferral election in accordance with this paragraph (f) for bonus paid for a Policy Year shall result in no deferral under the Plan for bonus from such Policy Year.

 

22



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

Re:   409A GRANDFATHER AND PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

1.  Grandfathered Plan Benefits .  It is intended that benefits that were accrued and vested under the Plan on December 31, 2004 will satisfy the grandfather provisions of Section 409A of the Code so that such benefits (together with earnings thereon, determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) (collectively, “Pre Effective Date Accruals”) will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code.  No amendment to this Plan made after October 3, 2004 will apply to such Pre Effective Date Accruals unless the amendment specifically provides that it applies thereto; provided, however , that amendments changing notional investment measures for benefits under the Plan shall apply to Pre Effective Date Accruals so long as such amendments do not constitute a material modification for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and do not cause such Pre Effective Date Accruals to lose their grandfathered status under Section 409A of the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pre Effective Date Accruals will be distributed in accordance with the distribution rules in effect under the Plan on October 3, 2004.

 

2.  Grandfathered Benefits Under Arch Deferred Compensation Plan .  It is intended that benefits that were accrued and vested on December 31, 2004 under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Arch Plan”), which has been merged with and into the Plan, will satisfy the grandfather provisions of Section 409A of the Code so that such benefits (together with earnings thereon, determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) (collectively, “Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals”) will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code.  No amendment to this Plan or the Arch Plan made after October 3, 2004 will apply to such Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals unless the amendment specifically provides that it applies thereto; provided, however , that amendments changing notional investment measures for benefits under the Arch Plan shall apply to Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals so long as such amendments do not constitute a material modification for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and do not cause such Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals to lose their grandfathered status under Section 409A of the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Arch Plan Pre Effective Date Accruals will be distributed in accordance with the distribution rules in effect under the Arch Plan on October 3, 2004.

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

Re:  SUPERSEDING PROVISIONS
for

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

(a)          Superseding Provision(s) — The following provisions supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document as described below:

 

1.  Section 1.01(b) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(b)                                  Plan Status ( Check one.) :

 

(1)                                   Adoption Agreement effective date:  11/15/2008 .

 

(2)                                   The Adoption Agreement effective date is (Check (A) or check and complete (B)) :

 

(A)    ¨    A new Plan effective date.

 

(B)   x    An amendment and restatement of the Plan.

 

(3)                                   Attachment A sets forth special effective date and grandfather rules under the Plan for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.  Section 1.05(a)(2) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(2)    x          Deferral Contributions with respect to Bonus Compensation* only. The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions with respect to one or more Bonuses, subject to minimum and maximum deferral limitations, as provided in the table below.

 


*Determined without excluding compensation earned up to the limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17).

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Bonus

 

Treated As

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Performance
Based

 

Non-
Performance
Based

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Bonus, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.  In the event a bonus identified as a Performance-based Bonus above does not constitute a Performance-based Bonus with respect to any Participant, such Bonus will be treated as a Non-Performance-based Bonus with respect to such Participant.)

 

1



 

3.  Section 1.05(b)(3) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(3)                             x                 Matching Contribution Limits (Check the appropriate box (es)) :

 

(A)  x                Deferral Contributions in excess of 6 % of the Employee Participant’s Non-Bonus Compensation for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.  Bonus contributions for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

 

(B)  ¨                    Matching Contributions for each Employee Participant for each calendar year shall be limited to $               .

 

4.  Section 1.07(f) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

(f)                         Distribution Rules Applicable to Pre-effective Date Accruals

 

x         Benefits accrued and vested under the Plan on December 31, 2004, together with earnings thereon determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, are subject to distribution rules not described in Section 1.07(a) through (e), and such rules are described in Attachment A Re: 409A GRANDFATHER AND PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES.

 

5  New Section 7.09 of the Basic Plan Document is hereby added immediately following Section 7.08 to read as follows:

 

7.09 Obligor .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, benefits payable under the Plan to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall be the obligation of the Employer who actually employs (or, in the case a Participant who is no longer employed by an Employer, last employed) the Participant; provided, however, that in the event the Participant’s employer fails to make a payment of benefits to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary when due under the terms of the Plan, Arch Capital Group, Ltd. (the parent company of the Employers) shall be obligated to make such benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan.”

 

(b)         Superseding Provisions Applicable Only to Class A Participants —The following provisions supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document as described below but only as applied to Class A Participants:

 

1.  For purposes of this Plan, “Class A Participants” shall be those Employees designated in writing by the Employer as Class A Participants, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

 

2



 

2.   Section 1.05(a)(1) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following solely in the case of Class A Participants:

 

(1)           x                              Deferral Contributions*.  Subject to any minimum or maximum deferral amount provided below, the Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year).

 


*Determined without excluding compensation earned up to the limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17).

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Compensation

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

 

Non-Bonus Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

50

 

 

(Note:  With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

3.  Section 1.05(b) shall be replaced in its entirety solely in the case of Class A Participants by not checking any boxes therein.  Accordingly, no matching contributions shall be made in respect of Class A Participants.

 

4.  Section 1.05(c)(1) shall be replaced in its entirety solely in the case of Class A Participants by not checking the box therein.  Accordingly, fixed Employer Contributions shall not be made in respect of Class A Participants.

 

(c)          Plan Merger .  Effective as of December 15, 2008, the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby merged with and into this Plan and, after such time, all benefits accrued under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan shall be governed by and payable in accordance with the terms of this Plan, subject to the applicable grandfather provisions set forth in Attachment A to this Plan; provided, however , that, subject to the transition election provisions set forth in (d) below, benefits under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan that were accrued at the time of its merger with and into this Plan, as well as any additional benefits for participants under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan from deferrals of compensation for calendar year 2008 (including any bonus for calendar year 2008 and prior years paid during calendar year 2009) that are made pursuant to a deferral election previously made under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be paid in the form of the applicable distribution elections in effect under the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan at the time of the merger.

 

(d)         Transition Distribution Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant may elect, with respect to benefits under the Plan (other than (A) amounts deferred for calendar year 2009 and later years, which are covered in the second paragraph of this paragraph (d), and (B) “Pre-Effective Date Accruals” or “Arch Plan Pre-Effective Date Accruals” (as such terms are defined in Attachment A to this Plan)), including benefits merged

 

3



 

into the Plan from the Arch Deferred Compensation Plan that do not constitute “Arch Plan Pre-Effective Date Accruals”, to change their distribution elections with respect to such portion of their account (including any notional earnings credited to such benefits under the Plan), provided that (i) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution to occur in calendar year 2008 that would not otherwise have occurred in calendar year 2008; (ii) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution scheduled to occur in calendar year 2008 to occur in a later year; (iii) such election shall not be made after December 19, 2008 and it shall be irrevocable; (iv) any such new distribution election must be in the form of (X) a single lump sum in cash or (Y) a systematic cash withdrawal plan in annual, monthly, or quarterly installments over a period of years not to exceed ten years, in either case beginning either (I) upon separation from service of the Participant with the Company (II) upon the earlier of a date specified by the Participant in his or her election or separation from service of the Participant with the Company, or (III) in the case of a Participant whose separation from service has occurred before December 1, 2008, upon a date specified by the Participant in his or her election; and (v) any such new distribution election shall be made in the manner set forth in the Plan;

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant may elect, with respect to benefits under the Plan attributable to amounts deferred for calendar year 2009 and later years (which distribution election shall apply to the distribution of bonus amounts that, absent a deferral under the Plan, would have been paid in calendar years after 2009) to change their distribution elections with respect to such portion of their account (including any notional earnings credited to such benefits under the Plan), provided that (i) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution to occur in calendar year 2008 that would not otherwise have occurred in calendar year 2008; (ii) no such election may be made in calendar year 2008 to cause a distribution scheduled to occur in calendar year 2008 to occur in a later year; (iii) such election shall not be made after December 19, 2008 and it shall be irrevocable; (iv) any such new distribution election must be for a form of distribution permitted by the Plan; and (v) any such new distribution election shall be made in the manner set forth in the Plan.

 

It is intended that this paragraph (d) be operated in accordance with Q&A A-19(c) of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, Section XI(C) of the preamble to Proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 409A dated October 4, 2005 (Application of Section 409A to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans), and Section 3.02 of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-86.

 

(e)          Transition Deferral Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Participant who has participated in the “formula approach” portion of Arch’s Incentive Compensation Plan and, as a result, has bonuses that are determined based on performance, over a multiyear development period, of policies, binders or contracts of insurance or reinsurance having an inception or renewal date during a particular calendar year (a “Policy Year”), may make an election to defer a percentage of such Participant’s bonuses that are otherwise paid after calendar year 2009 and are attributable to Policy Years prior to calendar year 2009 (including carryforwards from such Policy Years), provided that the election must be made on or prior to

 

4



 

December 19, 2008 and (except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.01(c) of the Plan) it shall be irrevocable.  Failure of such a Participant to make a deferral election under this paragraph (e) shall result in such bonus amounts not being deferred under the Plan.  However, for the avoidance of doubt, such Participant’s bonus deferral elections made prior to June 30, 2008 for bonus payable in 2009 shall apply to bonus amounts otherwise payable in 2009, without regard to which Policy Years they are attributable.

 

(f)             Formula Approach Bonus Deferral Elections .  For the avoidance of doubt, each Participant who participates in the “formula approach” portion of Arch’s Incentive Compensation Plan and, as a result, has bonuses that are determined based on performance, over a multiyear development period, of policies, binders or contracts of insurance or reinsurance having an inception or renewal date during a particular calendar year (a “Policy Year”) may make an election prior to the beginning of the Policy Year to defer a percentage of such Participant’s bonus that is attributable to the Policy Year, whether it is paid in the year immediately following the Policy Year or at any later time based on further performance during the applicable development period.  Such a deferral election shall, except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.01(c) of the Plan, be irrevocable and shall apply to all bonus payments for the applicable Policy Year, including any carryforwards from the Policy Year.  Failure of a Participant to make a deferral election in accordance with this paragraph (f) for bonus paid for a Policy Year shall result in no deferral under the Plan for bonus from such Policy Year.

 

(g)          Special Employer Contribution .  Effective December 15, 2008, for services performed prior to such date, the Employer credited a special one-time Employer Contribution in an amount equal to $2,466,526 to the account of Constantine Iordanou, a Participant, in accordance with Section 1.05(c)(2) of the Plan Adoption Agreement, and such Employer Contribution is vested in full.

 

5



 

AMENDMENT EXECUTION PAGE

(Fidelity’s Copy)

 

 

Plan Name:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc. Executive Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”)

 

 

 

Employer:

 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

(Note: These execution pages are to be completed in the event the Employer modifies any prior election(s) or makes a new election(s) in this Adoption Agreement.  Attach the amended page(s) of the Adoption Agreement to these execution pages.)

 

The following section(s) of the Plan are hereby amended effective as of the date(s) set forth below:

 

Section Amended

 

Effective Date

Attachment B

 

December 15, 2008

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date below.

 

 

Employer:

/s/ Martin Nilsen

 

 

 

 

 

By: Martin Nilsen

 

 

 

 

 

Title: SVP and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Date: December 11, 2008

 


 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Between

 


 

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

And

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 


 

Arch Capital Group (US) Inc.  Exec. Supplemental Non-Qualified
Savings and Retirement Plan Trust

 

 

Dated as of November 15, 2008

 

Plan Number : 44023

 

ECM NQ 2007 TA

(07/2007)

 

2/12/2009

Ó 2007 Fidelity Management & Research Company

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

1

Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

Trust

 

3

 

(a) Establishment

 

 

 

(b) Grantor Trust

 

 

 

(c) Trust Assets

 

 

 

(d) Non-Assignment

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Payments to Sponsor

 

3

 

 

 

 

4

Disbursement

 

4

 

(a) Directions from Sponsor

 

 

 

(b) Limitations

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Investment of Trust

 

4

 

(a) Selection of Investment Options

 

 

 

(b) Available Investment Options

 

 

 

(c) Investment Directions

 

 

 

(d) Funding Mechanism

 

 

 

(e) Mutual Funds

 

 

 

(f) Trustee Powers

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed

 

7

 

(a) Accounts

 

 

 

(b) Inspection and Audit

 

 

 

(c) Notice of Plan Amendment

 

 

 

(d) Returns, Reports and Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Compensation and Expenses

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

Directions and Indemnification

 

8

 

(a) Directions from Sponsor

 

 

 

(b) Directions from Participants

 

 

 

(c) Indemnification

 

 

 

(d) Survival

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

 

9

 

(a) Resignation and Removal

 

 

 

(b) Termination

 

 

 

(c) Notice Period

 

 

 

(d) Transition Assistance

 

 

 

(e) Failure to Appoint Successor

 

 

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

10

Successor Trustee

 

10

 

(a) Appointment

 

 

 

(b) Acceptance

 

 

 

(c) Corporate Action

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices

 

10

 

 

 

 

12

Duration

 

11

 

 

 

 

13

Insolvency of Sponsor

 

11

 

 

 

 

14

Amendment or Modification

 

12

 

 

 

 

15

Electronic Services

 

12

 

 

 

 

16

General

 

13

 

(a) Performance by Trustee, its Agent or Affiliates

 

 

 

(b) Entire Agreement

 

 

 

(c) Waiver

 

 

 

(d) Successors and Assigns

 

 

 

(e) Partial Invalidity

 

 

 

(f) Section Headings

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Assignment

 

14

 

 

 

 

18

Force Majeure

 

14

 

 

 

 

19

Confidentiality

 

14

 

 

 

 

20

Situs of Trust Assets

 

15

 

 

 

 

21

Governing Law

 

15

 

(a) Massachusetts Law Controls

 

 

 

(b) Trust Agreement Controls

 

 

 

ii



 

TRUST AGREEMENT , dated as of the 15 th  day of November 2008, between Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at One Liberty Plaza, New York, NY 10006 (the “Sponsor”), and FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company, having an office at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Trustee”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , the Sponsor is the sponsor of the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Sponsor wishes to restate, in its entirety, by entering into this Agreement, the irrevocable trust originally established on December 18, 1995, with regard to the Plan and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Sponsor’s creditors in the event of Sponsor’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that the Trust shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”);

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Sponsor to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Trustee is willing to hold and invest the aforesaid assets in trust among several investment options selected by the Sponsor.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the Sponsor and the Trustee agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions .  The following terms as used in this Trust Agreement have the meanings indicated unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

(a)                       Agreement ” shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time.

 

(b)                      Business Day ” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open.

 

(c)                       Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it has been or may be amended from

 

1



 

time to time.

 

(d)                      ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it has been or may be amended from time to time.

 

(e)                       Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean any investment company advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(f)                         Insolvency ” shall mean that the Sponsor is or has become insolvent as defined in Section 13(a).

 

(g)                      Mutual Fund ” shall refer both to Fidelity Mutual Funds and Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds.

 

(h)                      Non-Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean certain investment companies not advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(i)                          Participant ” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, any individual who has accrued a benefit under the Plan, which has not yet been fully distributed and/or forfeited, and shall include the designated beneficiary(ies) with respect to the benefit of such an individual until such benefit has been fully distributed and/or forfeited.

 

(j)                          Permissible Investment ” shall mean any of the investments specified by the Sponsor as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

 

(k)                       Plan ” shall mean the plan or plans described in the Service Agreement.

 

(l)                          Reconciliation Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of the initial transfer of assets to the Trust and ending on the date of the completion of the reconciliation of Participant records.

 

(m)                    Reporting Date ” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter, the date as of which the Trustee resigns or is removed pursuant to this Agreement and the date as of which this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

 

(n)                      Service Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Trustee and the Sponsor for the Trustee, through certain affiliates and related companies, to provide administrative and recordkeeping services for the Plan.

 

(o)                      Sponsor ” shall mean Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc., as identified in the first paragraph of this Agreement, or any successor to all or substantially all of its businesses which, by agreement, operation of law or otherwise, assumes the responsibility of the Sponsor under this Agreement.

 

(p)                      Trust ” shall mean the Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.  Exec. Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan Trust, being the trust restated by the Sponsor and the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

 

(q)                      Trustee ” shall mean Fidelity Management Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company and any successor to all or substantially all of its trust business.  The term Trustee shall also include any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this Agreement to the extent such successor agrees to serve as Trustee under the Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 2.  Trust .

 

(a)                 Establishment .  The Sponsor hereby establishes the Trust with the Trustee.  The Trust shall consist of an initial contribution of money or other property acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion, made by the Sponsor or transferred from a previous trustee, such additional sums of money as shall from time to time be delivered to the Trustee, all investments made therewith and proceeds thereof, and all earnings and profits thereon, less the payments that are made by the Trustee as provided herein, without distinction between principal and income.  The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  In accepting this Trust, the Trustee shall be accountable for the assets received by it, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

(b)                Grantor Trust .  The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code, and shall be construed accordingly.

 

(c)                 Trust Assets .  The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Sponsor and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants and general creditors as herein set forth.  Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created under the Plan and the Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their beneficiaries against the Sponsor.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Sponsor’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in this Agreement.

 

(d)                Non-Assignment .  Benefit payments to Participants and their beneficiaries from the Trust may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process.  Nothwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Sponsor can direct the Trustee to disperse monies pursuant to a domestic relations order as defined in Code section 414(p)(1)(B) in accordance with Section 4(a).

 

Section 3.  Payments to Sponsor.   Except as provided under the Agreement, the Sponsor shall have no right to retain or divert to others any of the Trust assets before all benefit payments have been made to the Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  The Sponsor may direct the Trustee in writing to pay the Sponsor any amount in excess of the amount needed to pay all of the benefits accrued under the Plan as of the date of such payment.

 

3



 

Section 4.  Disbursements .

 

(a)           Directions from Sponsor .

 

(i)                            If the Service Agreement provides that the Trustee will make distributions of Plan benefits directly to Participants and beneficiaries, the Trustee shall disburse monies to Participants and their beneficiaries for benefit payments in the amounts that the Sponsor directs from time to time in writing.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether the Sponsor’s direction complies with the terms of the Plan or of any applicable law.  The Trustee shall be responsible for federal or state income tax reporting or withholding with respect to such Plan benefits.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for tax reporting or withholding of FICA (Social Security and Medicare), any federal or state unemployment, or local tax with respect to Plan distributions.

 

(ii)                         If the Service Agreement provides that the Sponsor shall be responsible for making distributions of benefits to Participants and beneficiaries, then the Trustee shall disburse monies to the Sponsor for benefit payments in the amounts that the Sponsor directs from time to time in writing.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether the Sponsor’s direction complies with the terms of the Plan or any applicable law.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for:  (1) making benefit payments to Participants under the Plan; or, (2)  any federal, state or local tax reporting or withholding of any kind with respect to such Plan benefits.

 

(b)          Limitations .  The Trustee shall not be required to make any disbursement in excess of the net realizable value of the assets of the Trust at the time of the disbursement.

 

Section 5.  Investment of Trust .

 

(a)           Selection of Investment Options .  The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the selection of investment options under the Trust and shall not render investment advice to any person in connection with the selection of such options.

 

(b)          Available Investment Options .  The Sponsor shall direct the Trustee as to what investment options the Trust shall be invested in (i) during the Reconciliation Period, and (ii) following the Reconciliation Period, subject to the following limitations.  The Sponsor may include only Permissible Investments as described in the Service Agreement; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be considered a fiduciary with investment discretion.  The Sponsor may add or remove investment options with the consent of the Trustee and upon mutual amendment of the Service Agreement to reflect such additions.

 

4



 

(c)           Investment Directions .  In order to provide for an accumulation of assets comparable to the contractual liabilities accruing under the Plan, the Sponsor may direct the Trustee in writing to invest the assets held in the Trust to correspond to the hypothetical investments made for Participants in accordance with their direction under the Plan.

 

(d)          Funding Mechanism .  The Sponsor’s designation of available investment options under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the maintenance of accounts for each Participant under the Plan and the crediting of investments to such accounts, and the exercise by Participants of any powers relating to investments under this Section 5 are solely for the purpose of providing a mechanism for measuring the obligation of the Sponsor to any particular Participant under the Plan.  As further provided in the Agreement, no Participant or beneficiary will have any preferential claim to or beneficial ownership interest in any asset or investment held in the Trust, and the rights of any Participant and his or her beneficiaries under the Plan and the Agreement are solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor with respect to the benefits of the Participant under the Plan.

 

(e)           Mutual Funds .  The Sponsor hereby acknowledges that it has received from the Trustee a copy of the prospectus for each Mutual Fund selected by the Sponsor as a Permissible Investment.  Trust investments in Mutual Funds shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                            Execution of Purchases and Sales .  Purchases and sales of Permissible Investments (other than for Exchanges) shall be made on the date on which the Trustee receives from the Sponsor in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales (or in the case of a purchase, the subsequent date on which the Trustee has received a wire transfer of funds necessary to make such purchase) Exchanges of Permissible Investments shall be made on the same Business Day that the Trustee receives a proper direction if received before market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time); if the direction is received after market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time), the exchange shall be made the following Business Day.

 

(ii)                         Voting .  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholder’s meeting of any Mutual Fund, the Trustee shall send a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to the Sponsor, together with a voting direction form for return to the Trustee or its designee.  The Trustee shall vote the shares held in the Trust in the manner as directed by the Sponsor.  The Trustee shall not vote shares for which it has received no corresponding directions from the Sponsor.  The Sponsor shall also have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which all shareholder rights, other than the right to vote, shall be exercised.  The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from the Sponsor.

 

5



 

(f)             Trustee Powers .  The Trustee shall have the following powers and authority:

 

(i)                            Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 5, to sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held in the Trust, by private contract or at public auction.  No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or other property delivered to the Trustee or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition.

 

(ii)                         To cause any securities or other property held as part of the Trust to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of one or more of its nominees, or in the Trustee’s account with the Depository Trust Company of New York and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust.

 

(iii)                      To keep that portion of the Trust in cash or cash balances as the Sponsor may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interest of the Trust.

 

(iv)                   To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer or conveyance and to carry out the powers herein granted.

 

(v)                        To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due to or arising from the Trust; to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings; to represent the Trust in all suits and legal and administrative hearings; and to pay all reasonable expenses arising from any such action, from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

 

(vi)                     To employ legal, accounting, clerical, and other assistance as may be required in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

 

(vii)                  To do all other acts although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out any of the foregoing powers and the purposes of the Trust.

 

Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give the Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

 

6


 

Section 6.  Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed .

 

(a)                 Accounts .  The Trustee shall keep accurate accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions hereunder, and shall report the value of the assets held in the Trust periodically and on the date on which the Trustee resigns or is removed as provided in the Agreement or is terminated as provided in the Agreement.  Within thirty (30) days following each Reporting Date or within sixty (60) days in the case of a Reporting Date caused by the resignation or removal of the Trustee, or the termination of the Agreement, the Trustee shall file with the Sponsor a written account setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions effected by the Trustee between the Reporting Date and the prior Reporting Date, and setting forth the value of the Trust as of the Reporting Date.  Except as otherwise required under applicable law, upon the expiration of six (6) months from the date of filing such account with the Sponsor, the Trustee shall have no liability or further accountability to anyone with respect to the propriety of its acts or transactions shown in such account, except with respect to such acts or transactions as to which the Sponsor shall within such six (6) month period file with the Trustee written objections.

 

(b)                Inspection and Audit .  All records generated by the Trustee in accordance with paragraphs (a) shall be open to inspection and audit, during the Trustee’s regular business hours prior to the termination of the Agreement, by the Sponsor or any person designated by the Sponsor.

 

(c)                 Effect of Plan Amendment .  The Sponsor must deliver to the Trustee a copy of any amendment to the Plan as soon as administratively feasible following the amendment’s adoption and the Sponsor must provide the Trustee on a timely basis with all additional information the Sponsor deems necessary for the Trustee to perform the its duties hereunder as well as such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

(d)                Returns, Reports and Information .  Except as set forth in the Service Agreement, the Sponsor shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of all returns, reports, and information required of the Trust by law.  The Trustee shall provide the Sponsor with such information as the Sponsor may reasonably request to make these filings.  The Sponsor shall also be responsible for making any disclosures to Participants required by law.

 

Section 7.  Compensation and Expenses .   Sponsor shall pay to Trustee, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Trustee’s bill, the fees for services in accordance with the Service Agreement.  All fees for services are specifically outlined in the Service Agreement and are based on any assumptions identified

 

7



 

therein.

 

All expenses of the Trustee relating directly to the acquisition and disposition of investments constituting part of the Trust, and all taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or in respect of the Trust or the income thereof, shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate Participants’ accounts.

 

Section 8.  Directions and Indemnification .

 

(a)                 Directions from Sponsor .  Whenever the Sponsor provides a direction to the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, arising from the direction if the direction is contained in a writing (or is oral and immediately confirmed in a writing) signed by any individual whose name and signature have been submitted (and not withdrawn) in writing to the Trustee by the Sponsor in the manner described in the Service Agreement, provided the Trustee reasonably believes the signature of the individual to be genuine.  Such direction may be made via electronic data transfer (“EDT”) in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Sponsor and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on such direction as if it were a direction made in writing by the Sponsor.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain any direction’s (i) accuracy, (ii) compliance with the terms of the Plan or any applicable law, or (iii) effect for tax purposes or otherwise.

 

(b)                Directions from Participants .  The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss resulting from any Participant’s exercise or non-exercise of rights under this Agreement to direct the investment of the hypothetical assets in the Participant’s accounts.

 

(c)                 Indemnification .  The Sponsor shall indemnify the Trustee against, and hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss, damage, penalty, liability, cost, and expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be incurred by, imposed upon, or asserted against the Trustee by reason of any claim, regulatory proceeding, or litigation arising from any act done or omitted to be done by any individual or person with respect to the Plan or the Trust, excepting only any and all loss, etc., arising solely from the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith.

 

                                                                        (d)                Survival .  The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 9.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee .

 

(a)                 Resignation and Removal .

 

(i) The Trustee may resign at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

(ii) The Sponsor may remove the Trustee at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

(b)                Termination .  The Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Sponsor upon prior written notice to the Trustee in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

(c)                 Notice Period . In the event either party desires to terminate the Agreement or any Services hereunder, the party shall provide at least sixty-(60) days prior written notice of the termination date to the other party; provided, however, that the receiving party may agree, in writing, to a shorter notice period.

 

(d)                Transition Assistance . In the event of termination of the Agreement, if requested by Sponsor, the Trustee shall assist Sponsor in developing a plan for the orderly transition of the Plan data, cash and assets then constituting the Trustee and recordkeeping services provided by the Trustee hereunder to Sponsor or its designee. The Trustee shall provide such assistance for a period not extending beyond sixty (60) days from the termination date of this Agreement.  The Trustee shall provide to Sponsor, or to any person designated by Sponsor, at a mutually agreeable time, one file of the Plan data prepared and maintained by the Trustee in the ordinary course of business, in the Trustee’s format.  The Trustee may provide other or additional transition assistance as mutually determined for additional fees, which shall be due and payable by the Sponsor prior to any termination of the Agreement.

 

(e)                 Failure to Appoint Successor .   If, by the termination date, the Sponsor has not notified the Trustee in writing as to the individual or entity to which the assets and cash are to be transferred and delivered, the Trustee may bring an appropriate action or proceeding for leave to deposit the assets and cash in a court of competent jurisdiction.  The Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor for all costs and expenses of the action or proceeding including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

Section 10.  Successor Trustee .

 

(a)                 Appointment .  If the office of Trustee becomes vacant for any reason, the Sponsor may in writing appoint a successor trustee under this Agreement.  The successor trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, privileges, obligations, duties, liabilities, and immunities granted to the Trustee under

 

9



 

the Agreement.  After a successor trustee accepts appointment, a prior trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the Trustee with respect to the Trust occurring after the time of the appointment.

 

(b)                Acceptance .  When the successor trustee accepts its appointment under the Agreement, title to the Trust assets shall immediately vest in the Trustee without any further action on the part of the prior trustee.  The prior trustee shall execute all instruments and do all acts that reasonably may be necessary or reasonably may be requested in writing by the Sponsor or the Trustee to evidence the vesting of title to all Trust assets in the Trustee or to deliver all Trust assets to the Trustee.

 

(c)                 Corporate Action .  Any successor of the Trustee, through sale or transfer of the business or trust department of the Trustee, or through reorganization, consolidation, or merger, or any similar transaction, shall, upon consummation of the transaction, become the Trustee under this Agreement.

 

Section 11.  Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices .   All notices of resignation, removal, or termination under this Agreement must be in writing and mailed to the party to which the notice is being given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Sponsor at the address designated in the Service Agreement, and to the Trustee c/o Fidelity Investments - ECM Client Services Relationship Manager, P.O. Box 770001, Cincinnati, OH 45277-0026, or to such other addresses as the parties have notified each other of in the foregoing manner.

 

Section 12.  Duration .   The Trust shall continue in effect without limit as to time, subject, however, to the provisions of the Agreement relating to amendment, modification, and termination thereof.

 

Section 13.  Insolvency of Sponsor .

 

                              (a)             Trustee shall cease disbursement of funds for payment of benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries if the Sponsor is Insolvent.  Sponsor shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of the Agreement if (i) Sponsor is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Sponsor is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

                              (b)            All times during the continuance of the Trust, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Sponsor under federal and state law as set forth below.

 

(i)                The Board of Directors (or other body governing the entity under state law) and the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the

 

10



 

Sponsor’s Insolvency.  If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Sponsor alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Sponsor has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Sponsor is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payment of benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries.

 

(ii)             Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Sponsor’s Insolvency, or has received notice from the Sponsor or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Sponsor is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Sponsor is Insolvent.  The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Sponsor’s solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Sponsor’s solvency.

 

(iii)          If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Sponsor is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payments to Participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Sponsor’s general creditors.  Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Sponsor with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

 

(iv)         Trustee shall resume disbursements for the payment of benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with this Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Sponsor is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

 

(c)                 If the Sponsor permits the employees of another member of the same controlled group (as defined in IRC Section 414(b) or (c)) to participate in the Plan, all of the assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the general creditors of both the Sponsor and all of such participating affiliates and, for purposes of Section 13(a), the Sponsor is considered Insolvent if any such affiliate meets the definition of Insolvent.

 

(d)                Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 13(a) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Participants or their beneficiaries by the Sponsor in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

 

Section 14.  Amendment or Modification .   This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time and from time to time only by an instrument executed by both the Sponsor and the Trustee.

 

11



 

Section 15.  Electronic Services .

 

(a)                 The Trustee may provide communications and services (“Electronic Services”) and/or software products (“Electronic Products”) via electronic media, including, but not limited to Fidelity Plan Sponsor WebStation.  The Sponsor and its agents agree to use such Electronic Services and Electronic Products only in the course of reasonable administration of or participation in the Plan and to keep confidential and not publish, copy, broadcast, retransmit, reproduce, commercially exploit or otherwise re disseminate the Electronic Products or Electronic Services or any portion thereof without the Trustee’s written consent, except, in cases where the Trustee has specifically notified the Sponsor that the Electronic Products or Services are suitable for delivery to Participants, for non-commercial personal use by the Participants or beneficiaries with respect to their participation in the Plan or for their other retirement planning purposes.

 

(b)                The Sponsor shall be responsible for installing and maintaining all Electronic Products, (including any programming required to accomplish the installation) and for displaying any and all content associated with Electronic Services on its computer network and/or intranet so that such content will appear exactly as it appears when delivered to the Sponsor.  All Electronic Products and Services shall be clearly identified as originating from the Trustee or its affiliate.  The Sponsor shall promptly remove Electronic Products or Services from its computer network and/or intranet, or replace the Electronic Products or Services with updated products or services provided by the Trustee, upon written notification (including written notification via facsimile) by the Trustee.

 

(c)                 All Electronic Products shall be provided to the Sponsor without any express or implied legal warranties or acceptance of legal liability by the Trustee, and all Electronic Services shall be provided to the Sponsor without acceptance of legal liability related to or arising out of the electronic nature of the delivery or provision of such Services.  Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, no rights are conveyed to any property, intellectual or tangible, associated with the contents of the Electronic Products or Services and related material. The Trustee hereby grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, non-transferable revocable right and license to use the Electronic Products and Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

(d)                To the extent that any Electronic Products or Services utilize Internet services to transport data or communications, the Trustee will take, and the Sponsor agrees to follow, reasonable security precautions, however, the Trustee disclaims any liability for interception of any such data or communications. The Trustee reserves the right not to accept data or communications transmitted via electronic media by the Sponsor or a third party if it determines that the media does not provide adequate data security, or if it is not administratively feasible for the Trustee to use the data security provided. The

 

12



 

Trustee shall not be responsible for, and makes no warranties regarding access, speed or availability of Internet or network services, or any other service required for electronic communication.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss or damage related to or resulting from any changes or modifications to the Electronic Products or Services after delivering it to the Sponsor.

 

Section 16.  General .

 

(a)                 Performance by Trustee, its Agents or Affiliates.   The Sponsor acknowledges and authorizes that the services to be provided under the Agreement shall be provided by the Trustee, its agents or affiliates, including but not limited to Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. or its successor, and that certain of such services may be provided pursuant to one or more other contractual agreements or relationships.

 

(b)                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                 Waiver .  No waiver by either party of any failure or refusal to comply with an obligation hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent failure or refusal to so comply.

 

(d)                Successors and Assigns .  The stipulations in this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the successors and assigns of the respective parties.

 

(e)                 Partial Invalidity .  If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of the Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(f)                   Section Headings .  The headings of the various sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted only for the purposes of convenience and are not part of the Agreement and shall not be deemed in any manner to modify, explain, expand or restrict any of the provisions of the Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Assignment .   This Agreement, and any of its rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party(ies), and such consent may be withheld in any party’s sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Trustee may assign this Agreement in whole or in part, and any of its rights and obligations hereunder, to a subsidiary or affiliate

 

13



 

of Trustee without consent of the Sponsor.  All provisions in the Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 18.  Force Majeure .   No party shall be deemed in default of the Agreement to the extent that any delay or failure in performance of its obligation(s) results, without its fault or negligence, from any cause beyond its reasonable control, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, power outages or strikes.  This clause shall not excuse any of the parties to the Agreement from any liability which results from failure to have in place reasonable disaster recovery and safeguarding plans adequate for protection of all data each of the parties to the Agreement are responsible for maintaining for the Plan.

 

Section 19.  Confidentiality Both parties to this Agreement recognize that in the course of implementing and providing the services described herein, each party may disclose to the other confidential information.  All such confidential information, individually and collectively, and other proprietary information disclosed by either party shall remain the sole property of the party disclosing the same, and the receiving party shall have no interest or rights with respect thereto if so designated by the disclosing party to the receiving party.  Each party agrees to maintain all such confidential information in trust and confidence to the same extent that it protects its own proprietary information, and not to disclose such confidential information to any third party without the written consent of the other party.  Each party further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.  In addition, each party agrees not to disclose or make public to anyone, in any manner, the terms of the Agreement, except as required by law, without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

Section 20.  Situs of Trust Assets The Sponsor and the Trustee agree that no assets of the Trust shall be located or transferred outside of the United States.

 

Section 21.            Governing Law .

 

(a)                 Massachusetts Law Controls .  This Agreement is being made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Trust shall be administered as a Massachusetts trust.  The validity, construction, effect, and administration of the Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, except to the extent those laws are superseded under Section 514 of ERISA.

 

14


 

(b)                Trust Agreement Controls .  The Trustee is not a party to the Plan, and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall control.

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Plan Sponsor Name:

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Fred S. Eichler

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Fred Eichler

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

December 4, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory M. Perkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory M. Perkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

December 23, 2008

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Plan Sponsor Name:

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Fred S. Eichler

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Fred Eichler

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

December 4, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory M. Perkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory M. Perkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

December 23, 2008

 

17



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.  Exec. Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan Trust

 

WHEREAS, Arch Capital Group (US) Inc. (the “Corporation”) has adopted the Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.  Exec. Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), which has been amended from time to time and which was most recently restated by the adoption of The CORPORATEplan for Retirement SM  Executive Plan, Fidelity Basic Plan Document by executing an Adoption Agreement effective November 15, 2008 ; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the adoption of the Plan, the Corporation entered into a Arch Capital Group (US) Inc.  Exec. Supplemental Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan Trust with Fidelity Management Trust Company (“FMTC”) (the “Trust Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Section 14 of the Trust Agreement provides for the amendment of the Trust Agreement by a written instrument signed by the Corporation and FMTC, and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to make certain amendments to the Trust Agreement,

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Trust Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.  The fifth paragraph on page 1 shall be replaced with the following:

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Sponsor to make contributions, or cause contributions to be made to the Trust to provide a source of funds to assist in the meeting of liabilities under the Plan; and

 

2.  Section 2(c) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

 (c)                                                        Trust Assets .  The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Sponsor and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants and general creditors as herein set forth.  Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created under the Plan and the Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their beneficiaries as set forth in the Plan.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Sponsor’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in this Agreement.

 

1



 

3.  Sections 5(c), 5(d) and 5(e)(ii) shall be replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

Section 5.  Investment of Trust .

 

(c)                                   Investment Directions .  In order to provide for an accumulation of assets comparable to the contractual liabilities accruing under the Plan, the Sponsor may direct the Trustee in writing to invest the assets held in the Trust to correspond to the notional investments made for Participants in accordance with their direction under the Plan.

 

(d)                                                          Funding Mechanism .  The Sponsor’s designation of available investment options under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the maintenance of accounts for each Participant under the Plan and the crediting of investments to such accounts, and the exercise by Participants of any powers relating to notional investments are solely for the purpose of providing a mechanism for measuring the obligation of the Sponsor to any particular Participant under the Plan.  As further provided in the Agreement, no Participant or beneficiary will have any preferential claim to or beneficial ownership interest in any asset or investment held in the Trust, and the rights of any Participant and his or her beneficiaries under the Plan and the Agreement are solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor with respect to the benefits of the Participant under the Plan.

 

(ii)                                                           Voting .  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholders’ meeting of any Mutual Fund, the shares of which are held by the Trust, the Trustee shall send a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to the Sponsor, together with a voting direction form for return to the Trustee or its designee.  The Trustee shall vote the shares held in the Trust in the manner as directed by the Sponsor.  The Trustee shall not vote shares for which it has received no corresponding directions from the Sponsor.  The Sponsor shall also have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which all shareholder rights, other than the right to vote, shall be exercised.  The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from the Sponsor.

 

4.  Section 7 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Section 7.  Compensation and Expenses .   Sponsor shall pay to Trustee, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Trustee’s bill, the fees for services in accordance with the Service Agreement.  All fees for services are specifically outlined in the Service Agreement and are based on any assumptions identified therein.

 

All expenses of the Trustee relating directly to the acquisition and disposition of investments constituting part of the Trust, and all taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or in respect of the Trust or the income thereof, shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate Participants’ accounts, unless paid by the Sponsor.

 

2



 

5.  Sections 8(b) and 8(c) shall be replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

Section 8.  Directions and Indemnification .

 

(b)                                                          Directions from Participants .  The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss resulting from any Participant’s exercise or non-exercise of any rights under this Agreement to direct the notional investment of the notional assets in the Participant’s accounts.

 

(c)                                                           Indemnification .  The Sponsor shall indemnify the Trustee against, and hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss, damage, penalty, liability, cost, and expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be incurred by, imposed upon, or asserted against the Trustee by reason of any claim, regulatory proceeding, or litigation arising from any act done or omitted to be done by any individual or person with respect to the Plan or the Trust, excepting only any and all loss, etc., arising from the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith.

 

6.  Section 19 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Section 19.  Confidentiality .   Both parties to this Agreement recognize that in the course of implementing and providing the services described herein, each party may disclose to the other confidential information.  All such confidential information, individually and collectively, and other proprietary information disclosed by either party shall remain the sole property of the party disclosing the same, and the receiving party shall have no interest or rights with respect thereto if so designated by the disclosing party to the receiving party.  Each party agrees to maintain all such confidential information in trust and confidence to the same extent that it protects its own proprietary information, and not to disclose such confidential information to any third party without the written consent of the other party.  Each party further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation and FMTC have caused this amendment to be executed this 4th day of December, 2008, by their duly authorized officer.

 

 

 

 

Arch Capital Group (US) Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Fred S. Eichler

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory M. Perkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signature

 

4


 

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity.  The Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states.  The Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation.  Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice or opinions in connection with this document.  This document does not constitute legal or tax advice or opinions and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.  This document must be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to adoption.

 

(07/2007)

ECM NQ 2007 BPD

 

Ó 2007 Fidelity Management & Research Company

 



 

CORPORATEplan for Retirement EXECUTIVE

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

ARTICLE 1

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

 

2.01 - Definitions

 

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

 

3.01 - Date of Participation

3.02 - Participation Following a Change in Status

 

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.01 - Deferral Contributions

4.02 - Matching Contributions

4.03 - Employer Contributions

4.04 - Election Forms

 

ARTICLE 5

PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

 

ARTICLE 6

INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

6.01 - Manner of Investment

6.02 - Investment Decisions, Earnings and Expenses

 

ARTICLE 7

RIGHT TO BENEFITS

 

7.01 - Retirement

7.02 - Death

7.03 - Separation from Service

7.04 - Vesting after Partial Distribution

7.05 - Forfeitures

7.06 - Change in Control

7.07 - Disability

7.08 - Directors

 

ARTICLE 8

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

8.01 — Events Triggering and Form of Distributions

8.02 - Notice to Trustee

8.03 — Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals

 

i



 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

9.01 - Amendment by Employer

9.02 - Termination

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.01 - Communication to Participants

10.02 - Limitation of Rights

10.03 - Nonalienability of Benefits

10.04 - Facility of Payment

10.05 — Plan Records

10.06 - USERRA

10.07 - Governing Law

 

ARTICLE 11

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

11.01 - Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator

11.02 - Claims and Review Procedures

 

ii



 

PREAMBLE

 

It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.  The Employer further intends that this Plan comply with Code section 409A, and the Plan is to be construed accordingly.

 

If the Employer has previously maintained the Plan described herein pursuant to a previously existing plan document or description, the Employer’s adoption of this Plan document is an amendment and complete restatement of, and supersedes, such previously existing document or description with respect to benefits accrued or to be paid on or after the effective date of this document (except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein).

 

Article 1.  Adoption Agreement .

 

Article 2.  Definitions .

 

2.01.  Definitions .

 

(a)    Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

(1)  “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited to a Participant and any income, expenses, gains, or losses attributable thereto.

 

(2)    “Active Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to accrue benefits under a plan (other than earnings on amounts previously deferred) within the 24-month period ending on the date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01.  Notwithstanding the above, however, a Participant is not an Active Participant if he has been paid all amounts deferred under the plan, provided that he was, on and before the date of the last payment, ineligible to continue or to elect to continue to participate in the plan for periods after such last payment (other than through an election of a different time and form of payment with respect to the amounts paid).

 

(A)       For purposes of Section 4.01(d), as used in the first paragraph of the definition of “Active Participant” above, “plan” means an account balance plan (or portion thereof) of the Employer or a Related Employer subject to Code section 409A pursuant to which the Participant is eligible to accrue benefits only if the Participant elects to defer compensation thereunder, and the “date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01” refers only to the date the Participant becomes a Participant with respect to Deferral Contributions.

 

(B)        For purposes of Section 8.01(a)(2), as used in the first paragraph of the definition of “Active Participant” above, “plan” means an account balance plan (or portion thereof) of the Employer or a Related Employer subject to Code section 409A pursuant to which the Participant is eligible to accrue benefits without any election by the Participant to defer compensation thereunder, and the “date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01” refers only to the date the Participant becomes a Participant with respect to Matching or Employer Contributions.

 

1



 

(3)  “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan (but excluding Related Employers) or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(c).

 

(4)  “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and selects certain provisions of the Plan.  The provisions of the Adoption Agreement are an integral part of the Plan.

 

(5)  “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

(6)  “Bonus” means any Performance-based Bonus or any Non-performance-based Bonus as listed and identified in the table in Section 1.05(a)(2) hereof.

 

(7)   “Change in Control” means a change in control with respect to the applicable corporation, as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  For purposes of this definition “applicable corporation” means:

 

(A)   The corporation for which the Participant is performing services at the time of the change in control event;

 

(B)    The corporation(s) liable for payment hereunder (but only if either the accrued benefit hereunder is attributable to the performance of service by the Participant for such corporation(s) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation(s) to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation(s) liable for such benefit is the avoidance of Federal income tax); or

 

(C)    A corporate majority shareholder of one of the corporations described in (A) or (B) above or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (A) or (B) above.

 

(8)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(9)    “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4:

 

(A)  If the Employer elects Section 1.04(a), such term as defined in such Section 1.04(a).

 

(B)    If the Employer elects Section 1.04(b), wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3), excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04(b), reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Employee under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).  Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).

 

2



 

(C)    If the Employer elects Section 1.04(c), any and all monetary remuneration paid to the Director by the Employer, including, but not limited to, meeting fees and annual retainers, and excluding items listed in Section 1.04(c).

 

For purposes of this Section 2.01(a)(9), Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01.

 

(10) “Deferral Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account as the result of the Participant’s election to reduce his Compensation in exchange for such credit, as described in Section 4.01.

 

(11)  “Director” means a person, other than an Employee, who is elected or appointed as a member of the board of directors of the Employer, with respect to a corporation, or to an analogous position with respect to an entity that is not a corporation.

 

(12)  “Disability” is described in Section 1.07(a)(2).

 

(13)  “Employee” means any employee of the Employer.

 

(14)  “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers listed in Section 1.02(b).

 

(15) “Employer Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan as a result of the Employer’s crediting of such amount, as described in Section 4.03.

 

(16) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee commences employment with the Employer.

 

(17)  “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

 

(18)   “Inactive Participant” means a Participant who is not an Employee or Director.

 

(19) “Matching Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan as a result of the Employer’s crediting of such amount, as described in Section 4.02.

 

(20)  “Non-performance-based Bonus” means any Bonus listed under the column entitled “non-performance based” in Section 1.05(a)(2).

 

(21)  “Participant” means any Employee or Director who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 (or formerly participated in the Plan and has an amount credited to his Account).

 

(22)  “Performance-based Bonus” means any Bonus listed under the column entitled “performance based” in Section 1.05(a)(2), which constitutes compensation, the amount of, or entitlement to, which is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months and which is further defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(e).

 

(23)  “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for hypothetical investment of Accounts.  The Permissible Investments under the Plan are listed in the Service Agreement, and the provisions of the Service Agreement listing the Permissible Investments are hereby incorporated herein.

 

3



 

(24)  “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, such establishment to be evidenced by the Employer’s execution of the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

 

(25)  “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) or trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control (as defined in Code section 414(c)).

 

(26)  “Separation from Service” means the date the Participant retires or otherwise has a termination of employment (or a termination of the contract pursuant to which the Participant has provided services as a Director, for a Director Participant) with the Employer and all Related Employers, as further defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(h); provided, however, that

 

(A)        For purposes of this paragraph (26), the definition of “Related Employer” shall be modified as follows:

 

(i)          In applying Code section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code section 414(b), the phrase “at least 50%” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place “at least 80 percent” appears in Code section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3); and

 

(ii)         In applying 26 CFR section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control for purposes of Code section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50%” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place “at least 80 percent” appears in 26 CFR section 1.414(c)-2.

 

(B)        In the event a Participant provides services to the Employer or a Related Employer as an Employee and a Director,

 

(i)         The Employee Participant’s services as a Director are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as an Employee; and

 

 (ii)        The Director Participant’s services as an Employee are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as a Director

 

provided that this Plan is not aggregated with a plan subject to Code section 409A in which the Director Participant participates as an employee of the Employer or a Related Employer or in which the Employee Participant participates as a director (or a similar position with respect to a non-corporate entity) of the Employer or a Related Employer, as applicable, pursuant to 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(ii).

 

(27)  “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

 

(28)  “Specified Employee,” (unless defined by the Employer in a separate writing, in which case such writing is hereby incorporated herein) means a Participant who meets the requirements in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(i) applying the default definition components provided in such regulation (those that would apply absent elections, as described in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(i)(8)), including an identification date of December 31.  In the event that such default definition components are applicable, the Employer has elected Section 1.01(b)(2) and, immediately prior to the date in Section 1.01(b)(2), the Plan applied an identification date (the “prior date”) other than the December 31, the prior date shall continue to apply, and December 31 shall not apply, until the date that is 12 months after the date in Section 1.01(b)(2).

 

4



 

(29)  “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer, pursuant to the Trust agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, under which assets are held, administered, and managed, subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.

 

(30)  “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.

 

(31)  “Trustee” means the individual(s) or entity appointed by the Employer under the Trust agreement.

 

(32)  “Unforeseeable Emergency” is as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(3)(i).

 

(33)  “Year of Service” is as defined in Section 7.03(b) for purposes of the elapsed time method and in Section 7.03(c) for purposes of the class year method.

 

(b)   Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

Article 3.  Participation .

 

3.01.  Date of Participation An Employee or Director becomes a Participant on the date such Employee’s or Director’s participation becomes effective (as described in Section 1.03).

 

3.02.   Participation following a Change in Status .

 

(a)  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee or Director and thereafter resumes the same status he had as a Participant during his immediately previous participation in the Plan (as an Employee if previously a Participant as an Employee and as a Director if previously a Participant as a Director), he will again become a Participant immediately upon resumption of such status, provided, however, that if such Participant is a Director, he is an eligible Director upon resumption of such status (as defined in Section 1.03(b)), and provided, further, that if such Participant is an Employee, he is an eligible Employee upon resumption of such status (as defined in Section 1.03(a)).  Deferral Contributions to such Participant’s Account thereafter, if any, shall be subject to (1) or (2) below.

 

(1) If the Participant resumes such status during a period for which such Participant had previously made a valid deferral election pursuant to Section 4.01, he shall immediately resume such Deferral Contributions.  Deferral Contributions applicable to periods thereafter shall be made pursuant to the election and other rules described in Section 4.01.

 

(2) If the Participant resumes such status after the period described in the first sentence of paragraph (1) of this Section 3.02, any Deferral Contributions with respect to such Participant shall be made pursuant to the election and other rules described in Section 4.01.

 

(b) When an individual who is a Participant due to his status as an eligible Employee (as defined in Section 1.03(a)) continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee, the individual shall not receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions for the period during which he is not an eligible Employee.  Such Participant shall continue to make Deferral Contributions throughout the remainder of the applicable period (as described in Section 4.01) in which such change in status occurs, if, and as, applicable.

 

5



 

(c) When an individual who is a Participant due to his status as an eligible Director (as defined in Section 1.03(b)) continues his directorship with the Employer or a Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Director, the individual shall not receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions for the period during which he is not an eligible Director.  Such Participant shall continue to make Deferral Contributions throughout the remainder of the applicable period (as described in Section 4.01) in which such change in status occurs, if, and as, applicable.

 

Article 4.  Contributions .

 

4. 01  Deferral Contributions .   If elected by the Employer pursuant to Section 1.05(a) and/or 1.06(a), a Participant described in such applicable Section may elect to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage or dollar amount.  The Employer shall credit an amount to the Participant’s Account equal to the amount of such reduction.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.01, such election shall be effective to defer Compensation relating to all services performed in the calendar year beginning after the calendar year in which the Participant executes the election.  Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively.  If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.05(a)(2), no amount will be deducted from Bonuses unless the Participant has made a separate deferral election applicable to such Bonuses.  A Participant’s election to defer Compensation may be changed at any time before the last permissible date for making such election, at which time such election becomes irrevocable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the conditions under which a Participant may make a deferral election as provided in the applicable salary reduction agreement are hereby incorporated herein and supersede any otherwise inconsistent Plan provision.

 

(a)    Performance Based Bonus .   With respect to a Performance-based Bonus, a separate election made pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective to defer such Bonus if made no later than 6 months before the end of the period during which the services on which such Performance-based Bonus is based are performed.

 

(b)    Fiscal Year Bonus . With respect to a Bonus relating to a period of service coextensive with one or more consecutive fiscal years of the Employer, of which no amount is paid or payable during the service period, a separate election pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective to defer such Bonus if made no later than the close of the Employer’s fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Bonus is payable.

 

(c)    Cancellation of Salary Reduction Agreement .

 

(1)    The Administrator may cancel a Participant’s salary reduction agreement pursuant to the provisions of 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(viii) in connection with the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency.  To the extent required pursuant to the application of 26 CFR section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) (or any successor thereto), a Participant’s salary reduction agreement shall be automatically cancelled.

 

(2)    The Administrator may cancel a Participant’s salary reduction agreement pursuant to the provisions of 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii) in connection with the Participant’s disability.  Such cancellation must occur by the later of the end of the Participant’s taxable year or the 15 th  day of the third month following the date the Participant incurs a disability.  For purposes of this paragraph (2), a disability is any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

 

6



 

In no event may the Participant, directly or indirectly, elect such a cancellation.  A cancellation pursuant to this subsection (c) shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned.

 

(d)    Initial Deferral Election .    Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant is not an Active Participant, the Participant may make an election to defer Compensation within 30 days after the Participant becomes a Participant, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable for services performed during the calendar year (or other deferral period described in (a) or (b) above, as applicable) and after the date of such election.  For Compensation that is earned based upon a specified performance period (e.g., an annual bonus) an election pursuant to this subsection (d) will be effective to defer an amount equal to the total amount of the Compensation for the performance period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period.

 

4.02.  Matching Contributions .   If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b) and/or 1.06(b)(1), the Employer shall credit a Matching Contribution to the Account of each Participant entitled to such Matching Contribution.  The amount of the Matching Contribution shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b) and/or 1.06(b)(1), as applicable, provided, however, that the Matching Contributions credited to the Account of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) shall be limited pursuant to (a) and (b) below:

 

(a)  The sum of Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) for any calendar year and any other benefits the Participant accrues pursuant to another plan subject to Code section 409A as a result of such Participant’s action or inaction under a qualified plan with respect to elective deferrals and other employee pre-tax contributions subject to the contribution restrictions under Code section 401(a)(30) or 402(g) shall not result in an increase in the amounts deferred under all plans subject to Code section 409A in which the Participant participates in excess of the limit with respect to elective deferrals under Code section 402(g)(1)(A), (B) and (C) in effect for the calendar year in which such action or inaction occurs; and

 

(b)  The Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) shall never exceed 100% of the matching amounts that would be provided under the qualified employer plan identified in Section 1.05(b)(2) absent any plan-based restrictions that reflect limits on qualified plan contributions under the Code.

 

4.03. Employer Contributions.    If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1) and/or 1.06(b)(2), the Employer shall make an Employer Contribution to be credited to the Account of each Participant entitled thereto in the amount provided in such Section(s).  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2) and/or 1.06(b)(3), the Employer may make an Employer Contribution to be credited to the Account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine, subject to the provisions of the applicable Section.

 

4.04. Election Forms.    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms of an election form with respect to the conditions under which a Participant may make any election hereunder, as provided in such form (whether electronic or otherwise) are hereby incorporated herein and supersede any otherwise inconsistent Plan provision.

 

Article 5.  Participants’ Accounts The Administrator will maintain an Account for each Participant, reflecting hypothetical contributions credited to the Participant, along with hypothetical earnings, expenses, gains and losses, pursuant to the terms hereof.  A hypothetical contribution shall be credited to the Account of a Participant on the date determined by the Employer and accepted by the Plan recordkeeper.  The Administrator will maintain such other accounts and records as it deems appropriate to the discharge of its duties under the Plan.

 

7


 

Article 6.  Investment of Accounts .

 

6.01.  Manner of Investment .   All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in Permissible Investments.

 

6.02.   Investment Decisions, Earnings and Expenses Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with Section 1.09.  All dividends, interest, gains, and distributions of any nature that would be earned on a Permissible Investment will be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.  Expenses that would be attributable to such investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant.

 

Article 7.   Right to Benefits .

 

7.01.  Retirement .   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08(e)(1), the Account of a Participant or an Inactive Participant who attains retirement eligibility prior to a Separation from Service will be 100% vested.

 

7.02.  Death .   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08(e)(2), the Account of a Participant or former Participant who dies before the distribution of his entire Account will be 100% vested, provided that at the time of his death he is earning Years of Service.

 

A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator.  If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.

 

A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator.  If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan).  If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

 

A distribution to a Beneficiary of a Specified Employee is not considered to be a payment to a Specified Employee for purposes of Sections 1.07 and 8.01(e).

 

7.03.  Separation from Service .

 

(a)   General.   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, and subject to Section 1.08(e)(2), if a Participant has a Separation from Service, he will be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching and Employer Contributions credited to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) and methodology selected by the Employer in Section 1.08, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss.  The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be distributed in accordance with Article 8.

 

8



 

(b)   Elapsed Time Vesting.    Unless otherwise provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, vesting shall be determined based on the elapsed time method.  For purposes of the elapsed time method, “Years of Service” means, with respect to any Participant or Inactive Participant, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer and any Related Employers (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(26)(A)), subject to any exclusion elected by the Employer in Section 1.08(c).  A Participant or Inactive Participant will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with his Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.08(c).  A Participant or Inactive Participant will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

 

A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months.  A “period of severance” is a continuous period of time beginning on the date the Participant or Inactive Participant incurs a Separation from Service, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Participant or Inactive Participant was otherwise first absent from service.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Employer shall comply with any service crediting rules to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(c)   Class Year Vesting.   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested percentage in the Matching Contributions and/or Employer Contributions portion(s) of his Account shall be determined pursuant to the class year method.  Pursuant to such method, amounts attributable to the applicable contribution types are assigned to “class years” established in the records of the Plan.  Such class years are years (calendar or non-calendar) to which the contribution is assigned by the Administrator, as described in the Service Agreement between the Trustee and the Employer.  The Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested percentage in amounts attributable to a particular contribution is determined from the beginning of the applicable class year to the date the Participant or Inactive Participant incurs a Separation from Service.  For purposes of the class year method, a Participant or Inactive Participant is credited with a Year of Service on the first day of each such class year.

 

7.04.  Vesting after Partial Distribution .   If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when his Account is less than 100% vested, the vesting schedule in Section 1.08 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions credited after such distribution.  The balance of his Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions immediately after such distribution will be subject to the following for the purpose of determining his interest therein.

 

At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in the portion of his Account described in the sentence immediately above will be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 1.08; AB is the account balance of such portion at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance of such portion at the relevant time to the account balance of such portion after distribution.  Following a forfeiture of any portion of such portion under Section 7.05 below, any balance with respect to such portion will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

7.05.  Forfeitures .   Once payments are to commence to a Participant or Inactive Participant hereunder, the portion of such Account subject to the same payment commencement date but not yet vested, if any, (determined by his vested percentage at such payment commencement date) will be forfeited by him

 

7.06.  Change in Control .   If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.07(a)(3)(D), then, upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participant Accounts shall be 100% vested.

 

9



 

7.07.  Disability .   If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.08(e)(3), then, upon the date a Participant incurs a Disability, as defined in Section 1.07(a)(2), notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Accounts of such Participant shall be 100% vested.

 

7.08.  Directors .   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Accounts of a Participant who is a Director shall be 100% vested at all times, including Accounts attributable to the Participant’s service as an Employee, if any.

 

Article 8.  Distribution of Benefits .

 

8.01 Events Triggering, and Form of, Distributions .

 

(a)           Events triggering the distribution of benefits and the form of such distributions are described in Section 1.07(a), pursuant to the Employer’s election and/or the Participant’s election, as applicable.

 

(1)         With respect to the form and time of distribution of amounts attributable to a Deferral Contribution, a Participant election must be made no later than the time by which the Participant must elect to make a Deferral Contribution, as described in Section 4.01.

 

(2)         With respect to the form and time of distribution of amounts attributable to Matching or Employer Contributions, a Participant election must be made no later than the time by which a Participant would be required to make a Deferral Contribution as described in Section 4.01 with respect to the calendar year for which the Matching and/or Employer Contributions are credited.  For purposes of applying Section 4.01(d) “Active Participant” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.01(a)(2)(B).

 

(3)         Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an election choosing a distribution trigger and payment method pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(1) will only be effective with respect to amounts attributable to contributions credited to the Participant’s Account for the calendar year (or other deferral period described in 4.01(a) or (b)) to which such election relates.  Amounts attributable to contributions credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with the otherwise applicable election.

 

(b)          If the Employer elects to permit a distribution election change pursuant to Section 1.07(b), then any such distribution election change must satisfy (1) through (3) below:

 

(1)          Such election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which such election is made.

 

(2)          In the case of an election related to a payment not on account of Disability, death or the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the payment with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of installment payments, five years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

10



 

(3)  Any election related to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of installment payments, 12 months prior to the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

With respect to any initial distribution election, a Participant shall in no event be permitted to make more than one distribution election change.

 

(c)  A Participant’s entitlement to installments will not be treated as an entitlement to a series of separate payments.

 

(d)  If the Plan does not provide for Plan-level payment triggers pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(3), and the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, and/or the distribution trigger (if and as required), such method of distribution shall be a lump sum at Separation from Service.

 

(e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any Specified Employee, if the applicable payment trigger is Separation from Service, then payment shall not commence before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Specified Employee, pursuant to Section 7.02).  Payments to which a Specified Employee would otherwise be entitled during the first six months following the date of Separation from Service are delayed by six months.

 

(f)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its discretion, automatically pay out a Participant’s vested Account in a lump sum, provided that such payment satisfies the requirements in (1) through (3) below:

 

(1)    Such payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the plan (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2)), including all agreements, methods, programs, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2);

 

(2)    Such payment is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code section 402(g)(1)(B); and

 

(3)    Such exercise of Administrator discretion is evidenced in writing no later than the date of such payment.

 

(g)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its discretion, delay a payment otherwise required hereunder to a date after the designated payment date due to any of the circumstances described in (1) through (4) below, provided that the Administrator treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(1)    In the event the Administrator reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made as scheduled, the Employer’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code section 162(m), provided the delay complies with the conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i).

 

(2)    In the event the Administrator reasonably anticipates that the making of such payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided the delay complies with the conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii).

 

(3)    Upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

 

11



 

(4)    Upon a change in control event, provided the delay complies with conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv).

 

(h)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may provide an election to change the time or form of a payment hereunder to satisfy the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, 38 USC sections 4301 through 4344.

 

8.02.  Notice to Trustee .   The Administrator will provide direction to the Trustee, as provided in the Trust agreement, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.

 

8.03.  Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his Account if such withdrawal is made on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of and subject to the limitations provided in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(3).

 

Article 9.  Amendment and Termination .

 

9.01  Amendment by Employer .   The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan in its discretion.  Any such amendment notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such amendment below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the date of the change.

 

9.02.  Termination .   The Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.  Such termination shall comply with 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and other applicable guidance.

 

Article 10.  Miscellaneous .

 

10.01.  Communication to Participants .   The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

 

10.02.  Limitation of Rights .   Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; in no event will the terms of employment or service of any individual be modified or in any way affected hereby.

 

10.03.  Nonalienability of Benefits .   The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law and as provided pursuant to a domestic relations order (defined in Code section 414(p)(1)(B)), as determined by the Administrator.  Pursuant to a domestic relations order, payments may be accelerated to a time sooner, and pursuant to a schedule more rapid, than the time and schedule applicable in the absence of the domestic relations order, provided that such payment pursuant to such order is not made to the Participant and provided further that this provision shall not be construed to provide the Participant discretion regarding whether such payment time or schedule will be accelerated.

 

12



 

10.04.  Facility of Payment .   In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient.  The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

 

10.05.       Plan Records .   The Administrator shall maintain the records of the Plan on a calendar-year basis.

 

10.06.               USERRA Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator shall permit any Participant election and make any payments hereunder required by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, 38 USC 4301-4334.

 

10.07.               Governing Law The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the State in which the Employer has its principal place of business, without regard to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

 

Article 11.  Plan Administration .

 

11.01.  Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator .   The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA.  The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

(a)           To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b)          To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

(c)           To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

 

(d)          To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.02;

 

(e)           To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(f)             To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

 

(g)          To authorize the payment of benefits;

 

(h)          To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and

 

(i)              By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an administrative committee to administer the Plan.

 

13



 

11.02.  Claims and Review Procedures .

 

(a)           Claims Procedure .  If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator.  If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing.  Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following as adverse determination upon review.  Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).

 

If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it.  If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process.  If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension.  If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.

 

(b)          Review Procedure .  Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator.  This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits.  The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.  The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing.  Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions.  The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.

 

If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision.  The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim.  If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.

 

14



 

The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review.  In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant — the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.

 

15




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12


Arch Capital Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preference Dividends
(in thousands, except ratios)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Income before income taxes

  $ 304,505   $ 873,544   $ 739,893   $ 285,435   $ 343,127  
 

Equity in net loss (income) of investees

    166,326     (8,877 )   (3,102 )   0     (1,211 )
 

Fixed charges

    29,673     27,032     26,386     26,204     22,103  
                       

Income available for fixed charges

  $ 500,504   $ 891,699   $ 763,177   $ 311,639   $ 364,019  
                       

Fixed charges:

                               
 

Interest and amortization on indebtedness

    23,838     22,093     22,090     22,504     17,970  
 

Estimate of interest component within rental expense net of sublease (income) (1)

    5,835     4,939     4,296     3,700     4,133  
                       

Total fixed charges

    29,673     27,032     26,386     26,204     22,103  
                       

Preference dividends

    25,844     25,844     20,655          
                       

Total fixed charges and preference dividends

    55,517     52,876     47,041     26,204     22,103  
                       

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

    16.9     33.0     28.9     11.9     16.5  
                       

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference dividends

    9.0     16.9     16.2     11.9     16.5  
                       

(1)
Represents a reasonable approximation of the interest cost component of rental expense net of sublease (income) incurred by the Company.



QuickLinks

Arch Capital Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preference Dividends (in thousands, except ratios)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Name
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Alternative Insurance Company Limited

 

Bermuda

Alternative Re Holdings Ltd.

 

Bermuda

Alternative Re, Ltd.

 

Bermuda

Arch Capital Group (U.S.) Inc.

 

Delaware

Arch Capital Services Inc.

 

Delaware

Arch Europe Insurance Services Ltd

 

United Kingdom

Arch Excess & Surplus Insurance Company

 

Nebraska

Arch Financial Holdings B.V.

 

Netherlands

Arch Financial Holdings Europe I Limited

 

Ireland

Arch Financial Holdings Europe II Limited

 

Ireland

Arch Indemnity Insurance Company

 

Nebraska

Arch Insurance Company

 

Missouri

Arch Insurance Company (Europe) Limited

 

United Kingdom

Arch Insurance Group Inc.

 

Delaware

Arch Investment Management Ltd.

 

Bermuda

Arch Re Accident & Health ApS

 

Denmark

Arch Re Facultative Underwriters Inc.

 

Delaware

Arch Reinsurance Company

 

Nebraska

Arch Reinsurance Europe Underwriting Limited

 

Ireland

Arch Reinsurance Ltd.

 

Bermuda

Arch Risk Transfer Services Ltd.

 

Cayman Islands

Arch Specialty Insurance Company

 

Nebraska

Arch Syndicate Investments Ltd

 

United Kingdom

Arch Underwriting at Lloyd's Ltd

 

United Kingdom




QuickLinks

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-34499, Registration No. 333-82612, Registration No. 333-110190, Registration No. 333-117099 and Registration No. 333-135421) and Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-99974, Registration No. 333-86145, Registration No. 333-82772, Registration No. 333-72182, Registration No. 333-98971, Registration No. 333-124422 and Registration No. 333-142835) of Arch Capital Group Ltd. of our report dated March 2, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/S/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
New York, NY
March 2, 2009




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 24

Power of Attorney

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Constantine P. Iordanou and John D. Vollaro as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign Arch Capital Group Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and any and all amendments and supplements thereto, and to file the same with the Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ CONSTANTINE P. IORDANOU

Constantine P. Iordanou
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   February 26, 2009

/s/ JOHN D. VOLLARO

John D. Vollaro

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ PAUL B. INGREY

Paul B. Ingrey

 

Chairman and Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ WOLFE “BILL" H. BRAGIN

Wolfe "Bill" H. Bragin

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ JOHN L. BUNCE, JR.

John L. Bunce, Jr.

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ SEAN D. CARNEY

Sean D. Carney

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ KEWSONG LEE

Kewsong Lee

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ JAMES J. MEENAGHAN

James J. Meenaghan

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ JOHN M. PASQUESI

John M. Pasquesi

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009

/s/ ROBERT F. WORKS

Robert F. Works

 

Director

 

February 26, 2009



QuickLinks

Power of Attorney

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1


Certification
of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        I, Constantine Iordanou, certify that:


Date:   March 2, 2009    

By:

 

/s/ CONSTANTINE IORDANOU


 

 
Name:   Constantine Iordanou    
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2


Certification
of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        I, John D. Vollaro, certify that:


Date:   March 2, 2009    

By:

 

/s/ JOHN D. VOLLARO


 

 
Name:   John D. Vollaro    
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


Certification Pursuant to Chapter 63, Title 18 United States Code §1350
As Adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Arch Capital Group Ltd. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Constantine Iordanou, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     
     
    Date: March 2, 2009

 

 

/s/ Constantine Iordanou

Constantine Iordanou
President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
   

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Arch Capital Group Ltd. and will be retained by Arch Capital Group Ltd. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification Pursuant to Chapter 63, Title 18 United States Code §1350 As Adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2


Certification Pursuant to Chapter 63, Title 18 United States Code §1350
As Adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Arch Capital Group Ltd. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), John D. Vollaro, as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     
     
    Date: March 2, 2009

 

 

/s/ John D. Vollaro

John D. Vollaro
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
     
     
   

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Arch Capital Group Ltd. and will be retained by Arch Capital Group Ltd. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification Pursuant to Chapter 63, Title 18 United States Code §1350 As Adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002